OXFORD
Oxford Practice Grammar
	IUI				Intermediate
with answers
John Eastwood
OXFORD
UNIVERSITY PRESS
OXJORD
UNIVERSITY I'llFSS
Greal Clarendon Street. Oxford ox* 6dp
Oxford University Press is a department ol'ihc University of Oxford It furthers the University's objectiw of excellence in research, scholarship, and education by publishing worldwide in Oxford New York
Auckland Cape Town Vkit es Salaam Hong Kong Karachi Kuala Lumpur Madrid Melbourne Mexico City Nairobi New Delhi Shanghai Taipei Toronto
With offices in
Argentina Austria Brazil Chile Czech Republic France Greece Guatemala Hungary Italy Japan Poland Portugal Singapore South Korea Switzerland Thailand Turkey Ukraine Vietnam
□ Xforo and oxford English are registered trade marks of Oxford University Press in the UK and in certain oilier countries
<D Oxford University Press 300&
The moral rights of the author have been asserted
Database right Oxford University Press (maker]
First published 2006
2011 2010 2009 2008
10 9 8 7 G 5 4
No unauthorized photocopying
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form or by any means, without the prior permission in writing of Oxford University Press, or as expressly permitted by law, or under terms agreed with the appropriate reprographics rights organization. Enquiries concerning reproduction outside the scope of the above should he sent to the CLT Rights Department. Oxford University Press, at the address above
You must not circulate this book in any other binding or cover and you must impose this same condition on any acquirer
Any websites referred to in this publication are in the public domain and their addresses arc provided hy Oxford University Press for information only. Oxford University Press disclaims any responsibility for the content
ISBN* 97a 019 430911 o|Suidenfs Hook)
Practice-Boost CD-ROM Pack first published 2008 isbn: 978 o 19457980 ;i(Pack)
Acknowledgements
The author and publisher would like to thank:
All the teachers in the United Kingdom and Italy who discussed this book in the early stages of its development.
The teachers and students of the following schools who used and
commented on the pilot units of the first edition:
The Bell School of Languages, Bowthorpe Hall, Norwich
The Eckersiey School Ofi-nglish, Oxford
r.urocentre. Brighton
Eurocentre. London Victoria
King's School of Hnglish. Bournemouth
Academia Lacnnza - International House,
San Sebastian. Spain.
The teachers and students of I he following schools who used and
commented on ihe first edition of Ihis book:
Anglo World. Oxford
Central School of English, London
Linguaraina, Birmingham,
Thomas Lavelle for his work on the American English appendix
Rod Bolitho foi his valuable advice on what students need from a grammar book,
The author would also like to thank:
All the stall at Oxlord University Press Who have been involved with this book, in particular the editors Stewart Mclluish, David Lott and Helen Ward, who guided Oxford Practice Grammar through two editions; Glynnls Channel) and Julia Elliott, who have handled the integration of Oxford Practice Grammar -Intermediate into this now series: and Phil Haigraves. who is responsible for the new design.
Oxford Designers and Illustrators for the illustrations.
And last but not least, my wife Sheila for all her help and encouragement.
'typeset by Carole White Illustrated by Oxford Designers and Illustrators Cover illustration by Joanna Usherwood Index by Sue Lighifooi
Printed in Spain by Graficas Estella
Contents
Introduction page Vlll Key to symbols page IX
Words and sentences
1 Word classes: nouns, verbs, adjectives, etc.
2 Sentence structure: subject, verb, object, etc. 4
3 Direct and indirect objects 6
Verbs
27  When I get there, before you leave, etc. 66
Test P: The future with will, be going to and present tenses 68
28 Will be doing 70
29 Will have done and was going to 72
30 Review of the future 74
Test G: Tenses - future 76
I
31 The verb have 78
32 Short forms (it's, don't)
33 Emphatic do 82
80
4 Present Continuous 8
5 Present Simple 10
6 Present Continuous or Present Simple? 12
7 State verbs and action verbs 14
Test A: Tenses - present 16
8 Past Simple 18
9 Past Continuous 20
10 Past Continuous or Past Simple? 22
Test B: Past Simple and Past Continuous 24
11 Present Perfect (1) 26
12 Present Perfect (2): just, already, yet; for and since 28
13 Present Perfect (3): ever, this week, etc. 30
14 Present Perfect or Past Simple? (1) 32
15 Present Perfect or Past Simple? (2) 34
Test C: Present Perfect and Past Simple 36
16 Present Perfect Continuous 38
17 Present Perfect Continuous or Simple? 40
18 Past Perfect 42
19 Review of the Past Simple, Continuous and Perfect 44
20 Past Perfect Continuous 46
Test D: Tenses - past and perfect 48
21 Review of present and past tenses 50
Test E: Tenses - present and past 54
22 Introduction to the future 56
23 Will and shall 58
24 Be going to 60
25 Will and be going to 62
26 Present tenses for the future 64
Questions, negatives and answers
34 Yes/no questions 84
35 Short answers, e.g. Yes, it is. 86
36 Wh-questions 88
37 Subject/object questions 90
38 Prepositions in wh-questions 92
39 Who, what or which? 94
Test H: Questions 96
40 Negative statements 98
41 Negative questions 100
42 Question tags, e.g. isn't it? 102
43 So/Neither do I and I think so 104
Test I: Questions, negatives and answers 106
Modal verbs
44 Ability: can, could and be able to 108
45 Permission: can, may, could and be allowed to 110
46 Possibility and certainty: may, might, could, must, etc. /12
47 Necessity: must and have to 114
48 Necessity: mustn't, needn't, etc. 116
49 Should, ought to, had better and be supposed to 118
50 Asking people to do things 120
51 Suggestions, offers and invitations 122
52 Will, would, shall and should 124
53 It may/could/must have been, etc. 126
Test J: Modal verbs 128
CONTENTS   • RAGfc V
The passive
54 Passive verb forms 130
55 Active and passive (1) 132
56 Active and passive (2) 134
57 Special passive structures 136
58 Have something done 138
59 To be done and being done 140
Test K: The passive 142
The infinitive and the -ing form
60 Verb + to-infinitive 144
61 Verb + -ing form 146
62 Verb + to-infinitive or verb + -ing form? 148
63 Like, start, etc. 150
64 Remember, regret, try, etc. 152
Test L: Verb + to-infinitive or -ing form 154
65 Verb + object + to-infinitive or -ing form 156
66 Question word + to-infinitive 158
67 Adjective + to-infinitive 160
68 For with the to-infinitive 162
69 The infinitive with and without to 164
70 Verb/Adjective + preposition + -ing form /66
71 Afraid to do or afraid of doing? 168
72 Used to do and be used to doing 170
73 Preposition or linking word + -ing form 172
74 See it happen or see it happening? 174
75 Some structures with the -ing form 176
Test M: The infinitive and the -ing form 178
Nouns and articles
76 Ship and water: countable and uncountable nouns 180
77 A carton of milk, a piece of information,
etc. 182
78 Nouns that can be countable or uncountable 184
79 Agreement 186
80 Singular or plural? 188
81 Fair nouns and group nouns 190
82 Two nouns together 192
Test N: Nouns and agreement 194
83 A/an and the (1) 196
84 A/an and the (2) 198
85 A/an, one and some 200
86 Cars or the cars? 202
87 Prison, school, bed, etc. 204
88 On Friday, for lunch, etc. 206
89 Quite a, such a, what a, etc. 208
90 Place names and the 210
Test O: A/an and the 214
This, my, some, a lot of, etc.
91 This, that, these and those 216
92 My, your, etc. and mine, yours, etc. 218
93 The possessive form and of 220
94 Some and any 222
95 A lot of, lots of, many, much, (a) few and (a) little 224
96 All, half, most, some, no and none 226
97 Every, each, whole, both, either and neither 228
Test P: This, my, some, a lot of, all, etc. 230
Pronouns
98 Personal pronouns (1, you) 232
99 There and it 234
100 Reflexive pronouns 236
101 Emphatic pronouns and each other 238
102 The pronoun one/ones 240
103 Everyone, something, etc. 242
Test Q: Pronouns 244
Adjectives and adverbs
104 Adjectives 246
105 Adjectives (order) 248
106 The old, the rich, etc. 250
107 Interesting and interested 252
108 Adjective or adverb? (1) 254
109 Adjective or adverb? (2) 256
Test R: Adjectives and adverbs 258
110 Comparative and superlative forms 260
111 Comparative and superlative patterns (1) 264
112 Comparative and superlative patterns (2) 266
I'ACIiVI    • CONTENTS
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
Test S: Comparative and superlative 268
Adverbs and word order 270 Yet, still and already 274 Adverbs of degree (very, quite) 276 Quite and rather 278 Too and enough 280
Test T: Adverbs and word order 282
Prepositions
Prepositions of place 284
In, on and at (place) 288
In, on and at (time) 290
For, since, ago and before 292
During or while? By or until? As or like?
294
Preposition + noun (on holiday) 296 Noun + preposition (trouble with) 298 Adjective + preposition (proud of) 300
Test U: Prepositions 302
Verbs with prepositions and adverbs
Prepositional verbs (wait for) 304 Verb + object + preposition 306 Phrasal verbs (1) 308 Phrasal verbs (2) 310 Phrasal verbs (3) 312 Verb + adverb + preposition 314
132
133
134
135
136
Reported speech
Direct speech and reported speech 318 Reported speech: person, place and time 320
Reported speech: the tense change 322 Reported questions 324 Reported requests, offers, etc. 326
Test W: Reported speech 328
138 The relative pronoun as object 332
139 Prepositions in relative clauses 334
140 Relative structures with whose, what and it 336
141 The use of relative clauses 338
142 Relative pronouns and relative adverbs 340
143 Relative clauses: participle and to-infinitive 342
Test X: Relative clauses 344
Conditionals and wish
144 Conditionals (1) 346
145 Conditionals (2) 348
146 Conditionals (3) 350
147 Review of conditionals 352
148 If, when, unless and in case 354
149 Wish and if only 356
Test Y: Conditionals and wish 358
Linking words
150 But, although, in spite of, whereas, etc.
360
151 To, in order to, so that and for 362
152 Review of linking words 364
153 Links across sentences 366
Key to the exercises 368
Key to the tests 396
Exit test 408
Key to the exit test 414
Appendices
1 Word formation 368
2 The spelling of endings 370
3 Punctuation 372
4 Pronunciation 374
5 American English 377
6 Irregular verbs 382
Index 433
Relative clauses
37   Relative clauses with who, which and that
330
CONTENTS   • PAGE VII
Introduction
The Oxford Practice Grammar is a series of three books, each written at the right level for you at each stage in your study of English. The series is intended for your use either in a classroom or when working independently in your own time.
The books are divided into units, each of which covers an important grammar topic. Each unit starts with an explanation of the grammar and this is followed by a set of practice exercises. Tests at the end of each unit or section of units give the opportunity for more practice and enable you to assess how much you have learned. Answers to the exercises and the tests are given at the back of the book.
You may want to choose the order in which you study the grammar topics, perhaps going first to those giving you problems. (Topics are listed in the Contents page at the front of each book and in the Index at the back.) Alternatively you may choose to start at the beginning of each book and work through to the end.
An interactive CD-ROM is included at each of the three levels, offering alternative ways to practise. You can recognize and correct written mistakes, and you can also take part in spoken dialogues; you can record and listen to your own voice and learn to speak more naturally.
Exam practice
The first level in the series is Oxford Practice Grammar - Basic This is suitable for elementary to pre-intermediate learners, and those working for the PET exam and IELTS. The second is Oxford Practice Grammar -Intermediate, for students who are no longer beginners but are not yet advanced in their use of English. It is suitable for those studying for the Cambridge FCE. Oxford Practice Grammar -Advanced is for those who have progressed beyond the intermediate level and who wish to increase their knowledge of English grammar and become more confident when using it. It helps students prepare for CAE, CPE, TOEFL, and other advanced-level exams.
The Oxford Practice Grammar - Intermediate is written for intermediate students of English.
The units cover the main areas of English grammar. Special attention is given to those points which are often a problem for learners, such as the meaning of the different verb forms, the use of the passive, the different conditional tenses, or the use of prepositions. Many units contrast two or more different structures, such as the Present Perfect and Past Simple (Units 14 and 15). There are also a number of review units.
The emphasis throughout the book is on the meaning and use of the grammatical forms. The explanations of grammar are descriptions of how English works; they are a guide to help you understand, not rules to be memorized. It is often more effective to look at examples of English rather than to read statements about it, and the grammar explanations are supported by lots of examples of everyday conversational English.
There are also appendices at the back of the book on word formation, the spelling of endings, punctuation, pronunciation, American English, and irregular verbs.
The tests enable you to assess how much you have learned, and they also give you practice in answering the kinds of questions you meet in exams.
An exit test provides an opportunity for more practice, and prepares the student for Oxford Practice Grammar - Advanced. The answer key to this exit test refers back to the relevant unit of the book, so if you make a mistake you can read the explanation again.
There is an interactive Oxford Practice Grammar website at www.oup.com/elt/practicegrammar
PAGE VIII   • INTRODUCTION
Key to symbols
The symbol / (oblique stroke) between two words means that either word is possible. / maylmight go means that / may go and I might go are both possible. In exercise questions this symbol is also used to separate words or phrases which are possible answers.
Brackets () around a word or phrase in the middle of a sentence mean that it can be left out. There's (some) milk in the fridge means that there are two possible sentences: There's some milk in the fridge and There's milk in the fridge.
The symbol - means that there is a change of speaker. In the example How are you? - I'm fine, thanks, the question and answer are spoken by different people.
The symbol t> means that you can go to another place in the book for more information. O 7 means that you can find out more in Unit 7.
The symbol ► in an exercise indicates that a sample answer is given.
For phonetic symbols see page 374.
KEY TO SYMBOLS   • I'AC ;K IX
1 Word classes: nouns, verbs, adjectives, etc*
1 Introduction
Look at the different kinds of word in this sentence.
Pronoun Verb / have
Determiner an
Verb am
Adjective important
Adverb rather
Noun conference
Adjective busy.
Preposition
at
Noun work
Adverb tomorrow,
Linking word Pronoun so I
2 What kind of word?
There are eight different kinds of word in English. They are called 'word classes' or 'parts of speech1. Here are some examples from the conversations in the cafe. The numbers after the examples tell you which units in the book give you more information.
1 Verb: have, am, is, would, like, come, are, sitting, look t> 4-75
2 Noun: conference, work, coffee, party, Saturday, Jessica, friends, corner l> 76-82
3 Adjective: important, busy, good, cheap t> 104—109
4 Adverb: tomorrow, rather, really, here \> 113-117
5 Preposition: at, to, on, in > 118-125
6 Determiner: an, this, our, the > 83-97
7 Pronoun: I, it, you D> 98-103
8 Linking word: so, and t> 150-153
3 Words in sentences
Some words can belong to different classes depending on how they are used in a sentence.
verbs	nouns
Can I look at your photos?	/ like the look of that coat.
We work on Saturday morning.	Vll be at work tomorrow.
PAGE 2   • WORDS AND SENTENCES
Practice
A What kind of word? (2)
Read this paragraph and then say which word class each underlined word belongs to. To help you decide, you can look back at the examples in 2.
Andrew didn't go to the cafe with the other students. Rachel told him they were going there, but he wanted to finish his work. Andrew isn't very sociable. He stays in his room and concentrates totally on his studies. He's an excellent student, but he doesn't have much fun.
►	to
►	café
1	the
2	told
3	they
4	there
5	he
6	finish
priorit i o*,	7	sociable
	8	in
	9	and
	10	totally
	11	an
	12	excellent
	13	but
	14	fun
B What kind of word? (2)
Read this paragraph and then write the words in the spaces below. Write the first three verbs under 'Verb', and so on. Do not write the same word more than once.
Henry thinks Claire is wonderful. He loves her madly, and he dreams of marrying her, but unfortunately he is rather old for her. Today they are at a cafe with their friends Sarah and Mark, so Henry can't get romantic with Claire. But he might buy her some flowers later.
Verb                         Noun                        Adjective Adverb tlr\ipM.i_________............... H*.ryCy.................... ......................................
Preposition Determiner Pronoun Linking word
C Words in sentences (3)
Is the underlined word a verb, a noun or an adjective?
► Shall we go for a wa[k? *ow*
► Shall we walk into town? V£rb.
1 Laura wanted to talk to Rita.
2 Laura wanted a talk with Rita.
3 The windows aren't very clean.........
4 Doesn't anyone clean the windows?
5 We went to a fabulous show in New York.
6 Laura wanted to show Rita her photos. ........
7 Henry thought Claire looked beautiful.
8 A strange thought came into Emma's head.........
9 Sarah is feeling quite tired now.
10 Studying all night had tired Andrew out.
WORDS AND SENTENCES   • PACK 3
2 Sentence structure: subject, verb, object, etc.
MIKE AND HARRIET ARE MOVING THEIR PIANO UPSTAIRS. TOM, MELANIE AND DAVID ARE HELPING THEM.
My arms V^are aching.^
Sentence structure
The parts of a sentence are the subject, verb, object, complement and adverbial. A statement begins with the subject and the verb. There are five main structures which we can use to make a simple statement.
1 SUBJECT My arms Something
V Litis
are aching, happened.
2 SUBJECT VERB OBJECT
/ need a rest.
Five people     are moving     the piano. The subject and object can be a pronoun (e.g. I) or a noun phrase (e.g. the piano).
3 SUBJECT VERB COMPLEMENT
This piano     is heavy.
It was a big problem.
The complement can be an adjective (e.g. heavy) or a noun phrase (e.g. a big problem). The complement often comes after be. It can also come after appear, become, get> feel, look, seem, stay or sound. For adjectives and word order see Unit 104.2.
4 SUBJECT VERB ADVERBIAL
It is on my foot.
Their house    is nearby. An adverbial can be a prepositional phrase (e.g. on my foot) or an adverb (e.g. nearby).
5 SUBJECT      VERB OBJECT OBJECT
It igiving    me backache,
David      bought      Melanie    a present.
We use two objects after verbs like give and send
(see Unit 3).
Adverbials
We can add adverbials to all the five main structures. My arms are aching terribly.     I really need a rest. Of course this piano is heavy    Fortunately their house is nearby To everyone's surprise, David actually bought Melanie a present yesterday.
t> 34, 36 Word order in questions   > 113 Adverbs and word order t> page 377 Seem, look, etc. in American English
VMil- 4   • WORDS AND SENTENCES
Practice
A Parts of the sentence (1)
Mike and Harriet are on holiday. They have written a postcard to David and Melanie. Look at each underlined phrase and say what part of the sentence it is: subject, verb, object, complement or adverbial.
►   We're having a great time. object ..........
1 The weather is marvellous....................... 4   We're on a farm.
2 We really enjoy camping. .................... 5   We like this place.
3 It's great fun. .............. 6   The scenery is beautiful.......................
B Sentence structure (l)
After moving the piano, the five friends had a rest and a cup of tea.
Look at this part of their conversation and then write the letters a)-e) in the correct place.
a) David:     That was a difficult job.
b) Tom:       I agree.
c) Mike:      I'm on my deathbed.
d) David:     Someone should give us a medal.
e) Harriet:    I've made some more tea.
Subject + verb I3
1 Subject + verb + object
2 Subject + verb + complement ...........
3 Subject + verb + adverbial ..........
4 Subject + verb + object + object ___________
C Word order (1)
Put the words in the correct order and write the statements.
► is / Melanie / very nice MakMe. i* very M.ca.
1 football / likes/Tom ...............................,,n
2 an accident / David / had..............................
3 moved / the piano / we ....................
4 a tall woman / Harriet / is .......___________________
5 sat / on the floor / everyone ..............................
6 gave / some help / Mike's friends / him
D Adverbials (2)
These sentences are from a news report. Write down the two adverbials in each sentence. Each adverbial is a prepositional phrase or an adverb.
►  Prince Charles opened a new sports Ift _<tok-.e. ........
centre in Stoke yesterday. y^UrdAy................................................
1 He also spoke with several young ................ .......................
people. __________________.....-
2 The sports centre was first ................ ............................................
planned in 1994..................................................
3 Naturally, the local council could not .................................................................
finance the project without help.
4 Fortunately, they managed to obtain................. ......................
money from the National Lottery. .................................................................
WORDS AND SENTENCES    • VACH 5
3 Direct and indirect objects
1 Introduction
Henry gave Claire some flowers. Here the verb give has two objects. Claire is the indirect object, the person receiving .something. Some flowers is the direct object, the thing that someone gives.
Henry gave some flowers to Claire. Here give has a direct object (some flowers) and a phrase with to. To comes before Claire, the person receiving something.
Here are some more examples of the two structures.
	INDIRECT OBJECT	DIRECT OBJECT		Dl tí fcCľ OBJECT	PHI1ASK WITH TO/FOR
Emma gave	Rachel	a CD,	Emma gave	the CD	to Rachel, to my cousin.
I'll send	my cousin	a postcard.	I'll send	a postcard	
We bought	all the children	an ice-cream.	We bought	ice-creams	for all the children.
2 To or for?
We give something to someone, and we buy something for someone.
We can use to with these verbs: bring, feed, give, hand, lend, offer, owe, pass, pay, post, promise, read, sell, send, show, take, teach, tell, throw, write
Vicky paid the money to the cashier, or Vicky paid the cashier the money. Let me read this news item to you. or Let me read you this news item. We showed the photos to David, on We showed David the photos.
We can use for with these verbs: book, bring, build, buy, choose, cook, fetch, find, get, leave, make, order, pick, reserve, save
Třiey found a spare ticket for me. on They found me a spare ticket. I've saved a seat for you. or I've saved you a seat.
Melanie is making a cake for David, or Melanie is making David a cake.
3 Give + pronoun
Sometimes there is a pronoun and a noun after a verb such as give. The pronoun usually comes before the noun.
Henry is very fond of Claire. He gave her some flowers. We use her because Claire is mentioned earlier. Her comes before some flowers.
Henry bought some flowers. He gave them to Claire. We use them because the flowers are mentioned earlier, Them comes before Claire.
PAGE 6   • WORDS AND SENTENCES
Practice
A Give(l)
Look at the Christmas presents and write sentences about them.
Put one of these words at the end of each sentence: necklace, scarf, sweater, tennis racket, watch.
►  To Mike From Harriet
1   To Melanie From David
► h\ Ar.ci et. .^Ave.. Mite.. a .. wAtch..
1................................................
2 ................................................
To Trevor From Laura
3
4
To Matthew From Emma
To Claire From Henry
B Indirect object or to? (1)
Write the information in one sentence. Put the underlined part at the end of the sentence. Sometimes you need to.
► Daniel lent something to Vicky. It was his calculator. -* Daniel .le^t.. Vicky.CAlcwIfttw:....
► Mark sent a message. It was to his boss. -» Mark *eAt a Me&ta^e tp.. his, kofif*
1 Emma sold her bike. Her sister bought it. » Emma......................... .................
2 Tom told the joke. He told all his friends. -» Tom ______.......___________________....._____________
3 Melanie gave some help. She helped her neighbour. ► Melanie..............................................
4 llona wrote to her teacher. She wrote a letter. -♦ llona ... .....________________.........-------------
C To or for? (2)
Mark's boss at Zedco is Mr Atkins. He is telling people to do things. Put in to or for.
► Give these papers to... my secretary. 3   Don't show these plans..................... anyone.
► Could you make some coffee -for us? 4   Leave a message...................... my secretary.
1 Book a flight....................me, could you?     5   Fetch the file..................... me, could you?
2 Can you post this cheque........the hotel?    6   Write a memo ..................all managers.
D Give + pronoun (3)
Complete each answer using the words in brackets. Sometimes you need to use to or for.
► Matthew:   Why is everyone laughing? (a funny story / us)
Vicky:       Daniel told . v6., a. . £v»Ay. jftocy,...............................................__________
► Trevor:      There's some fish left over, (it / the cat)
Laura:       I'll feed it. to the c&t. .....................................................................................
1 Mark:       What are you doing with those bottles? (them / the bottle bank)
Sarah:       I'm taking......................................______......._____________________......______________________.....----------
2 Trevor:      How are things with you, Daniel? (a job / me)
Daniel:      Fine. Someone has offered............................................................................ .....
3 David:      What about those papers you found? (them / the police)
Tom:        Oh, I handed.......................................................................................................
4 Emma:      It's pouring with rain, look, (my umbrella / you)
Rachel:     It's OK. I'll lend .............................................................................................
WORDS AND SENTENCES   • cage 7
4 Present Continuous
1 Introduction
The Present Continuous means that we are in the middle of an action.
Mark? I'm at the station' I'm waiting for the train. Oh, I can hear it. It's coming now
SARAH'S TRAIN IS LATE, SO SHE IS PHONING MARK.
Form	
The Present Continuous is the present tense of be + an -ing form.	
positive	
/ am looking or I'm looking You/we/they are looking or You/we/they're looking He/she/it is looking Oil He/she/it's looking	
negative	question
I'm not looking you/we/they aren't looking ay. you're/we're/they're not looking he/she/it isn't looking Ok he's/she's/'it's not looking	am I looking? are you/we/they looking? is he/she/it looking?
I'm getting the lunch ready. We're looking jor a post office. What are you doing?
The train is coming, look.
Rachel isn't wearing her new dress.
Who is Vicky dancing with?
For rules about the spelling of the -ing form see page 370.
3 Use
We use the Present Continuous to say that we are in the middle of an action.
I'm waiting for the train. (I'm at the station now.)
I'm getting the lunch ready. (I'm in the kitchen now.) I'm waiting means that I am in the middle of a period of waiting. The wait is not yet over.
We can also use the Present Continuous when we are in the middle of something but not actually doing it at the moment of speaking.
/ must get back to the office. We're working on a new project.
I'm quite busy these days. Tm doing a course at college.
Wc can use the Present Continuous when things are changing over a long period. The number of cars on the wad is increasing.    The earth is slowly getting warmer.
For the future meaning of the Present Continuous see Unit 26.1. I'm playing badminton with Matthew tomorrow.
[> 6 Present Continuous or Simple?   > 7 State verbs and action verbs
PACK ři    • VERBS
Practice
A Form (2)
Look at the pictures and say what people are doing.
Use these verbs: carry, paint, play, ride, take
Use these objects: a bicycle, a parcel, a photo, a picture, basketball
►   He V rid i a^. , a . bicycle............................
1 ................................................................. 3 .....
2 »*.....*...............................i..............T.. 4
B Form (2)
Rachel is in the computer room at college. Complete her conversation with Andrew. Put in a Present Continuous form of the verb.
Andrew:   What (►) Are.. yaw doi^? (you / do)
Rachel:    (►)     .writir^.......(| / write) a letter to a friend. He's a disc jockey. Vicky and I
(1)................................... (try) to organize a disco.
Andrew:   That sounds a lot of work. How (2)...................... (you / find) time for your
studies?
Rachel:   Well, as I said, Vicky (3)..................... (help) me.
(4)....................................... (we / get) on all right. (5)...........................................
(we / not / spend) too much time on it. (6)...........................................(it / not / take) me
away from my studies, don't worry about that. Oh, sorry, (7) _______...................................
(you / wait) for this computer? Andrew:   Yes, but there's no hurry.
Rachel:    (8) ....._____________ (I / correct) the last bit of the letter. I've nearly finished.
C Use (3)
What can you say in these situations? Add a sentence with the Present Continuous.
►  A friend rings you up in the middle of Neighbours, your favourite soap opera. Is it important? Pm wA.tchiA<j 'Neighbours'.
1 A friend is at your flat and suggests going out, but you can see rain outside.
I don't want to go out now. Look,................................................_________.........-----
2 A friend rings you up at work.
Sorry. I can't talk now....................................................................................
3 You want to get off the bus, but the man next to you is sitting on your coat. Excuse me,.......................................................................................................
4 A friend wants to talk to you, but you have just started to write an important letter. Can I talk to you later?...........................................................................................
5 You have been ill, but you're better now than you were.
I'm OK now.........................................................................................................
VERBS   •PAGE 9
Present Simple
1 Use
Wc use the Present Simple for
► thoughts and feelings: J think so, I like it.
► states, things staying the same, facts and things that are true for a long time:
Wc live quite near (see Unit 7).
► repeated actions: We come here every week,
and also
► in phrases like I promise, I agree, etc: / promise I'll pay you back.
► in a negative question with why to make a suggestion: Why don't wc go out?
For the future meaning of the Present Simple see Units 26 and 27.
The new term starts next week.
2 Positive forms
I/yoLi/we/they get he/she/it gets
In the Present Simple we use the verb without an ending.
I get the lunch ready at one o'clock, usually. We always do our shopping at Greenway. Most children like ice-cream. You know the answer.
But in the third person singular (after he, she, it, your friend, etc), the verb ends in -s or -es. For spelling rules see page 370.
My husband thinks so, too. She faxes messages all over the world.
it gets busy at weekends. Sarah catches the early train.
3 Negatives and questions
NEGATIVE
1/you/we/they do not get or don't get he/she/it does not get or doesn't get
question
do I/we/you/they get? does he/she/it get?
We use a form of do in negatives and questions (but see Unit 37). We use do and don't except in the third person singular, where we use docs and doesn't.
We don't live far away. He doesn't want to go shopping.
Do you live here? ~ Yes, I do. What does he want? ~ Money.
We do not add -s to the verb in negatives and questions, not He doesn't gets and not Docs he gets?
I> 6 Present Continuous or Present Simple?   t> 7 State verbs and action verbs
PAGE 10 -VERBS
Practice
A Use(l)
Look at each underlined verb and say what kind of meaning it expresses. Is it a thought, a feeling, a fact or a repeated action?
► Matthew loves sport. A-.-fe-ftU^........................
► Sarah often works late at the office. a rented Actjpa_________________________..........
1 I hate quiz programmes. ................................................................................
2 We play table tennis every Thursday.........................
3 The computer belongs to Emma. ...................................................................................
4 These plates cost £20 each. ............................................................
5 I believe it's the right thing to do, ...................................................................................
6 I'm hungry. I want something to eat, .....................................................
7 I usually go to work by bus..................................................................
8 It's OK. I understand your problem. ...................................................................................
B Forms (2-3)
Complete the sentences by putting in the verbs. Use the Present Simple. You have to decide if the verb is positive or negative.
Claire is very sociable. She ^qw* ...... (know) lots of people.
► We've got plenty of chairs, thanks. We dp^t.w^t. (want) any more.
1 My friend is finding life in Pahs a bit difficult. He........................(speak) French.
2 Most students live quite close to the college, so they.............................................(walk) there.
3 My sports kit is really muddy. This shirt .................................. (need) a good wash.
4 I've got four cats and two dogs. I................................. (love) animals.
5 No breakfast for Mark, thanks. He.............................................(eat) breakfast.
6 What's the matter? You............................. . (look) very happy.
7 Don't try to ring the bell. It.............................................(work).
8 I hate telephone answering machines. I just .....................................(like) talking to them.
9 Matthew is good at badminton. He......................................... (win) every game.
10   We always travel by bus. We..........................................   (own) a car.
C Forms (2-3)
Complete the conversation. Put in the Present Simple forms.
Rita: (►) J>P..y.P!4.Jifce.. (you / like) football, Tom?
Tom: (►) I love  (| / bve) it. I'm a United fan. (1)....................................................(I / go) to al!
their games. Nick usually (2)............................................... (come) with me. And
(3)................................ (we / travel) to away games, too, Why
(4) , ______.....................................(you / not / come) to a match some time?
Rita: I'm afraid football (5)............................................(not / make) sense to me — men
running after a ball. Why (6)....................................................(you / take) it so seriously?
Tom: It's a wonderful game. (7).............................................. (I / love) it. United are my
whole life.
Rita: How much (8)..............................................._____(it / cost) to buy the tickets and pay for the
travel?
Tom: A lot. (9).................................................„,: (I / not / know) exactly how much. But
(10)......... ....................................(that / not / matter) to me.
(11)....................................................(I / not / want) to do anything else.
(12) ...................................................(that / annoy) you?
Rita: No, (13)..............................................(it / not / annoy) me.
I just (14)....................................... (find) it a bit sad.
VERBS  - p,-u;i: 11
6 Present Continuous or Present Simple?
1 Now or sometimes? /"f lm rpe!kingr^
f   to you live from the )
often speak live camera, Guy. I love part of the job. News reporting means everything to me, you know.
KITTY BEAMISH IS A TV REPORTER
KITTY IS ON GUY'S CHAT SHOW.
Present Continuous
We use the Present Continuous for something happening now. / am speaking to you live means that Kitty is in the middle of a live broadcast. Here are some more examples.
It 's raining at the moment
I'm watching this programme.
Look. That man is taking a photo of you.
Present Simple
We use the Present Simple for repeated actions, i often speak live to the camera means that she does it again and again.
It always rains at the weekend, I watch television most weekends. He's a photographer. He takes lots of photos.
2 Thoughts, feelings and states
We normally use the Present Simple to talk about thoughts and feelings.
/ think it's a good programme. Kitty tikes her job.
We also use it to talk about states (see Unit 7) and permanent facts.
Reporting means a lot to her. Paper burns easily.
We also use the Present Simple in 1 promise, 1 agree, I refuse, etc.
I promise I'll write to you. It's alt right. I forgive you.
Temporary or permanent?	
Present Continuous	Present Simple
We use the Present Continuous for a routine or	We use the Present Simple for a routine or
situation that we sec as temporary (for a short	situation that we see as permanent.
period).	
I'm working at a sports shop for six weeks.	I work at a sports shop. It's a permanent job.
At the moment they're living in a very small flat.	They live in a very nice flat.
Always
Present Continuous
We can use always with the Present Continuous to mean 'very often', usually with the added meaning of 'too often'.
Tom is always inviting friends here.
(- He invites them very often.)
I'm always making silly mistakes.
(= I make silly mistakes too often.)
Present Simple Always with the Present Simple means 'every time'
Tom always invites us to stay at Christmas. (= He invites us every Christmas.) / always make silly mistakes in exams. (- I make mistakes in every exam.)
PACE 12    • VERBS
Practice
A Present Continuous or Present Simple? (1-2)
At work Mark is talking to Alan in the corridor. Complete their conversation. Put in the Present Continuous or Present Simple of the verbs.
Mark:    {►) A.ra you look... (you / look) for someone?
Alan:     Yes, (H J; (I / need) to speak to Neil. He isn't in his office.
Mark:    (1) _______......______.................(he / talk) to the boss at the moment.
(2)............................................(I / think)
(3)...........................................(they / discuss) money.
Alan:     Oh, right. And what about you? (4)...... .............................. (you / look) tor someone too?
Mark:    Yes, Linda. (5) ......................................(you / know) where she is?
Alan:     Oh, she isn't here today. She only (6) .............(work) four days a week.
(7)..........................................(she / not / work) on Fridays, She'll be here on Monday.
Mark:    Thank you. (8)..............................................(you / know) a lot about Linda.
Alan:     Well, most days (9)................... .............(I / give) her a lift, or
(10) ....................................(she / give) me one. (11).....................................
(she / live) quite close to me. (12)                                   .. (It / save) petrol. Mark:    Yes, of course. Good idea. Yes, (13) ............................................(I / agree). Well,
(14).............................................(I / waste) my time here then. I'll get back to my computer.
B Present Continuous or Present Simple? (1-3)
Complete the sentences. Put in the Present Continuous or Present Simple of the verbs.
► I W.wnti*.'} (I / write) to my parents. I Wf?i$£.......(I / write) to them every weekend,
1............................................. (it/snow) outside..............................................(it /come) down
quite hard, look.
2 Normally................... (I / start) work at eight o'clock, but
..................... .........(I / start) at seven this week. We're very busy at the moment.
3 I haven't got a car at the moment, so.............................................(I / go) to work on the bus
this week. Usually.............................................(I / drive) to work.
4 The sun.............................................(rise) in the east, remember. It's behind us so
(we / travel) west.
5 I'm afraid I have no time to help just now.......................................... (I / write) a report. But
..........................................(I / promise) I'll give you some help later.
6................... ....................(I / want) a new car. (I / save) up to
buy one.
C Always (4)
Complete the sentences. Use a/ways and the Present Continuous or Present Simple.
► Melanie: Tom talks too much, doesn't he?
Rita: Yes, and k.V AJ.WAy?., t^lki^      about football,
► Laura: You forget your keys every time.
Trevor: I try to remember them, but I Always ifprvjfct..............
1 Claire: Sarah takes the train every day, doesn't she?
Mark: Yes, .............................................................................. .........the train.
2 Vicky: Rachel misses lectures much too often in my opinion.
Emma: I agree.......................................................................... lectures.
3 Mike: Every time I drive along here, I go the wrong way.
Harriet: But it's very simple, isn't it? Why.......................................................the wrong way?
4 David: Trevor and Laura argue much too often, I think.
Melanie: I know..................................................................................,............................
VERBS   • i'At;r. 13
7 State verbs and action verbs
1 States and actions
STATES
A state means something staying the same.
The flat is clean.
The farmer owns the land.
The box contained old books. State verbs cannot usually be continuous. NOT The farmer is owning the land.
actions
An action means something happening.
I'm cleaning the flat.
The farmer is buying the land.
He put the books in the box. Action verbs can be simple or continuous.
He put / He was putting everything away.
Some state verbs: be, believe, belong, consist of, contain, depend on, deserve, exist, hate, know, like, love, matter, mean, own, need, prefer, remember, resemble, seem, understand
I think/I'm thinking etc.
Sometimes we can use a verb either for a state or for an action.
status (simple tenses)
/ think you're right. (= believe) We have three cars. (= own) / come from Sweden. (- live in)
I see your problem, (= understand)
Do you see that house? {- have in sight)
This picture looks nice.
She appears very nervous. (= seems)
The bag weighed five kilos.
The coat fits. (= is the right size)
actions (simple or continuous)
I'm thinking about the problem.
We're having lunch. (= eating)
I'm coming from Sweden. (= travelli
/ usually come on the plane.
Mark is seeing his boss. (- meeting)
/ see Daniel quite often.
I'm looking at this picture.
She appeared/was appearing in a ft
They weighed/were weighing my be
I'm fitting a lock to the window.
These examples with the verb be are about how people behave.
PERMANENT quality	temporary behaviour
Claire is a very sociable person.	Andrew is being very sociable today.
That man is an idiot.	You are being an idiot this morning.
	(- You are behaving like an idiot.)
We use am/are/is being only to talk about behaviour, not about other things. I'm better now, thanks.  Are you ready? Is anyone interested?
3 I like/I'm liking etc.
We can use some state verbs in the continuous to talk about a short period of time.
permanent state (simple tenses) short period (continuous)
/ love/enjoy parties. I'm loving/enjoying this party.
I like school.
Holidays cost a lot of money.
I'm liking school much better now. This trip is costing me a lot of money.
Sometimes we can use either the simple or the continuous with no difference in meaning. You look well. or You're looking well     We feel a bit sad. or We're feeling a bit sad.
PAGE 14   * VERBS
Practice
States and actions (1)
Tom is on the Internet. He's telling people about himself. Say which verbs express states and which express actions.
► I surf the Net most evenings. ac-tiD*............................
1 My flat is in the town centre. ..............
2 I drive a taxi in the daytime. ........................,............
3 I own two cars.
4 I goto lots of parties. ..................................
5 I love football. .....................................
B I think/I'm thinking etc. (2)
Complete the conversation. Choose the correct form of the verb.
Emma: Hi, Matthew. What (►■} do you-look/are you looking at?
Matthew: Oh, hi These are photos of me when I was a child.
Emma: Oh, look at this one. (1) I think/I'm thinking you look lovely, Matthew,
Matthew: (2) I have/I'm having some more photos here.
Emma: Look at this. Why such a big coat?
Matthew: it was my brother's. That's why (3) jt didn't fit/it wasn't fitting properly.
Emma: Oh, (4) I see/I'm seeing. And (5) you have/you're having your tea here. And in this one
(6) you think/you're thinking about something very serious.
Matthew: This is a photo of the village (7) I come/I'm coming from,
Emma: Oht that's nice.
Matthew: And I caught this fish, look. (8) It weighed/It was weighing about half a kilo.
Emma: What a nice little boy! And what a sentimental old thing you are now!
C The verb be (2)
Put in the correct form of be.
► Daniel is doing some of the work. He V bfctag.............very helpful at the moment.
► I m .........tired. I want to go home.
1 The children.....................very polite today. They don't usually behave so well.
2 I'm afraid Melanie can't come because she .................ill.
3 Of course you can understand it. You_________................stupid, that's all.
4 We.........................interested in doing a course here.
5 Vicky................. very lazy at the moment. She's done no work at all today.
D I like/I'm liking etc. (3)
Write a sentence which follows on. Choose from these sentences.
/ think it's going to be perfect for me. And I've still got a chance to win.
I've never wanted to change it. It uses so much petrol.
It's too expensive to buy. I play it every weekend.
► I enjoy the game, I F>!*y .' 1. ^r.y. v&ttefsd t.................................________
1 I'm enjoying the game. ..............................................................
2 The car costs a lot of money,..............___________...................................................
3 The car is costing a lot of money..................... .............................................
4 I'm liking my new job................................................................................
5 I like my job...............................................................................................
verbs  • ij,u;r 15
Test A: Tenses - present
A
Read the conversation between two students. Then look at the answers below and write the correct answer in each space.
Lisa: WhoO) Michelle talking to?
Amy: I can't see Michelle.
Lisa: You (1) ____________.........................looking in the right place. She's over there.
Amy: Oh, that's Adrian. He's new here.
Lisa: Really? Where (2) ......................................he live? (3) ...........................
you know?
Amy: No, I (4)...................................know anything else about him.
Lisa: What (5) ............................................they talking about, I wonder?
Amy: Well, he (6).........................................look very interested. He's got a very bored
B
	expression on his face. And he (7)			
►	a) are	b) do	c) does	d)is
1	a) aren't	b) doesn't	c) don't	d) isn't
2	a) are	b) do	c) does	d) is
3	a) Are	b) Do	c) Does	d) Is
4	a) aren't	b) doesn't	c) don't	d) 'm not
5	a) are	b) do	c) does	d) is
6	a) aren't	b) doesn't	c) don't	d) isn't
7	a) aren't	b) doesn't	c) don't	d) isn't
Read Tessa's postcard to Angela and write the missing words. Use one word only in each space.
We're (►) hAV'A^_______a great time here. It's beautiful, and the sun (1)________....................................
shining. Yesterday I went water-skiing! What (2).............................................you think of that?
I'm (3).......... ............at a table in our hotel room and writing a few postcards. The
room is fine, but we (4)...........................................like the food very much. But it
(5)...........................................matter because we (6) ............. out to a
restaurant every evening.
We're both (7).................................very lazy at the moment. I
(8) ........................................... up quite late in the morning, and Nigel (9).....................................
.......up even later. You know of course how much Nigel's work (10).......................................to
him and how he's (11) ........................................ talking about it. Well, the holiday is so good that
he's forgotten all about work. So it's the perfect holiday. The only problem is that it's (12).............................................us a lot of money. But we'll worry about that later.
Each of these sentences has a mistake in it. Write the correct sentence.
►  The children is doiog-theirTnomework now
TJic._ childre.iv aj~t doiryj the.irhoMework how. 1   The-gjrls are-play tennis-at-the moment
2   Both my-brothers likes sport
PACJE lö   • VERBS
3 Anna-wearing her new-eeat today.
4 What-cotour you iike^est?
5 My sujtcase-4s-weighing4en kilos.
6 At the moment I stay at a hotel.
7 Robert-catch-the-same bus every morning.
8 What4s4his-word-here mean?
Complete the conversations. Put in the correct form of each verb. Use the Present Continuous or the Present Simple.
►  A:  Is Janet in, please?
B: Yes, but I fcftit*,.......(I / think) she's busy at the moment. £ha'f ty&Mty. (she / wash)
her hair.
1 A:...................................(I / think) of buying a new computer.
B: But computers.................... ..... .....(cost) so much money. What's wrong with the
one we've got? A: .................._______....................(it / get} out of date now.
2 A: Your new trousers................................... (look) nice.
B: Thank you. The trouble is....................................... (they / not / fit) properly.
..................,.........................(I / not / know) why I bought them, really.
3 A: What.............................................(you / do)?
B:.........................................(1/ weigh) this letter. ............. .............................. (I / need)
to know how many stamps to put on it.
4 A: ..... ...................................(I / think) this road is really dangerous. Look how fast that lorry
-................................(90).
B: ...........................................(I / agree). People shouldn't go so fast.
5 A:..................................(I / like) musicals. And this is a great show, isn't it?
.......................................(you / enjoy) it?
B: Yes, I am.........................................(I / love) every minute of it.
6 A: .......... (I / always / fall) asleep. I just can't keep awake.
B: What time.............................................{you / go) to bed?
A: About ten o'clock usually. But................... (it / not / make) any difference.
7 A: Could you post the goods to me, please? B: Yes, certainly.
A:............................................(I / live) at a guest house at the moment as
___________............................... (I / look) for a flat. So could you send it to my work address?
B: Yes, of course. And you'll have the goods by the end of the week, .......................................(I / promise).
8 A B A
Why............................................(you / want) to change the whole plan?
I'm just not happy with it.
And...........................................(I / not / understand) why................
(you I be) so difficult about it.
VERBS    • PAGE 17
8
The Past Simple
1 Introduction
2 Positive forms
A regular past form ends in -ed.
It happened very quickly.     The van crashed into the car, I pasted the letter yesterday.  We once owned a caravan.
For spelling rules, see page 370.
Some verbs have an irregular past form.
The car came out of a side road.    Vicky rang earlier.    I won the game.
! had breakfast at six.    The tram left on time.    We took some photos. For a list of irregular verbs, see page 383.
The Past Simple is the same in all persons except in the past tense of be.
POSITIVE
1/hc/she/it was 1 was ill last week,
you/we/they were Those cakes were nice.
Negatives and questions
nj-hative
l/you/he/she/it/we/they did not stop On didn't stop
QUIiSTIOh
did l/you/he/she/it/we/they stop?
The car did not stop.    The driver didn't look to his right.
What did you tell the police? ~ Nothing.    Did you ring home? ~ Yes, I did.
We do not use a past form such as stopped or rang in negatives and questions. not The car didnt stopped and not Did you rang?-
We also use was and were in negatives and questions.
negative	question
I/he/she/it was not or wasnft	was l/he/she/it?
you/we/they were not on weren't	were you/we/they?
I wasn't very well last week.    The gates weren't open. Where was your friend last night?    Was your steak nice?
4 Use
We use the Past Simple for something in the past which is finished,
Emma passed her exam last year. We went to the theatre on Friday. Elvis Presley died in 1977. 1 knew what the problem was.    When did you buy this car? - About three years ago,
f> 10 Past Continuous or Past Simple?   E> 14-15 Present Perfect or Past Simple?
PAG tí IH   ■ VERBS
Practice
A Positive forms (2)
What did Claire do on holiday last month? Look at her photos and use these words: go out dancing, have a picnic, lie on the beach, play volleyball, swim in the sea
► 1 2 3 4
►   $(ie I Ay.. prs. ite kcoxh.
1.......................................
2 .......................................
3
4
B Positive forms (2)
Complete the newspaper story about a fire. Put in the Past Simple forms of the verbs.
Two people (►) died        , (die) in a fire in Ellis Street, Oldport yesterday morning. They
(1)...........................................(be) Herbert and Molly Paynter, a couple in their seventies. The fire
(2)..........................................(start) at 3.20 a.m. A neighbour, Mr Aziz,
(3)....................... .....................(see) the flames and (4).............,...............................(call) the fire
brigade. He also (5)........................................(try) to get into the house and rescue his
neighbours, but the heat (6)........................... _____________(be) too great. The fire brigade
(7)...........................................(arrive) in five minutes. Twenty fire-fighters
(8)................... ...................(fight) the fire and finally (9)..........................................(bring) it
under control. Two fire-fighters (10).................==.......................(enter) the burning building but
(11).......................... .................(find) the couple dead.
C Negatives and questions (3)
Complete the conversation. Put in the Past Simple negatives and questions.
Claire:   (►) JSid. you. .tave..... (you / have) a nice weekend in Paris?
Mark;    Yes, thanks. It was good. We looked around and then we saw a show.
(1).............................................(we / not / try) to do too much.
Claire:   What sights (2)......................................... (you / see)?
Mark:    We had a look round the Louvre. (3)...........................................(I / not / know)
there was so much in there.
Claire:   And what show (4)............................... .........(you / go) to?
Mark:    Oh, a musical. I forget the name. (5).............................................(I / not / like) it.
Claire:   Oh, dear. And (6).............................................(Sarah / enjoy) it?
Mark:    No, not really But we enjoyed the weekend. Sarah did some shopping, too, but
(7) ..........................................(I / not / want) to go shopping.
verbs   • page 19
9
Past Continuous
1 Introduction
The Past Continuous means that at a time in the past we were in the middle of an action.
had a wonderful dream fast night. I was sitting n a park. The sun was shining, and the birds were singing. Children were playing and laughing. It was very peaceful, didn't want to waka jp.
2 Form
The Past Continuous is the past tense of be + an -mg form. POSITIVE
I/he/she/it was playing you/we/they were playing
negative
t/hefske/it wasn't playing you/we/they weren't playing
QUESTION
was I/he/she/it playing? were yau/we/ihey playing?
Soft music was playing.    People were walking in the park. I wasn't dreaming, I really was in New York City. Why did you give our secret away? What were you thinking of? Was Matthew already waiting for you when you got there?
Use
Read this conversation.
Melanie: / rang at about three yesterday afternoon, but you weren't in. I didn't know where you were, David:      Oh, 1 was helping Mike. We were repairing his car. it took ages. We were working on ir all
afternoon,
Melanie:    It was raining. 1 hope you weren't doing it outside.
David:      No, we were in the garage. So I didn't get wet. But I'm afraid I got oil all over my new trousers. Melanie:    Why were you wearing your new trousers to repair a car? David:      / don't know. I forgot I had them on.
It was raining at three o'clock means that at three o'clock wc were in the middle of a period of rain. The rain began before three and stopped some time after three. We were working all afternoon means that the action went on for the whole period. David is stressing the length of time that the work went on.
We use the continuous with actions. We do not normally use it with state verbs (see Unit 7). For states we use the Past Simple.
I didn't know where you were, not I wmnU^knowmg-^.,
> 10 Past Continuous or Past Simple?
PAGE 20   • VERBS
Practice
A Form (2)
Today is the first of January, the start of a new year. Most people are feeling a bit tired. What were they doing at midnight last night? Use these verbs: dance, drive, listen, watch, write
Use these phrases after the verb: an essay, his taxi, in the street, television, to a band
Claire v** 1<ft^N m to a bArd.
1 Trevor and Laura...........................
2 Vicky and Rachel.........................
3 Tom...............................................
4 Andrew.....................,.................
B Form (2)
Complete the conversation. Put in the Past Continuous forms.
Jessica:    (►) .!. (I / look) for you, Vicky. I'm afraid I've broken this dish.
Vicky:      Oh not What (1)...........................................................(you I do)?
Jessica:   (2)............................................................(I / take) it into the kitchen. I bumped into
Emma. (3)..........................................________.........(she / come) out just as
(4)............................................................(I i go) in.
Vicky:      I expect it was your fault. (5)......._____________........................-...........[you / not / look)
where (6)............................................,...............(you / go).
Jessica:   Sorry. I'll buy you another one as soon as I have some money.
C Use (3)
What can you say in these situations? Add a sentence with the Past Continuous to say that an action lasted a long time.
>  You had to work yesterday. The work went on all day.
I vjas. vjorkiAij All dAy.       -- -------------1-----------"......................................
1   You had to make phone calls. The calls went on all evening.
2 You had to wait in the rain. The wait lasted for half an hour.
3 You had to make sandwiches. This went on all afternoon.
....................... —.................................—'—i'...............
4 You had to sit in a traffic jam. You were there for two hours.
ill I I 1 I I I I N I f
5   Your neighbour played loud music. This went on all night.
VERBS   • PAGE 21
10 Past Continuous or Past Simple?
Introduction
A reporter is interviewing Mike and Harriet. Reporter: Mike and Harriet, tell me what you saw.
Harriet:    Well, when we were driving home last night, we saw a strange object in the sky. Mike:       As we were coming down the bill into town, it just suddenly appeared in front of us.
We stopped the car and got out. Harriet:    It was a very clear night. The stars were twinkling.
Mike:       It was a spaceship. It seemed quite big. It had some strange writing on the side. And a light was flashing on the top.
As we were watching it, it suddenly flew away and disappeared.
Harriet: Past Continuous
We use the Past Continuous for an action that we were in the middle of.
We were driving home.
(We were in the middle of our journey.)
A light was flashing. We do not normally use the Past Continuous for states. See Unit 7.
not T-he-fyQeeshipwas-seeming
NOT It was-having-wHting-rTT
not 1-wastit-kmwmg ...
2 It happened as I was driving
Past Simple
We use the Past Simple the past.
We drove home.
(We finished our journey.)
The spaceship flew away. We also use the Past Simple (not normally the Continuous) for states. See Unit 7.
The spaceship seemed quite big.
It had writing on the side.
I didn't know what it was.
We often use the Past Continuous and Past Simple together when one (shorter) action comes in the middle of anoLher (longer) one.
As we were driving dawn the hill, a strange object appeared in the sky.
While Laura was sitting in the garden, it suddenly began to rain.
You drove right past me when I was waiting for the bus.
The appearance of the strange object comes in the middle of the longer action, the drive down the hill. Longer action:       We were driving down the hilt. Shorter action: An object appeared.
In the three sentences above, the Past Continuous comes after as, while or when (As we were driving...). We can also use when before the Past Simple.
We were driving down the hill when a strange object appeared in the sky.
David was making lunch when the phone rang.
But we use two Past Simple verbs for one action after another.
When we saw the spaceship, we stopped the car. (= We saw it and then we stopped.)
3 The sun was shining
Past Continuous
We often use the Past Continuous to describe the background.
The sun was shining.
The stars were twinkling.
Past Simple
We use the Past Simple for actions in a story.
We arrived at the beach. The aliens landed quietly.
PAGE 22    • VERBS
Practice
A Past Continuous or Past Simple? (1-2)
David is always having accidents. His girlfriend Melanie is talking about some of the accidents. Write her sentences from these notes. Each sentence has one verb in the Past Continuous and one in the Past Simple.
► when / he / carry / a suitcase / he / drop / it / on his foot
Whe* lie wa* carryj   . <*... suitCAse„. he droned,. iHk. .ws..J>i*. foot,..................................
► he / break / his leg / when / he / ski
He..broke. hi£ l&sj .wheiv.lie. .was; skii*^...........................................................................
1   he / sit down / on a chair / while / I / paint / it
2   as / he / run / for a bus / he / collide / with a lamppost
3   his hair / catch / fire / when / he / cook / chips
4   when / he / hold / a beautiful vase / he / suddenly / drop / it
5   he / sit / in the garden / when / a wasp / sting / him / on the nose
B Past Continuous or Past Simple? (1-2)
Put in the correct form of the verb.
Rita:      I hear the lights (►) wert .........(go) out in your flats last night.
Emma:   Yes, (►) I wa* wAtchu^....................(I / watch) a documentary on TV when suddenly
(1).......................................... (we / lose) all the power. But
(2) ..... ......................(it / come) on again after about ten minutes.
Vicky:    Rachel (3).............................................(come) down the stairs when the lights
(4).............................................(go) out. She almost (5)........................................
(fall) over.
Daniel:   Matthew and I (6).........................................(play) table tennis at the time.
Andrew: (7)_________....................................(I / work) on the computer. (8).......................
..................{I / lose) a whole hour's work. But this morning (9) ....................
..................(I / get) up early and (10)......................................(do) it again.
Past Continuous or Pasy Simple? (1-3)
Find the second part of each sentence. Put each verb into the correct form.
► Vicky (have) a beautiful dream when she (touch) the wire.
► When Andrew (see) the question, when I (find) a £10 note in it.
1 The train (wait) when the alarm clock (ring).
2 I (read) a library book the crowd (rush) in.
3 Sarah (have) an electric shock he (know) the answer immediately.
4 When the doors (open), they (see) that the sun (shine).
5 When the campers (wake), when we (arrive) at the station.
► Vicky wa* Havia<3 a beAwti.-fiAl.. dreAM wtarv ihe,,aIacm . clock. r&Mi______......
► Whei\ Arvdnew £aw. the ^ue^tipfs,     .k<\ew. the Ars^wer. iwi^ediAtely,..............
1................................................................M............-..............................-............
2...................................................................................................________,............
3 ...........................____________........................................................................................
4..................................................................H.........................................________..........
5 -............................................................................................................................
VERBS   • PAGE 23
Test B: Past Simple and Past Continuous
A
Put in the Past Simple of the verbs in brackets.
► The car sipped............(stop) at the lights.
1 We ...........................................(leave) the cinema before the end of the film.
2 The streets........................._______________(be) crowded with people,
3 My grandmother.................................(die) last year.
4 Everyone.............................................(have) a marvellous time.
5 We........................................(not / like) the food they gave us.
6 Claire ...........................................(go) to Egypt last month.
7 The accident............................................(happen) last weekend.
8 It............................................(not / be) a very comfortable journey.
9 I................... ________.........„ (know) that ages ago.
B
Write a second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first. Use the word in brackets.
► There were lights on the spacecraft, (had)
~hV .$p&cfccr&ft. .had..      . .wv.. j.t,.................
1 I had my old coat on. (wearing)
2 I was on holiday, and you were on holiday, too. (we)
3 It isn't true that I made a mistake, (didn't)
4 The boys were in the middle of a game of cards, (playing)
5 No one told me about the change of plan, (know)
,tH I. #,,.w-|.--_________............. »_ r , , « - ,       .      [|      ,      (,,      ,alttl      I  I   ll,.-.Il»>JI»>......4  ■  >... ...........1. ...... .t..... <      . _ i i . i____J. . » 1
6 My friend was the winner of the competition, (won)
7 Is it a fact that the Romans built this wall? (did)
Lorna Bright is a long-distance walker. Look at this part of her diary describing a morning's walk along the coast. Write the missing words. Use one word only in each space.
It was a fine day (►) wta*    I started out on the last part of my walk around the coast of Britain. The
sun was (1)............................................., and a light wind (2).............................................
blowing from the south-west. I was pleased that it (3)........................... raining. I knew
by now that I (4).............. ........................like rain. In fact I (5).............................................it.
I (6).........................................along the cliff top and then down into the lovely little fishing
village of Wellburn. past a cafe where people (7)..................................... having morning
coffee. Three miles past Wellburn I (8).......................______................down for five minutes and
(9).....................................a drink. Now it (10)......................................... getting warmer,
so I (11)............................................off one of my sweaters. I (12)...................
stop for long because I (13).............................................to reach Seabury by lunch-time.
(14)......................................I finally got there, it (15) .................................just after
half past twelve.
PA<;t:24   • VERBS
Each of these sentences has a mistake in it. Write the correct sentence. ►   The hotel were very quiet.
The. hotel. ma£ . very, .qui&t..............________.............................
1   It-was peaceful, and4he-birds-were sing.
2 I washed my hatMivhen the-pbone rang,
3 You came-noWo the club last night,
4 It taked-ages to get homer
5 We tried-to keep quiet-because4he-baby sleeping.
6 As I was watching4wn, the man wassuddenly running away.
7 We pass a-petrol-station two minutes ago.
8 Everything was seeming OK,
9 Where-bought-yotrthat-bag?
10 When I heard the alarm, I wasieaving the-room immediately.
Complete the sentences. Put in the correct form of each verb. Use the Past Continuous or Past Simple.
►  When Martin A'"ved       (arrive) home, Anna       \<*^**s<\. (talk) to someone on the phone. Martin star ted.....(start) to get the tea.
1 I............................ ..... (lie) In the bath when the phone ......................................
(ring). It...........................................(stop) after a few rings.
2 It ................................„     (be) cold when we................................. (leave) the
house that day, and a light snow.........................____________________(fall).
3 Your friend who........................................(come) here the other day
......................................(seem) very nice. I ........................................(enjoy) meeting
her.
4 When I .......______...............................(see) the man, he ........................................(stand)
outside the bank. He......................................(have) a black baseball cap on.
5 When I......................... ..................(open) the cupboard door, a pile of books
............................................(fall) out.
6 I.....................................(walk) along the street when I suddenly
............................................(feel) something hit me in the back. I...........
(not / know) what it was.
7 We ___________ .............(go) to London yesterday, but on the way we
............. .................... (hear) about a bomb scare in Oxford Street. So we
...........................................(drive) back home straightaway.
8 Something very strange.............................................(happen) to me on my way home from
work yesterday afternoon. I ..................................(drive) along the bypass at the time.
Suddenly I______________............................. (see) my mother in the seat beside me. But she died
three years ago.
VERBS   • PAGE 25
11 Present Perfect (1)
1 Introduction
The Present Perfect tells us about the past and the present.
The aircraft has landed means that the aircraft is on the ground now.
2 Form
The Present Perfect is the present tense of have + a past participle.
POSITIVE
I/you/we/they have washed OK I/you/we/they've washed he/she/it has washed OR he/she/it's washed
negative
I/you/we/they haven't washed he/she/it hasn't washed
QUESTION
have I/you/we/they washed? has he/she/it washed?
Regular past participles end in -ed, e.g. washed, landed, finished. WeWe washed the dishes.    Have you opened your letter? The aircraft, has landed safely.    How many points has Matthew scored? The students haven't finished their exams.
3 Irregular forms
Some participles are irregular.
I've made a shopping list.    We've sold our car.    I've thought about it a lot.
Have you written the letter?    She hasn't drunk her coffee. For a list of irregular verbs see page 383.
There is a Present Perfect of be and of have.
The weather has been awful.    I've had a lovely time, thank you.
4 Use
When we use the Present Perfect, we see things as happening in the past but having a result in the present. We've washed the dishes. (They're clean now.)        The aircraft has landed. (It's on the ground now.) We've eaten all the eggs. (There aren't any left.)       They've learnt the words. (They know the words.) You've broken this watch. (It isn't working.)
> 12-13 More on die Present Perfect   O 14-15 Present Perfect or Past Simple? D> page 377 American English
PAGE 26   • VERBS
Practice
A Form (2)
Add a sentence. Use the Present Perfect.
►   I'm tired. (! / walk / miles) .I've waived Mj|e.<-..............
1 Emma's computer is working now. (she / repair / it) .....
2 It's cooler in here now, (I / open / the window) ..............
3 The visitors are here at last, (they / arrive) ...................
4 Mark's car isn't blocking us in now. (he / move / it) ......
5 We haven't got any new videos, (we / watch / all these)
B Irregular forms (3)
Look at the pictures and say what the people have done.
Use these verbs: break, build, catch, see, win
Use these objects: a film, a fish, a house, his leg, the gold medal
1 .........................................
2 .........................................
3
4
C Review (1-4)
Trevor and Laura are decorating their house. Put in the verbs. Use the Present Perfect.
Laura:    How is the painting going? (►) Haw. yow fiMstad?....... (you / finish)
Trevor:   No, I haven't. Painting the ceiling is really difficult, you know.
(1)... .....................................................(I / not / do) very much. And it looks just the
same as before. This new paint (2)...........................................................(not / make) any
difference.
Laura:   (3)................................._________.............. (you / not / put) enough on.
Trevor:   (4)...........................................................(I / hurt) my back. It feels bad.
Laura:   Oh, you and your back. You mean (5)...........................................................(you / have)
enough of decorating. Well, I'll do it. Where (6)........................................................
(you / put) the brush? Trevor:   I don't know. (7) ..........................................................(it / disappear).
(8)...........................................................(I / look) for it, but I can't find it.
Laura:   You're hopeless, aren't you? How much (9).............................................(you / do) in here?
Nothing! (10).....................................................(I / paint) two doors.
Trevor:   (11)...........................................................(I / dean) all this old paint around the window. It
looks much better now, doesn't it? Laura:   (12)....................................................... ... (we / make) some progress, I suppose. Now,
where (13)...........................................................(that brush / go)?
Oh, (14).......................................................(you / leave) it on the ladder, look.
VERBS    • iw;i- 27
12 Present Perfect (2):
just, already, yet; for and since
VICKY SEES RACHEL OUTSIDE THE CONCERT HALL.
1 Just, already and yet
We can use the Present Perfect with just, already and yet.
Just means a short time ago'. Vicky heard about the concert not long ago. Already means 'sooner than expected'. They sold the tickets very quickly. We use yet when we are expecting something to happen. Vicky expects that Rachel will buy a ticket.
Just and already come before the past participle (heard, sold). Yet comes at the end of a question or a negative sentence.
Here are some more examples.
We've just come back from our holiday. I've just had an idea.
It isn't a very good party. Most people have already gone home.
My brother has already crashed his new car. It's eleven o'clock and you haven't finished breakfast yet.
Has your course started yet? But for American English see page 377.
2 For and since
We can use the Present Perfect with for and since.
Vicky has only had that camera for three days.    Those people have been at the hotel since Friday.
I've felt really tired for a whole week now.
We've lived in Oxford since 1992. not We live Iters since 1992. Here something began in the past and has lasted up to llie present time.
We use for to say how long this period is [for three days). We use since to say when the period began [since Friday).
We use how long in questions.
How long has Vicky had that camera? ~ Since Thursday, I think.
How long have Trevor and Laura been married? ~ Oh, for about three years.
We can also use the Present Perfect with for and since when something lias stopped happening. / haven't seen Rachel for ages. She hasn't visited us since July.
> 11,13 More on the Present Perfect   O 14-15 Present Perfect or Past Simple?
I> 17 Present Perfect Continuous or Simple?   O 114 Yet, still and already   > 121 For, since, ago and before
pace 28   • VERBS
Practice
A Just(l)
Write replies using the Present Perfect and just.
Use these past participles: checked, eaten, made, remembered, rung, tidied > We must find out the address. - It's all right, IV >*t m^^ered >±.........
1 The children's room looks neat. - Yes, they've...........................................
2 Is Daniel making some coffee? - It's ready._________________________
3 What happened to that chocolate? - Sorry,...............................
4 Has Rachel got all the answers right? ~ Yes,.....________.........................
5 Have you told your sister? ~ Yesf I've........................_____________, .....
B Just, already and yet (1)
Complete the dialogue. Use the Present Perfect with just, already and yet.
Vicky:    (P-) .Yw. .tav&fv i. po^e. your ..project yef- (you / not do / your project / yet), I suppose.
Rachel:  No, I haven't. (1).........................................................................................._______
{I / not / start / it / yet).
Vicky:    (2).......................................................... (I / just / see / Andrew), and he says
(3).............................................................(he / already / do) about half of It.
Rachel: Well, he works too hard. Vicky:    (4)     ._..........._............
(I / not / finish / my plan / yet), Rachel: (5)..........................................................(you / already / begin) to worry about it,
haven't you? Take it easy. There's plenty of time. Vicky:    (6) ___________________ , .....________...........(we / already / spend) too long thinking about
it. {7)................................................................______________........................ {I /not /do/
any real work / yet) and (S)___________________.....................................(I / just / realize) that
there are only four weeks to the end of term. Rachel: OK. (9).............................................................(I / just / decide) to start next week. Well,
maybe.
C For and since (2)
Andrew is a very hard-working student. It's midnight and he is still working at his computer. Write sentences with the Present Perfect and for or since.
>  be I at his computer / six hours HeV bee*.at...hi*..cottar for six .hours.
1 not / have / any fun / a long time..............................._______.,......,....................
2 have / a cold / a week ....................................................................
3 not / see / his friends / ages _____...............................................
4 not / do / any sport / last year....................................______________________________________
5 be / busy with his studies / months...............................................____________
D For and since (2)
Complete the sentences.
> You ought to wash the car. You haven't mfbtd it -for...........ages.
► I'd better have a shower. I haven't .had pa£ ii^ce. Thursday.
1 I think I'll ring my girlfriend. I haven't.............................................the weekend.
2 We're going to see some old friends. We haven't. ........................................ five years.
3 Let's watch a video, shall we? We haven't.............................................quite a while.
4 We could have a barbecue. We haven't_______________ _____________....... ,, last summer.
5 Shall we play tennis? We haven't.............................our holiday.
VERBS   • IW.h 29
13 Present Perfect (3): ever, this week, etc.
2 Ever and never
Mark:     Wlwre have you been this time, Claire?
Claire;    I've just come back from the States. Florida,
Mark:     You get around, don't you? Fve never been to Florida, Was it good?
Claire: It was OK. Not as good as Australia. ! might go to Brazil next time. Have you ever been there? Mark:     No, I haven't.
We can use ever and never with the Present Perfect. We use ever in questions, [n Have you ever been to Brazil? the word ever means 'in your whole life up to the present time'. Never means 'not ever'.
Here are some more examples.
Have you ever played cricket? - No, never.    Has Andrew ever had any fun? ~ / don't think so, I've never ridden a motorbike in my life.    YouWe never given me flowers before. This is the most expensive hotel we've ever stayed in.
3 First time, second time, etc.
After It's/This is the first/second time, we use the Present Perfect. This is the first time we've been to Scotland, so it's all new to us. This is the second time Rachel has forgotten to give me a message. I love this film, J think it's the fourth time I've seen it,
4 Today, this week, etc.
We use the Present Perfect with today and phrases with this, e.g. this morning, this week, this year.
We've done quite a lot of work today.
I haven't watched any television so far this week.
Have you had a holiday this year? ~ No, not yet. This year is the period which began in January and has lasted up to the present time.
> 14-15 Present Perfect or Past Simple?
i1 age 30   • verbs
Practice
A Gone to or been to? (1)
Complete the conversation. Put in gone or been. Emma:     Hi. Where's Rachel?
Vicky:     She's (►) ..^pa£...........to the supermarket to get something for a meal.
Emma:    But I've got some chicken for tonight. I've just (1) _____................... __________to a
supermarket on my way home, that new place near the station.
Natasha: I haven't (2).............................................to that one yet.
Vicky:      Where's Jessica? Isn't she here?
Emma:    No, she's (3).....................................________to London. She'll be back tomorrow.
B Ever and never (2)
Write the questions and answers. Use the information in brackets.
►   Matthew:  (sailing?) Ha,ve you. ever beo.. *&iJrfvj.?................................................................
Natasha:   (no, windsurfing} No.,. . J.V&. .NWfcC.. few*. .Uvfe. I've .bee* .wi«d*urfirvj...................
1 Laura:      (San Francisco?)........................................................................,,.....________....._______.....
Mark:       (no, Los Angeles).................................................................................................
but.....................................................................................................................
2 Tom: (basketball?) .................................. ...............................................................
Trevor:     (no, volleyball)............................................._________.........................................
but..............................._____________.....................................................................
3 Daniel: ('Hamlet'?)...................................................................................................................
Vicky:      (no, 'Macbeth') .........................................
but ............................................................................................................................
C First time, second time, etc. (3)
What would you say in these situations? Use time and the Present Perfect.
►   You are watching a cricket match. You have never seen one before. Tbi £.   . the.. f.\rf± t r,»we | Ve seeis A. .cricket. Match..........................
1 You have lost your bank card. It has happened once before.
This is...................................................................................,,..................
2 The washing machine has broken down. This has happened twice before.
,........-i.....s.i-. .
3 You are in England for the first time in your life.
4 You are staying in a hotel where you once stayed before.
5 You have missed the bus. You've done the same thing about four times before.
D Today, this week, etc. (4)
Complete the sentences. Use the Present Perfect.
►   Mark buys a newspaper most mornings, but he. faufc'i bought om this, wstfttaj........................
1 I see Vicky most days, but__________......._______________________......_________........................................
2 We go to the club most weekends, but.........................................................................................
3 We usually have a party each term, but..........................................................................
4 Someone usually rings in the evening, but no one.........................................................................
VERBS   - paur 31
14 Present Perfect or Past Simple? (1)
1 I have done or I did?
The Present Perfect tells us about the past and the present. United have won the Cup, so it's theirs now.
The Past Simple tells us about which is finished. Last year is in the past.
We use the Past Simple (not the Present Perfect) to talk about times in the past such as yesterday, last week, in 1994, a hundred years ago.
We watched United last week. NO'i We have watched United last week.
Long ago dinosaurs lived here. NOT Long ago dinosaurs have-lived here.
Here are some more examples.
PRESENT I'liUI-t-cr
Emma has packed her case. (So her things are in the case now.) Mike has repaired the chair. (So it's all right now.) The plane has just landed. I've turned the heating on. (Its on now) I've dropped my calculator. (It's on the floor now.)
PAST SIMPLE
Emma packed her case last night. (Her things may be unpacked now.) Mike repaired the chair. (It may be broken again now.) The plane landed ten minutes ago. I turned the heating an earlier, but it's off again now.
I dropped my calculator, but it seems to be OK.
2 I've done it. I did it yesterday.
Trevor:    We've bought a new car.
Tom:       Oh. have you? What sort?
Laura:     An Adagio. We bought it last week.
We often give a piece of news in the Present Perfect, e.g. We've bought a new car. (The car is ours now.) We use the Past Simple, e.g. We bought it last week, to give details or to ask for details about things such as when and where it happened.
Here are some more examples.
I've found my wallet. - Oh, good. Where did you find it?
Your parcel has arrived. The postman brought it at eight o'clock.
They've closed the factory. ~ Really? When did they do that?
3 Structures with for, since and last
present perfect
We can say that something hasn't happened for a long time or since a specific time in the past.
We haven't had a party for ages.
We haven't had a party since Christmas.
HAST SIMPLE
We can say that it is a long time since something happened or when was the last time it happened.
It's ages since we last had a party.
Christinas was the last time we had a party.
PACK 32   • VERBS
Practice
A I have done or I did? (1)
Put in the correct verb form.
lVe .do**........       (I / do) all the housework. The flat is really clean now.
►	A young couple JtaAtyfet......	(buy) the house next door. But they didn't live there long.
1	Our visitors .................	
2	There's still a problem with the television. Someone ..................................                                   (repair) it, but	
	then it broke down again.	
3		(I / lose) my bank card, I can't find it anywhere.
4	The match......................	
5	My sister......................	.................(run) away from home. But she came back two days later.
6	Daniel..........................	.........(earn) some money last week. But I'm afraid he's already
	spent it all.	
7		(we / plant) an apple tree in the garden. Unfortunately it died.
8	Prices ....................	............(go) up. Everything is more expensive this year.
9	Someone........................	(turn) on the hi-fi. What's that song called?
10		(I / phone) the office at eleven to speak to the manager, but he isn't
	there today.	
11		(I / make) a cake. Would you like a piece?
12	The runner Amos Temila	......................................(break) the world record for the 1500 metres
	in Frankfurt. Then two days later in Helsinki, Lee Wilfiams ran it in an even faster time.	
B I've done it. I did it yesterday. (2)
Things that have happened today are on the radio and TV news. Give the news using the Present Perfect and Past Simple.
•>  the Prime Minister / visit Luton University / speak to students there / earlier today
Thft. Pri^e. Minister        visited Lwt.Qfs University, He..i,p students there earlier t<?d^y.-
1 the train drivers / go on strike / stop work / at twelve o'clock
......... ..TrT.T-,-,,t........ i , 0Mb* f............t|HO>iil| t lfH^.,r...................4........thi-.--..*.*-------|.......t-t------■ — -    i |
2 the Queen / arrive in Toronto / fly there / in an RAF aircraft
■- ,i i I - f- t- r- t- .'     "-•»•«....................miiiii.:.;-;---------r-r r-------................* ■............,...........- . .......n ■•>.«
3 two men / escape from Parkhurst Prison / get away / during the night
4 the actor Howard Bates / die in a car accident / his car / crash into a wall
5   Linda Jones / win the women's marathon / run it / in 2 hours 27 minutes
C Structures with for, since and last (3)
Complete the conversations.
►   Mike: This car is filthy. I haven't been to the car wash for about a year.
Tom: What! You mean it's twelve months ?i*\ce yow 1a?t .went............to the car wash?
1 Laura: I haven't used my camera recently. June was the last time I took a photo.
Trevor: Really? I'm surprised you.............................,............................................... .... June.
2 Rachel: I haven't seen Andrew for weeks.
Daniel: Nor me. It's.............................................................................................. him.
3 Tom: What about a game of cards? We haven't played since your birthday.
David: Really? You mean my birthday......____________________..........................................cards?
4 Emma: I feel terrible. It's three days since I ate anything.
Vicky: What did you say? You..................................................................three days?
VERBS   » page J3
15 Present Perfect or Past Simple? (2)
1 I've been or I was?
Puesent Perfect
We use the Present Perfect for a state which has gone on up to the present. (David is still in hospital.)
We've lived here for ten years.
(And we still live here.)
Present Perfect
We use the Present Perfect for actions in a period of time up to the present.
This young director has made four films so far. He has made films means that it is possible he will make more films.
Here are some more examples. Have you ever been to America? I've played table tennis before. We've never had any money.
Yes, twice.
3 Today, this week, etc.
I was in hospital for six weeks.
Past Simple
We use the Past Simple for a state in the past, in a period which is finished. (Davids stay in hospital is over.)
We lived therefor ten years. (We don't live there now.)
2 Have you (ever) ...? and Did you (ever) ...?
Past Simple
We use the Past Simple for actions in the past, a period which is finished.
The director made many films in his long career. He made films means that his career in films is over. He won't make any more.
Did Churchill ever go to America? ~ Yes, I think I played table tennis at college. We never had any money in those days.
Present Perfect
We use today and phrases with this for a period up to the present.
It hasn*t rained today.
Have you seen this week's magazine?
Past Simple
We use yesterday and phrases with last period.
It rained yesterday.
Did you see last week's magazine?
I haven't seen Rachel today. (It's still daytime.)
But sometimes today etc. can mean a past period. Compare:
I didn't see Sarah at work today. (The working day is over.) Has the post come this morning? Did the post come this morning?
(It's still morning.) (It's later in the day.)
\>AGV. 34   • VERBS
Practice
A I've been or I was? (1)
Complete this letter to a newspaper. Put in the Present Perfect or Past Simple.
A few days ago I (►) X^r^............(learn) that someone plans to knock down the White Horse Inn.
This pub (p-) ^ beer      (be) the centre of village life for centuries. It (1).........................................
(stand) at our crossroads for 500 years. It (2) .........._______.............. (be) famous in the old days,
and Shakespeare once (3)..........................................(stay) there, they say. f
(4)...................... (live) in Brickfield all my life. The villagers (5)..................................
(know) about the plans for less than a week and already there's a 'Save Our Pub' campaign. Last
week we (6}........_______...................... (be) happy, but this week we're angry. We will stop them,
you'll see.
B Have you (ever) „.? and Did you (ever)...? (2)
Look at each conversation and choose the best sentence, a) or b).
►  Have you heard about the woman walking across the US? ~ Yes, she's reached the Rockies, a) \7\ The walk is continuing,   b) \  \ The walk has finished.
1 Have you ever played beach volleyball? - Yes. we played it on holiday, a) | ~] The holiday is still going on.   b) [ J The holiday is over.
2 Did you know old Mr Green? - No, I never met him.
a)    ] Mr Green is probably alive,   b) [ ] Mr Green is probably dead.
3 Wayne Johnson is a great footballer. - Yes, he's scored 200 goals for United.
a) f ! Wayne Johnson still plays for United,   b) [ J Wayne Johnson has left United.
C Today, this week, etc (3)
Put in this, last, today or yesterday.
LA*i      month prices went up, but ±k\z..........month they have fallen a little.
1 It's been dry so far.............................................week, but,,.............................week
was very wet.
2 I went shopping earlier.........._________ .........................and spent all the money I earned
3 We didn't have many visitors.............................................year. We've had a lot more
---------------------------------------------year
4 I don't feel SO tired now. We got up quite late.......................____________morning. I felt really
tired.....________________________________________when we got up so early.
D Present Perfect or Past Simple? (Units 14 and 15)
Put in the verbs.
Tom:     (►) Have.yoiA Ui&ró.......(you / hear) the news about David?
Harriet:  No. (1).................................... (what / happen)?
Tom:     (2), ..........................................(he / have) an accident. He was walking down some
steps. (3)..............................................(he/fall) and (4)___________________..........................
(break) his leg.
Harriet: Oh, how awful! When (5)............................................. (it / happen)?
Tom:     Yesterday afternoon, Melánie (6).............................................(tell) me about it last night.
Harriet:  Last night! (7).............................................{you / know) about it last night, and
(8).............................................(you / not /teľ) meJ
Tom:     Well, (9).........................................(I / not / see) you last night. And
(10).............................................(I / not / see) you today, until now.
Harriet:  I hope he's all right. (11)...........................................(he / have) lots of accidents, you
know. (12).............................................(he / do) the same thing about two years ago.
verbs   • pace 35
Test C Present Perfect and Past Simple
Put in the past participles of the verbs in brackets.
► We've ^owryd ............(find) all the answers.
1 Have you ......... .................................(wash) the car?
2 You haven't ...........................................(eat) very much.
3 They've..................................... (open) a new supermarket.
4 You've............................______________ (write) it in pencil.
5 I've....................................(make) the sandwiches.
6 We've................... .................. (have) our lunch.
7 United have............... .........................(score) a goal,
8 The balloon has.........................................(land) in a field.
9 Who's.......... _______............(break) this glass?
10 It's warm because the heating has......................,................(be) on.
11 Have you................................. ......, (sell) your flat yet?
12 I've ....................... ......(finish) that job at last.
B
Complete the second sentence so that it follows on from the first. Use the Present Perfect.
► My hair is tidy now, IV. .t>.n*£Hftd.........my hair.
1 The door is open. Someone................______.......................the door.
2 This is Oliver's drawing, look. Oliver...........................................a picture.
3 The calculator is broken. Someone ................................. _______the calculator.
4 United are the winners. United.............................................the game.
5 There's no more wine in the bottle. We _______...................................all the wine.
6 The floor is clean now. I..........................................the floor.
7 I know my number now. I .............. ..........my number by heart.
8 The guests are here now. The guests...........................
9 I'm still working on the computer. I....... ................................. with the computer yet.
Decide which word is correct.
►   I'd like to borrow this book. Has Anna read it yet ? a) done   b) for   c) just   d) yet
1 Ben writes very quickly. He's.............................................finished his essay.
a) already   b) been   c) for   d) yet
2 What are you going to do? - I don't know. I haven't decided.......................... ........
a) just   b) long   c) since   d) yet
3 I've........................................to London. I went there in June.
a) been   b) gone   c) just   d) yet
4 Have you.............................................done any skiing?
a) ever   b) for   c) just   d) long
5 My boyfriend hasn't rung.......................... ...... week.
a) for   b) last   c) since   d) this
6 I haven't seen that coat before. How............................ have you had it?
a) already   b) for   c) long   d) since
7 The girls have.........................................to the cinema. They won't be back until ten o'clock.
a) already   b) been   c) gone   d) just
pagb36   • verbs
8 I haven't seen my parents .................last Christmas.
a) already   b) before   c) for  d) since
9 This is the first..........................I've ever lived away from home.
a) already   b) since  c) that  d) time
10   This programme must be new, I've...................................... seen it before.
a) ever   b) never   c) since   d) yet
Some of these sentences are correct, and some have a word which should not be there. If the sentence is correct, put a tick (/). If it is incorrect, cross the unnecessary have or has out of the sentence and write it in the space.
► Susan has lost her keys. She can't find them anywhere. ./.....................
► Christopher has hurt his hand, but it's OK now. tas..............................
1 The directors have arrived half an hour ago. but they didn't stay long...............
2 It's raining, and Peter has left his umbrella behind, look.
3 It's a long time since your friends have last visited us.
4 None of you have called me for weeks. Aren't we friends any more?
5 We can play tennis now. The others have finished....................................
6 The company has bought some land, but then it sold it. ..........................
7 The computer isn't on now. Someone has turned it off. ...................................
8 Tessa has posted the parcel. It's on its way to you...........................
9 Several bombs have gone off in the city centre. It has happened...................................
an hour ago.
10   Simon has left. He and Oliver have left after lunch.....................
Put in the Present Perfect or Past Simple of the verbs in brackets.
>•   I've tad.........(have) these shoes since my eighteenth birthday.
►   I tidied..... (tidy) my desk, but now it's in a mess again.
1 The last time I.......................................(go) to Brighton was in August.
2 I'd like to meet a ghost, but I .......................(never / see) one.
3 I've finished my homework. I.................................................(do) it before tea.
4 And the race is over! And Micky Simpson................................................(win) in a
record time!
5 I.................-------....................(work) for a computer company for a year. That was
after college.
6 What time................................................. (you / get) to work this morning?
7 Martin ........._________(be) to Greece five times. He loves the place.
8 The President ..............................................(come) out of the building and is going to
make a speech.
9 You won't believe this, but I've got some tickets for the concert. - Oh, well done. How ...............................---------(you / get) them?
10 Of course I can ride a bike. But I.....................................................(not / ride) one for years.
11 Marilyn Monroe................................................. (be) in about thirty films.
12 ______ .................(you / ever / bake) your own bread? ~ No, but I might try it
some time.
13 Janet .......................................(be) very ill three years ago.
14 Rupert has left a message for you. He ...................______.....______________ (ring) last night.
15 _______.......................(you / see) the news today? - No, not yet. I'll watch it at ten.
16 We moved here in 1993. We............................................. , (be) here a long time now.
VERBS   - pace 37
16 Present Perfect Continuous
CWe've been watting here for ) twenty minutes../
We're going to be late for the film
1 Introduction
We use the Present Perfect Continuous for an action (waiting)* The action happens over a period of time (for twenty minutes). Here the period lasts up to the present - they are still waiting now.
2 Form
The Present Perfect Continuous is the present tense of have + been + an -ing form.
POSITIVE
I/you/we/they have been waiting OR I/you/we/they've been waiting he/she/it has been waiting or he/she/it's been waiting
negative question
I/you/we/they haven't been wailing have I/you/we/they been waiting?
he/she/it hasn't been waiting has he/she/it been waiting?
We've been standing here for ages.    It has been raining all day.
Have you been waiting long?    Our team hasn't been doing very well lately.
3 Use
We use the Present Perfect Continuous for an action over a period of time leading up to the present (see 1). In these examples the action is still going on.
We've been waiting here for twenty minutes. (We're waiting now.)
Listen. That burglar alarm has been ringing since eight o'clock this morning. We must use the perfect in these situations.
not We-wa4l-her<hfor-twettty minutes or W&ewmtirig-here-ft^weniy-mirmtes.
We can use the Present Perfect Continuous to talk about repeated actions up to now.
Natasha has been playing the piano since she was four. We can also use it to talk about an action which ends just before the present.
I've been swimming. That's why my hair is wet.
4 For, since, how long and recently
We can use the Present Perfect Continuous with for and since (see Unit 121).
My sister has been staying with me for three weeks now.
You've been playing on that computer since seven o'clock. We use how long in questions.
How long have you been waiting?
Note also recently and lately. These both mean 'in the last few days or weeks'. / haven't been feeling very well recently.   What have you been doing lately?
> 17 Present Perfect Continuous or Simple?   > 121 For and since
PAGE 38   • VERBS
Practice
A Form (2)
Put in the verbs. Use the Present Perfect Continuous. Ilona:     Sorry I'm late.
Emma:   It's OK. (►)-!- Vv£«s*t hw*.>#,i.ti^.......(I / not / wait) long.
What (1).................................. (you /do)?
Ilona:    I've been with Mrs King. (2).....................................................(she / help) me with my
English.
Emma:   Your English is very good. You don't need lessons, surely.
How long (3)...................................... ...............(you / study) English?
Ilona:    Er, eight years now. But my accent wasn't so good before I came to England.
(4)..................................................(I / try) to improve it.
I think (5).......................................... .............(it / get) better lately.
Emma:   Your accent is fine, Ilona. Honestly.
B Use (3)
Say what these people have been doing. Use these verbs: argue, cook, drive, wait, work
Andrew is tired because he? bee* WftCki*^..
1 Trevor and Laura are upset because
2 David is hot because ........ ,,....................
3 Mark feels very stiff because ..................._.
all day.
............._____________.............................................................all day.
4   Henry is annoyed..............................................................................a long time for Claire.
C Use (3-4)
What could you say in these situations? Write sentences with the Present Perfect Continuous and a phrase with for. Use these verbs: play, read, swim, talk, travel, work
►  A video is on. It began two hours ago, and it hasn't finished yet.
Tke yirleo \\&$ .beer*, fetj&yjM ^or +wr> InoUirf....................................... .....................
1    Matthew went into the water an hour ago. He doesn't want to come out yet.
2   Your friends started their journey around the world three months ago. They've gone about halfway now.
3   Mark got to the office early this morning. Ten hours later he's still there.
4   Melanie rang Rita forty minutes ago, and they're still on the phone.
5   Trevor has got an interesting book. He started it quite a long time ago. Ask him how long.
■ ■(..■.■■■*•..-..-*•**«.• 3#t •-»*-■-»«•> • ■ WW • «-| f • »«--,T-....-->....---...... ,.tt*.----------................«..........rH^jtlOl Iti
VERBS   ♦ pack 39
17 Present Perfect Continuous or Simple?
1 I have been doing or I have done?
Mike has been repairing the car.
We use the Present Perfect Continuous for an action happening over a period of time (see Unit 16). We are thinking of Mike doing the repair and getting oil on his hands.
Here arc some more examples, OVEH A PBRKM3 (have heen doing)
A strong wind has been blowing all day. Vicky is out of breath. She's been running. I've been writing an essay. I'm tired now.
We normally use the continuous form when we say how long.
Rachel has been playing music all day.
I've been ironing shirts since ten o'clock.
How long have you been learning to drive?
Mike has repaired the car.
We use the Present Perfect Simple for a complete action (see Unit 1 I). We are thinking of the finished repair and the result of the repair - that the car is all right now.
complete (have done)
We've finished our tour of Scotland. The wind has blown a tree over. Vicky is here at last. She's run all the way. I've written an essay. I can hand it in now.
We normally use the simple form when we say how much/many.
Rachel has played at least twenty CDs.
I've ironed eight shirts.
How many driving lessons have you had?
2 States and actions
We cannot normally use the continuous form with a state verb (see Unit 7). I've known the secret for a long time, not I^ve-been-hiowing-the-se^re4. My parents have had this car for about ten years. We've never been very happy here, I'm afraid.
Live and work (= have a job) can be continuous or simple, with no difference in meaning. We've been living here since 1992. or We've lived here since 1992.
Sarah has been working for the company for three years now. 0\i Sarah has worked for the company for three years now.
PAGE 40   • VERBS
Practice
A I have been doing or I have done? (l)
Look at these conversations and put in the correct form of the verb. Use the Present Perfect Continuous or Simple.
► Sarah:   I feel really tired.
Mark:   It's because you've. beers.dew^. .    (you / do) too much.
Sarah:  Well, at least I've f\r.\^eA.........,.....{| / finish) that report now, and I can relax.
1 David:   Someone__________..................................................(leave) the ladder outside, look.
Harriet: I expect that's Mike..................... ....................................(he / clean) the windows.
[ don't think.................._______................................... . (he / finish) yet.
2 Laura:   You've got mud on your shoes.
Trevor: It's all right, I'll take them off..................................... .......(I / work) in the
garden.
Laura:   Yes, it looks a lot tidier. Well done.................................................... (you / do) a
good job.
3 Tom:............................................................{I / hear) that you and Harriet are building a
garage. How long............................................................. (you / do) that?
Mike:    Oh, for about a month now. (we / do)..................... ......______.........................about
half of it.
B I have been doing or I have done? (l)
What would you ask in these situations? Use the Present Perfect Continuous or Simple.
► Your friend is wearing glasses. You've never seen him with glasses on before. Ask him how long ... .How..Jprvij k*y£ you.kee^. weAC.i»v<3 ................................,........................................._____
► Nick is playing computer games. Ask him how many ...
How MAAy qoMpWten . fw,ve.. ypi* pkyed ? _______________.................. ......................................
1 You meet a group of people walking across country. Ask them how many miles ...
• |lll.|r*.-tj........*............4 -  -......* ...........t >.............*---......I   I | ■ • I...........................* ' ■ I ' - '---- ■'-
2 Some workmen are digging up the road outside Sarah's house. Ask her how long ...
3 Laura is taking lots of photos of you and your friends. Ask her how many ...
4 You have just woken up from an afternoon sleep and seen that it is raining. Ask your friend how long
C I have been doing or I have done? (1-2)
Complete the conversation. Put the verbs in the Present Perfect Continuous or Simple.
Laura:   What are you doing, Trevor? (►) You've, beefy.........(you / be) in here for ages. You're making
an awful mess.
Trevor:   (1).......................................................(I / clear) out this cupboard most of the afternoon.
There's a lot of old stuff in here. (2)..................................................(I / find) these,
look.
Laura:   (3)..........................................................(you / sit) there staring at those otd boots for the
last five minutes. (4).......................................................(I / watch) you.
(5).............................. (you / be) in a dream.
Trevor:   They're football boots. (6)............................ ......................(I / have) them since I was
about sixteen. (7).......................................................(they / be) in here for years.
Laura:    Well, throw them away. And what about that tennis racket? Is that yours?
Trevor:   No, it must be yours. (8)..........................................................(I / never / have) a tennis
racket.
VERBS   • PACiK 41
18 Past Perfect
1 Introduction
I felt really tired when I took the train to work yesterday because Sarah and I had been to a party the evening before. We hadn't gone to bed until after one. I hadn't been on the train long when I had a bit of a shock. I suddenly realized that I'd left my wallet at home. Then I began to wonder. Had 1 left it in the office the day before? I just couldn't remember. I wanted logo back to bed. 1 felt awful.
The situation is in the past (/ took the train ... I felt tired ...}. When we talk about things before this past rime, we use the Past Perfect.
Sarah and I had been to a party the evening before.
I'd left my wallet at home. We are looking back from the situation of the train journey to the earlier actions - going to a party and leaving home without the wallet.
Here are some more examples of the Past Perfect. It was twenty to six. Most of the shops had just closed.
I went to the box office at lunch-time, but they had already sold alt the tickets. By I960 most of Britain's old colonies had become independent.
As well as actions, we can use the Past Perfect to talk about states.
1 felt better by the summer, but the doctor warned me not to do too much. I'd been very ill. The news came as no surprise to me. I'd known for some time that the factory was likely to close,
2 Form
The Past Perfect is had + a past participle.
He had enjoyed the party. OR He'd enjoyed the party.
They hadn't gone to bed until late.     Where had he put his wallet? For irregular past participles see page 383,
3 Present Perfect and Past Perfect
Compare these examples.
Present Perfect (before now)
My wallet isn't here. I've left it behind. The match is over. United have won.
■That man looks familiar, I've seen him somewhere before.
E> 19 Review of the Past Simple, Continuous and Perfect   > 20 The Past Perfect Continuous
Past Perfect (before then)
My wallet wasn't there. I'd left it behind The match was over. United had won. The man looked familiar. I'd seen him somewhere before.
PAGE 42   ■ VERBS
Practice
A Past Perfect (l)
Read about each situation and then tick the right answer. ►  Two men delivered the sofa. I had already paid for it.
Which came first, a) |_] the delivery, or b) |/| the payment?
1 The waiter brought our drinks. We'd already had our soup. Which came first, a) | ] the drinks, or b) [ ] the soup?
2 I'd seen the film, so I read the book.
Did I first a) [  I see the film, or b) |  | read the book?
3 The programme had ended, so I rewound the cassette.
Did I rewind the cassette a) f J after, or b) f | before the programme ended?
4 I had an invitation to the party, but I'd arranged a trip to London.
Which came first, a) j  | the invitation, or b) [Zltne arrangements for the trip?
B Past Perfect (1-2)
Add a sentence with the Past Perfect using the notes.
	Claire looked very suntanned when I saw her last week, ^rie'd just be&iv pa holiday, . (just / be on holiday)	
1	We rushed to the station, but we were too iate.	................... (the train / just / go)
2	I didn't have an umbrella, but that didn't matter.	
3	When I got to the concert hall, they wouldn't let me in.	......-...........(forget / my ticket)
4	Someone got the number of the car the raiders used.	
5	I was really pleased to see Rachel again yesterday.	............. (not see / her / for ages)
6	Luckily the flat didn't look too bad when my parents called in.	
7	The boss invited me to tunch yesterday, but I had to refuse the invitation.	
		(already / eat / my sandwiches)
C Present Perfect and Past Perfect (3)
Put the verbs in the Present Perfect (have done) or Past Perfect (had done).
	It isn't raining now. It !s. stored..............(stop) at last.	
►	We had no car at that time. We i. #ftW........	(sell) our old one.
1		
2	You can have that newspaper. I...................	................(finish) with it.
3	There's no more cheese. We.......................	
4	There was no sign of a taxi, although I...........	........................ (order) one half an hour
	before.	
5	This bill isn't right. They............................	.,. (make) a mistake.
6	I spoke to Melanie at lunch-time. Someone	
	earlier.	
7		.........(have) a hard day.
a	Don't you want to see this programme? It	............................ .........(start).
9		
10		
	(make) up their minds.	
verbs   • i'\(;r 43
19 Review of the Past Simple, Continuous and Perfect
1 Introduction
Head this true story. It happened some years ago.
A young man walked into a supermarket in Southampton and put a few items of food in a basket. He had chosen a lima when not many people -were shopping in the store. He found a checkout where no one else was waiting. When the cashier had checked the goods, the man gave her a £10 note. When she opened the till the man quickly snatched all the money from it and ran out of the store before she realized what was happening. At the time the security guard was standing at the other end of the store. When staff checked the records in the till, they found that the thief had taken only £4.37. As he had left the £10 note behind, the operation had cost him Í5.63.
2 Comparison of tenses
We use the Fast Simple to talk about the past (see Unit 8).
He snatched the money and ran away. The Past Simple is used for the actions in the story, to tell us what happened next.
We use the Past Continuous (see Unit 9) for something around a past time or a past action.
At the time of the incident, not many people were shopping in the store. The few customers were in the middle of doing their shopping.
We use the Past Perfect (see Unit 18) for things before a past situation.
Staff found that the thief had taken only £4.37. The theft of the money happened before they found out how much.
3 Past Simple and Past Continuous
We often use these two forms together when a shorter action comes in the middle of a longer one (see Unit 10,2).
/ was waiting at the checkout when 1 noticed a strange-looking man. Seeing the man came in the middle of the wait.
4 Past Simple and Past Perfect
When we use these two forms together, we use the Past Perfect for what happened earlier.
A man walked into a supermarket. He had chosen a quiet time. The choice of the time came before the arrival in the supermarket.
In this example, one past action followed another.
He filled the basket and went to the checkout We tan also use either when ... had done, or after ... did/had done.
When he had filled the basket, he went to the checkout.
After he had filled (or After he filled) the basket, he went to the checkout. But when one short action comes straight after another, we use the Past Simple for both.
Wlicn she opened the till, he snatched all the money out of it.
Note the different meanings.
When I switched the TV on, the programme started. I was just in time.
When I switched the TV on, the programme had started. I miised the beginning. We can use the Fast Perfect or the Past Simple with before or until. There is no difference in meaning.
The man arrived at the stare before, it had opened/before it opened.
The chairman didn't speak until he had heard/until he heard all the arguments.
page 44   • VERBS
Practice
A Past Simple, Continuous and Perfect (1-4) Look at these sentences and then tick the right answer.
► David and Tom were talking together when a young woman spoke to them.
Which took more time, a) \7] what David and Tom said, or b) [ J what the woman said?
1 Mike had put up the tent, but Harriet was still unloading things from the car. Which finished first, a) | ] putting up the tent, or b) [J unloading?
2 Mark went home and switched off the computer.
What did he do first, a) [ [go home, or b)   J switch off the computer?
3 When Claire arrived, Henry was walking up and down.
Which started earlier, a) Q Claire's arrival, or b) [ J Henry's walking?
4 When Sarah had phoned the office, she drove to the hotel.
Did she phone the office a) j  | before, or b) |  | after driving to the hotel?
B Past Simple and Past Perfect (4)
Write the two sentences as one. Use when and the Past Perfect in either the first or the second part of the sentence.
► I took the book back to the library. I read it.
|,ifopfc.boolc.b^ck..tp.itffc..library.w.he* I'd. read...".*? . ................................
► The students did the experiment. They wrote a report on it. Wh&r\ t'me. stwdtivts h&d dor.c the expertweftt, they wrote a.report piy,it.........
1   Nick saved enough money. He bought a motorbike.
2 Mark put all the dishes away. He dried them.
3 I looked both ways. I pulled out into the road.
4 The golfers went into the clubhouse. They played the last hole.
C Past Simple, Continuous and Perfect (1-4)
Daniel is telling the story of how he forgot his passport. Put the verbs into the correct form.
(►} It, Jtowiefe&j {it / happen) last August at the airport. A few weeks before, a group of us
(1)...........................................(decide) to go to Greece together for a holiday.
(2).........................................(we / wait) in the queue at passport control when suddenly
(3)............................... (I / realize) that (4)......................... (I/forget) my
passport. (5)...........................................(it / be) quite a shock. (6).....................................
(I / hurry) to a phone and (7)...................................(ring) my parents.
(8)...........................................(they / work) in the garden, but luckily my mother
(9)........................................... (hear) the phone,
(10)...........................................(they / find) the passport and immediately
(11)....................................(drive) to the airport with it. (12).. ..................................
(I / meet) them at the information desk. (13)............................(we / have) no time to talk,
but (14)...........................................(I / say) goodbye to them earlier that morning.
(15)...........................................(I / run) all the way to the plane. I was just in time. When
(16)...........................................(I / get) there, the passengers (17)................................. (sit)
in their seats ready for take-off. When (18) ___________................. .......... (they / see) me, everyone
(19)...........................................(start) clapping.
verbs  • ivu;r. 45
20 Past Perfect Continuous
1 Introduction
DTPT1
I fell down the steps here and broke my leg. I'd \ taken a bus into town, and I'd been swimming in the pool here
David is talking about a situation in the past {I fell and broke my leg). When we look back to something before this past time, we use the Past Perfect Simple (see Unit 18) or the Past Perfect Continuous.
Past Perfect Simple:        / had taken a bus into town. Past Perfect Continuous: / had been swimming in the pool.
Wc use the Past Perfect Continuous for an action which happened over a period of time. The swimming went on for some time before David broke his leg.
Form
The Past Perfect Continuous is had been + an -ing form. / had been waiting ages, ok I'd been waiting ages. I had not been paying attention, or / hadn't been paying attention.
Was the ground wet? Had it been raining?
3 I had been doing or I had done?
Compare the Past Perfect Continuous and Simple,
over a period (had been doing)
/ found the calculator. I'd been looking for it for ages.
Vicky felt tired because she'd been working all day.
We are thinking of Vicky's work going on as she got tired.
We normally use the continuous form with a phrase saying how long. When the company went bankrupt, it had been losing money for months.
We do not normally use the Past Perfect Continuous for states (see Unit 7). not He had-bem-seeming unwell
Complete (had done)
/ finally bought a new calculator. I'd looked
everywhere for the old one. Vicky felt pleased because she'd done so much
work.
We arc thinking of Vicky's work as complete.
We normally use the simple form with a phrase saying how much/many.
When the company went bankrupt, it had lost over a million pounds.
We also use the Past Perfect Simple for states (sec Unit 7).
The old man had seemed unwell for some time before he died.
4 Comparison with other continuous forms
Compare the Present Perfect Continuous (has/have been doing) and the Past Perfect Continuous.
Vicky looks very upset. I think she's been crying.
Vicky looked very upset. I thought she'd been crying. Compare the Past Continuous (was doing) and the Past Perfect Continuous.
When I phoned, Natasha was having a piano lesson. (I phoned during the lesson.)
When I phoned, Natasha had been having a piano lesson. (I phoned after the lesson.)
page 46   • verbs
Practice
A Form (2)
Complete the conversation. Put in the Past Perfect Continuous of the verbs. Rachel: How was your job interview?
Vicky:    Awful. I felt terribly nervous. (►) lM.fe**«\ worry .....(| / worry) about it all week. And I was
tired because (1).......................................................... (I / work) on my project the night
before. (2).......................................... (I / not look) forward to the interview at all.
Rachel: So what happened?
Vicky:    The woman interviewing me was half an hour late because
(3)............................................................(she / deal) with an unexpected problem, she
said. (4)........................................................(I / wait) ages, and I'd got even more nervous.
Rachel: How did the interview go?
Vicky:    Well, I tried to sound confident. (5)....................................................... (I / read) a book
that said that's what you have to do in job interviews. But I don't know if I gave the right answers.
B Form and use (1-2)
Add a sentence with the Past Perfect Continuous to explain why. Look at the pictures to find the reasons.
► lie/in the sun      1 cry 2 drive/too fast
► Claire got burnt. -£ta'd        lyi^ i*. tine. £wry........
1 Vicky looked upset...............................................
2 Henry was stopped by the police...........................
3 The children started a fire......................................
4 A young man was struck by lightning.....................
3 play/with matches   4 stand/under a tree
Comparison with other tenses (3-4)
Put in the correct form of the verbs.
»>  Tom could hear shouts from the flat next door. His neighbours .were <kr^i*^ (argue) again.
1 Emma went into the sitting-room. It was empty, but the television was still on. Someone ..................................................(watch) it
2 I..................................................(play) tennis, so I had a shower. I was annoyed because
I..................................................(not win) a single game.
3 The walkers finally arrived at their destination. They.............................. .............(walk) all
day, and they certainly needed a rest. They .....        .,.......... ...........................(walk) thirty miles.
4 When I saw Nick last week, he said he..................................................(stop) smoking.
But when I saw him two days later, he..................................................(smoke) a cigarette.
He looked rather ashamed.
5 I really must go and see the dentist. One of my teeth.............................,....................(ache)
for weeks.
6 When Melanie arrived at David's place, he .................................. (lie) on the sofa
reading a detective novel. He ............................................(buy) it at the second-hand
bookshop, and he...................................... (read) it for most of the afternoon.
verbs    • page 47
Test D: Tenses - past and perfect
A
Read the conversation. Then look at the answers below and write the correct answer in each space.
Tessa:   Hello, Robert. I (►) hAve/v*........... seen you for ages.
Robert: Hello, Tessa. Great to see you. What have you (1).........................................doing lately?
Tessa:   (2)........................................just started a new job in computer software.
Robert: You (3)......._________............................working for Tuffex Plastics when we last met.
Tessa:   That's right. I hadn't (4).......................................working there long before I got fed
up. I (5)_______......................................realized what a horrible job it would be. But what
about you? (6).............................._____________you found a job?
Robert: Well, six months ago I (7) . ,.....................working for a car hire company, but
then they (8) ..........................................bankrupt. So I'm out of work now.
(9) ....................................... been looking around for another job.
Tessa:   Well, I'm sure you'll find one soon.
►	a) didn't	b) hadn't	c)	haven't	d) wasn't
1	a) been	b) had	c}	has	d) was
2	a) I'd	b) I'll	c)	I'm	d) I've
3	a) did	b) had	c)	have	d) were
4	a) be	b) been	c)	done	d) had
5	a) didn't	b) hadn't	c)	haven't	d) wasn't
6	a) Did	b) Had	c)	Have	d) Were
7	a) been	b)had	c)	have	d) was
8	a) go	b) going	c)	gone	d) went
9	a) I'd	b) I'll	c)	Km	d) I've
Write a second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first. Use the word in brackets.
►   Susan had a green dress on. (wearing)
Wftf we&r i     A .yeeft. .d.CfcSS..................„..........................................,.,........................
1   The doctor began work at six o'clock and is still working, (has)
2   Rupert didn't have his credit card, (forgotten)
3   I didn't want to go without taking a photo, (until)
4   Nancy has been writing the report. It is finished now, (written)
5   My wait in the queue has lasted forty minutes so far. (I)
6 When we arrived, everyone was on the dance floor, (dancing)
7 The computer has been mine for four years, (had)
8   In the middle of our lunch there was a knock at the door, (when)
9   Nigel felt sick from eating too many cakes, (because)
!JAc;i:48   • VERBS
Write the sentences correctly.
I like this CD. I've been having it forages,
.l!vfc..t»Ad .'."t..£pr..A^A£->.....................
1 It was my first day back at work, l-was on-holiday,
2 I'm quite tired now. H&lay-badminton.
3 I had to sit down. I'd been having a-shGGki
4 You need a rest. How much have-you-been-workin§?
5 The robbery happened at midday. k^ts-ot-people-waiked aJong-the-stree-t-outside:
6 My sister speaks good English. She is practising her English since last summer.
7 At last I have my qualification. I've been passing my exam.
8 Michelle looked really sunburnt. She'd lie in the sun-for tooTong^
9 We got to the coach stop at nine yesterday. Sut4he-Goacb-has-already-gGne:
Complete the conversations. Put in the correct form of each verb.
►  A:   bid yow bt*y ..........................(you / buy) anything at the antiques sale yesterday?
B:   No. I waited. (I / want) to buy some jewellery, but I'd,,.left... (| / leave) my credit card at home.
1 A:   Are you still copying those addresses?
B:   No, that's all of them............................. (I / finish) now.
2 A:   The train is never going to get here.
B:   How long....................................................(we / wait) now?
A:   At least half an hour................................... . (we / be) here since ten to five.
3 A:   Did you have a nice chat with Tessa?
B:   No, not really. When.............. ..............................(we / drink) our coffee,
..........c..............................................(she / hurry) off home.
4 A:   It's terrible about that plane crash, isn't it?
B:  Yes, awful....................................................(I / have) breakfast when
.........................................................(I / hear) the news.
5 A:   So you sing in a rock band, do you? How long........................................................
(you / do) that?
B:   Oh, since I was sixteen.........................................................(we / do) about a dozen
concerts.
6 A:   Do you know what Polly was so upset about yesterday?
B:   No, I don't. But I'm sure.........................................................(she / cry). Her eyes looked
red.
Perhaps.........................................................(she / have) some bad news.
The shooting was very frightening, I suppose.
It certainly was. When we.....................................................(hear) the shot, we all
......................(throw) ourselves to the floor.
.........• • * r* • i • I.......
VERBS   • page 49
21 Review of present and past tenses
1 Introduction
Study the verb forms.
Present Continuous:
Present Simple:
Present Perfect:
Present Perfect Continuous:
Past Simple: Past Continuous:
Past Perfect:
Past Perfect Continuous:
Claire is ready to go on safari. She is wafting for her guide. She goes on holiday a lot. She has bought a safari suit. She has been planning her trip for months. She bought the suit last week. She was going past Harrods when she saw it in the window. She had already decided that she needed a safari suit. She had been looking for one for a week or two.
2 I am doing or I do? (Unit 6)
Present Continuous
We use the Present Continuous for an action now, something we are in the middle of,
/ am writing a letter.
Claire is wearing a safari suit.
We're getting lunch now. We use the Present Continuous for a feeling over a short period of time,
Vicity is liking her course much better this year.
We use the Present Continuous for a temporary situation or routine. I'm very busy at the moment, so I'm getting up early this week.
Present Simple
We use the Present Simple for repeated actions, things that happen again and again.
I write home every week.
Tom never wears smart clothes.
We usually get lunch at about one. We normally use the Present Simple for thoughts and feelings, and for states and permanent facts.
Claire likes holidays.
Four limes twelve makes forty-eight. We use the Present Simple for a permanent situation or routine.
/ usually get up quite late.
3 I have done or I did? (Units 14-15)
Present Perfect
The Present Perfect tells us about the past and the present.
They have locked the door. No one can get in. We use the Present Perfect for a state which has gone on up to the present.
I've known him for ages. He's an old friend. We use the Present Perfect for actions in a period of time up to the present.
I have seen the carnival several times.
Past Simple
The Past Simple tells us about the past, a time which is finished.
They locked the door at ten o'clock last night. We use the Past Simple for a state in the past.
/ knew him when we were at college together. We use the Past Simple for actions in the past.
/ saw the carnival several times as a child.
PAGE 50    • VERBS
I have been doing or I have done? (Unit 17)
Present Perfect Continuous
Wc use the Present Perfect Continuous for an action over a period of time leading up to the present. We arc thinking of the action going on.
Daniels tired. He's been working.
I've been reading all afternoon.
We've been staying here for a week/since Thursday.
Present Perfect
We use the Present Perfect Simple for a complete action. We are thinking of the result.
At least he's earned some money. I've read 200 pages.
I was doing or I did? (Unit 10)
Past Continuous
We use the Past Continuous for an action that we were in the middle of. I was reading the paper at half past ten.
Past Simple
We use the Past Simple for a complete action in the past or for a past state. 1 left the house at half past ten. Vicky had a headache.
We often use the Past Continuous and Past Simple together when a shorter action (simple) comes in the middle of a longer one (continuous).
We were looking far the coffee bar when we met Emma. But we use two Past Simple verbs for one action after another.
When we saw Rachel, she waved So its.
I did or I had done? (Units 18-19)
We use the Past Simple to talk about a past situation and the Past Perfect for things that happened earlier. I threw the magazine away. I'd finished with it. When Sarah found the letter, someone had already opened it. When the new people moved in, the house had been empty for a year.
We can use when ... had done to say that one thing finished and then something else happened.
When we'd paid the bill, we left the restaurant. But when one short action comes straight after another, we use the Past Simple for both.
When the firework went off, the dog ran away.
Compare these two sentences.
When we arrived, the others all left. (We arrived and then they left.) When we arrived, the others had all left. (They left before we arrived.)
I had been doing or I had done? (Unit 20)
We use these forms when we look back from a situation in the past.
past perfect continuous past perfect
We use the Past Perfect Continuous for an action We use the Past Perfect Simple for a complete
over a period of time. We are thinking of the action. We are thinking of the result, action going on.
Emma's hand ached because she'd been using the Her work looked really neat because she'd used
computer. the computer.
When I finally served the meal, I'd been cooking J felt quite proud that I'd cooked a meal for eig\
for hours. people.
VERBS    • PACE 51
Practice
A Present tenses (1-4)
Complete the sentences using the notes in brackets. The verbs can be Present Continuous (am doing), Present Simple (do) or Present Perfect [have done).
► We bought this picture a long time ago. Ve\e haß it................(we / have / it) for ages.
1 Sarah finds her mobile phone very useful............................................. (she / use / it) all the time.
2 Vicky doesn't know where her watch is. ................................................................(she / lose / it).
3 We're in the middle of decorating our kitchen, so we can't cook any meals. .......................................................(we / get / them) from a take-away restaurant this week.
4 Claire is on a skiing holiday...................................... (she / enjoy / it), she says on her postcard.
5 The colour of this paint is absolutely awful................................................................(I / hate / it).
6 These figures certainly should add up................................................... (I / check / them) several
times already.
7 Trevor and Laura like Scrabble. ....................................................(they / play / it) most evenings.
8 These flowers are dying. ........................... . ,............        (you / not water / them) for ages.
B Present tenses (l^l)
Read about each situation. What else do you say? Use the verb in brackets.
► You can't go out with a friend because you have a Saturday job. (work) I'm sorry. I work ok ^Atwrcky*.
1 You have just met a friend you last saw months ago. (not see)
Hello! How are you? .....................................................................................................................
2 Someone has arranged to phone you at this time, and you're ready for the call, (wait) I have to stay by the phone........................................................................
3 Your friend is wearing a very nice jacket you haven't seen before, (like) Oh, that's nice.........................................
4 You are watching the snow fall. It started yesterday and is still falling, (snow) I can't believe it. ..........................
»i-.......•*•-'-.
iiiimiiim,.,,
"-■.,.n-,...tri|...*.,,i,.„r.,.|,.n,..-m....-,- .-,t.-...,..,i.„ii,„.i,,v,t,
C Present and past tenses (1-6)
Read about each situation and then tick the right answer.
►  When we were talking, Tom left the room.
Which took longer, a) \S \ our conversation, or b) |_J Tom's departure?
1 Mark has been a member of the golf club for two years.
a) [_i He joined the club two years ago and is still a member.
b) Lj He was a member of the club for two years but is not a member now.
2 Vicky is watching the weather forecast.
The weather forecast a) [ J hasn't started yet, b) f ] has started but not finished, or
c) [   is over.
3 I've switched off the burglar alarm.
Do t think that the alarm a) [  .' is off, b) j   j is on, or c) [  | may be on or off?
4 I've been studying all afternoon, and I've got a headache.
Am I thinking of a) [ ] how much I have learned, or b) :    the action going on for a long time?
5 We had already travelled some distance when the sun rose.
Did our journey start a) Q before sunrise, b) P] at sunrise, or c) j j after sunrise?
6 I'm going to work by bus this week.
a) Q I always go to work by bus. b) Q My routine is different for this week.
pace 52   • VERBS
D Present and past tenses (3-6)
Put in a pronoun and the correct form of the verb. Use the Past Continuous [was doing), the Past Simple {did) or the Present Perfect Continuous {have been doing).
►	Mark:	I rang at one, but you weren't in your office.
	Sarah:	No,         tavi^ .......           (have) lunch.
1	David:	You look tired.
	Melanie:	
2	Sarah:	Is Laura at home?
	Trevor:	No, ......................................................(,
3	Vicky:	I haven't finished this letter yet.
	Rachel:	It must be a long letter...........................
4	Harriet:	I see you've got some new neighbours.
	Tom	
5	David:	Did Tom drive you home?
	Melanie:	
(work) all day. : half an hour ago.
(write) it since lunch-time, (move) in last month.
(stop) and offered me a lift while (wait) for a bus outside the town hall.
E Present and past tenses (1-7)
Complete the conversation. Choose the correct form.
Melanie: How (►) are you getting/dcnyou get on in your new job, Nick?
Nick:     Oh, so (1) you know/you're knowing about my job as a car salesman.
Melanie: (2) David's told/David told me yesterday,
Nick:     Well, I (3) haven't been/wasn't in the job long. (4) I started/I've started on Monday. Melanie: And how many cars (5) have you been selling/have you sold so far? Nick:     Well, none yet. Give me a chance. Up to now (6) I've been learning/I've learned all the time. Melanie: David says you (7) had/were having a sports car once.
Nick:     I've still got it. (8) I had/I've had it for about five years. (9) I don't often drive/I'm not often
driving it because (10) I don't like/I'm not liking getting it dirty. Normally (11) I ride/I'm riding my motorbike. And the car is expensive to run. I (12) bought/had bought it on impulse. I (13) was working/worked on a building site at the time. For several months before I bought it, (14) I'd done/I'd been doing overtime, and when (15) I'd been earning/I'd earned enough to buy a car, it was a really magical moment. Maybe you'd like a ride in it some time?
Melanie: Oh, yes please. That would be lovely
F Present and past tenses (1-7)
Complete the radio news report. Put in the correct forms of the verbs.
Hello. This (►).!*.     (be) Kitty Beamish. (1)...........................................(i / speak) to you from
Oxford, where the finals of the World Quiz Championships will be held tomorrow. The favourite is
Claude Jennings of Cornwall, the man who (2).......................................(know) everything.
Twelve months ago no one (3)..........................._______________ . (hear) of Claude Jennings, although
(4)....................................... (he / take) part in quiz competitions for years. Now suddenly he is a
big star. So far this year (5)................................_____________(he / answer) every single question
correctly. And he is popular, too. When (6).............................................(he / arrive) here two days
ago. hundreds of fans (7).................. (wait) at the station to welcome him. Since
his arrival Claude (8).................................. ..........(read) encyclopedias in his hotel bedroom. He is
clearly the man to watch. And now back to the news desk.
VERBS   • page 53
Test E Tenses - present and past
Complete the conversations. Put in the correct form of each verb. A:   Are you ready?
B:   I won't be a moment. I m. doi^ (I / do) my hair.
1 A:   Could you tell me your address?
B:   Well,....................... ..............(I / live) in a friend's house at the moment. Luckily
.................................(I / find) a place of my own now, but I can't move in until next
week.
2 A:   Is this your CD?
B:   No, it isn't mine.........................................(I / think).............................................
(it / belong) to Peter.
3 A:   Can I borrow your calculator, please?
B:  Well,...........................................(I / use) it to work out these figures at the moment.
...................................._________(I / want) to finish doing them, now
that........................................(I/ start).
4 A:   Why can't you wash your dirty plates sometimes? .....................
(you / leave) them in the sink most of the time.
B:   OK, sorry. The last few weeks................................ ......... (I / have) so tittle time.
—........................................... (I/rush) around all the time.
B
Read the story and write the missing words. Use one word only in each space.
One day a man was (►) w*lk"^.........................., .    past a house in Bournemouth when
he (1).............................................a woman's voice shouting for help. The man
(2)...................................someone (3)............................................probably trying to
murder her. He ran to a phone box and (4)........................................the police. The police came
quite quickly, but by now the shouting had (5) .........................................However, the man
(6).............................................quite sure that he (7)................................._______heard cries for
help. When the police (8)............................... on the door, there was no answer. So they
broke down the door and went in. Inside the house was a woman who had just
(9) ...................„......................out of the shower. She explained to the police that she had
(10).............................................singing along to the Beatles song 'Help!'.
Write a second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first. Begin with the word in brackets.
►   Our trip to Africa was in October. (We ...)
We weAi to Afr.ic^..i<s..0.ctpbe:r............ _______t_____t______......................„.,,.,...............
1   We've had ten hours of rain. (It...)
■ t I »■ •« v* • • • •
2 It's the right thing to do in my opinion. (I...)
3 Our sofa is in a different place now. (We ...)
4 It was breakfast-time when Susan rang. (I ...)
5 Their game of badminton is always on Tuesday. (They ...)
page 54   • VERBS
Write the correct answer in each space.
►  This isn't my first visit to London. J.V- b.£S«\_______..... here before.
a) I'm   b) I've been   c) I was
1 I've got my key. I found it when.............................................for something else.
a) I looked   b) I've looked  c) I was looking
2 Sorry, I can't stop now--------------.................. .. to an important meeting.
a) I go   b) I'm going   c) I've gone
3 l can't get Tessa on the phone............................................. all afternoon.
a) I'm trying   b) I try   c) I've been trying
4 The bank told me last week there was no money in my account. ......., ......it
all.
a) I'd spent   b) I spent   c} I was spending
5 There's a new road to the motorway. ..................................... it yesterday
a) They'd opened   b) They opened   c) They've opened
Some of these sentences are correct, and some have a word which should not be there. If the sentence is correct, put a tick (/). If it is incorrect, cross the unnecessary word out of the sentence and write it in the space,
> Martin has changed his mind about next weekend. ./..................... .
► We were enjoyed the holiday very much. were.__________________
1 Nancy is practising on the piano. ..._______t____________
2 It was lucky that we had been decided to buy our tickets in advance.......................
3 We were riding our bikes when suddenly I was felt a pain in my leg.
4 We are go camping for three weeks every summer. ________ _____________
5 They have planted some new trees last year........................
6 I suddenly realized I had been walking in the wrong direction.
7 Did you know that Anna has been won a prize?
8 No one told me that the goods had arrived the week before...........................
Complete the news report. Put each verb into the correct form.
The actress Vanessa Kemp (►) .fw?. di£Apt^r&?L   (disappear). Yesterday she
(I).............................................(fail) to arrive at the Pnnce Charles Theatre in London's West End
for her leading role in the comedy 'Don't look now!'. Ms Kemp, who (2)_________
(live) in Hampstead, (3)_______.....(leave) home at four o'clock yesterday
afternoon for the theatre, a journey she (4) .............................(make) several times the
week before. Two people who (5)................................_______......(walk) past her home at the time
(6) .....----------.................(see) her leave. But no one (7)............................................ (see)
her since then. At half past seven she still (8)..........._____________............ (not / arrive) at the
theatre, At eight o'clock the theatre manager had to break the news to the audience, who
(9)............................ ........(wait) patiently for the play to start. Since yesterday, theatre staff
and friends (10)________............_____________________(try) to contact Ms Kemp, but they
(II)......... .........(have) no success so far. The police
(12).................■....................... (take) the matter seriously, but they
(13) ........... (believe) that she is unlikely to be in any danger. Her friends all
(14).............._________ ,.,      (want) to hear from her soon.
VERBS   • I'AUl* 55
22 Introduction to the future
1 Present, past and future
Read this paragraph from Rachel's letter to her aunt and uncle.
This is my last year at college, so I'll be leaving in lune. And I've already got a job! In September I'm starting work ai a bank tn London. So I'll be free for most of the summer. I'm going to spend six weeks travelling around the VS. My friend Vicky is coming with me. (She finishes college at the same rime as me.) We're really looking forward to the trip. We might go to Canada too. Vicky has friends in Toronto.
When we talk about the present or the past, we use verb forms to say what is happening now, what happened yesterday, and so on.
Vicky has friends in Toronto. We know about things in the present and in the past because they are already real. But talking about the future is more of a problem. There is no single form in English that we can always use for the future. There are many different ways of talking about the future, depending on how we see a future event. It may be something that is fairly sure to happen, but on the other hand it may be just a plan or an intention, or it may be something that you think will happen but you can't be sure about.
2 Verb forms used for the future
Here are some examples of verb forms used to express the future. Be going to > 24      I'm going to spend six weeks in the US, (an intention)
Will [> 23A        be free for most of the summer, (neutral future)
Present Continuous r> 26A Vm starting work in September, (an arrangement) Present Simple > 26B    She finishes college at the same time, (a timetable)
Will be doing > 28      I'll be leaving in June, (in the course of events)
Very often there is more than one possible form that could be used.
Shell finish college in June. She finishes college in June.
She's finishing college in June. She'll be finishing college in June.
Rachel could use any of these in her letter.
3 Will
We often use will as a neutral way of expressing the future, but it is not 'the future tense'. It is only one of the forms we can use. In some situations will is not the right word.
After college I'm going to travel around the US. Here Rachel is saying what she intends to do in the future. We cannot use will here.
4 Being sure and unsure
We cannot always be sure about the future. To show that we are unsure we can use might or could (see Unit 46).
We might go to Canada.   It could snow soon.
To show how sure or unsure we are, we often use phrases like I'm sure, definitely, I expect, I (don't) think and probably.
I'm sure it'll be alt right.   We're definitely gohig to be at the meeting. I expect everyone will be going home.   Rachel will probably be late. I think Vm going to sneeze.   I don't think Tom's coming tonight.
PAGE 56   • VERBS
Practice
A Present, past and future (1-2)
Rachel has received a letter from a friend of hers who left college last year. Find the sentences which refer to the future and write them below.
I'm really enjoying my work at the store. I'm learning lots about the job. Soon they're moving me to another store - in Birmingham. They told me about it last week. I'll be leaving here at the end of the month. I feel a bit sad about that. Luckily they'll find a flat for me.
The time is going very quickly. I've been here three months. The training programme finishes next summer. I like the work, and I want to stay with the company. They'll decide about that next year. I'm just hoping for the best.
jSoq#._ t.he.y W. Mqyi^tj m£ -to a^jjn&r ,£te»rfc * ia &i r/Mj tyj (mum.
3 .........................|.......__________',.......................................................
4 ...................................................................................................
B Present and future (1-4)
Say if the second sentence is about the present or the future. Look at the phrases of time such as at the moment and on Friday.
> i'm busy. I'm cooking a meal at the moment.
1 I'm nervous. I'm cooking for ten people on Friday.
2 i don't want to go out. i might watch a video later.
3 There's football on TV tonight. I might watch it.
4 We're off at last. We arrive tn New York at seven.
5 This train is never on time. We always arrive late.
praieivt.............
I'tM'l" i i rrrrrrTTTTrt»T
■       , i. i i i z i Ci-r-. .........
C Present and future (1-4)
Read each pair of sentences and then answer the question about them.
a) I'll see you on Thursday.
b) I saw you on Thursday.
Which sentence is about the future? a......_____.....
1 a) I'm going to Manchester, I'm watting for a connecting train.
b) i'm going to get a train to Manchester, changing at Birmingham. Which is spoken during the journey?...................
2 a) We'll know the results of the tests next week,
b) We might know the results of the tests next week. Which sentence is more certain?...................
3 a) I'm doing two exams this year.
b) I'm doing some work at the moment.
In which sentence has the action already started?.........
4 a) What time do we arrive in Swansea? b) What time will we arrive In Swansea?
Which question is more likely if you are travelling by car?
5 a) I'm eating at the Thai restaurant tonight, b) I'll eat at the Thai restaurant tonight
Which would you say If you've booked a table?.......
VERBS   - f'Alif* 57
23 Will and shall
1 Will for the future
The world leaders / will arrive here tomorrow. They will have plenty to talk about, but they won't be here for long - only 24 hours. You'll hear live reports every hour.
v*feme> II ^
We use will to say what we know or think about the future. Will here has a neutral meaning. It does not express the idea that we have already decided to do something or that we are planning something.
2 Will for instant decisions
We also use will for an instant decision, when we decide on something or agree to do it more or less at the moment of speaking.
I'm thirsty. I think I'll make some tea.
NOT I -make some tea.
You've left your computer on. - Oh, I'll go and switch it off. We must celebrate. I know, we'll have a party. I don't think I'll do any work tonight. I'm too tired. We also use it to order things. I'll have the ham salad, please.
We also use will in offers and invitations (see Unit 51). Offer: I'll peel the potatoes. ~ Oh, thank you.
Invitation:   Will you come to lunch? ~ Yes, thank you. I'd love to.
Promise:     Tilpay you back next week.
You'll be late if you don't hurry. The world will end in the year 2050.
3 The form of will
The form is will or '11.
The west will have rain tomorrow.
Will you be at home this evening? The negative is will not or won't.
The cost will not be more than £50.    I won't have time for a meal.
4 Shall
We can use shall for the future, but only in the first person, after I or we.
/ will be/I shall be on holiday in August.
We will know/We shall know the results soon.
But not Everyone shall know the results soon. i will and 1 shall have the same meaning here, but shall is a little formal. Both i will and i shall can be shortened to i'lk which is pronounced /ail/.
I'll be on holiday in August. (- I will or / shall)
Shall has other meanings. We can use it in offers and suggestions (see Unit 51). Offer: Shall 1 pack up your shopping for you? ~ Oh, thank you.
Suggestion:   Shall we all go out together? ~ Good idea. We do not use shall in American English (see page 377),
f> 25 Will and be going to   > 28 Will be doing   > 29.1 Will have done   > 144 Will in conditionals
page 58 •verbs
Practice
A Will for the future and for instant decisions (1-2)
Read the conversations. Which replies are statements about the future and which are instant decisions?
►   What would you like? ~ pi] have an orange juice, please..........,.....
1 Shall we go out tonight? ~ I'll be too tired, I think..................
2 We've lost a tennis ball. - I'll help you look for it.................................................
3 I'm worried about the exam. - Oh, you'll be all right. ................................................
4 I haven't got any transport. - Oh, we'll give you a lift. ........................................... ...
5 I must fix this shelf some time. - We'll be dead before then...............................................
B Instant decisions (2)
Say what your decision is in these situations, or what you offer to do. Use these verbs: answer, carry, have, post, shut
►  You and your friend have come into the room. The window is open, and it is cold. J.^Lsta't.the wiMdow.......................................................M,.....H______
1 The phone is ringing. You are the nearest person to it.
2 The choice on the menu is fish or chicken. You hate fish.
3   You are meeting a friend at the station. He has two suitcases. There's a bag, too.
4   Your friend has written a letter You are going to walk into town past the post office.
C Will and won't for the future (3)
Use the notes to write about what will happen next weekend.
►  it / be / warm / tomorrow &. J*Ul. A*. toMorrow
1 Tom / watch / the match .......______________________
2 Harriet's party / be / fun
3 Trevor / not put up / the shelves ...........................................
4 Laura / be / annoyed..............,......-........................
5 Andrew / study / all weekend .............________..............
6 Rachel / not do / any work
D Will and shall (1, 4)
Complete the conversation. Put in will or shall. Rachel: What {►). ^aI.I. ...........we do today?
Vicky:    It would be nice to go out somewhere. The forecast says temperatures
(1).......................................rise to thirty degrees.
Jessica: (2) .................................we go for a walk?
Rachel: That sounds a bit boring. What about the seaside? We could get a bus.
Jessica: How much (3)...........................................it cost? I haven't got very much money.
Vicky:    It isn't far. It doesn't cost much.
Jessica: Everywhere (4)........................................be so crowded today because it's a holiday,
The journey (5)...................................take ages.
Rachel: Come on, Vicky. (6)........................... ............we leave Jessica behind if she's going to
be so miserable?
VERBS   ■ pack 59
24 Be going to
1 Intentions
We use be going to to talk about something we have decided to do (an intention). David intends to climb up the ladder.
Here are some more examples.
I'm going to watch the next programme.
Emma is going to do an experiment this afternoon.
Rachel and Vicky are going to spend six weeks in the Slates. We can use Vm not going to for a refusal.
I'm sorry, but I'm not going to walk half a mile in the rain.
(= I don't want to/I'm not willing to walk.)
The Present Continuous can have a very similar meaning to be going to. We can often use either form (see Unit 26.1).
I'm going to visit my friend at the weekend,
I'm visiting my friend at the weekend. We do not use will here.
We can use be going to with the verb go (We're going to go out this evening), but the Present Continuous is more usual. We're going out this evening.
Form
We use the present tense of be + going to + a verb.
They're going to move house.   Matthew is going to play squash
Vicky isn't going to have any lunch.   We aren't going to complain.
Is Daniel going to apply for the job? ~ 1 think he is.
When are you going to pay this bill? - I don't know. I can't at the moment. In informal speech 'going to' is often pronounced /'gana/.
Predictions
We also use be going to for a prediction based on the present situation, when we can see that something is going to happen. The ladder is moving, so David is going to fall.
Here are some more examples,
My sister is going to have a baby in March, it's nearly nine now. We're going to be late. Do you think it's going to rain?
£> 25 Will and be going to   > 29,2 Was going to
page 60   • verbs
Practice
A Intentions (1-2)
Look at the pictures and say what is going to happen.
Use these verbs: answer, catch, have, hit, light
Use these objects: the ball, a bath, a bus, the firework, the phone
►   ThftyVc ipiruj to dAve A .bftth,
!■»•»■!..........
2
3
4
B Form (2)
Put in the verbs with be going to.
Laura:   What are you doing with that camera?
Trevor:   (►) JLVl.j9Sto$.jj& tflfe*..........(I / take) it to work. (1).................
(I / lend) it to Phil. (2)........................................................(he / take) a few photos with it.
Laura:   Why can't he buy his own camera?
Trevor:   He's got one, but it isn't working properly. (3)___________________.................______..............(it / be)
a while before he can get it repaired. Laura:   Well, how long (4)................................ ................ (he / keep) ours? When
(5)........................................................(we / get) it back?
Trevor:   (6)..........,.......................................... (he / have) it over the weekend.
(7)............,............................................(we / get) it back on Monday.
Laura:   Well, I hope (8).................................................., (it / not / get) damaged.
C Predictions (2-3)
What would you say in these situations? Use these words: be sick, crash, get wet, lose, not stop, rain ►  The sky is full of dark clouds.
. It ,f. .^p! ftq.. to. .r:*!*. *....................................................................................................................
1   Now it's starting to rain. There's nowhere to shelter, and you haven't got an umbrella.
2 You feel awful. There's a terrible feeling in your stomach.
3 You are playing Scrabble. The game is nearly over and you are 100 points behind.
-........I.........I 1 I - " -»►*■*..............« ----I J-------l|l-Jll.i|.|]-l.l..|.|J-4---- I I--J. _ J. _ _ I  | » - _ _ J. . _ |
4 You can see a plane coming down. It's out of control and falling to the ground.
I*.....iMiti;iijnit
5   You are waiting for a train. There's one coming, but you don't know if it's the one you want. It's travelling very fast
VERBS   • I'AC.I; fil
25 Will and be going to
1 Introduction
Emma:       It's my birthday soon. I'll be twenty next Friday.
Aunt Joan: Oh, really? Are you going to have a party? Emma:       I'm going to have a meal in a restaurant
with a few friends. Aunt Joan:  Thaťll be nice.
WILL
Will lias a neutral meaning. We use it to talk about facts in the future.
I'll be twenty next Friday.
The spacecraft will come down in the Pacific Ocean tomorrow morning.
be GOING TO
We use be going to for an intention, sometr have al ready decided to do.
We're going to have a meal.
Tom is going to sell his car.
Will does not express an intention.
It's her birthday. She's going to have a meal with her friends, not She'll have a meal. But we often use be going to for an intention and will for the details and comments.
We're all going to have a meal. There'll be about ten of us. - Oh, that'll be nice.
As well as be going to, we can use the Present Continuous (see Unit 26.1).
We're going to drive/We're driving down to the South of France. - Thafll be a long journey, take two days. We'll arrive on Sunday.
Yes, it'll
2 Decisions and intentions
win
We use will for an instant decision or agreement to do something.
There's a postbox over there. I'll post these letters.
You still haven't put those shelves up, Trevor. ~ OK, I'll do it tomorrow. Trevor is deciding now.
BE GOING TO Be going to means that we have already decided.
I'm going out. I'm going to post these letters. You still haven't put those shelves up, Trevor. ~ I know. I'm going to do it tomorrow. Trevor has already decided.
3 Predictions
WILL
We can use will for a prediction about the future.
1 think United will win the game. One day people will travel to Mars.
BE GOING TO
We use be going to for a prediction when we see from the present situation what is going to happen in the future.
There isn't a cloud in the sky. It's going to be a lovely day.
This bag isn't very strong. It's going to break
It is often possible to use either form in a prediction. For example, we can also say / think United are going to win the game. Usually be going to is a little more informal and conversational than will.
page 62   • VERBS
Practice
Will and be going to (1-2)
Complete the conversations. Put in will or be going to with the verbs.
Vicky:
Daniel:
Harriet
Mike;
Daniel:
Matthew:
Laura:
Sarah:
Trevor:
Laura:
Rachel:
Emma:
Have you got a ticket for the play?
Yes, I m, ^Dift^. to,see ..........(see) it on Thursday.
The alarm's going. It's making an awful noise.
OK, r,IJ,. ?wtch......................(switch) it off.
Did you buy this book?
No, Emma did. She......................._____________..............
Would you like tea or coffee?
Oh, I..................................................... (have) coffee, please.
I'm going to miss a good film on TV because I'll be out tonight.
1..............-------- ........... (video) it for you, if you like.
I'm just going out to get a paper.
What newspaper...................................................(you / buy)?
(read) it on holiday
B Will and be going to (1-3)
What would you say? Use will or foe going to.
►  You want to express your intention to look round the museum, Your friend: Do you have any plans for this afternoon? You: Yes, J V ^pi^ to loot, row/^ the musciaim ,......
1 You hate dogs. Dogs always attack you if they get the chance. Your friend: That dog doesn't look very friendly.
You: It's coming towards us..............................
2 You predict the landing of aliens on the earth In the next ten years. Your friend: All this talk about aliens is complete nonsense, isn't it? You. Is it? I think lJh—......iT»T"t"M^T«r*......—t,j-----.............
3 You know that your friend's sister has decided to get married. Your friend:  Have you heard about my sister?
You: Well. I heard that __________________________________________________________
4 You suddenly decide you want to invite Nona for a meal.
Your friend: Did you know llona will be in town next weekend? You: No, I didn't..............................._________________..... .......
C Will and be going to (1-3)
Complete the news report about the village of Brickfield. Use will or be going to. Sometimes either is possible.
We have learned this week that the local council has plans for Westside Park in Brickfield.
The council (►} if <^oir^ to. fell (sell) the land to a builder, Forbes and Son. The plans
are all ready. '(1)...................................................(we / build) fifty houses,' said Mr Forbes, 'In two
years' time everything (2).......................—.........____________ .. (be) finished. I'm sure people
(3)............................. .................(like) the houses. Most of them (4).........................
........ (be) for young families. And we intend to take care of the environment
(5)............. (we / not / cut) down all the trees, only a few of them.'
But people living near the park are angry. 'This is a terrible idea. We're all against it,' said Mrs Mary
Brent. '(6)...................................................(we / have) a protest march on Saturday. I expect
everyone in Brickfield (7)______________..........(be) there. We've reached our decision.
(8)...................................................(we/stop) this plan,'
VERBS   •PAGE 63
Present tenses for the future
1 Present Continuous for arrangements
Tom: Are you doing anything this evening? Nick:    Yes, I'm going to an ice hockey match.
The Tigers are playing the Kings.
1 bouglit my ticket yesterday.
We use the Present Continuous I'nr whal someone has arranged to do in the future. Here Nick has arranged to go to the match. (He has bought a ticket.) Here are some more examples.
I'm meeting Harriet at six o'clock.    David is coming round later on.
We're having a party toinorrow.    Sarah is going to Paris next week.
We also use the Present Continuous to talk about things happening now (see Unit 4). Present:   We're having a party at the moment. future:    We're having a party tomorrow.
Here the phrase of time shows whether we mean the present or the future. But sometimes there is no phrase of time, as when Nick says The Tigers are playing the Kings. Here it is clear from Tom's question that the conversation is about a future event.
The Present Continuous for the future and be going to (Unit 24.1) have similar meanings.
We're having a party next week. (We have made the arrangements.)
We're going to have a party next week. (We intend / We have decided to have one.) Often we can use either form.
I'm meeting/I'm going to meet Harriet at six o'clock.
2 Present Simple for a timetable
Mark:   What time does your train leave tomorrow? Sarah:  Seven twenty-three in the morning.
It gets into Paris at eleven twenty-three. We can use the Present Simple for the future when we are talking about a timetable, usually a public one such as a train timetable.
The train leaves at seven twenty-three tomorrow morning.
The. match starts at half past seven.
Next Friday is the thirteenth.
I've got the tour details here. We spend three days in Rome. Compare the Present Simple for repeated actions (see Unit 6.1). The train leaves at seven twenty-three every morning.
3 Be to and be about to
We use be to for a future event that is officially arranged. It is often used in news reports.
The Queen is to visit Portugal in November.
The Student Games are to take place in Melbourne next year. We could also use the Present Continuous here.
The Queen is visiting Portugal in November.
We use be about to for the very near future.
The plane is at the end of the runway. It is about to take off. Do you want to say goodbye to our visitors? They're about to leave.
I'Ai.l 64    ■ VERBS
Practice
A Present Continuous (1)
Read the conversation and say if the verb refers to the present or the future. Mark:    (►) What are you reading, Claire?
Claire: Oh, it's a guidebook to Brazil. (1) I'm going there next month. (2) My sister and I are having a holiday there. (3) I Vn really looking forward to it. (4) We're spending three weeks in Rio. (5) So I'm finding out about all the things we can do there,
►   prasaivt............................. ________.............. 3
1................................................................... 4 ......................................................................
2 ........................................„.......................... 5....................................................„............
B Present Continuous for arrangements (1)
For each situation write a sentence with the Present Continuous. Use the verbs in brackets.
P-   Mike and Harriet have accepted an invitation to Tom's party next week, (go)
TH&y.Ve ..4&jj&4< to Tom's ..party. i\axt week...............................,
1   Laura has agreed to be in the office on Saturday, (work)
2 Claire has just bought a plane ticket to Cairo dated 15 May. (fly)
3 Mark has arranged a meeting with his boss at four o'clock this afternoon, (see)
........-.......-............------................................ ?-»,,. ...*.*...».........i...i.(ut.....1....H. ...........
4 Matthew and Daniel have booked a tennis court for tomorrow afternoon, (play)
C Present tenses for the future (1-2)
Put the verbs into the Present Continuous or the Present Simple.
Emma:     (►) Are. you do\*.q...............(you / do) anything tonight?
Matthew: Yes, (1)..................................(I / go) to the station to meet my friend Richard.
(2) . .........___________ ....., . (he / stay) here for the weekend, remember? His train
(3) .......................................(get) in at eight fifteen.
Emma:     Oh, of course. I'd forgotten about that.
Matthew:  Maybe we'll see you later. What (4) ______________ .............(you / do) tonight?
Emma:     Oh, (5).............. .............,......      (I / go) to the cinema with Vicky and Rachel and a
couple of other people. The film (6) ___________............................ (finish) quite early, so
(7)......................................... . (we / go) to a pizza place afterwards.
D Be to and be about to (3)
Complete these sentences on the news. Some are spoken by the newsreader in the studio and some by reporters on the spot. Use be to or be about to with the verbs in brackets.
► The new museum i£ to.p}>eA........ (open) in the autumn.
► The Prime Minister is at the microphone now. He    About to ftart, . (start) speaking
1 The leading runner is nearly there now. She............................................. (win) the race.
2 Taxes................. ______...................(go) up from next April.
3 The US President_____........................................(visit) Ireland in the new year.
4 The riot isn't over yet, but the police are here. They....................................______(move) in.
5 The talks on world trade ............................................(take) place later this year.
VERBS    • ljagr 65
27 When I get there, before you leave, etc.
1 Introduction
Mark:   Did I teli you I've got a meeting in Glasgow
at nine o'clock tomorrow morning? I'm
driving up there overnight. Sarah:   You're going to drive all through the night?
You're crazy. You'll he exhausted before you
arrive. Why don't you take a train? Mark:   /'// be OK, I'll need the car while I'm there.
I have to visit some companies in the area.
lean sleep when I get home.
Study these examples.
You'll be exhausted before you arrive, not before you'll arrive:
ill need the car while I'm there. NOT while I'll be there,
1 can sleep when I get home, not when I'll get hom& Each of the sentences has a linking word of time, e.g. before, while or when. The sentences are about the future, aboul Marks trip to Glasgow. But after the Unking words we use the Present Simple (arrive, am, get), not will.
We can start the sentence with a linking word. When I get home, I can sleep.
2 Linking words
We use the Present Simple for the future after these linking words of time: after, as, as soon as, before, by the time, until, when, while.
I'm starting a job in sales after I finish college.
As soon as you hear any news, will you let me know?
I must get to the bank before it closes.
They'll have stopped serving meals by the time we get to the restaurant. We also use the Present Simple for the future after if (see Unit 144). If you come in late tonight, please don t make a noise.
3 Present Perfect
After a linking word of time, we can often use the Present Perfect for the future.
I'm starting a job in sales after Tve finished college.
As soon as you've heard any news, will you let me know? Compare after I finish college (see 2). The meaning is the same.
But sometimes there is a difference in meaning between the Present Simple and the Present Perfect. When I see the report, I'll make some notes. (I'll do both at the same time.) When Tve seen the report, I'll make some notes. (I'll see it and then make notes.)
4 Present Continuous
We can also use the Present Continuous for the future, especially after when and while. When I'm boating along the canal next week, I might be able to relax. Mark is going to listen to musk while he's driving to Scotland.
E> 26 Present tenses for arrangements and timetables
PACE 66   • VERBS
Practice
A When I get there, before you leave, etc. (1-2)
Comment on the situations. Start each sentence with when and the Present Simple. >   Claire: I have to call at the travel agency. I'm going to get some holiday brochures.
Wha.iv. CI Aire crt.ll* At the. irAve.} A<je<\Cy,. she V aoi *^ to <je.t Juiwe hoi i d Ay broclnure,^.
1   Mark: I want to see the boss. I'm going to discuss my problem.
2   Rachel: I'm going to use the computer later. I'm going to send an e-mail.
3 Tom: I'm visiting David in hospital. I'm going to tell him about United's win.
4 Matthew: I'll be in town tomorrow. I might buy some new trainers.
B When I get there, before you leave, etc. (1-2)
Mark and Sarah are continuing the conversation in 27.1. Put in the verbs. Use will or the Present Simple.
Sarah:   If (►) ..yow tAk£.... (you / take) a train. {►) it'll be.....    {it / be) much more comfortable.
If (1)..................................___________(you / need) a car, you can hire one when
(2).....................,.......................(you / get) to Glasgow.
Mark:    If (3).............................................(I / hire) a car, (4}.............................................(it / be)
too complicated. I'd rather take my own. Sarah:   It's too dangerous. You might fall asleep on the motorway,
Mark:    I won't fall asleep. I can piay loud music. Anyway, (5).............................................(I / get)
there much quicker when (6)....._____...............,..................(there / be) no traffic on the
road. As soon as (7).............................................(I / arrive),
(8) .............. ..................... (I / ring) you, I promise.
Sarah:   (9).............................................(I / be) worried until (10).............................................
(I / hear) from you. But don't ring before (11),........_____...........................,. (I / be) awake in
the morning.
Mark:    (12).............................................(I / lie) down for a couple of hours before
(13)..........-.................(11 go).
Sarah:   Good idea, (14).............................................(you / be) exhausted tomorrow if
(15) ..........._________________________________(you / not / get) some sleep this evening.
C Present Perfect and Continuous (3-4)
Join each pair of sentences using the word in brackets.
► You can apply for a better job soon. But you need to have more experience first, (when) .Yrw ..caa.Apply, .fcr. a. better.,jpb..whe*, you've.. .tad. were, exp&ae*qeit..............
► I'm going to listen to this tape. I'll be travelling on the motorway tomorrow, (as)
I. V ^oirs<j. to lifters, to thj£ tApe as .I m ti *ve.lHa^ or, the ^otorwAy toiwoi f pw. ..
1 You shouldn't decide now. You need to think about It first, (until)
2 I'll think of you next week. I'll be lying on the beach, (when)
3   We can leave in a minute. I need to pay the bill first, (as soon as)
4   We can discuss it later. We'll be sitting on the plane together, (while)
5   You can use the computer in a minute. I'll have finished with it soon, (when)
VERBS   • PACE 67
Test F: The future with will, be going to and present tenses
A
Put in the missing words. Use one word only in each space.
► I don't want a steak. I think I'll tava..............the chicken.
1 There's a fireworks display tomorrow. Janet is...................................... to watch it.
2 We're at that table in the corner.......................................... you join us?
3 I'm seeing the boss this afternoon. But I must study this report before I...........................................her.
4 There will be drinks at the reception, but there will........................_____________________be any food.
5 The European heads of state are................ . ...........meet in Brussels on 3 October.
6 It's a lovely day............................__________we go for a walk?
7 My birthday.......... on a Sunday next year.
8 My brother is engaged. He's .........................................married in June.
9 You won't be allowed to go to your seat after the play................._______............ started.
10   Martin's got his coat on. I think he's....................................to go out.
B
Write the sentences correctly.
► I'm hungry. l4hinM-have-something4o-eat.
.1 ..tfeiivk. .I%U. kye.. >om& t hi   . .to. .eat,....................................... ......................................
1   You say you're getting a coach at nine. Wbat-time is it getting to-L-ondon?
................t-,................................. . ,------.............................
2   I'll give Polly the news. I'lUell her wheo-l-ll see her this evening.
3 Rupert looks really tired. He's-about falling^asJeep.
4 We've arranged to go out. We-meet-in4own-latefr
5 I'm going to Spain next week. I send you a-pestcard.
6 I'm going to get to the airport early. I can read a book-while I'll be waiting:
---.....f    ...j. ..i...-.v^^UHf.................................................................
7 I feel a bit tired. I go-te-lie-down,
8 Why not come to the party? AU-your friends shall-be4bere.
9 There's been a bomb warning. No one-can go4ntathe building until the-police will-have searcheeMt,
c
Read the news report and write the missing words. Use one word only in each space.
The Maxi-Shop company is (►) <pi*<j .........................to build a huge new shopping centre on the
edge of Millingham, it was announced yesterday. There (1)..................................... be at least three
hundred shops, including some big department stores. When the project (2) ................................
complete, there (3)..................................... be hundreds of new jobs for local people. But not
everyone is happy. 'We're (4)___________________...................to fight this plan,' said a spokesperson for
RAGE 68   • VERBS
the local Environment Group. 'Just think what is going (5).......... .......... happen to our
countryside. When shopping malls (6) ...............................covered the whole country, there
(7)...................................... be no green fields left. So we're (8) ................................ a protest
meeting tomorrow evening at the town hall. It (9)......................................at half past seven.'
Owners of shops in the town centre are also unhappy. The new centre (10).......................... , ,
take our customers away,' said one of them.
Look at the answers below and write the correct answer in each space.
►  A:    Let's go to the carnival, shall we?
B:   Yes, good idea. I expect it I.I..be.....fun.
a) it'll be   b) it's   c) it's being
1 A:    Could I have a word with you, please?
B:    Sorry, I'm in a big hurry. My train....................................... in fifteen minutes.
a) is going to leave   b) leaves   c) will leave
2 A:    Have you decided about the course?
B:   Yes, I decided last weekend,.........................................................for a place.
a) I apply   b) I am to apply   c) I'm going to apply
3 A:    I'm trying to move this cupboard, but it's very heavy.
B:    Well..................................., you, then.
a) I help   b) I'll help   c) I'm going to help
4 A:    Is the shop open yet?
B:    No, but there's someone inside. I think...................................................
a) it opens   b) it's about to open   c) it will open
5 A:    Do you mind not leaving your papers all over the table?
B:    Oh, sorry. I'll take them all with me when..........................................................
a) I go   b) I'll go  c) I'm going
6 A:    It's a public holiday next Monday
B:   Yes, I know.........................................................anything special?
a) Are you doing   b) Do you do   c) Will you do
Write the sentences using a future form of the verb. Use the word in brackets.
►   Express your instant decision to take a taxi. (I'll)
Til tAke. * i<w<i. ,,.................................................................
1    Express your intention to have a rest, (going)
2   Express the idea that the timetable shows the start of term on 6 September, (starts)
3   Predict a world war in five years' time, (there)
4   Express the idea that you and Judy have arranged a game of tennis for tomorrow, (playing)
5   Give your prediction of a probable fall in prices, (probably)
6   Warn your passenger about the car crashing, (going)
VERBS   • PACE 6y
28 Will be doing
1 Introduction
Rachel:     Would you like to come to our party tomorrow, Andrew?
Andrew:   Er, thanks for the invitation, but I've got lots of work at the moment. I'll be working all day tomorrow.
Rachel:     You won't be working on Saturday evening,
surely. Come on, Andrew, take a break. We'll be
starting at about ten o'clock. Wc can use will be + an -ing form (the Future Continuous) to talk about future actions. There are two different uses.
2 Will be doing for continuous actions
We use the Future Continuous for an action over a period of time.
It means that at some time in the future we will be in the middle of an action.
Andrew can't go to the party. He'll be working all day tomorrow.
I'll be out at three o'clock. I'll be playing golf
When the men leave the building, the police will be waiting for them. Wltat will we be doing in ten years' time, I wonder?
Compare the Past Continuous (Unit 9), Present Continuous (Unit 4) and Future Continuous. Past:        This time last week we were sitting on the beach. Present:    At the moment we're sitting on the beach. Future:     This time next week we'll be sitting on the. beach.
Compare will do and will be doing in these sentences. The band will play when the President enters. (The President will enter and then the band will play.) The band will be playing when the President enters. (The band will start playing before the President enters.)
3 Will be doing for single actions
We also use will be + an -ing form for an action which will happen in the course of events because it is part of a plan or part of a schedule of future events.
The party will be starting at ten o'clock, (part of the evenings events)
The ship will be sailing soon, (part of our journey)
More than one form is often possible. Will (Unit 23) or the Present Continuous (Unit 26.1) often have a very similar meaning.
Tlie visitors will be arriving/will arrive/are arriving later.
We often use the Future Continuous for something that will happen as part of a routine.
I'll call in and see you tomorrow afternoon. Til be passing your house. It's on my way home from work. Trevor and Laura will be cleaning the house tomorrow. They always do it on Sunday.
We can also use will be + an -ing form to ask about someone's plans.
Will you be going anywhere near a chemist's this morning? ~ Yes, why? ~ Could you get me some aspirin,
please? ~ Yes, of course. How long will you be using this computer? ~ You can have it in a minute.
page 70   * VERBS
Practice
A Will be doing (2)
Complete the conversation. Put in a pronoun and the Future Continuous form of the verb.
Daniel:     I'm going to go into business when I leave college. Five years from now
(►) I'!',,.b£..nwwy««s^....................... (I / run) a big company, f expect (1)............
................{I / earn) lots of money.
Vicky:      I don't know what (2)......... ....................{I / do). What about you, Natasha?
What (3).............................................(you / do), do you think?
Natasha:   I'm too lazy to do any work. I intend to marry someone very rich.
(4).............................................(I / give) dinner parties all the time. We'll have a cook
(5) ,    ,.............................(who / do) all the work, of course. And you'll both get
invitations.
Vicky:      You're joking, aren't you, Natasha? I expect (6).............................................(you / play)
in an orchestra. That's what you really want to do, isn't it?
B Will be doing (3)
Put in the answers. People are saying what they will be doing as part of their routine.
David:      When are you going to the club, do you know? (Nick goes to the club every Friday.)
Nick:      .Hi. be. ^pif4..there fsext Friday,..................................................
1 Vicky:      Are you likely to see Nona in the near future? (Emma sees Nona every day.)
Emma: ............................................... ............................................tomorrow.
2 Claire:      Are you going to France again soon? (Henry goes to France every summer.)
Henry:...................................................................................................
3 Jessica:    When are you going to play badminton again? (Matthew plays badminton every weekend.)
Matthew: ......... ............................................................................_____„.„..........
4 Andrew:   When are you next having lunch in the canteen? (Daniel has lunch in the canteen every day.)
Daniel:............... .,............................................................ ............
C Will be doing (3)
You want to ask a friend to do something for you or to let you do something. Find out if it is convenient for your friend. Use the verbs in brackets.
►   You want to have a look at your friend's magazine tonight, (read)
Will..yov».b.e..ne4.dirv<j. ypwr M^^ti^e to^bi?.........................................................
1   You want your friend to take your library book back today, (go to)
2 You want your friend to send your best wishes to Vicky soon, (write to)
utikkkLi.i,.!.,...,.,.,.......,........................................---. . . W.....||»|t«-»-*-»i*-*-«-
3 You want to use your friend's calculator this afternoon, (use)
4 You want your friend to give a photo to Daniel tomorrow, (see)
5 You want your friend to give you a lift to the festival, (drive)
6 You want your friend to give a message to her sister soon, (phone)
VERBS   • RAGE 71
29 Will have done and was going to
We use will have + a past participle (the Future Perfect) fur something that will be over in the future. Sarah is thinking of a future time (half past eight). At half past eight she will be able to say'I have finished1.
Mere are some more examples.
I like looking at these pictures, but I'll have had enough by lunch-time.
Trevor and Laura wilt have lived here far four years next April.
This chess game is going to last ages. They won't have finished it until midnight.
Will you have read this book by the time it's due back to the library? - Yes. I'll have finished it by then. We often use the Future Perfect with expressions of time such as by lunch-lime, until midnight, before then, by the time you have to take it back.
We tan use be going to in the past tense to express an intention in the past. Trevor intended to put the shelves up yesterday. Often the intended action did not happen. In fact Trevor did not put the shelves up.
Here arc some more examples.
/ was going to tidy the flat, but I didn't have time.
Daniel wasn't going to spend any money, but he saw a jacket he just had to buy.
The girls left early. They were going to catch the eight o'clock train.
So you went to the airport without a ticket. Where were you going to fly to?
The woman walked away just as I was going to speak to her. (just as — at the moment when)
We can also use was going to for a prediction in the past.
/ knew something was going to go wrong with the plan. Would has a similar meaning (see Unit 134.3).
I knew something would go wrong with the plan.
PAGE 72   • VERBS
Practice
A Will have done (1)
Paul wants to be an artist. He's reading about a famous artist called Winston Plummer.
Winston Piummer was a great artist, who had a wonderful career. He won lots of prizes before he was twenty. By the age of twenty-five he had had his own exhibition. He was the subject of a TV documentary by the time he was thirty. By the age of thirty-five he had become world-famous. He made millions of pounds from his pictures before he was forty.
Paul is daydreaming about his own future career. What is he thinking?
► I hope .0.1...taye y*?fk.)<?$?..p.f..i>riMf.......i before I'm twenty.
1 Perhaps.............................................................my own exhibition by the age of twenty-five.
2 I wonder if..................................................................................._______ by the time I'm thirty.
3 Maybe .............................................................. .................... by the age of thirty-five.
4 I hope ..........................................................................„...... ........by the age of forty.
B Will have done (1)
How good is your maths? Can you work out the answers?
► It's quarter to six. Melanie is putting something in the oven.
It needs to be in the oven for an hour and a half. When will it have cooked?
. taw..cooked. At. ^wArter p&si. se.ye.ry............................................
1 It's seven o'clock in the evening, and Andrew is starting to write an essay. He writes one page every fifteen minutes. He plans to finish the essay at midnight. How many pages will he have written?
He will have written..................................... pages.
2 It's Monday morning, and Sarah is travelling to work. It's twenty miles from her home to the office. How far will she have travelled to and from work by the time she gets home on Friday?
3   Matthew is doing press-ups - one every two seconds. How many will he have done after five minutes?
C Was going to (2)
Complete the sentences. They are all about being just too late. Use was/were going to with these verbs: go, get, see, pick The train left just as Mike was ^oir^ $p ^et ... on it.
1 I'm afraid the shop closed just as we............................................in.
2 The phone stopped ringing just as Metanie ...................................it up.
3 We........................................a film about the Mafia, but the tickets were sold out.
D Was going to (2)
Trevor is always making excuses for not doing things. Complete his sentences.
►	put up the shelves / not have any screws		
	■Sorry, I was .qoi^ .tp. pwt. .wp..rthe skive*, but I	dichs't. tave A*y.screw?.	
1	paint the door / not feel very well		
			
2	repair the lamp / forget		
			
3	wallpaper the bedroom / not have time		
	Well, ..............................................................................		
VERBS    • FAC,I: 73
30 Review of the future
1 Introduction
CLAIRE IS TALKING TO SARAH OUTSIDE THE TRAVEL AGENT'S.
I'm going to New York next week. I'm about to pick up my ticket. I'm going to do some shopping on Fifth Avenue. I need some new clothes, and I'll be buying some Christmas presents, too. I'm only there for two daySi so it'll be a big rush.
There arc many different ways of talking about the future in English. Often more than one form is possible.
I'll be buying some Christinas presents, too. I'm going to buy some Christmas presents, too.
2 Talking about the future
How we express future time depends on how we see a future event. Here are some ways of talking about what wc think will happen in the future.
The neutral future	The sun will rise at 5.45 am tomorrow.	> 25.1
A prediction	Claires trip will be a big rush.	
	Claires trip is going to be a big rush.	> 253
A prediction based on the present	I'm going to be sick!	> 24.3
A less certain prediction	I think it'll be cold in New York.	
	ItJs probably going to be cold in New York.	> 22.4
The very near future	Claire is about to pick up her ticket.	O 26.3
A future action over a period	Claire wilt be shopping non-stop for two days.	> 28.2
Something that will be over in the future	The sales will have finished by Saturday.	> 29.1
Intentions and plans		
We often want to talk about our decisions and intentions and what we plan to do in the future.		
An instant decision (deciding now)	It's a lovely coat. It fits Perfectly.	
	Yes, I'll buy it.	> 23.2
An intention (something already decided)	I'm going to do some shopping.	> 24.1
A less certain decision or intention	I think I'll buy this hat, too.	
	I might go to a show.	> 22.4
A past intention	I was going to buy a guidebook, but I forgot	r> 29.2
An arrangement	I'm flying to New York next week.	> 26,1
In the course of events	I'll be buying some presents, too.	r> 28.3
An official arrangement	The President is to address the nation tonight	> 26.3
A timetable	Vm in New York for two days next week.	f> 26.2
PACK 74   • VERBS
Practice
A Will, will be doing and will have done (2)
Complete the live news report. Put in will and the simple, continuous or perfect form of the verb.
The Quiz Marathon (►) will be^m............(begin) in five minutes. (1)..........................................
(it / be) a big test for the World Quiz Champion, Claude Jennings, (2)
(who / answer) questions from a group of quiz writers. Claude (3).............................
(answer) their questions for a very long time. In fact, (4).....................................................
(he / still / give) answers when the rest of us are in bed tonight. Claude hopes that after 24 hours
(5) .......................... ...........(he / reply) to about seventeen thousand questions. No meal breaks
are planned, so (6)...........................................(he / not / eat) anything. If all goes well, his name
(7)______________ _______ (be) in the next Guinness Book of Records. Claude has also got a
number of sponsors, and by tomorrow (8) ..........................,____________(he / earn) at least £10,000 for
charity. Well, (9)...........................................(we / return) this afternoon for news of how Claude is
getting on. We think that by then (10) ......................(he / get) some way past the five
thousandth question.
B The future (2-3)
What do these people say? Pay special attention to the underlined words. ► Tom is predicting a win for United in their next game.
Tom:      Um+4<J. will. wi* tta.ir..M#t quern,.........................................................................
1 Andrew intends to get up early tomorrow.
Andrew: I .........................................................................................................
2 Vicky's train timetable says 'Arrival 10.30'.
Vicky.    The trsin ■................................,......., ..........
3 Daniel has arranged to see his bank manager tomorrow.
Daniel: .....................................................................................................................,
4 Rachel will go out in the very near future.
Rachel:..................................................................................................................................,
5 There's a crowd of demonstrators in the main square of the capital. The police are arriving. Reporter Kitty Beamish is predicting trouble,
Kitty:..................................................................................................................................
C The future (2-3)
Complete the conversation. In each sentence choose the best form of the verb to express the future. Usually more than one answer is possible.
Mark:    Hello, Claire, Sarah tells me (►) yowVe .qaiisq................(you / go) to New York.
Claire:   Yes, (1)...........................................(I / spend) a couple of days there next week.
(2)...............................m........... (I / look) round the shops,
Mark:    (3)................................. (that / be) exciting.
Claire:    Exhausting, you mean. I think (4)_____.................................. (I / be) pretty tired when
I get back.
Mark:    (5).......................................(you / stay) with friends?
Claire:   No, (6).............................................(I / stay) at a hotel near Central Park. But
(7) .............. ...............(I / see) my friends. (8).............................................
(I / go) to their apartment for a meal one evening. And it isn't definite yet, but
(9)............ ......(we / see) a show.
Mark:    And when (10). ______________ __________________(you / leave)?
Claire:   My flight (11).............................................(be) on Tuesday morning.
Mark:    OK, (12)......................... (I / see) you when you get back then.
VERBS   • I'At.h 75
Test G: Tenses - future
A
B
Read the telephone conversation. Then look at the answers below and write the correct answer in each space.
Amy: Simon:
Amy:
Simon:
Amy:
Simon:
Amy:
Simon:
When O) will............ | see you again?
I don't know. I'm (1).............................................to be busy this week. And I'll
(2)........................._____ going to London on Saturday.
Oh. But you (3)____________ ... be here for my party, won't you?
No, I (4) ..........................get back until Sunday evening.
I (5).....................................going to invite you.
Well, I'm sorry I can't come.
What (6)............................you doing in London?
Oh, I'm just going (7).......................................... see one or two people. Look, I must
go. I'm cooking something that I think is (8).............. ........................to boil over.
►	a) am	b)do	c) going	d) will	5	a) be	b) have	c) was	d) will
1	a) being	b) going	c) shall	d) will	6	a) are	b} going	c) to	d) will
2	a) be	b) do	c) for	d) to	7	a) be	b} for	c) is	d) to
3	a) are	b) do	c) was	d) will	8	a) about	b) might	c) probably	d) will
4	a) about	b) aren't	c) be	d) don't					
Some of these sentences are correct, and some have a word which should not be there.
If the sentence is correct, put a tick (/}. If it is incorrect, cross the unnecessary word out of the
sentence and write it in the space.
They're probably going to knock the building down, ./................................................
We are be going to get a dog soon. be......................................
1 The bus is leaves at eight twenty. ........................................
2 The doors of the theatre are about to open. .................................................
3 The meeting will be start at half past seven. ..................................................
4 The festival is for to take place in June. ..................................................
5 My friend will be calling here tomorrow morning. ..............................................
6 We were going to eat in the restaurant, but it was full..........................................
7 I have to register for my course before the classes will begin....................................................
8 I will to have finished tunch by two o'clock. ...................................................
Put in a form of the verb. Use the Future Continuous (will be doing), the Future Perfect {will have done) or was/were going to.
It's quite a long way, isn't it? We'll h&ve walked.  . (walk) about five miles by the time we get
back, I'd say.
1 It'll be better if you don't ring at one o'clock. We..........................................(have) lunch then.
2 I.....................................________(drive) over and see you, but there's something wrong with the car.
3 I've got loads of work. I expect I.............................................(work) all night. And I'm not
looking forward to it.
4 I'll have much more time next week because I........................................ (do) all my exams then.
5 We ................................. (buy) that computer game, but they don't make it for the kind
of computer we've got.
6 I know you'll put on a wonderful show. You..........................,..................(have) so much
practice by the time you perform it that it's sure to be brilliant.
1*At;i£ 76   • VERBS
Complete the conversation. Use will, be going to or a present tense. Choose the best form. Sometimes more than one answer is correct. Peter:    Hello. Where are you going?
Polly:    To my evening class. I'm learning Swedish. And next week (►)     ..tave ... (I / have) a
chance to speak it for real. (1)........................................... (I / go) to Sweden for three
weeks. (2)....................................... (I / leave) on Friday. (3)............................
(I / visit) some friends there.
Peter:    (4)..........................................(that / be) nice.
Polly:    Well, I'd better hurry. My lesson (5)..........................................(start) at half past seven,
and it's twenty-five past now. Peter:    OK. Come and see me when (6) .........................................(you / get) back from
Sweden.
Polly:    Thanks. (7)..................... .......(I / send) you a postcard.
Write a second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first. Use the word in brackets. We have decided to help with the project, (going)
We.. Are..gejiyj. to. Kel^ with the project............, ...........__________.....
1 We're willing to wait for you. ('II)
........U........,LLi.....^.i---i-.MM'M.'.........*...............it...................................a>4............... * . i    i -
2 You can get off this train at Bath, (stops)
3 My friend intended to meet us, (going)
4 Adrian's job interview is on 17 October, (having)
5 Our meal will be over by eight o'clock, (finished)
6 I think I'm going to go on the trip, (might)
....... .....-----............■.^..iy..a^<»f»t> t1 fit'i'i ...,.(,1)1.....on if. aid.[.i.fki.;.i>i.i<liM(i<i -.....■
7 The fire hasn't gone out yet, but it will in a minute, (about)
Choose the correct form.
►	A	I'd better go. I'm cycling home, and I haven't got any lights on my bike.
	B	Oh, yes. It'll be/It'll have-been dark soon.
1	A	I hear the rent on your flat is very expensive.
	B	Yes it is. I'll move/I'm ooinq to move. I've decided.
2	A	I'd like a photo of Martin and me.
	B	I'll take/I'm aoina to take one with vour camera, then,
3	A	Have you booked a holiday yet?
	B	Yes, we qo/we're qoinq to Spain.
4	A	What's that man doing up there?
	B	Oh no! He'll jump/He's qoinq to jump!
5	A	Can I borrow your bike on Monday?
	B	I'm sorry, but I'll be usina/l'll have used it. I always cycle to work.
VERBS   • PAGE il
31 The verb have
1 Have and have got
Look at these examples.
HAVE
We have three cats, Emma has toothache, Daniel doesn't have a car. Do you have the address?
Yes, I do.
HAVE UUT
We've got three cars. Vicky has got blue eyes. S haven't got any money. Have you got a ticket? ~ No, 1 haven't.
Here have and have got mean the same thing. We can normally use either form. Hut have got is more informal. Note that we do not use have got in short answers [No, I haven't).
lave got
I/you/we/they have got on l/you/we/the/ve got He/she/it has got OR He/she/ifs got l/you/we/they haven't got He/she/it hasn't got Have !/you/we/theygot? Has he/she/d got?
PRESENT TENSE have
POSITIVE I/you/we/they have
He/she/it has NEGATIVE        I/you/we/they don't have
He/she/it doesn't have question        Do I/you/we/they have?
Does he/she/it have?
PAST TENSE
positive I/you/he/she/it/we/they had
negative        I/you/he/she/it/we/they didn't have question        Did I/you/he/she/it/we/they have?
We do not often use had got in the* past tense.
Tom had ieveral jobs to do.  We didn't have time, to stop.  Why did you have that funny hat on?
3 The action verb have
Here are some examples of have as an action verb.
Mark has lunch around one.  1 have a shower every morning.
The children had a game of cards.  We had a wonderful holiday. Have expresses an action, Mark has lunch means that he eats lunch.
With the action verb have we cannot use got and we cannot use a short form.
not Mttrh-htis got hinch-amund-one and not I've a shower every-moming: The action verb have can also be continuous.
Mark is having lunch now.  We were having a conversation in English.
What time are you having your driving lesson?
!n negatives and questions in simple tenses, we use a form of do. We didn't have a very good time.  We don't have parties very often. Where do you have lunch? How often does Vicky have strange dreams?
In English we often use expressions like have a talk instead of a verb like talk. Here are some examples. Shall we have a swim? I usually have a rest in the afternoon. I had a talk with Daniel.  Trevor and Laura are having an argument.
PAGE 78 •VERBS
Practice
A Have and have got (1-2)
Look at the pictures and write positive or negative sentences with have or have got. Use these objects: a car, a map, a rabbit, a ticket, an umbrella
►  .Ha V .jjgI.a..ticket-___________or ..He.a ticket,............
1 ...........__________............................................ 3 ................
2 ................................................................... 4 ................
B Have and have got (1-2)
Complete the dialogue. Put in the negative or question forms. Use have got for the present and have for the past.
David:   (►) .Nave..........you <jot.............a bike?
Mike:    Yes, but I don't ride it very often.
David:   (1).................. it....................lights on?
Mike:    Yes. why?
David:   Can I leave my bike here and take yours? Mine (2)............. ,.,..........................any lights.
It (3).............................................any when I bought it. I meant to get some last week, but
I (4)......................................time.
Mike:     But it's raining now. And you (5)........................................a coat. I'll drive you home,
David.
C The action verb have (3)
What does have mean in these sentences? Choose from these verbs: drink, eaf, play, receive, spend
►	Mark never has breakfast.	has- .......................(.................-................
1	We've just had a game of tennis.	had=...................................................................
2	My father has a cup of cocoa every evening.	
3	We've just had three weeks in Morocco.	had= ...........-........-............................................
4	Claire had lots of presents on her birthday.	had- ...................................................................
D The verb have (1-3)
Complete the conversation. Use have/have got or the action verb have.
Claire:   {►} Vpw ye <jpt........(you / have) an empty plate, Henry. Would you like some more food?
Henry:   Oh, yes please. I must say, (1).............................................(we / have) a great time.
Luckily (2).............................................(you / have) lots of room in here.
Claire;   Yes, it's a nice big flat, although (3)............................................(it / not / have) a balcony.
Mark:    How was Brazil? (4) ................................... (you / have) a good holiday?
Claire:   Yes, (5).............................................(1 / have) a lovely time, thank you.
Henry:   (6).............................................(you / have) some photos here to show us?
Claire:   Yes, you must (7)......................................... (have) a look at them some time. But I was
so busy doing things (8)......................................... (I / not / have) time to take very
many.
VERBS   • page 79
32 Short forms (it's, don't)
1 The use of short forms
A short form like it's or don't stands for the full form it is or do not. We leave out one or more letters and we write an apostrophe (') instead. We use short forms in conversational English and in informal writing such as a letter to a friend. Short forms are sometimes called 'contracted forms'.
We cannot use a short form when the word is stressed, in a short answer for example.
Have you looked in this drawer? ~ Yes, I have, not Yes-, I've. But we can use n't in a short answer: No, I haven't.
2 The most common short forms
Some verbs can have short forms when they come after I, you, etc_
VERB	SHOUT PORM5
am	r*m
are	you're, we're, they're
is/has	he's, she's, it's
have	I've, you've, we've, they've
had/would	I'd, you'd, he'd, she'd, it'd, we'd, they'd
will	I'll, youll, he'll, she'll, it'll, we'll, they'll
shall	Til, we'll
A short form can also come after a noun.
Vicky's last her bank card. (Vicky has ...}  The card'll be in here. (The card will...)
There are also some short forms with question words and with here, there or that.
who's, what's, where's, when's, how's, who'd, who'll, what U here's, there's, that's, there'll, that'll, there'd, that'd
There is a negative short form n't which can come after some verbs.
aren't, isn't, wasn't, weren't, haven't, hasn't, hadn't, don't /daont/, doesn't, didn't, won't (= will not), shan't (= shall not), can't /komt/, couldn't, mustn't /'mAsnt/, needn't, mightn't, shouldn't, wouldn't, daren'
Sometimes we can shorten either not or the verb.
It is not funny. -* It isn't funny, or It's not funny.
You will not believe it. » You won't believe it. on You'll not believe it. Bui wf cannot use n't after I.
/ am not sure. + I'm not sure, not / amn't sure-
3 'sand'd
's can be is or has, and'd can be had or would.
She's short, and she's got fair hair. (She is short... she has got...) If I'd known, I'd have told you. (If I had known, I would have ...)
PACE SO    • VERBS
Practice
A Short forms (2)
Write the sentences in a more informal style, with short forms.
In a business letter In a letter to a friend
►  You are quite right. Yqw Ve quite. ri^M:
1 It is a difficult problem..................................
2 I have seen the results. .................................
3 I do not have any information. ________.....—......,=.....
4 We have not reached a decision. .................................
5 I am very excited about it. ________.........................
6 You need not decide now. .................................
7 It is not yet certain................................
8 We will be pleased to see you. .................................
9 Do not worry. ................................
10 I would like to buy a new computer. ................................
11 We are willing to help.
12 We will not know the result for some time. .............................
B Short forms (2)
Complete the dialogues. Put in the short form of these phrases: do not, he is, I am, is not, it is, what is, where is
2
i»rjv-I'M sn imaag»
Lei?
►  How are you? - . Jjm...........fine, thanks.
1 .............................................your luggage? ~..........................................in Los Angeles.
2 Do you like this shirt? ~ No, I________.......................................It.............................................
my style.
3 _______......................................that smell? ~ My husband..............................................doing a
chemical experiment.
C 'sand'd(3)
Write the forms in full. Use is, has, had or would.
► What's your name?
1 I'd like a coffee, please.
2 There's been an accident.
3 That's correct.
4 I'd seen the film before.
5 Who's got the key?
6 We'd have stopped if we'd seen you.
yowr
VERBS   • PACE 81
Emphatic do
1 Introduction
2 Emphatic forms
Often we can be emphatic by using a full form like is or have, rather than a short form such as "s or've (see Unit 32). We stress the word when we speak it.
Yes, it is late. It's half past one in the morning.    My goodness you have done a lot of work. Well done. We can also stress modal verbs such as will and should.
You will write to me, won't you?    You really should drive more carefully. We almost had an accident.
In the Present Simple we put do before the verb.
You're so right. I do agree with you.    Your hair is much too long. You do need a haircut.
We do hope you can come to our barbecue. I'm getting fed up with those dogs. They do make such a noise. In the third person singular we use does.
The city centre does get crowded, doesn't it?
Emma says Matthew doesn't care about her, but he says he does care. We do not add -s to the verb.
It does look nice, not k does looks-mee: In the past simple we use did.
We did enjoy the concert. It was really good.     You shouldn't have forgotten. I did remind you.
Vicky is quite sure that she did see a ghost. We do not add -ed to the verb.
We did enjoy it. not We did-enjoyedJt:
3 The imperative with do
We can use do with an imperative for emphasis.
Do hurry up, or we'll be late.    Oh, do be quiet. I'm trying to concentrate. Here do makes the speaker sound more worried or annoyed. We use this structure only in an informal situation.
But we can also use do with an imperative in offers and invitations (see page 122).
Do have some more soup.    Do lake a seat, won't you? Here do sounds very polite.
PAGE 82   • VERBS
Practice
A Emphatic do (1-2)
Put in the emphatic forms of these sentences: / like my new portrait. I'm smiling, it's foggy today. Yes, I'll be late home. Yes, I remembered the water.
►  Ve*, I >ii 11 be I Ate K?Me.-.....
1................................................................... 3
2 ................................................................ 4
►	Tom:
	David:
1	Trevor:
	Laura:
2	Jessica:
	Natasha:
3	Daniet:
	Matthew:
4	Nick:
	Tom:
5	Vicky:
	Rachel:
B Emphatic do (1-2)
Complete the answers. Use a pronoun + emphatic do + a verb.
Melanie is always helping people, isn't she?
Yes, she. does .help............a lot of people.
How much did that dress cost?
Well...........................................rather a lot.
Someone once told me I look like the singer Arlene Black.
Well,..............................._______.......a bit like her, actually
This train doesn't stop at our station.
Are you sure? I think.............................................there.
Why didn't you go to the match on Saturday?
What do you mean?................,.,....................... to the match.
Matthew and Emma never quarrel.
Oh yes,.........................................All the time, in fact.
C Emphatic do (1-3)
What would you say? Use do, does or did.
► Tell your friend that you worry about your job prospects.
You know, ! do.worry About..My. job..^oipftct*,,,it........................._......
1 Say that you finished the crossword today.
Actually,......................................................................................................-
2 Admit that your room needs tidying up.
I'm afraid ............................................................................... .....................
3 Explain to your teacher that you find the work difficult.
I'm afraid............................................................................................
4 Say that you wanted to give the course up.
Actually,...................................................................................................
5 Offer your friend a chocolate.
Here you are.................................................................................................
6 Admit that this place depresses you.
You know,.....................................................................................................
VERBS   • page 83
34 Yes/no questions
1 Use
A yes/no question is one that we can answer with yes or no, Are you ready? ~ Yes, nearly./No, not quite. Has anyone seen my bag? ~ Yes, it's on the chain/No, I don't think so.
These questions are asking for information. For example, Daniel wants to know if Vicky is ready or not.
Sometimes yes/no questions have other uses, especially questions with modal verbs. For example, when Matthew says Shall we go then? he is making a suggestion, not asking for information. Here are some examples of the different uses.
Making a suggestion: Requesting:
Offering:
Inviting:
Asking permission:
Shall we eat out tonight? Can/Could you write the address down for nier please? Can I carry something for you? ~ No, its OK, thanks.
Would you like to come to a party? ~ Yes, I'd love to.
Jvlay 1 use your phone? ~ Yes, of course.
2 Fo
r m
A yes/no question begins with an auxiliary verb. An auxiliary verb is a form of be or have or a modal verb, e.g. can. The auxiliary verb comes before the subject.
SUBJECT
it
David Emma
vek is
raintng? got a car? drive?
STATEMENT:
QUESTION:
The main verb be also comes before the subject in a question.
h it cold out there?    Are you ready?    Was it easy? If there is more than one auxiliary verb, only the first one comes before the subject.
Have you been working?    Could we have done better?
In the Present Simple and Past Simple we use a form of do.
AUXILIARY
Do
Does
Did
SUBJECT
the buses
Mark
you
VEKB
run every day?
play golf?
like the concert?
STATEMENT QUESTION:
They (do) run every day. they run every day?
Do
A question cannot begin with an ordinary verb such as run, play or like.
not Plays Mark golf and not hike&fQit^he-emce-n? The verb after the subject does not end in -s or -ed.
not Gees-Mark-plays golf? and not Did you liked the concert?
p> 35 Answers with yes and no
page 84   • QUESTIONS, NEGATIVES AND ANSWERS
Practice
A Use(l)
Write down the use of each question. Choose from these uses:
asking for information (x3), asking permission, inviting, making a suggestion, offering, requesting (x2)
	Could you post this letter for me?	
►	Can we get a number 35 bus from this stop?	
1	Can I help you with those bags?	
2	Shall we stop for a rest?	
3	Is it Tuesday today?	
4	Could you wait a moment, please?	
5	Would you like to have tea with us?	
6	Will your friend be here next weekend?	
7	May I sit down?	
B Form (2)
Claude Jennings, the World Quiz Champion, is going to be on Guy's chat show.
Guy is wondering what to ask Claude. Read what Guy is thinking and write down his questions.
(I expect Claude has won lots of prizes,) HAve. ypiA.vyprs IptS pT prize-;?...........................
1 (I wonder if he's a rich man.)............................. ,....................................................................
2 (Perhaps quizzes are his only hobby.).................................................................................
3 (I expect he worked hard at school.)................___________.......................................................
4 {I wonder if he's got any other Interests.)..........................................................................
5 (I wonder if it's an interesting life.) ....................................................................................
6 (Perhaps his wife asks him quiz questions.)................................................_________________________.....
7 (And maybe he answers questions in his dreams.)......................................
C Yes/no questions (1-2)
What would you say in these situations?
►  You want to know if Mark has been to Los Angeles. Ask Sarah.
Has , Mwflfc. bee*. .fe>. Lp,s? fosMfcfZ.................................................. ...................
1 You aren't sure if Rachel and Vicky are going to America. Ask them.
■................................................-, , . .,.....,...................................--------
2 You want to know if Laura plays tennis. Ask Trevor.
3   You are wondering if Claire enjoyed her holiday. Ask her.
4   You want to suggest to Rachel that you both go for a walk.
5   You need to know if David will be at the club tonight. Ask him.
6   You want to know if the train is on time. Ask Mark.
7   You are wondering if Mike and Harriet go camping. Ask David.
8   You want to ask Matthew if you can borrow his squash racket.
9   You want to know if Nick has got a motor bike. Ask him.
QUESTIONS, NEGATIVES AND ANSWERS   ■ lJAGT 83
35 Short answers, e.g. Yes, it is.
1 Answering yes or no
Look at the answers to these questions.
Is it mining? ~ Yes.    Are we going to be late? - Yes, we are.
Did you say something? ~ No.    Did you finish the crossword? ~ No, I didn't. We can sometimes answer a question with a simple yes or no, but we often use a short answer like No, 1 didn't. We usually put a comma after yes or no.
We do not normally use a full sentence, but we can do if we want to add emphasis to the answer.
Did you open my letter? - No, I didn't open your letter. Sometimes, to be polite, we may need to add information.
Did you get the tickets? ~ No, I didn't. There wasn't time, I'm afraid. Sorry.
Form
A positive short answer is yes + a pronoun + an auxiliary.
QUESTION
Auxiliary
Are
Has
Will
Did
SHORT ANSWER
Pronoun
you working tomorrow? Emma got a computer? I need my passport? they repair your phone?
-Yes, -Yes, -Yes, -Yes,
I
she you they
We can also use the main verb be in a short answer. Is it time to go? ~ Yes, it is. It's ten past eleven.
Note that in the Present Simple and Past Simple we use a form of do. Do you like classical music? -~ Yes, I do. not Yes, TUke-,
A negative short answer is no + a pronoun + an auxiliary + n't.
QUESTION
Auxiliary Is
Have
Will
Does
the photocopier working now? the children gone to sleep? there be food at the party? this train stop at Derby?
SHORT ANSWER
Pronoun
- No, it
- No, they
- No, there -No, it
But note: No, I'm not.
Are you working tomorrow? ~ No, I'm not. not No> I amn't.
Auxiliary +- n't isn't, haven't, won't, doesn't.
3 Answering requests, suggestions, offers and invitations
To answer a request, suggestion, etc, we normally use a phrase like Yes, of course or Yes, please rather than a short answer. If we answer in the negative, we have to give some explanation.
Request:        Could you help me move these chairs, please? ~ Yes, of course. or I'm afraid I'm rather busy. Suggestion:    Shall we have a coffee? • Yes, OK. or Sorry, I can't. I have to go.
Offer: Can I give you a hand? ~ Yes, please. That's very kind of you. or It's OK, thanks. I can manage.
Invitation:      Would you like to come to the barbecue? ~ Yes, please. I'd love to. or I'd love to, but I'll be away.
Short negative answers would sound strange or impolite here.
page 8d   • QUESTIONS, NEGATIVES AND ANSWERS
Practice
A Form (2)
It's eleven o'clock, and everyone has arrived at a party. Put in the short answers.
► Have you got a drink? ~ Ve$, I tave._______(thank you. I've just put it down somewhere.
1 Can you speak Arabic? ~........................................, but not very well.
2 Is it raining outside? ~ .............................. . It's just started.
3 Has David come with you? ~ ..................................He's in hospital, actually.
4 Did you come by car, Tom? ~.............. .........................It took ages because of all the
traffic.
5 Are those people over there your friends? -...........................................I don't know them at all.
6 Do you like England? -............................................. I'm enjoying my stay here.
7 Is your brother here? -...........__________....................He's away on business at the moment.
8 Have you seen Nick recently? -...........................................I think he's moved away.
B Form (2)
It's one o'clock in the morning, and the party is in full swing. People are still talking. Put in the short answers.
► Are you French? ~ .Npj..!>i.ag±.......      I'm Italian. I'm from Milan.
1 Will you and Laura be here in August? -................... ...............We're going to France.
2 Did you remember to bring the photos? -.........................................I'll give them to you in
a minute.
3 Has Rita broken up with her boyfriend? ~....................................... . It's all over, she told me.
4 Did you see that documentary about the ozone layer on television last night? ~......................................I was working late, unfortunately.
5 Does Laura like these old songs? -......................................She loves Elvis Presley.
6 Are you and Mike staying the night here? *■. ..................................We have to get home tonight.
7 Can we afford a taxi? -......................................... It's quite a long way,
8 Are you OK, Vicky? -..................... .......I feel really awful.
C Answering questions (1-3)
Which would normally be the best answer?
► Are you busy today?
a)    \ Yes. busy,   b) r7] Yes, I am.
1 Is it too hot in here for you?
a) Q No, it isn't,   b)     No, I'm fine, thanks.
2 Do you know Emma?
a) [_J Yes.    b) [J Yes, we live in the same building.
3 Tell me, did you steal my money?
a)      No.    b) I ~] No, I didn't steal your money.
4 Do you live on the campus?
a) □ Yes, I do.    b) Q Yes, I live on it.
5 Would you like to come out with us for the day? a) |  | Yes, I would like,    b) [ j Yes, please.
6 Is it the eighteenth today?
a) f I Yes. it is.    b) |^| Yes, it is the eighteenth of November today.
7 Did you bring my CD?
a) i J No.    b) |  | No, sorry. I forgot it.
8 Can I carry your bags?
a) Q No, you can't,   b) [~~| It's all right, thanks.
QUESTIONS, NEGATIVES AND ANSWERS    ■ I'agk 87
36 Wh-questions
1 Introduction
Reporter Kitty Beamish is interviewing some guerrilla fighters.
Kitty:
Why are you fighting?
What can you do for the people?
WJten will the war be over?
Guerrillas: For our freedom. We can help them Very soon.
A wh-question begins with a question word. Question words are who, what, which, whose, where, when, why and how. We use a wh-question to ask for information.
2 Form
Most wh-questions begin with a question word + an auxiliary verb + the subject. (For another form of wh-question, see Unit 37.) An auxiliary verb is a form of be or have or a modal verb, e.g. can.
QUESTION WORD
What
Where
When
AUXILIARY
is
have can
SUBJECT
Kitty you
we
VERB
doing?
put the map?
travel safely?
The main verb be also comes before the subject in questions.
Where is Kitty?     How are you?     What was that noise? If there is more than one auxiliary verb, only the first one comes before the subject.
The guerrillas have been hiding. —* Where have the guerrillas been hiding?
I should have said something. —* What should I have said?
In the Present Simple and Past Simple we use a form of do.
QUESTION WORD
Where How What
AUXILIARY
do does
did
subiect people the radio the guerrillas
VERB
meet? work? say?
An ordinary verb such as meet, work or say cannot come before the subject.
not Wheremeet people? and not How-works the radio? The verb after the subject does not end in -s or -ed.
3 Question phrases
Look at these question phrases with what and how.
What time is your friend arriving? - Half past eight.    What colour is your toothbrush? ~ Yellow. What kind of/What sort of club is it? ~ A nigh telub.    How old is your sister? - She's twenty. How often do you go out? ~ About once a week, usually.    How far is the beach? ~ Only five minutes' walk. How long will the meeting last? ~ An hour or so, I expect.    How many televisions have you got? - Three. How much money did you spend? ~ About a hundred pounds.
PAGF. 88   • QUESTIONS, NEGATIVES AND ANSWERS
Practice
A Wh-questions (1-2)
What would you say in these situations?
►  You are talking to a man at a party. Ask him where he works. Where d° you..work,<....................................
1 You want to know what the date is today. Ask your friend.
MM«N.....4......----.............)......<"'"" t4»<|.l-iii-J-*-W4MI-.. I ..t . r...........................,..................... |
2 You've forgotten when the course finishes. Ask your friend.
3 Your friend is having a party. You'd like to know who he has invited. Ask him.
4 Your favourite band are going to give a concert. Ask how you can get tickets.
5 You are in town with a friend, and you are wondering where the two of you are going to have lunch. What do you ask?
B Question words and phrases (1-3)
Quiz champion Claude Jennings is answering questions. Put in these words and phrases: how far, how long, how often, how many, what, what colour, what kind, when, where, who
Quiz-master:
►
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Wkat colour . . is the Greek flag? ..... .....................................is Melbourne?
centimetres are there in a kilometre? did the Second World War end? did Romeo love? is Sirius?
. is it from Los Angeles to San Francisco? are the Olympic Games held? of food is Cheddar? is a game of rugby?
Claude:
Blue and white.
It's in Australia.
A hundred thousand.
In 1945.
Juliet.
It's a star.
About 400 miles.
Every four years.
It's cheese.
Eighty minutes.
C Wh-questions (1-3)
Guy is interviewing a guest on his chat show. It's the actress Melissa Livingstone, who is in the TV soap opera 'Round the Corner'. Put in Guy's questions.
►   Guy: How otter, do you record ' RoumJ tke Corner ?.....................................
Melissa: Oh. we record it every day. It's a full-time job. you know.
1 Guy: And ....................................................................................................... it?
Melissa: In Birmingham, at the BBC studios.
2 Guy:...................................................,..............................,........................
Melissa: How many? Well, let me see, I think we've done a thousand programmes.
3 Guy:............................................................................................................
Melissa: I'm not going to tell you. How much money I earn is my business.
4 Guy: OK, I'm sorry....................................................................
Melissa: Oh, a long time ago. I started acting when I was twelve.
5 Guy: ......................................................................................................
Melissa: My plans for the future? I just want to go on with 'Round the Corner'
......
QUESTIONS, NEGATIVES AND ANSWERS    • PACK 89
37 Subject/object questions
1 Who and what
o is interviewing Kitty7
Who and what can be the subject of a question. The word order is the same as in a statement,
SUBJECT
Who rang you? (Someone rang you.) Wlio is helping you? (Someone is helping you.) What will happen next? (Something will happen next.)
Who is Kitty interviewing?
Who and what can also be the object. An (e.g. did, will) comes before the subject.
OBJECT
Who did you ring?
(You rang someone,) Who are you helping? (You are helping someone.) What will they do next? (They will do something next.)
Who and what can also be the object of a preposition, e.g. to, with, (ft^r prepositions in questions, see Unit 38.) Compare these sentences.
-SUBJECT
Wlw was talking to you?
(Someone was talking to you.) What wine goes with fish? (Some wine goes with fish.)
OBJECT
Who were you talking to? (You were talking to someone.) What does this colour go with? (This colour goes with something.)
2 Which, whose, how many and how much
These words can also be either the subject or the object.
SUBJECT
Which program will work best? (One of the programs will work best.) Whose dog is barking over there? (Someone's dog is barking over there.) How many people came past? (Some people came past.) How much oil got into the river? (Some oil got into the river.)
OBJECT
Which program will you use? (You will use one of the programs.) Whose dog is Melanie walking? (Mclanie is walking someone's dog.) How many people did you see? (You saw some people.) How much oil did you buy? (You bought some oil.)
PACi; 90    • QUESTIONS, NEGATIVES AND ANSWERS
Practice
A Who and what as subject and object (1)
Read about the situations and answer each question in a single phrase.
► The morning after his party, Tom was cleaning up. David came along and took away some empty bottles for him. Nick had just woken up after spending the night on Tom's sofa. He watched them for a while.
a) Who helped Tom? £>av«H............ b) who did Nick help? Np p^e........______ .
1 Nick wants to marry Rita. She's been out with him a few times, but really she's in love with Tom. Unfortunately he isn't in love with her.
a) Who is Nick in love with?...................... b) Who is in love with Tom?............................
2 Mark met Sarah at the airport. The plane was two hours late. On the way out they passed Mike standing at a bus stop, but they didn't notice him.
a) Who met Sarah?.............................. b) What was Mike waiting for?.......................
3 There was an accident at the crossroads. A lorry crashed into a van that was waiting at the lights. The van slid forward and crashed into a car. The van driver had to go to hospital.
a) What hit the van?....... b) What did the van hit?..............
B Who and what as subject and object (l)
People aren't giving you enough information. Ask questions with who or what.
► Something has happened. - Oh? WUt. t&f., .fat>»ft*ff4 ?........................_................................
► I've invited someone to tea. * Well? Who tave you iiwitad?.............. .........................
1 Somebody is having a party. - Oh, really? ........................................................................
2 I was reading something. - Oh? .....................................................................................,.
3 I've learnt something. - Go on, tell me.................................................................................
4 We should do something. - Yes, I know, but.........................................................................
5 Someone is looking for you. ~ Oh? .......................................................................................
6 I'm looking for someone. ~ Maybe I can help............. ............................................
7 Rachel is planning something. ~ Is she? ................................,....... .....................................
8 Somebody has moved in next door. - Oh, really?............................................................
9 Something is worrying me. - Well, tell me..................................................................
10   I want to meet someone. ~ What do you mean?......................................................«..........
C Which, whose, how many and how much (2)
Harriet is visiting her grandmother, Mrs Evans. It's Mrs Evans's birthday.
She can't hear very well, and she sometimes gets confused. Complete her questions.
	Harriet'.	Mrs Evans:
►	So ten people have sent cards.	Pardon? How many pfcopk In Ave, $e.r.t ..c^rdf?............
►	I met David's friend yesterday.	
1	You can keep those photos.	
2	Those flowers look lovely.	Do they? Which...........................................................
3	Fifty pounds went missing.	
4	I passed Mark's house earlier.	
5	The doctor has four children.	
6	Doctors earn lots of money.	
7	Mike's uncle has died.	
8	Trevor's wife is coming later.	Oh? Whose................................................................
QUESTIONS, NEGATIVES AND ANSWERS   « page 91
Prepositions in wh-questions
1 Introduction
Daniel and Rachel each ask Vicky a question. In each question, the word what is the object of a preposition (for, about). Wltat are you looking for? (You are looking for something.) Wtiat are you worrying about? (You are worrying about something.)
The preposition normally comes in the same place as in a statement: looking for, worrying about. NOT -Fo-r what arc you looking? NOT About what are you worrying? But in more formal English, the preposition can come before the question word.
In which warehouse were the goods stored? OR Which warehouse were the goods stored in? In formal English we use a preposition + whom (not who).
From whom did you obtain the information? OR Who did you obtain the information from?
Here are some more examples of prepositions in wh-questions. Who are we waiting for? ~ Rachel What's Nick laughing at? ~ Oh, one of Totn's jokes. Where are you from?/Where do you come from? ~ Sydney. What kind of holiday are you interested in? ~ A package holiday, WJio did you go out with last night? ~ Just a friend.
2 What... for and what... like
We can use a question with what... for to ask about purpose.
What did you buy this computer magazine for? ~ To read about business software.
What are these bricks for? - We're going to build a wall.
What are they digging the road up for? ~ They're repairing a gas pipe. What ... for means the same as why.
Why are they digging up the road? ~ They're repairing a gas pipe.
We can use what... like to ask if something is good or bad, interesting or boring, etc.
What was the party like? - Oh, we had a great time.
What's the place like where you live? ~ It's pretty quiet. Note also look like.
Wliat does your friend look like? - She's very tall and blond.
But we use how to ask about someone's well-being.
How are you? ~ I'm OK, thanks. And you?
How arc you getting on in your new job? ~ I'm really enjoying it. Compare these two questions.
How's Melanie? ~ Oh, she's fine, thanks. (She is happy/in good health.)
What's Melanie like? ~ She's very nice. (She is a nice person.)
What are you looking for, Vicky?
My money. I don't know if I've got
What are you worrying abouf? It's free, look.
Page 92 • questions, negatives and answers
Practice
A Prepositions in wh-questions (1)
Ask these people questions with what.
Use these verbs and prepositions: took at, look for, point at, talk about, wait for
B Prepositions in wh-questions (1)
Put in the question. Use what and put the preposition in brackets at the end.
Yes, he is. What., is..he. pleaded. about ? I'm busy today. I'm getting ready, (for) Wh*vt.are you ^et-fcif^ ready $ot ?.....
	Melanie:
	David:
►	Laura:
	Trevor:
1	Jessica:
	Andrew:
2	Trevor:
	llona;
3	Sarah:
	Claire:
4	Matthew
	Daniel:
5	Vicky:
	Rachel:
Haven't you heard of Kitty Beamish? She's famous, (for)
No, I haven't......................................._____________..........
Mark is annoyed. He's going to complain, (about)
I don't feel very relaxed. I feel nervous, (about)
*f-----W*t*-----
C What... for and what... like (2)
Trevor has just come home from work. Complete the conversation. Put in for, how, like or what. Trevor:   Hello, my love. {►•) How........ are you?
Laura:    Hello. I'm all right, but I'm in a bit of a rush getting ready for the barbecue. Trevor:   Er, I forgot to tell you that I invited two more people.
Laura:    (1)....................are you telling me now (2)......_____________? I've bought all the food. I just hope
there's enough. Anyway, who are these people? (3)______............. are they (4)_________ ?
Trevor:   They're friends of Harriet's. They're very nice people. And after all, (5) ..................are
parties (6)...................? To meet new people.
Laura:    It isn't a party, it's a barbecue. (7)..................'s the weather going to be (8)
Tfevor:  The forecast said it's going to be perfect. Warm and dry-Laura:   Good. And (9)...................was your day?
Trevor:   Oh, not too bad. Busy as usual.
.... .......
QUESTIONS, NEGATIVES AND ANSWERS   • page CJ3
Who> what or which?
1 What or which?
Wc can use what or which before a noun.
WHAT
What books do you read? We use what when there is a wide choice of possible answers. We ask Wliat sport? because there are lots of different sports.
After which we sometimes say the possible answers.
Which cafe did you go to, Sttaopy's, the Coffee Pot or the Tea Gardens?
Which phone shall I use, this one or the one in the office? Sometimes what and which are both possible.
What day/Which day is your evening class?    What train/Which train will you catch?
What platform/Which platform does the train go from?    What part/Wliich part of Italy are you from?
2 Patterns with who, what and which
We can use who, what and which without a noun.
Who sent the fax?    What do you think of our plan?    Which is quicker, the bus or the train? We can use what and which before a noun, but not who.
Which secretary sent the fax? NOT Who secretary sent the fax?
We can use which with one or ones, or with of.
You can have a photo. Which one would you like?
Yau can have some of the photos. Which ones would you tike?
Wliich of these photos would you like? But we cannot use who or what before of.
Which of the secretaries? but WOT' Who of the secretaries?
Who always means a person.
Who did you see? (a person) What usually means a thing. It can mean a person only when it comes before a noun.
What did you see? (a thing)     What doctor/What film did you see? (a person or a thing) Which can mean a person or a thing.
Which doctor/film did you see? (a person or a thing)
> 102 One and ones
PA<;t: 94   • QUESTIONS, NEGATIVES AND ANSWERS
Practice
A What or which? (1)
The questions you are asking have a number of possible answers.
If the list of answers is incomplete, ask a question with whaf. If the list is complete, use which.
► (Do you play the piano, or the violin, or the guitar, or...?) WloAt imUSjcaI ir*S-trtAM£*t do vou t^AY?
► (Did you go to the Little Theatre or the Theatre Royal?)
Which theAtre.did yow ,30 to?.............. ....................................
1   (Did you take the morning flight or the afternoon flight?)
2   (Did you stay at the Grand Hotel or the Bristol?)
3   (Do you like classical music, or jazz, or rock music, or...?)
4   (Did you buy Time' magazine, or 'Newsweek', or a computer magazine, or...?)
5   (Do you work for EuroChemicals, or ICM, or SenCo, or.,.?)
6   (Are you learning English, or Spanish, or Arabic, or Japanese, or.,.?)
B What or which? (1)
Rita is moving into a new flat. Trevor has come to see the flat and help her move in. Complete his questions. Put in what or which.
►	Trevor:	Wh.At           number is this building?
	Rita:	Forty-two.
1	Trevor:	I didn't realize there were only three floors.......................floor is your flat on?
	Rita:	The first floor.
2	Trevor:	It's a very nice flat.......................room will be your living-room?
	Rita:	This one here, I thought.
3	Trevor:	......................colour are you going to paint it?
	Rita:	Oh, I don't know yet.
4	Trevor:	......................time is your furniture arriving?
	Rita:	Three o'clock, they said.
5	Trevor:	I'll need some petrol.             ...    way is the nearest petrol station?
	Rita:	Turn left at the end of the street.
C Who, what or which? (2)
Detectives Wilson and Taylor are looking into the murder of Lord Weybridge at his country house. Put in who, what or which.
Wilson: (►) Wki.ck.........of the guests in this house is the murderer, do you think, Taylor?
Taylor:   I don't know yet. (1)......................had the opportunity? (2)......................of the guests
had the chance to do it?
Wilson:  (3) .........happened after dinner last night? That's what we have to find out.
Taylor:   There must be a motive for the murder. (4).....................motive could the murderer have?
Wilson;  Love or money - they're the usual motives. (5) of them is it, I wonder?
Taylor:   (6) ____________did Lord Weybridge leave his money to? That's the question, Wilson.
QUESTIONS, NEGATIVES AND ANSWERS   • \'MA. 95
Test H: Questions
A
Put the words in the right order and ask the question. P-  everyone / is / ready
1 been / have / where / you
2 do / postcards / sell / you
3 belong / calculator / does / this / to / who
4 are / here / how / long / staying / you
5 is / like / new / office / what / your
6 are / flights / full / of / the / which
7 carnival / does / start / the / time / what
---.....—>"—.......--.............,...............,,,...*...............
8 decided / has / holiday / Nancy / on / what
.......................■•'•'•1.ii.I-'-,.i,:,-,i,i.,-,!iiiMi„IKr....ti.mli
B
Put in the correct question word or phrase.
► W^At..............did you buy? ~ A box of chocolates.
1................................. is this building? - It's about two hundred years old.
2 .....................................does your team play in? - Red.
3 .....................................bag are you carrying? - Judy's.
4.....................................money do you earn? ~ About £500 a week,
5 .....................................hand do you write with? - My right hand.
6 ................................... of shop do you work in? - A toy shop.
7...................................first stepped on the moon? ~ Neil Armstrong, wasn't it?
8 .......................____________ is your mother? - She's much better, thank you.
9 ,.............-...............is it to the post office? ~ About two hundred metres.
10 .....................................do you take a holiday? ~ Once a year.
11.............. ................name will you give the baby? - We haven't thought of one yet.
c
Write the sentences correctly.
br Would like you to go sailing? Would yew like to ^o ^Aili*^?
1 Do you be-a-student here?- ____________________________________________________________________________
2 How many cakes-have eaten you?
3 Enjoyed yett-your-walk?- .........
4 Where your-friends-have gone£
5 What4^md-musie- do you like? ........
6 Does Peter-plays tennis? _________
7 About what are you-tatktng?
8 What has it happened?
PACE 96   • QUESTIONS, NEGATIVES AND ANSWERS
Read about each situation and write down the question.
► You want to know if it is raining.
I? it rAiMryj?....................................................
► You need to ask Polly where she lives.
Where do vow live?......................................................
1 You would like to ask Nancy where she bought her coat.
2 You want to ask Susan if Amy can swim.
3 You want to ask Simon which band he likes best.
4 On the phone you want to know who you are speaking to.
5 You need to know how much video recorders cost.
6 You are asking permission to come in.
7 You need to find out how long the journey takes.
8 You want to ask Adrian what he locked the door for.
9 You want to ask what happens next.
10   You want to suggest that you all go out together.
Write the questions to which the underlined words are the answers.
►   Christopher is going to London by train.
How. J,?.. Chri s tocher. .^oi h$ ..to.. Lofsdoft 1...................................
1 The Smiths have got three cars.
2 Janet works at the supermarket.
3 Andrea is learning English because she will need it in her job.
4 The film was really romantic.
5 The meeting will take place next Tuesday.
6 Tessa switched off the computer.
7 Mr Johnson's burglar alarm was ringing.
8 Anna went to the dance with Martin.
QUESTIONS, NEGATIVES AND ANSWERS   * I'Atil. 97
40
Negative statements
1 Use
Christopher Columbus
Christopher Columbus was a famous explorer. At one time people believed that he had 'discovered' America. We know now this isn't true. Columbus was not the first European to travel to the New World, We don't know who was, but the Vikings had sailed there around the year WOO, and probably others before them. In 1492 Columbus sailed to San Salvador in the Bahamas and to other islands, but he never reached the mainland of North America. He actually thought he was in Asia. He certainly didn't discover America.
We often use a negative statement to correct a mistaken idea, such as the idea that Christopher Columbus discovered America.
2 Negative verb forms
POSITIVE are dancing have seen must stay
Nť.CiAl IV!
are not dancing have not seen must not stay
or aren't dancing or haven't seen on mustn't stay
In a negative statement not or n't comes after the auxiliary verb.
The auxiliary verb is a form of be, have or a modal verb, e.g. must, can, could.
The girls are not dancing.  The modem isn't working properly.
I haven't seen the new Disney film. David hasn't got a car.
I mustn't stay long.  You can't turn right here.
I'm not feeling very awake today. We write n't without a space before it, e.g. isn't, haven't.
Not or n't also comes alter the main verb be.
The photos are not ready yet.  It isn't very warm in here. If there is more than one auxiliary verb, we put not or n't after the first one.
This plate hasn't been washed.  You shouldn't have bothered.
In the Present Simple and Past Simple, we use a form of do.
Present Simple: Past Simple:
POSITIVE work looks enjoyed
NEliATIVi:
do not work does not look did not enjoy
or don't work or doesn't look or didn't enjoy
I don't work on Saturdays. NOT / work not on Saturdays.
This part of town doesn't look very nice. I'm afraid we didn't enjoy the day very much. The verb after not or n't does not end in -s or -ed.
Not It doesn't looks very nice and not We didn't enjoyed the day.
No and not
We can use no before a noun or an adjective + noun. The verb is positive.
No music is allowed after eleven, or Music is not allowed after eleven.
There areno new houses in the village, ok There aren't any new houses in the village. We do not use no with a verb.
not Music is no allowed and not The shops are no open.
RACE 98   • QUESTIONS. NEGATIVES AND ANSWERS
Practice
A Use(l)
Read the information in 1 about Christopher Columbus. Then choose a positive or a negative verb.
► Columbus diooovored/didn't discover America.
1 The first European to sail to the New World wasAvasn't Columbus.
2 Europeans had/hadn't been to the New World before Columbus.
3 We know/dorVt know definitely who first sailed to America.
4 Columbus landed/didn*t_land on the North American mainland.
5 People's opinion of Columbus has/hasnlt changed over the last 500 years.
6 When Columbus landed on San Salvador, he knew/didn't know where he was.
7 It Ls/isrVt true that Columbus travelled across the United States.
B Negative verb forms (1)
Complete the conversation, Put in the negative forms of these words:
can, did, do, does, has, have, is, was, were
Rita:       Does anyone live in that house next door?
Melanie:  Yes, he's called Jake. He's rather strange. He (►) ,w£ti.-t.. got a job, but he (1)..................
be short of money because he's just bought a new car. Rita:      The house (2)......................look very smart.
Melanie:  The people who lived there before Jake (3)  .. ........... look after it very well. And they
(4)_________________ very good at gardening. When Jake bought the house, it had been
empty for a while. It (5)______................very expensive. But he (6)...................... interested
in doing anything to it, as you can see.
Rita:       Is he a friend?
Melanie:   No, we aren't really friends. I (7) know him very well. I say hello when I see
him. that's all, I (8)......................seen him for a while, actually.
C Negative verb forms (2)
Vicky and Rachel are good friends, but they are very different kinds of people. Complete the sentences using a negative.
► Vicky gets upset, but Rachel dc^Vt      , w^et...................._....._.....
1 Vicky gets headaches. Rachel is tucky. She __________________________________________
2 Rachel can relax. Vicky is different. She ... .....
3 Rachel missed a lecture yesterday, but Vicky ...
4 Vicky is a nervous person, but Rachel..........................................................................................
5 Vicky loses things. Rachel............ ......... , ,, .
6 Rachel was a happy child. Vicky.................................................................................................
7 Rachel has decided on a career, but Vicky
------ " i- - - t----._,-1-T-T-,—• - t--------
D No and not (3)
Complete this paragraph from a travel article. Put in no or not.
Metropolis is (►) rspHt____________ an attractive town. There are (1) __________________parks or gardens in
the city centre. I saw (2)......................interesting buildings, only factories, offices and blocks of flats.
The hotels are (3)....................very good, and there are (4)______________ .....first-class restaurants.
(5)........_________.....tourists visit Metropolis, and I certainly do (6).....................want to go there
again.
QUESTIONS, NEGATIVES AND ANSWERS    - fAt I 99
41 Negative questions
1 Introduction
Haven't you put C those shelves up yet?
Laura asks two negative questions. The first expresses surprise that Trevor hasn't put the shelves up yet. The second is a suggestion that he should put them up now.
2 Form
We make a question negative by putting n't after the auxiliary (e.g have, does).
Have you done it yet? What does the advert tell you? Who eats meat? What went wrong?
NEGATIVE
Haven't you done it yet?
What doesn't the advert tell you? Who doesn't eat meat? What didn't go wrong?
3 The use of negative yes/no questions
A negative yes/no question often expresses surprise.
Haven't you put those shelves up yet? (= I am surprised that you haven't yet.) Don't the children want the ice-cream? {= I am surprised that they don't want it.)
A question with can't can be a complaint or an impolite request. Can't you sit down? You're blocking my view.
We can also use a negative yes/no question instead of a statement and a tag. Aren't you a friend of Harriet's? (- You're a friend of Harriet's, aren't you?)
4 Yes/no answers
The answer yes means that the positive is true, and no means that the negative is true. Haven't you repaired the car yet? ~ Yes, I did it yesterday. Haven't you repaired the car yet? ~ No, sorry. I haven't had time.
5 The use of negative wh-questions
We can use Why don't...? for a suggestion.
Why don't you put the shelves up now? ~ Well, all right Why don't we sit on the balcony? ~ Good idea.
We can use Why didn't      to criticize.
We'll have to stand now. Why didn't you book seats for us? (— You should have booked seats for us.)
We can also use a wh-question to ask for information.
Who hasn't checked their baggage in? ~ Oh, I haven't. Sorry. What don't you understand? ~ This paragraph here.
pace 100   • QUESTIONS, NEGATIVES AND ANSWERS
Practice
A Negative yes/no questions (2-3)
What would you say in these situations? Use negative yes/no questions. ► You are surprised to learn that Rita doesn't like football.
bor, t yow I i      -fcotb<OI, Rita."?
1 You find it surprising that Melanie can't drive.
2 It's a surprise that Rachel won't be at the disco.
3 You find out that surprisingly Nick hasn't got a television.
B Negative yes/no questions (2-3)
Complete the conversations using the words in the brackets.
I walked home from the town centre, (take / bus) You mean you walked all the way? kk*A.t yp** t.Akp. I think I'd like to lie down for a while, (feel / well)
Ohp d©"9r* *-* 11......i mm I  kiniiiii.......- i......................
2   Matthew: I'm looking forward to getting the photos you've sent, (arrive / yet)
I sent them a week ago..........................._________________......______________
I saw Rita, but she walked straight past me. (say / hello)
Without speaking to you?..............................................................
I never sit by the pool. I hate water, (swim) Really?............................_____________________________________...................
	Mike:
	Harriet:
1	Vicky:
	Rachel:
2	Matthew
	Richard:
3	David:
	Melanie:
4	Andrew:
	Emma:
C Yes/no answers (4)
Put in yes or no.
Didn't Mike stop and give you a lift? - No .   . ., he didn't, but maybe he didn't see me.
1 Aren't you tired after working all day? -......... , I feel fine.
2 Didn't you write the number down? -......................., but I've lost the piece of paper.
3 Haven't you got an umbrella? -.......... , it's here in my bag.
4 Couldn't you get in to the opera? ~..............,......., we didn't have tickets.
D Why not? (2,5)
Reporter Kitty Beamish is investigating an accident at the Magic World theme park. A ride crashed, and people were injured. This is what Kitty has found out.
►   The people on the ride didn't get enough help.   3   They aren't trained in first aid.
1 The staff didn't know what to do. 4   The ambulance wasn't called immediately.
2 They couldn't stop the ride. 5   The doctor didn't have a mobile phone.
What questions beginning with why does Kitty ask?
>■   Wky diidA.t. íífeí.,p£9p|e or the ride .^e-jb f eivDU^k kp.lf>?....... ,
1.......................________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
............. .t... ..... . >1. ............ ..........................I , _ -    - -------IH-----I  I---------------► I---.---       --------- |_---■■■>i------if
.iMfiu.....!,!! ,J. •'■>il--> t . 1 - i * . J J 1 :l.H-l: ± i i _ l _ 4*4*1 ■ i l-il.li l:l.^.l:iil|.|.1.»ii:l.lJ.J:ui.Lnl:p.,.ii.,.,...|.Ml.,.,,.m-^t:l^i-
2
3
4
5
QUESTIONS, NEGATIVES AND ANSWERS   • PAlIE Uli
42 Question tags, e.g. isn't it?
1 Use
Melanie: Harriet: Melanie: Harriet:
It'$ a lovely day, isn't it?
Beautiful. We're having a glorious summer, aren't we? You haven't heard a forecast for the weekend, have you? No, I haven't, but I think it's going to slay sunny.
A question tag is a short question added on to a statement. When a tag is spoken, the voice can go down or up, FALLING RISING
It's a lovely day, isn't it? With a falling intonation, the speaker thinks the statement is true. Melanie knows that it is a lovely day, and she is inviting Harriet to continue the conversation. The tag is not really a question.
You haven't heard a forecast, have you? With a rising intonation, the speaker is less sure. Melante doesn't know if Harriet has heard a weather forecast or not. The tag is more like a reai question.
2 Form
POSITIVE STATEMENT + NEGATIVE TAG
It is very warm, isn't it? A negative tag is an auxiliary verb + n't + pronoun.
You've played before, haven't you?
The children can swim, can't they?
It'll be dark soon, won't it?
There was a mistake, wasn't there?
NEGATIVE STATEMENT + POSITIVE TAG
if isn't very warm, is it? A positive tag is an auxiliary verb + pronoun
David hasn't got a car, has he? I shouldn't laugh, should 1? You aren't ill, are you? The answer wasn't right, was it?
The pronoun (you, he, etc.) refers to the subject of the sentence, e.g. you, David. In the Present Simple and Past Simple we use a form of do.
You live near here, don't you? Tliis coat looks nice, doesn't it? I turned right, didn't I?
We don't have to pay, do we? Tin shower doesn't work, does it? Your horse didn't win, did it?
The answer yes means that the positive is true, and no means that the negative is true. Mark works for Zedco, doesn't he? ~ Yes, he does. (He works for Zedco.) Melame doesn't eat meat, does she? - Yes, 1 think she dees. (She eats meat.) Claire is married, Isn't she? ~ No, of course she isn't. (She isn't married.) Andrew hasn't got many friends, has he? — No. (He hasn't gat many friends.)
3 Requests and suggestions
After a request with an imperative (e.g. Wait ...), we can use can you? or could you?
Wait here a moment, can you? Give me an example, could you? Wc can also use You couldn't     could you? or You haven't ..,, have you? for a request.
You couldn't help me, could you?  You haven't got a pound, have you? After Don't... the tag is will you?: Don't make any noise, will you? After Let's ... we use shall we?: Let's sit in the garden, shall we?
t> page 378 Question tags in American English
PAGE 102   • QUESTIONS, NEGATIVES AND ANSWERS
Practice
A Use(l)
Look carefully at each statement and tag. Say if it is more likely to be a comment (with falling intonation) or a question (with rising intonation).
► This price list is up to date, isn't it? - Yes, it is. &,,ifl**^fe*s.............................
1 It was a super show, wasn't it? - Great. I really enjoyed it. ....................
2 These sweaters are nice, aren't they? ~ I like this one. ........________.......,,.......,,,......_______
3 We've got time for a coffee, haven't we? - A quick one maybe.................................................
4 Let me see, the bus goes at ten past, doesn't it? - Quarter past, ........
B Form (2)
You are at a barbecue. Add tags to help start a friendly conversation.
► These sausages are delicious, Acer, ± they ? - They certainly are.
► You haven't lived here long, Vve yqw,,? - No, only three months.
1 It's quite a big garden,...._____________ ........        V - Yes, there's plenty of room.
2 There aren't many people here yet,.............................................? - No, but it's still quite early,
3 You're Rachel's friend, .............. ______? - Yes, I'm Vicky.
4 You came in a sports car,.............................................? - That's right.
5 These burgers look good,.............................................? - I can't wait to try them.
6 We can sit on the grass,..................... ? ~ I think it's dry enough.
7 The weather forecast wasn't very good,______........................................? - No, it wasn't.
C Form (2)
Complete the conversation. Put in the question tags.
Emma:    You don't really want to go out with me any more, (►) do. .yew...........        .. ?
Matthew: Of course I do. But I need a bit of time to myself sometimes.
Emma:    You get plenty of time to yourself, (1).............................................?
Matthew: Emma, you know what I feel for you. I've told you enough times,
(2).............................................?
Emma:    Yes, you have. And you're quite happy, (3) ?
You don't mind, (4) .......... ...........? The situation doesn't bother you,
(5).............................................?
Matthew: Why are we arguing? There's nothing to argue about, (6).................................?
Emma:    You can't ever look at things from my point of view, (7).....................................?
D Requests and suggestions (3)
What would you say in these situations? Write sentences with a question tag. Use the word in brackets.
You want to look at a newspaper. Daniel might have one, so ask him. (haven't)
You hflweft. j^ot a ?s£wfpApeCj h*V£ yPw,?................................
1   Suggest to Vicky that you both listen to some music. (Let's)
2   Warn David not to do anything silly, (Don't)
3   You need a train timetable. Emma might have one, so ask her. (haven't)
4   Ask Rachel to pass you the salt. (Pass)
QUESTIONS, NEGATIVES AND ANSWERS   ■ page 103
43 So/Neither do I and I think
so
1 So and neither
Vicky:      I'm hungry,
Rachel:     So am I. I haven't eaten anything all day. Daniel:     Neither have 1.1 didn't have time for breakfast.
We use so after a positive statement and neither after a negative one. I'm hungry. ~ So am I. (= And I'm hungry/I'm hungry, too.) I haven't eaten. - Neither have I. (- And 1 haven't eaten./I haven't eaten either.)
The structure is so/neither + an auxiliary + the subject.
The auxiliary is a form of be or have or a modal verb, e.g. can.
We're really busy at work. ~ So are we.
Tom has gone to the match. - And so has Nick.
David can't drive, and neither can Melanie. The subject comes at the end. not We're busy. ~ So we are. In the Present Simple and Past Simple we use a form of do.
I love old cowboy fúms. ~ So do I,  This phone doesn't work, — Neither does this one.
United won, and so did Rangers.
We can use nor instead of neither.
Emma isn't here tonight. Neither/Nor is Matthew.
2 I think so, etc.
Vicky:      It's 'Round the Corner' at half past seven, my favourite
soap opera. Are we going to be back hi time? Danieli     / think so. We haven't got far to go now. Rachel:     We might tniss the beginning.
Vicky:      Oh, I hope not. I want lo know if Bernard really did steal the money.
Here / think so means T think we'll he back in time', and I hope not mcans'I hope we don't miss the beginning'.
Wc can use so after be afraid, believe, expect, guess, hope, suppose and think.
Do you think you'll get the job? *- Well, I hope so.
Are you going an holiday this year? ~ Yes, I expect so.
I don't know for sure if Henry is rich, but I should think so. But we cannot use so after know or be sure.
There's been an accident, ~ Yes, I know. not / know so.
Are you sure you're doing the right thing? ~ Yes, I'm sure, not I'm sure so.
There are two negative structures.
NEGATIVE I so
+ not
Is it mining? - I don't think so.
Are you going to the concert? - I don't expect so. With expect and think, we normally use the negative and so.
Is it raining? ~ I hope not.
Have we won a prize? -I'm afraid not. With be afraid, guess and hope, we use the positive and not.
We can use believe and suppose in either structure.
Will there be any seats left? ~ 1 don't suppose so. on I suppose not.
\>M',Y. KM   • QUESTIONS, NEGATIVES AND ANSWERS
Practice
A So and neither (1)
Andrew has just met Jessica at a party. They are finding out that they have a lot in common. Put in the structures with so and neither,
Andrew:     I haven't been to a party for ages.
Nei tke.r tave I_____I hate crowded rooms.
Yes, £o. do I..................I'm not a party-goer, really.
No,........... ......................I can't make conversation.
..............................................You know, I'm a quiet sort of person.
And.........................................I lead a pretty quiet life.
Well,.............................................I haven't got many friends.
..........................................And I would really like a good friend.
Oh,....................,.,.«.,.,.,.........
►
►
1
2
3
4
5
6
Jessica: Andrew: Jessica: Andrew: Jessica: Andrew: Jessica: Andrew:
B So and neither (l)
Look at the table and complete the sentences.
	Mark	Claire	Melanie	Emma
Music	/	X	X	
Travel	/	/	X	X
Skiing	X	/	/	X
Cooking	X	X	/	/
► Claire can ski, and .MeJ<wsi«..................
► Mark isn't keen on cooking, and ^Hiner i* CWi.re.
1 Melanie doesn't like travelling much, and
2 Mark has got lots of CDs, and.............................
3 Emma can't ski, and.................................
4 Claire isn't a music lover, and ___________.......
5 Melanie cooks quite often, and .......„.,.................
6 Mark travels quite a lot, and .............
.-Hill.      • *■      4 I
C I think so, etc. (2)
Complete these short conversations. Put In structures with so or not and use the words in
Does the library open on Saturdays? (think)
Yes, J.,£hiAfc..£p.................But I'm not absolutely certain.
You can't go out for an evening meal wearing shorts, (guess)
Xjfy&M,..'sot............I'd better put some trousers on.
Will there be a lot of people at the concert tonight? (expect)
.........................................There aren't usually very many.
Are you going to apply for the job? (suppose)
...........................................It's the only one available.
Do you think it's going to rain? (hope)
brackets.	
►	Laura:
	Trevor:
►	Harriet:
	Mike:
1	Sarah:
	Mark:
2	Daniel:
	Vicky:
3	David:
	Melanie:
4	Nick:
	Tom;
5	Claire:
	Assistant
Will the match take place in this weather? (think)
..................................... .In fact, I'm sure it won't.
Is my coat ready, please? (afraid)
_____We're having problems with the machine.
QUESTIONS. NEGATIVES AND ANSWERS   • I'AC.T. 105
Test I: Questions, negatives and answers
Read the conversation. Then look at the answers below and write the correct answer In each space.
Judy: (►■) <&aJ|.............we go to the party tonight?
Lisa: (1) ............giving a party?
Judy: Susan. You know her. (2)................ you?
Lisa: I'm (3)................... sure. Has she got long dark hair?
Judy: Yes, she (4).....................And she's quite tall. (5) ...... .........you spoken to her?
Lisa: No, I don't think (6).............. . But I know who you mean. There are two sisters, Susan
and Janet. They're twins, aren't {7)...................?
Judy: Yes. that's right.
Lisa: (8) ...............one is Susan?
Judy: Oh, I (9)....................know. They both look the same. I can't always tell them apart.
Lisa: No. (10)............... can I. In any case, I haven't been invited to the party.
Judy: That (11).....................matter.
Lisa: OK. (12)................. go to it then, shall we?
►	a) Do	b) Shall	c) Would				
1	a) What's	b) Who's	c) Whose	7	a) it	b) not	c) they
2	a) don't	b) know	c) so	8	a) What	b) Which	c) Who
3	a) isn't	b) no	c) not	9	a) don't	b) no	c) not
4	a) got	b) has	c) so	10	a) neither	b) not	c) so
5	a) Haven't	b) Having	C) Not	11	a) doesn't	b) isn't	c) not
6	a) it	b) neither	c) so	12	a) Could	b) Let's	c) Shall
What would you say? Use the word in brackets, and use a question form in each sentence. ►  You want to suggest a game of cards, (have)
iJIwU.I we. .h&ye. a . .a&.y«e. of CArdi?...................
1   You are asking Tessa where her house is. (live)
2   You want Janet to tell you what she is thinking, (about)
3   You are inviting a friend to come to your room, (like)
4   You are surprised that your friend missed the football match on television, (watch)
5   You are asking permission to take a photo, (may)
6   You are looking for Polly. You are asking her friend for information, (seen)
7   You are asking Nigel about the number of letters he has written, (how)
8   You are asking Nancy about the people coming to her party, (who)
9   You are asking Martin's wife if he cooks every day or once a week, (often)
10   You are asking about the weather tomorrow, (will)
l\AC,r. 106   • QUESTIONS. NEGATIVES AND ANSWERS
Each of these replies is wrong. Write the correct reply.
Is it going to snow? ~ I'm not thinking it. I do* % thirvk So,
1 Has the computer arrived? ~ No. not. ...................................................
2 Don't you like curry? - ¥est I hato it,...................................................
3 Will you be in tonight? ~ YesT-t-expeet:
4 Horrible weather. - It isn't very nice, isn't it? ...................................................
5 Would you like a sweet? ~ Yds, right. ...................................................
6 I'm quite tired now. ~ Too am I. ...................................................
7 You might catch my cold. - I don't hope to. _____________________.....______............_______
8 The first train didn't stop. - Noithor the second.
Rupert is at a job interview. Someone is asking him questions. Write the questions.
►  Interviewer: Where do yow live.?
Rupert: Oh, I live in Longtown.
1 Interviewer:...................................,.............
Rupert: I'm twenty-three.
2 Interviewer:...............................................................................................................................
Rupert: Yes, I went to college.
3 Interviewer:..........................................................................................................................
Rupert: My interests? I don't have any, really.
4 Interviewer: .................................................................................................................................
Rupert: Which company? Oh, I work for BX Electric.
5 Interviewer:.....................................................______....................................................
Rupert: Nothing. There's nothing I don't like about my job.
Put in the missing word.
► How   does this phone work? ~ You press this button.
1 The new building looks awful. - I agree. It..................... look very nice.
2 Could you give me a receipt, please? - Yes, of.......................
3 This chair isn't very comfortable. - And...................... is this bed.
4 Didn't you watch 'Frankenstein' last night? ~____________ J hate horror films.
5 What's this wood...................... ? ~ I'm going to make a table.
6 I didn't say the wrong thing,.................... I? ~ Well, you weren't very polite.
7 Will there be any free gifts? ~ No, there.......................
8 Have they sent you some money? ~ No, I'm afraid.................... .
9 Don't drop those plates,...................... you? *■ OK, I'll be careful.
10 How.................. is it to the station? ~ About half a mile.
11 Do those shoes fit you? ~ Yes, i think.............. .
12 Why...................... we have a picnic? - Yes, good idea.
13 ................ foot is hurting? - My right one.
14 I feel a bit cold actually. - Yes,...................... do I.
15 Who eaten their ice-cream? - Oh. it's mine. I'm just going to eat it.
16 ...................... of these magazines would you like? - This one, please.
QUESTIONS. NEGATIVES AND ANSWERS    • page 107
44 Ability: can, could and be able to
1 Can and can't
Vicky:        How many instruments can you ploy, Natasha?
Natasha:     Three — the violin, the clarinet and the piano.
Vicky:        Thais terrific. You haven t got a piano here, though.
Natasha:     No, but I can go to I he music room in college ami play the one in there.
Vicky:        I'm not musical at all. I can't even sing.
We use can to say that something is possible: that someone has an ability {Natasha can play the piano) or an opportunity {She can go to the music room). Can is usually pronounced /kan/ but sometimes we say /kicn/, The negative is cannot / ki.cndU or can't /ku:nl/.
2 Can and be able to
In the present tense, be able to is a little more formal and less usual than can.
Emma is good with computers. She can write/is able to write programs. But in some structures we always use he able to, not can. To-infinitive: it's nice to be able to go to the opera, (not to can go)
Alter a modal verb:     Melanic might be able to help us. Present Perfect: It's been quiet today. Tve been able to get some work done.
For the tulure we use can ur will be able to hut not will tan.
If we earn some money, we can go/we'll be able to go cm holiday next summer,
Vm afraid 1 can't catne/i wont be able to came to the disco on Friday. But to suggest a possible future action, we normally use can.
Let's have lunch together. We can go to that new restaurant.
3 Could and was/we re able to
For ability or opportunity in the past, we use could or was/were able to. Natasha could play (or was able to play) the piano when she was four. In those days we had a car, so we could travel foil were able to travel) very easily.
To say that the ability or opportunity resulted in a particular action, something that really happened, we use was/were able to but not could.
The plane was able to take off at eleven o'clock, after the fog had lifted.
Luckily Mark was able to get (on succeeded in getting) the work done in time.
The drivers were able to stop (ok managed to stop > page 60.3 ) before they crashed imo each other.
Compare these two sentences.
The children could swim when they were quite The children were able to swim across the river,
young, (a past ability) (a past action)
I
In negative sentences and questions, we can use either form. // was foggy, so the plane couldn't/wasn't able to take off. The pool was closed, so they couldn't/weren't able to have a swim. Could you/Were you able to describe the man to the police?
We normally use could (not was/were able to) with verbs of seeing etc., and with verbs of thinking. We could see the village in the distance. As soon as Harriet opened the door, she could smell gas, I couldn't understand what was happening.
\>.\C\- 108   • MODAL VERBS
Practice
A Can and can't (1)
Look at the pictures and say what they can or can't do. Use these words: climb trees, juggle, lift the weights, play the violin, walk on his hands
B Can and be able to (2)
Harriet is visiting David, who hurt himself when he fell off a ladder. Complete the conversation using can or a form of be able to. Sometimes there is more than one possible answer.
Harriet:  Hello, David. I'm sorry I haven't (►).beer\. aWje ,in c.o*\£ .      (come) and see you before.
I've been really busy lately. How are you? David:   I'm OK, thanks. (1)........................................ (I / walk) around now.
The doctor says (2).............................................. (I / go) back to work soon.
It'll be nice (3).........................................................(get) out again. I hate being stuck
here like this. I haven't (4)............................. .....(do) anything interesting.
C Could and was/were able to (3)
►  Which is closer to the meaning of the sentence 'Years ago I could run a marathon'?
a) Fj I ran a marathon at one particular time in the past.
b) |/] I was once fit enough to run a very long way.
1 Which of these sentences is correct? I was ill, so I couldn't go to the party.
I was ill, so I wasn't able to go to the party.
a) [ 3 Only the first one.   b) O Only the second one.   c) j  j Both of them.
2 Which is closer to the meaning of the sentence 'Sarah was able to leave work early yesterday'?
a) [7] Sarah left work early yesterday.
b) [  I Sarah had the opportunity to leave work early yesterday, but we don't know if she took it.
D Could and was/were able to (3)
Put in could or was/were able to. Sometimes either is possible. Use a negative if necessary.
+■ Suddenly all the lights went out. We cowldVt............see a thing.
1 The computer went wrong, but luckily Emma...................................put it right again.
2 There was a big party last night. You.................................. hear the music half a mile away.
3 I learnt to read music as a child. I ..................................read it when I was five.
4 People heard warnings about the flood, and they ..............................move out in time.
5 The train was full. I...................................find a seat anywhere.
MODAL VERBS   • page 109
Permission: can, may, could and be allowed to
Asking permission
We use can, could or may to ask for permission. Can I use your pen?
Could we borrow your ladder, please? ~ Well, I'm using it at the moment May I see the letter? ~ Certainly. Could often sounds more polite than can. May is rather formal.
Giving and refusing permission
lb give permission we use can or may (but not could).
You can wait in my office if you like.
Could I borrow your calculator? ~ Of course you can.
You may telephone from here, (a written notice) May is formal and is not often used in speech.
To refuse permission we use can't or may not (but not couldn't).
Could we picnic here? ~ I'm sorry. I'm afraid you can't.
Members may not bring more than two guests into the club. We can also use must not.
luggage must not be left unattended.
You may telephone from here j
Bicycles must not be left here j
Talking about permission
We sometimes talk about rules made by someone else. To do this wc use can, could and be allowed to.
We use can to talk about the present, and we use could for the past. Present;      Each passenger can take one bag onto the plane. Past: In the 1920s you could drive without taking a test.
We can also use be allowed to.
Present:      Passengers are allowed to take one bag auto the plane. Future:      Will I be allowed to record the interview on tape? Past: We weren't allowed to look round the factory yesterday.
For a general permission in the past we use either could or was/were allowed to.
/ could always stay/1 was always allowed to stay up late as a child, But to say that the permission resulted in a particular action, something that really happened, we use was/were allowed to (but not could).
/ was allowed ta leave work early yesterday.
We were allowed to go into the control room when we looked around the power station.
Compare these questions with may and be allowed to.
ASKiNO FOR PERMISSION
May I take a photo of you? tf Will you allow it?)
ASKING ABOUT PF.RMfSSlON
Are we. allowed to take photos; (= What is the rule?)
Ľ I 10   • MODAL VERBS
Practice
A Asking permission (l)
How would you ask for permission in these situations?
Use Can /...?, Could I... ? or May I...? and these verbs: borrow, join, look at, use ► You are at a friend's flat. You want to make a phone call.
C.A,i\ I lA^fl. ypW php*e?......................................................................
1    You need a calculator. The person sitting next to you has got one.
2   You have gone into a cafe. Three people who you know from work are sitting at a table. You go over to the table.
3   You had to go to a lecture, but you were ill. Your friend went to the lecture and took notes. Next day you are well again and you see your friend.
B Giving and refusing permission (2)
A policeman is telling you what the signs mean. What does he say?
Use can and can't and these verbs: drop, go, have, park, play, smoke, turn
Policeman:
►   Ybi* cai\ p&r'<. here........
1 ................................,......,
2 ........................................
3 ........................................
4 ........................................
C Be allowed to (3)
Put in the correct forms.
Rita:      I hear you've moved into a new flat with a couple of friends.
Emma:  Yes, it's a nice flat, but the landlady is really strict. (►) Ve Are»vH Allowed -to do (we / not / allow / do) anything. It was my birthday last month, and (1)...................................................(I / not / allow / have) a party.
Rita:      Oh, (2) ...............................................(we / allow / have) parties at our place,
luckily. (3)............................. .................. (we / allow / do) anything, more or
less. We're hoping to have an all-night party soon, but I'm not absolutely sure If (4)................................................. (we / allow / hold) it.
D May I ...? or Am I allowed to ...? (3)
Are you asking for permission, or are you asking what the rule is? Put in May I...? or Am I allowed to ...?
► May..J...................................use your computer?
► Am I Allowed to..........smoke in this cinema?
1 .............................................cross the road here?
2 ....................................... ask you a personal question?
3 ..........._________.................. rolterblade in this park?
4 .............................................drive a car without insurance?
5 ............................................read your magazine?
MODAL VERBS   • PAGE 1 tl
46 Possibility and certainty:
may, might, could, must, etc.
1 May, might and could
Rachel:   Whose bag is that?
Daniel:   I don't know. h may belong to Maria's friend. Vicky:     It might be a bomb. It could explode at any moment.
We use may or might to say that something is possible or that it is quite likely. We can use them lor the present or the future.
It may/might be a bomb. (= Perhaps it is a botnh.)
I may/might go to the disco tomorrow. (= Perhaps I will go to the disco.)
We can use could to say that something is possible.
The story could be true, I suppose. {- Possibly it is true.)
You could win o million pounds! (- Possibly you will win a million pounds.) Sometimes could means only a small possibility. It is possible (but not likely) that you will win a million pounds.
In some situations we can use may, might oi could. // may/rnight/coutd rain later
After may, might or could we can use a continuous form (be + an -ing form). That man may/might be watching us. ( - Perhaps he is watching us.) Sarah may/might be working late tonight. (= Perhaps she will he working late.) Tin not sure where Matthew is. He could be playing squash. (= Possibly he is playing squash.)
2 May, might and could in the negative
The negative forms are may not, might not/mightn't, and could not/couldn't.
MAY NOT AN» MIGHT NOT COULDN'T
Something negative is possible. Something is impossible.
Daniel may not get the job, Vicky is afraid of heights. She couldn't climb onto
Tom might not be in. the roof.
1 mightn't finish the marathon tomorrow. Vm completely unfit. I couldn't run a marathon.
(It is possible that I will not finish it.) (It i.s impossible for me to run it.)
3 Must and can't
M US ľ
We use must when we realize that something is certainly true.
She isn't answering the phone. She must be out.
I had my keys a moment ago. They must be here somewhere.
Andrew isn't here. He must be working in the library.
CAN T
We use can't when we realize that something is impossible.
We haven't walked far. You can't be tired yet.
Life can't be easy when you have to spend it in a wheelchair,
Nick can't be touring Scotland. I saw him here this morning.
t> 53 Might/could/must have been > page 379 Mustn't in American English f> 51.1 Could in suggestions
['AGľ. 112   * MODAL VERBS
Practice
A Might be and might be doing (1)
Vicky and Rachel are at college. They're looking for their friend Natasha. Complete the conversation. Use may or might and the verb in brackets. Sometimes you need to use the continuous. Vicky:    I can't find Natasha. Have you seen her?
Rachel: (►) £he. wi^ht,,fee.. (she / be) in the music room. (►)... m&t.J^.,tfftcfci*i»^ (she I practise).
Vicky:    No, she isn't there. I thought (1) _________ (she / be) with you.
Rachel: It's a nice day. (2).........................................................(she / be) on the lawn.
(3)................. .........(she / sit) out there reading the paper. Or
(4).........................................................(she / have) a coffee.
(5)........... ..... , , .................(you / find) her in the canteen.
Emma:   No, I've looked there.
Rachel: Well, here comes Jessica. (6) .............___________________ (she / know).
B May and might (1-2)
Add a sentence with may or might (both are correct). ►  I'm not sure if it's going to rain. It Mi^ht r.Aiiy.
I don't know if we'll see an elephant.    . .^y.. J?**.. 9*4.-.
1 I can't say whether Daniel will win................................
2 I haven't decided if I'm having a holiday.................
3 I don't know if we'll get an invitation.............................
4 I've no idea whether Sarah will be late..........................
5 I'm not sure if my friends are visiting me.......................
C Mightn't and couldn't (2)
Put in mightn't or couldn't.
►
1
2
3
4
I've got one or two things to do, so I )wldfcfcft?$....................have time to come out tonight.
David couldr^t .., ..........work as a taxi driver. He can't drive.
We're going to need lots of glasses. We ........................ ..................have enough, you know.
Mark......................................... be in the office tomorrow He thinks he's getting a cold.
We......... .....possibly have a dog, living in a small flat like this.
How can you work with all this noise? I.................. ..........................work in such conditions.
Don't come tomorrow because I.........._________......................be in. I'm not sure what I'm doing.
D Must, can't and might (1, 3)
A reporter is interviewing Mrs Miles for a TV news programme.
Complete the conversation. Put in must, can't or might.
Mrs Miles:   My name's Nora Miles, and I'm going to do a parachute jump.
Reporter:    Mrs Miles, you're seventy-three, and you're going to jump out of an aeroplane.
You (►).M«£t.............be mad. You (1)........................... be serious.
Mrs Miles:   It really (2)............................................be wonderful to look down from the sky. I've
always wanted to try it.
Reporter:    But anything could happen. You (3)...................... be injured or even
killed. I wouldn't take the risk. Mrs Miles:   Well, young man, your life (4)........................................be much fun if you never
take risks. You ought to try it. You never know - you (5).............................................
enjoy it.
Reporter:    Enjoy it? You (6) be joking!
MODAL VERBS    ■ l'\(,r. I 13
47 Necessity: must and have to
1 Present, past and future
We use must and have to/has to to say that something is necessary. You'll be leaving college soon. You must think about your future. Were very busy at the office. I have to work on Saturday morning. Mark has to get the car repaired. There's something wrong with the brakes.
When we use lhe past, or the future with will, we need a form of have to.
Emma had to go to the dentist yesterday, nut She must go-lo-t-he-detrtist yesterday.
That wasn't very good. We'll have to do better next time. And in other structures we also use a form of have to, not must. To-infinitive: / don't want to have to wait in a queue for ages.
After a modal verb:     Emma has toothache. She might have to go to the dentist. Present Perfect: Mark has had to drive all the way to Glasgow.
For negatives and questions with have to/has to and had to, we use a form of do.
/ don't have to work on Sundays.    Why does Andrew have to study every evening?
Did you have to pay for your second cup of coffee? ~ No, I didn't. I don't have to work means that it is not necessary for me to work (see Unit 48.2).
2 Must or have to?
Roth must and have to express necessity, but we use them differently /' You tr: i
must
We use must when the speaker feels that something is necessary.
You must exercise. (I'm telling you.)
We must be quiet. (i'm telling you.)
I/we must can also express a wish. / must buy a newspaper. I want to see the racing results.
We must invite Claire. She's wonderful company.
have to
We use have to when the situation makes something necessary.
I have to exercise. (The doctor told me.)
We have to be quiet. (That's the rule.)
/ have to buy a newspaper. The boss asked me to get one.
We have to invite Trevor and Laura. They invited u$ last time.
3 Have got to
Have got to means the same as have to, but have got to is informal. We use it mainly in the present. / have to/I've got to make my sandwiches.     My father has to/has got to take these pills. Do we have to apply/Have we got to apply for a visa?
> 48 Mustn't and needn't
I'ACK 1 14    • modal verbs
Practice
A Have to (1)
Complete the conversations. Use the words in brackets and a form of have to.
►   Melanie:   David's broken his leg. HeM>d..t.P..^P................(he's / go) to hospital.
Harriet:     Oh no! How long will. he (lAye to ?tAy     (will / he / stay) there?
Melanie:   I don't know.
1   Claire:     I parked my car outside the hairdresser's, and while I was in there, the police took the car away. I've got it back now. But ............................................(I / pay) a lot of money.
Henry: Claire: Trevor:
Laura: Jessica: Andrew: Mike:
Nick: Mike;
Nick:
Melanie:
Nick:
How much ......................
Two hundred pounds!
That door doesn't shut properly.
every time.
(you / pay)?
(you / slam) it
You're always taking exams. Why
We're in a new house now...............
place was too small.
Did it take you long to find a house?
No, we found one easily................
it was in bad condition....................
My brother...................................
That's pretty early. What time.........
Half past three.
(you / will / fix) it then, won't you?
....................,,.. (you / take) so many?
(I / will / take) a lot more if I want a good job.
__________..... (we I move). The old
..................(we / not / look) very hard. But
......... (we've / do) a lot of work on it.
(start) work at five o'clock in the morning. ..........(he / get) up?
B Must and have to (2)
Write a sentence with must, have to or has to.
	The sign says: 'Passengers must show their tickets.'	
	So po^£e.Kae.rs~ tave to show tkeir ticket*.	
►	The children have to be in bed by nine.	
	Their parents said:.'. Vow wuft be. .i*. bed .by...........................	
1	Laura has to get to work on time.	
	Her boss told her:.........................................................................	
2	The police tofd Nick: 'You must keep your dog under control.'	
		
3	The pupils have to listen carefully.	
	The teacher says:....................................................................	
4	The new sign says: 'Visitors must report to the security officer'	
	So now.............................................................................	
C Must or have to? (2)
Put in must or have to/has to. Choose which is best for the situation.
► I .tiAve. tp................go to the airport. I'm meeting someone.
1 You.........................lock the door when you go out. There've been a lot of break-ins recently.
2 Daniel................................go to the bank. He hasn't any money.
3 I............................work late tomorrow. We're very busy at the office.
4 You really.......__________...............make less noise. I'm trying to concentrate
5 I think you ............................pay to park here. I'll just go and read that notice.
6 You really...........................hurry up, Vicky. We don't want to be late.
7 I..........................put the heating on. I feel really cold.
MODAL VERBS    • l-'ACK ! I 5
48 Necessity: mustn't, needn't, etc
1 Mustn't or needn't?
We use must to say that something is necessary (see Unit 47).
You must be careful with those glasses.    1 must remember my key.
Now compare mustn't and needn't.
I
mustn t
We use mustn't /'niAsnt/ to say that something is a bad idea.
You mustn't drop those glasses. They'll break. I mustn't forget my key, or I won't get in. You mustn't wear your best clothes. You'll get them dirty.
needn t
We use needn't when something is not necessary.
You needn't wash those glasses. They're clean. We needn't make sandwiches. There's a cafe. You needn't wear your best clothes. You can wear what you like.
2 Don't have to and don't need to
We can use don't have to and don't need to when something is not necessary. The meaning is the same as needn't.
You don't have to I don't need to wash those glasses. They're clean.
Mark doesn't have to / doesn't need to finish the report today. He can do it at the weekend. For American usage see page 379.
For the past we use didn't.
The food was free. We didn't have to pay/We didn't need to pay for it.
3 Didn't need to or needn't have?
Daniel hadn't booked a seat, but luckily the train wasn't full. He didn't need to stand.
didn t need to
We use didn't need to when something was not necessary. Standing was not necessary because there were seats. Mark didn't need to hurry. He had lots of time. He drove slowly along the motorway. We didn't need to go to the supermarket because we had plenty of food.
Trevor and Laura booked a table for dinner. But the restaurant was empty. They needn't have booked a table.
needn't have
We use needn't have + a past participle for something we did which we now know was not necessary, e.g. booking a table. Mark needn't have hurried, After driving at lop
speed, he arrived half an hour early. We needn't have gone to the supermarket. We already had a pizza for tonight.
Sometimes we can use didn't need to when the action Mark didn't need to hurry, but he drove at top speed
happened, even though it was not necessary. He likes driving fast.
page I If)   • MODAL VERBS
Practice
A Must, mustn't or needn't? (l)
Put in must, mustn't or needn't
► Laura:       You r-eedry t..........take an umbrella. It isn't going to rain
Trevor:      Well, I don't know. It might do.
Laura:       Don't lose it then. You Mi^trs't.........leave it on the bus.
1 Vicky:        Come on. We ____________________hurry. We .......... be late.
Rachel:      It's only ten past. We..................hurry. There's lots of time.
2 Claire:       My sister and I are going a different way.
Guide:       Oh, you......................go off on your own. It isn't safe. We................keep
together in a group.
3 David:       I'll put these cups in the dishwasher.
Melanie:     No, you................ put them in there. It might damage them, In fact,
we....................wash them at all. We didn't use them.
4 Secretary:   I......................forget to type this letter.
Mark:        Yes, it............... go in the post today because it's quite urgent. But the report
isn't so important. You......................type the report today.
B Don't have to (2)
An old woman is talking to a reporter from her local newspaper. She is comparing life today with life in the past. Complete her sentences using don't have to, doesn't have to or didn't have to.
► We had to make our own fun in the old days. There wasn't any television then. These days people
do** t. tave. to. MAka, tkeir rw«s. . fw»\,.....................................................................
1   There's so much traffic now. You have to wait ages to cross the road. In those days you
2 I had to work long hours when I was young. But children today have it easy.
They............................______...........................................................................,,.................
3 My father had to work in a factory when he was twelve. Just imagine! Today a twelve-year-old child....................................................................................................,.....,.„,„„,.„....„.....
4 There's so much crime today, isn't there? People have to lock their doors now. It was better in the old days when people.........______________________________.....................................................,.......,
5 We had to wash our clothes by hand. There weren't any washing-machines, you know. Nowadays people ..................................................................................................... .......____________
C Didn't need to or needn't have? (3)
Write the sentences using didn't need to or needn't have. ►   The previous owners had already decorated the flat, so
we,. didfs.i. Aeed, to de.cora.te it ourselves..........________ (we / decorate / it / ourselves).
1 Luckily we were able to sell our old flat before we bought the new one,
so.................................................. ................................(we / borrow / any money).
2 It was very hot yesterday, so I watered all the flowers.
And now it's pouring with rain._______________....................................(I / bother).
3 We've done the journey much more quickly than I expected.
...................................___________.......................... ......... (we / leave / so early).
4 A friend had already given me a free ticket to the exhibition,
so............................................................................................... (I / pay / to go in).
5 Service was included in the bill, so.............................................................................
(you / tip / the waiter). It was a waste of money.
MODAL VERBS   • l\\ci|-: II7
49 Should, ought to, had better and be supposed to
2 Should and ought to
We use should and ought to to say what is the best thing or the right thing to do. There is no difference in meaning.
You're not very well. Perhaps you should sec a doctor.
Your uncle was very kind to me. I ought to write him a letter of thanks.
People shouldn't break/oughtn't to break their promises. We can also use should and ought to in questions to ask for advice.
Where should I put this picture, do you think?
It's a difficult problem. How ought we to deal with it?
After should or ought to we can use a continuous form (be + an -ing form). It's half past six already. I should be cooking the tea. Why are you sitting here doing nothing? You ought to be working.
3 Had better
We use had better to say what is the best thing to do in a situation.
It's cold. The children had better wear their coats.
The neighbours are complaining. We'd better turn the music down.
My wife is waiting for me, I'd better not be late. We could also use should or ought to in these examples, although had better is stronger. The speaker sees the action as necessary and expects that it will happen.
4 Be supposed to
We use be supposed to when we are talking about the normal or correct way of doing things. The guests are supposed to buy flowers for the hostess. Look at these cars. This area is supposed to be kept clear of traffic. The bus driver needs to concentrate. You're not supposed to talk to him. How am I supposed to cook this? ~ It tells you on the packet.
We can use was/were supposed to for the past.
It's eleven o'clock. You were supposed to be here at ten thirty, you know.
O 52.4 Shall used to ask for advice
I'AGIi 118   • modal verbs
Practice
A Should and ought to (2)
Put in should, shouldn't, ought or oughtn't. (Look for the word to.)
Vicky:    I can't come out tonight, Rachel. I (►) .ought,        to do some more work I'm behind with
everything. I've got so much to do. Rachel: You (1)........................ worry so much, Vicky. Don't panic. You (2) ........................to
relax sometimes. You (3) .......................... take a break.
Vicky:    I know I (4) .........................panic, but I do. I can't help it.
Rachel: Anyway, you're doing OK, aren't you? Your results have been good.
You (5) ........................be pleased. You (6).............. to invent problems for
yourself.
B Had better (3)
What would you say in these situations? Add a sentence with'd better (not) and the words in brackets.
►  Vicky doesn't feel well. She's got a headache. What might you say to her? (an aspirin)
You'd better UJce aa a^triA......................................................... ...................
1 You and Daniel are meeting Rachel. You've both arrived, but she isn't there yet. She is usually late, (wait).........................................................„...............................................................
2 Nona is leaving her bike outside the swimming-pool. You know it won't be safe if she leaves it unlocked, (lock)..........................................................................................______ ...........
3 Some friends are going to visit you today. Your room is in a mess. What do you think?
(tidy)........................................................................................................................
4 Nick is giving you a lift in his old sports car. There's a speed limit, and there's a police car behind you. (too fast)...................................................................................._............................
5 There's an exam tomorrow. Neither you nor Rachel have done any work for it, (some revision) ............................ .................................... ............
C Be supposed to (4)
Add a sentence using be (not) supposed to and these words:
leave it outside, report to the police, stand in a queue, take two before meals, watch it ►  You shouldn't bring your bike in here. YouVe su^osed. to leAve it outside.
1 I've got some pills...................................................................................................
2 Foreign visitors can't travel freely here. ........................... .........
3 Be careful waiting for a bus in England.................................... .........................
4 This film isn't for under-sixteens............................................................ ..............
D Should, ought to, had better and be supposed to (1-4)
Complete the conversation. Use should, ought to, had better or be supposed to and the verbs in brackets. Usually there is more than one correct answer.
Vicky:    What time (►) Are .we. sfu^pjred to be.........................(we / be) at the coffee morning?
Rachel: The invitation says ten o'clock.
Vicky:    Well, it's ten now. (1)..................................................... (we / hurry).
(2)...........................................................{we/not/be) late.
Rachel: Oh, it won't matter if we're a bit late.
Vicky:    I think it would be rude, wouldn't it? I don't think people
(3).................................................... (arrive) late when they've been invited to something.
Rachel; You worry too much. (4)..........................................................(you / not / take)
everything so seriously, Vicky. It's a coffee morning, not a job interview.
(5).............. ..........................(we / not / get) there exactly on time.
MODAL VERBS   • \'M\V I I1)
5 0 Asking people to do things
1 Polite requests
Wc can use can or could in a request, when we ask someone to do something. Can you keep me informed? - Yes, of course.
Could you lend me ten pounds until tomorrow? ~ Sorry, I haven't got ten pounds. I wonder if you could explain something to me. ~ I'll try. Could is often more polite than can.
In a request we can also use Do you mind ...? or Would you mind...? with an -ing form.
Do you mind waiting a moment? - No, I can wait.
Would you mind sitting in the hack? ~ No, not at all. Wc can also use Would you like to ...?
Would you like to lay the table for me? ~ Yes, of course. We do not use Do you like ...? for a request, not Do you like to lay the ial?le^or-me?
It is always worth taking the trouble to use one of these request forms in English. We do not normally say Lay ihe-tabk-for mo. This can sound very abrupt and impolite without a phrase like Could you ...?
2 The imperative
We can sometimes use the imperative form to tell someone what to do.
Bring another chair.    Hurry up or we'll be late. We form the negative with don't.
Don't be silly.    Don't make so much noise.
We can use an imperative when we are with friends in an informal situation. But we do not use it to tell a stranger what to do in a more formal situation.
Excuse me. Could you tell me the way to Oxford Street, please?
Would you mind sending me a copy of your catalogue?
NOT Send me a copy of your catalogue. Even people in authority often avoid using the imperative to give orders. Instead they can use T want/I'd like you to     You must     or a polite request form. Manager:       / want you all to be at the meeting. Policeman:     You must wait until you see the green light. Doctor: Could you lie down on the bed, please?
But we use an imperative in instructions and directions, in offers and invitations, and to express good wishes.
Turn right at the crossroads. Have a biscuit.
Enjoy your holiday.
3 Asking for things
We use Can I/we have...? and Could I/we have ...? when we ask someone to give us something.
Can we have our room key, please?    Could I have a receipt, please? We can also say Could you give me a receipt, please?but we do not use the imperative.
When we ask for something in a shop or a cafe, we can simply name what we want, but we must say please.
A large white loaf, please.    Two cojfees, please. We can also use I'd like ... or I'll have ...
I'd like a chicken sandwich, please.    I'll have a coffee.
> 45 Can and could lor permission   t> 52.2 Would like
page 120   • MODAL VERBS
Practice
A Asking people to do things (1-3)
Complete these sentences and write them in: Can I... a fork, please? Could ... have a towet,...? Could you ... the ... forme? Would you ... answering the phone?
► Could..¥pw..     .     .dppn. ..-for.. ....... 2
1 ...........-.......................................-......... 3
B Asking people to do things (1-3)
Mr Atkins is the boss at Zedco. He tells everyone what to do. Complete his sentences. Use these words: can, could, have, like, mind, must, want, wonder, would ►  Would you wiftd...............making some tea, Alan?
1 You.....................inform me of any developments.
2 Could I .................. the latest sales figures, please?
3 Would you...................... to arrange a meeting some time next week, Fiona?
4 l ........ _. _..........everyone to read the report.
5 ......................I see the file, pfease, Mark?
6 -.-.................. you mind putting this in writing?
7 I .....................if you could translate this letter, Linda.
8 .....................you meet our customer at the airport?
C Asking people to do things (1-3)
Read about each situation and then make a request. Use the word in brackets. ►   It is cold in the restaurant. Ask the waiter to shut the window, (could)
.Cewld. yow .ivtai..the... wii\d.p.w,. pie.........................................................
1   You are buying a coat. Ask the assistant for a receipt, (can)
2 You want to know the time. Ask someone in the street, (could) Excuse me..............,..........................................................
3 You need someone to help you. Ask a friend, (can)
4   You have bought some food, but you haven't got a bag. Ask the assistant, (could)
5   You are carrying a tray. Ask someone to clear a space on the table, (mind)
6   You are on the phone. You want to speak to the manager, (could)
MODAL VERBS    • PAGE 121
Suggestions, offers and invitations
1 Suggestions
We can use Shall we ...? or Let's to make a suggestion. It's a lovely day. Shall we go for a walk? ~ Yes, OK. Let's play some music. ~ Good idea.
We can also use could for a suggestion.
We could watch this comedy on TV tonight. ~ Well, actually I've seen it before.
You could invite a few friends around. ~ Yes, why not? We can also use Why don't ,..?
Why don't we have a look round the market?
To ask for a suggestion we use shall, should or can.
Where shall/should we go for our holiday? ~ What about Spain? What can I get Claire for her birthday? ~ I've no idea.
2 Offers
We can use will or can to offer to do something. Til carry youi bag. ~ Oh, thanks.
We can give you a lift. - Oh, that would be great. Thank you.
We can also use question forms with shall or can.
Shall we pay you the money now? - Oh, there's no hurry. Can I get a taxi for you? ~ Yes, please.
To offer food or drink, we use would like.
Would you like one of these chocolates? ~ Yes, please. Thank you. Would anyone tike more coffee? ~ No, thanks.
We can also use Will/Won't you have Will you have a biscuit? ~ Thank you. Won't you have something to drink? - Not for me, thank you.
In informal speech we can use the imperative. Have a biscuit ~ Thank you.
3 Invitations
The words we use in invitations are similar to those we use in offers of food and drink (see 2). To invite someone, we often use Would you like to ...?
Would you like to have lunch with us? ~ Yes, I'd love to. Thank you.
Would like can have a verb with to after it, or an object with a noun. Would you like to stay the night. - Oh, that's very kind of you. Would you like a bed for the night? - Are you sure it's not too much trouble?
We can also use Will/Won't you
Will you join us for coffee? ~ Yes. Thanks.    Won't you sit down?
In informal speech we can use the imperative. Come and have coffee with us.    Please sit down.
t>52 Will, would, shall and should
PAGE 122    • MODAL VERBS
Practice
A Suggestions, offers and invitations (1-3)
Put the words in the right order and write in the sentences:
post / for you i I'll i that tetter have I one of these 1 won't I you
for a minute / shall / stop I we a game / like I would / you
►  Wpft't.. yPM.. f)*,v£. P.*v£. of., tKese ?............, 2
B Suggestions and offers (1-2)
Complete the conversation. Put in could, shall, will or would.
Daniel: Where {►}. .sfh^ll..............we have our picnic, then?
Rachel: This looks all right (1}....................we sit here?
Emma: Oh, I've forgotten the sausages. They're in the car.
Matthew: (2).....................I get them?
Emma: Oh, thanks, Matthew.
Vicky: We (3)......................sit by those trees, it looks nicer over there.
Rachel: No, it's fine here.
Daniel: Yes, it's better here, I think.
Emma: (4)......................you like a sandwich, Vicky?
Vicky: Oh, thank you.
Emma: (5).....................you have one, Rachel?
Matthew: And here are the sausages, (6)......................anyone like one?
C Suggestions, offers and invitations (1-3)
What would you say? There is more than one correct answer. A friend has called at your flat. Invite him to come in. WolAld yow llfct. tct.CQMfi. irv?..........................
1   Offer your visitor a cup of tea.
......-.....
2 You don't know what to say in your letter. Ask your friend for a suggestion.
3 You are walking in town with a friend. Suggest having a cup of coffee,
4 A woman you know is afraid to walk home alone. Offer to walk home with her.
5 You are writing to a friend. Invite her to visit you one weekend.
MODAL VERBS   » PAGE 123
52 Will, would, shall and should
1 Will and would for predictions
We can use will for a prediction (see Unit 25.3).
It's midnight, and Sarah is still working. She'll be tired tomorrow. We're going to Cornwall for the weekend. ~ That'll be nice. Wait a minute while 1 send this e-mail It won't take long.
We use would for a past prediction or a prediction about a possible situation. Past: At midnight Sarah was still working. She would be tired the next day.
Possible:     How about going to Cornwall next weekend? - Thai would be tike. I wouldn't enjoy a camping holiday.
We can use shall instead of will, and should instead of would, but only in the first person, alter I and we, / will/shall be twenty-five in June.
We would/should like to meet your family. But not My friend should like ... Shall and should are a little formal here.
2 Would like
We can use would like, usually shortened to'd like, when we ask for something.
I'd like a brochure, please.     We'd like to order our drinks first. This is a more polite way of saying / want a brochure, for example.
We also use would like in offers and invitations.
Would you like a free gift?    Would you like to visit the museum with us?
3 Decisions and refusals
Wc can use will for an instant decision or for an offer, Decision:    Tea or coffee? ~ I'll have coffee, please, (see Unit 23.2) Offer; wait for you if you like. ~ Oh, thanks. 1 won't be long.
We use won't and wouldn't for a refusal.
The strikers won't go back to work until they get a pay increase.
The key went in the lock, but it wotddn't turn. I won't ... is a strong refusal.
I won't listen to any more of this nonsense.
4 Shall and should
We use Shall I...? in offers and Shall we     in suggestions. Offer: Shall I wait for you? ~ Oh, thanks, I wont be long.
Suggestion:    Shall we go to the park? - Good idea. We also use shall to ask for a suggestion. What shall we have for lunch?
We use either shall or should to ask for advice.
I'm in terrible trouble. What shall/should 1 do? We use should to say what is the best thing or the right thing to do.
People should exercise regularly.
You shouldn't spend all your money as soon as you've earned it. t> 23 Will and shall   > 49 Should   l> 51 Suggestions, offers and invitations
I'At.K 124   ■ MODAL VERBS
Practice
A Will and would (1-2)
Complete the conversation. Put in wiil, won't, would or wouldn't.
Emma;     We (*■) ................._______________be here next September. It's hard to believe, isn't it?
In a few months our student days (1) ................................>.........be over.
Matthew: It (2)...................................._______ be long now. I wish I had a job. Then I
(3)............................................. know where I was going.
Emma:     Who knows what the future (4) ........._________________________.........( bring?
Matthew: Why don't we get married, Emma? Then at least we (5)................
be together.
Emma:     I don't think so, Matthew. It (6)............................................. be a good idea.
Matthew: I couldn't live without you, Emma.
Emma:     I really (7)..........................______ like to believe you, Matthew.
B Some other uses of will and would (2-3)
Complete the conversations. Put in will, won't, would or wouldn't with these verbs:
eat, give, go, help, let, like, open, stand
>■ Vicky:        Have you noticed how thin Jessica has got?
Rachel:   She's on a diet. She wc.rvt CAi............... ...........anything except carrots.
1 Harriet:    Mike and I.............................................you get everything ready.
Mike:      Yes, we're quite willing to lend a hand.
2 Laura:     You're late. I thought you were going to leave work early today. Trevor:    Sorry. The boss________________________________________ me go.
3 Mark:      Sarah and I.,._______......... ............you a lift, Mike.
Sarah:     Yes, we're going your way.
4 Harriet:    I heard Rita has quarrelled with her boyfriend.
Melanie:   That's right. If he's invited to the party, she...................................._____.....
5 Vicky;     I've had enough of table tennis for one day.
Rachel:    OK. Maybe Daniel............................._________a game with me.
6 Trevor:     What's wrong with the washing-machine?
Laura:     When I tried to use it earlier, the door ......______________________
7 Mike:      This lamp is always falling over.
Harriet:    It.............................................up properly.
C Will, would, shall and should (1-4)
What would you say? Use will, would, shall or should. ► Offer to make the tea.
j^M! | MAke. the. b&A?..........................,........
1   Suggest going to the swimming-pool.
2 Refuse to take any risks.
3 Say politely that you want a shower.
'Ill M ► I . i . .........i..........................................■ >>•........
4 Tell someone it's best they don't decide in a hurry.
5 Predict the end of the world in the year 3000,
MODAL VERBS    ■ \'Ai\h 125
53 It may/could/must have been, etc.
1 Introduction
Vicky, Emma and Matthew are at a club in town.
Vicky:        Whore's Daniel? He should have been here half an hour ago.
Emma:       He may have got lost. It isn't easy to find this place.
Matthew:    He could have forgotten all about it, I suppose.
Emma:       He can't have forgotten. We were talking about it this morning.
Matthew:    Well, something must have delayed him.
We can use a modal verb with the perfect (have + a past participle).
We use this structure to talk about possible past events.
2 May have, might have and could have
We use these forms to say that possibly something happened in the past.
He may have got lost. (- Perhaps he has got lost.)
You might have left your keys at work. (= Perhaps you left them at work.)
Someone could have stolen them. (- It is possible that someone stole them.) We also use could have for an opportunity that we didn't take or a possible result that didn't happen.
We could have gone out somewhere, but we were too tired.
You were very lucky. There could have been a terrible accident.
3 May not have, might not have and couldn't have
Compare these different uses.
MAY/MIGHT not HAVE
Possibly something did not happen
Daniel may not have caught the bus. I expect he
missed it. (Perhaps he didn't catch it.) f might not have locked the door. (Perhaps 1 didn't lock it.)
COULDn t have
It is impossible that something happened. Daniel couldn't have caught the bus. It doesn't
run on Sundays. (It is impossible for him to have caught the bus.)
4 Must have and can't have
Must and can't are opposites.
must have
My watch says it s only ten past two. It must have stopped.
I realize it is certainly true that my watch has stopped.
can't have
You've only spent five minutes on that job. You can't have done it properly. I realize it is impossible that you did the job properly.
5 Should have and ought to have
We use these forms when someone didn't do the right thing. We didn't play very well. We should have played better. I got lost. " Sorry. I ought to have drawn you a map. It was a lovely old building. They shouldn't have knocked it down.
> 29.1 Will have done > 46 May, might, could, must, can't [> 48.3 Needn't have t> 49 Should, ought to   > 146 Would have
PAGE 126   • MODAL VERBS
Practice
A It may/could/must have been, etc. (2-4)
Look at each conversation and choose the best sentence, a) or b). Has the car broken down? - Well, we may have run out of petrol, a) Q I'm sure there's no petrol left, b) 0 I think there's no petrol left.
1 You could have had a free holiday. - Yes, we could, but the dates weren't convenient, a) |  i We had a free holiday, b) Q We didn't have a free holiday.
2 Did you record the programme? ~ I can't remember. I might not have done, a) Q I'm not sure if I recorded it. b) Q I certainly didn't record it.
3 Can't you find that newspaper? ~ No, someone must have thrown it away.
a) [ ] It was necessary to throw it away, b)    J I realize now that it was thrown away.
B Should and ought to (5 and Unit 49.2)
Complete the replies. Use should/ought to or should have/ought to have. Tom's car was stolen. He hadn't locked it.
I suppose it's his fault then. He should . fvwe. locked it,....................
I can't sleep sometimes. My neighbours play music all night.
That's a nuisance. They .f faukfo't.. tttay..wMSte.aU . .......................
The picnickers left litter everywhere.
That's awful........................................................................................
Jessica isn't very friendly, is she? She never says hello to people.
I know. ...................................................................................................
I don't think Daniel's going to get that job. He was late for the interview.
That can't have looked very good. ..........................................................
Did you see Vicky crossing the road? She didn't look. She could have been killed...................................................................
	Rita:
	David:
►	Tom:
	Melanie:
1	Mark:
	Sarah:
2	Emma:
	Matthew
3	Rachel:
	Natasha:
4	Daniel:
	Emma:
It may/could/must have been, etc. (2-5)
Complete the conversation. Use can't have, might have, must have and shouldn't have.
Harriet: There's a parcel outside. The postman (►) Mw£t have left....................(leave) it.
Mike:     Well, (1).............................................(he / leave) it outside. He isn't supposed to
do that. Someone (2)....................................................... (take) it. Why didn't he ring the
bell?
Harriet: He always rings. (3)............................______.......................(you / be) out when he came,
Mike:     I haven't been out. So (4).......................................................(he / ring) the bell.
D It may/could/must have been, etc. (2-5)
Complete the sentences. The second person agrees with the first. Use might have, couldn't have, etc. I'm sure the computer didn't make a mistake. That's impossible.
No, of course the o^feiyter cowldiyt. h^ye. m*de.. A..   ?t^ke,.........
I can't see the letter here now. So clearly someone posted it.
Yes,.................................................................................................,........______________
It's possible Emma didn't hear the alarm.
Well, I suppose...........................................................................................................
Henry drove at 100 miles an hour. Don't you think that's dangerous? Yp<5 I do
ico, i uu. ...........-........................................................................................ .............t
I just don't believe that Andrew has failed the exam.
Andrew? Impossible!..................................................................................
►	Matthew
	Emma:
1	Mark:
	Alan:
2	Natasha:
	Rachel:
3	Sarah:
	Mark:
4	Daniel:
	Vicky:
MODAL VERBS   • PAG H 127
Test j Modal verbs
A
Decide which word is correct.
►  Cowld ______ | have some more tea, please?
a) Could   b) Shall   c) Will   d} Would
1 Everyone's asleep. We......................make a noise.
a) couldn't   b) mustn't   c) needn't   d) wouldn't
2 ......................you like to go for a ride with us?
a) Do   b) Should  c) Will   d) Would
3 I wonder if this is the right way It..................not be.
a) can  b) could  c) might  d) must
4 I don't think I want to see this film. - Oh, I think you enjoy it. a) can  b) shall  c) will  d) would
5 I'm quite happy to walk. You _________...... drive me home.
a) don't   b) haven't  c) mustn't  d) needn't
6 ......................I show you the way? ~ Oh, thank you.
a) Do   b) Shall   c) Will   d) Would
7 It's late. I think we......................better go.
a) had   b) have  c) should   d) would
8 We all tried to push the van, but it......................movB.
a) can't   b) couldn't   c) won't   d) wouldn't
B
Some of these sentences are correct, and some have a word which should not be there If the sentence is correct, put a tick (/). If it is incorrect, cross the unnecessary word out of the sentence and write it in the space.
► I won't be able to come to the meeting. ^..................
► We didn't needn't have watered the garden because it's raining, *..................
1 Would you like to be in the team? ............................
2 Did people have to bring their own sleeping-bags? ..............................
3 I could to ski when I was quite young.
4 Would you mind for checking these figures?
5 We may be go swimming tomorrow.
6 I knew that I would be sorry later.
7 If you had fallen, you could have been hurt yourself.
8 We're not supposed to use this entrance.
9 You don't have to do all the work yourself. 10   Anna wasn't be allowed to take photos.
..>i........
c
Write a second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first. Use the word in brackets. ►   Perhaps Susan knows the address, (may)
■&Afdu\ m*y,k.*spw the. .Addreftf.........................................................................................
1    We should be careful, (ought)
2 I managed to finish all my work, (able)
3 I realize that it was a terrible experience for you. (must)
P.uie 128   • MODAL VERBS
4   It's against the rules for players to have a drink, (allowed)
5   The best thing for you to do is sit down, (better)
6 The report must be on my desk tomorrow morning, (has)
...---3-i......«.!-:- .*.«-■■.....»•*■■■■(   ii i.i.t.i.tK.........urn. .<...............
7 It is possible that Joanne did not receive my message, (might)
8   It's impossible for Martin to be jogging in this weather, (can't)
9   Tessa wants a cup of coffee, (like)
10   It was not necessary for Nancy to clean the flat, (didn't)
Say what the speaker is doing. After each sentence write one of the phrases from the box.
asking for advice	giving an order	making a suggestion	refusing permission
asking permission	inviting	offering food	
expressing a wish	making a request	offering to help	
► Will you have a piece of cake? offarwuj Tqpd
1 May I sit down?........................
2 You must report to me every day........................
3 What jobs should I apply for? ........................
4 Would you like to spend the day with us?.......................
5 Shall I do the washing-up? ........................
6 Shall we sit outside? ...............
7 I'm sorry. You can't park here, ..................*=s:c
8 Could you fill in this form, please?
9 We really must have a nice big party.
Here is some information for visitors to New York City. Write the missing words. Use one word only in each space.
Before you travel to the US, you (►) >*wft.. find out what documents you need. You'll probably
(1).......................... to get a visa, but there are different rules for different nationalities.
For example, you (2)................................. need to show that you have enough money with you.
But there's one rule you can be sure about: everyone (3) ..... ........to show their
passport. The roads in New York are very busy, but don't worry - you (4)........................... get
around cheaply and easily by subway. Remember that you are not (5)..............................to
smoke on public transport or in shops. And don't forget either that you are (6)....................
to tip taxi drivers and waiters. New York is not the most dangerous city in the US, but you really
(7)..........................walk along empty streets at night. And it is safer if you are
(8)..................................to travel around in a group.
MODAL VERBS   • PAtili 12V
54 Passive verb forms
1 Introduction
A passive verb is a form of be + a past participle, eg. is baked, was worn. Some participles arc irregular (see pages 382-3).
OUR BREAD IS BAKED
HERE
THIS JACKET WAS WORN BY ELVIS PRESLEY
2 Summary of verb tenses
Present Simple: Present Continuous: Present Perfect: Past Simple; Past Continuous: Past Perfect:
ACTIVE
We bake the bread here. We are baking the bread. We have baked the bread. We baked the bread yesterday, We were baking the bread. We had baked the bread.
PASSIVF.
The bread is baked here. The bread is being baked. The bread has been baked. The bread was baked yesterday. The bread was being baked. The bread had been baked.
We form negatives and questions in the same way as in active sentences. The bread isn't baked in a factory.    The jacket hasn't been worn for years, Where is the bread baked?    Has the jacket ever been worn by anyone else?
3 The future and modal verbs in the passive
We use be + a past participle after will, be going to, can, must, have to, should, etc. The gates wilt be closed this evening.    This rubbish should be thrown away. The machine has to be repaired.     The news might be announced soon. Seats may not be reserved.     How can the problem be solved?
ACTIVE
Future; We will bake the. bread next.
We are going to bake the bread. Modal verb:     We should bake the bread soon.
We ougkt to bake the bread.
PASSIVE
The bread will be baked next. The bread is going to be baked. The bread should be baked soon. The bread ought to be baked.
4 The passive with get
We sometimes use get in the passive instead of be.
Lots of postmen get bitten by dogs.    I'm always getting chosen for the worst jobs.
Last week Laura got moved to another department. Get is informal. We often use it for something happening by accident or unexpectedly.
In negatives and questions in the Present Simple and Past Simple, we use a form of do. The windows don't get cleaned very often.     How did the painting get damaged?
We also use get in these expressions: get dressed/changed, get washed (- wash oneself), get engaged/married/divorced, get started (= start), get lost (= lose one's way). Emma and Matthew might get married.    Without a map we soon got lost.
PAGE 130   • THE PASSIVE
Practice
A Present Continuous passive (2)
Look at the pictures and say what is happening. Use these subjects: the car, dinner, a flag, some houses, the seals. Use these verbs: build, feed, raise, repair, serve.
B Passive verb tenses (2)
Complete the information about Barford Hall. Put in the correct form of these verbs.
► build	2 use	4 not look	6 use
(Past Simple)	(Past Continuous)	(Past Perfect)	(Present Simple)
1 own	3 buy	5 do	
(Present Simple)	(Past Simple)	(Present Perfect)	
in
The building at the end of the High Street is Barford Hall, which {►) wAS.-buili.......................
1827. Today the Hall (1).............................................by Bardale Council. It (2).............................
............as a warehouse when it (3) ........................................by the Council in 1952, and it (4)
.................... ..............after very well. Since then a lot of work (5)........... .........................
on it, and these days the Hall (6)...................................... as an arts centre.
C The future and modal verbs in the passive (3)
A press conference is being held. Put in the correct form of the verbs. Can this new drug prolong human life?
►	Reporter:
	Professor:
1	Reporter:
	Professor:
2	Reporter:
	Professor:
3	Reporter:
	Professor:
4	Reporter:
	Professor:
Are you going to do any more tests on the drug?
Yes, further tests.........................................
What.....................the drug.........................
soon.
No, it......................................... .......by the public yet.
Do you think the company should sell this drug? Professor:  Yes, I think Bio-Meg........................................................to anyone who wants it.
D The passive with get (4)
Put in get or got and the past participle of these verbs: break, change, divorce, hurt, lose ►   If we Ye going out to the theatre, I'd better ^et ctary^d.................... . .
1 Daniel ,,,........._____________________...........when he tried to break up a fight.
2 I know the way. We won't...............................................
3 You'd better wrap up the glasses, so they don't...............................................
4 They were only married a year before they..............................................
THE PASSIVE   • PAGE 131
55 Active and passive (1)
1 What is the sentence about?
Compare these two entries in an encyclopedia.
Alexander Graham Bell
A British inventor who went to live in Canada and then the USA. Bell invented the telephone.
Telephone
An apparatus with which people can talk to each other over long distances. The telephone was invented by Alexander Graham Bell.
Look at these two sentences.
ACTIVE Bell invented the telephone.
PASSIVE
The telephone was invented by Bell.
The two sentences have the same meaning, but they are about different things. One sentence is about Bell, and the other is about the telephone. Each sentence begins with the subject. The subject is the starting-point of the sentence, the thing we are talking about. The new information about the subject comes at the end of the sentence.
We say Bell invented the telephone because we are talking about Bell, and the new information is that he invented the telephone.
When the subject is the person or thing doing the action (the agent), then we use an active verb.
ACTIVK
We say Tlie telephone was invented by Bell because we are talking about the telephone, and the new information is that it was invented by Bell.
When the subject is not the agent (is not doing the action), then wc use a passive verb.
PASSIVE
[ße//j invented the telephone.
The telephone   was invented by
Bell
Subject and agent
Subject I
Agent
The subject (Bell) is the agent.
The subject (the telephone) is not the agent. It is the thing that the action is directed at.
2 The passive and by the police, in 1876, etc.
In a passive sentence, when we want to say who or what did the action, we use by.
On our way home we were stopped by the police.    The new hospital will be opened by the Queen.
The paper was all blown away by the wind. We can give other details about the action. For example, we can use a phrase saying when or where something happens.
The telephone was invented in 1876.    The visitors will be driven to the airport.
The concerts are usually held at the university. Sometimes there is no phrase after the verb.
A new swimming-pool is being built.    All the documents have been destroyed. For more details see Unit 56.
l'.uih 132   • THE PASSIVE
Practice
A Active or passive verb? (])
Choose the correct verb forms in this news report about a storm.
Millions of pounds' worth of damage (►) hoc oouood/has been caused by a storm which (1) swept/was swept across the north of England last night. The River Ribble (2) burst/was burst its banks after heavy rain. Many people (3) rescued/were rescued from the floods by fire-fighters, who (4) received/were received hundreds of calls for help. Wind speeds (5) reached/were reached ninety miles an hour in some places. Roads (6) blocked/were blocked by fallen trees, and electricity lines
(7) brought/were brought down, leaving thousands of homes without electricity. 'Everything possible
(8) is doing/is being done to get things back to normal,' a spokesman (9) said/was said.
B By the police, etc. (2)
In each of these sentences underline who or what is doing the action (the agent).
► The traffic was all heading out of town.
1 The photo was taken by my brother.
2 The water was pouring out of the hole.
3 A policeman has been murdered by terrorists.
4 We were woken by the alarm.
5 The guide led a group of tourists around the castle.
6 The dog has bitten several people.
C Active and passive (1-2)
You are telling a friend some news. Use the notes and complete the second sentence. Sometimes you need to use the active and sometimes the passive.
► (Past Simple: Claire / go / to Florida / last month)
You remember Claire? She        .-fco Florid* wryth,.
► (Present Perfect: send / our luggage / to Australia)
Bad news about our luggage. It's bee*., seat..ta Aw?trAli«x- ...................................
1 (Past Simple: Claude Jennings / win / the quiz competition)
Did you hear about the quiz competition? It..................................
2 (Past Simple: Mrs Miles / do / a parachute jump / last week)
You know Mrs Miles? She.........................................................................................,r,
3 (Present Perfect: a bull / attack / David)
Have you heard about David? He's .................................................................„........
4 (Present Continuous: build / the house)
Trevor and Laura have bought a house. It's still......................................
5 (Present Simple: Andrew / like / Jessica)
Did I tell you about Andrew? He .................... ....................... .......,..........
6 (Present Perfect: throw away / your stamp collection)
Bad news about your stamp collection. It's.........................................._____.....
7 (Present Perfect: Martians / kidnap / my neighbours)
Did I mention my neighbours? They've ......................................
a   (Past Simple: five people / see / the ghost) Did you hear about the ghost? It
THE PASSIVE   • pacjk 133
56 Active and passive (2)
1 The passive and the agent
In a passive sentence, we sometimes mention the agent (the person or thing doing the action). We use by with the agent.
The cheque must be signed by the manager.
The medals were presented by Nelson Mandela. But we mention the agent only if it is important for the meaning of the sentence. Sometimes we do not mention it.
1 We do not mention the agent if it does not add any new information.
All our money and passports were stolen. A man was arrested List night. We do not need to say that the money was stolen 'by a thief or that the man was arrested 'by the police'.
2 We do not mention the agent if it is not important.
The streets are cleaned every day. Oil has been discovered at the. North Pole. Who discovered the oil is less important than the fact that it is there.
3 It is sometimes difficult to say who the agent is.
This kind of jacket is considered very fashionable these days.
A number of attempts have been made to find the Loch Ness monster.
2 Empty subjects (they, people, etc.)
Compare these two sentences. ACTIVE
They clean the streets every day.
PASSIVE
The streets are cleaned every day.
The new and important information is how often the streets are cleaned. We are not interested in saying who cleans them. In the active sentence we can use the 'empty subject' they. We sometimes use a sentence with an empty subject instead of the passive, especially in conversation.
We can also use the empty subjects people, you, one and someone.
ACTIVE
People use this footpath all the time. You/One should check the details. Someone took my purse.
PASSIVE
77m footpath is used all the time. The details should be checked. My purse was taken.
3 When do we use the passive?
We use the passive in both speech and writing, but it is more common in writing.
We see it especially in textbooks and reports. We use it to describe activities in industry,
science and technology, and also for official rules.
Bananas are exported to Europe.     The liquid is heated to boiling point.
Payment can be made at any post office.    Cars left here will be towed away. In these situations, it is often not important to say who is doing the action, or it is difficult to say.
The passive is also often used in news reports.
A number of political prisoners have been released. Talks will be held in London next week.
IWII 134   • THE PASSIVE
Practice
The passive and the agent (l)
Laura is writing to a friend. This is part of her letter.
Someone broke into our house at the weekend. The burglar took some jewellery. But luckily he didn't do any damage. A very nice young police officer interviewed me. Detectives found some fingerprints, and the police computer identified the burglar. Police have arrested a man and are questioning him. But they haven't found the jewellery.
Now complete the passive sentences in this conversation. Use a phrase with by only if it adds information. Laura: Melanie: Laura:
Our house (►) was brok,e*v i^p At the. weekend.,. Oh no!
Some jewellery (1) ..................... .....But luckily no damage (?)
Ivlelanie: Laura: Ivlelanie: Laura:
Melanie: Laura:
...........
Did the police come and see you?
Yes, they did. I (3).................
I don't suppose they know who did it.
Well, amazingly they do. Some (4)................... ..................................., and
the (5) .....................................................................-...........-...............................
A man (6) .....................................and (7}
Wonderful.
There's only one problem. The (8)
.......
B Active or passive sentence? (l)
Write a paragraph from the notes about the first are passive. Use a phrase with by only if it adds
►  a Belgian called Etienne Lenoir / make / the first motor car
1 but / Lenoir / not produce / many cars / for sale
2 a German called Karl Benz / start / commercial production
3 people / now / see / Benz / as the father / of the motor car
motor car. Some sentences are active and some information.
The first mo tor cac was MAde by a frel^iA*..
CAlled HtierAe. Leroir,.....................................
But Lenoir ...........................................
Commercial
Benz
C Empty subjects (2)
Reply to what people say. Use the subject in brackets.
►	Daniel:	The bus fares have been increased, (they)
	Vicky:	What? You mean they've i^creAfed the bttf -fAre* again!
1	Melanie:	Bicycles should be used for short journeys, (people)
	David:	
2	Emma:	A new source of energy has been discovered, (someone)
	Daniel:	
3	Rachel:	This building is going to be knocked down, (they)
	Vicky:	
4	David:	Eggs shouldn't be kept in a freezer, (you)
	Tom:	
5	Vicky:	Why isn't litter put in the bin? (people)
	Emma:	
THE PASSIVE   • PAGE 135
57 Special passive structures
1 I was given ...
Look at these sentences.
Henry gave some flowers to Claire.    Henry gave Claire some flowers. An active sentence with a verb like- give can have two different structures (sec Unit 3),
If we use a passive sentence, either some flowers or Claire can be the subject.
Some flowers were given to Claire. Claire was given some flowers.
This is about the flowers, and it tells us who This is about Claire, and it tells us what she
received them. received.
It is quite normal in English for a person to be the subject in a passive sentence like the one about Claire. Mike was sent tickets for the concert.   My wife is paid more than 1 am. Andrew has been awarded a prize for his essay.
We can use the following verbs in this structure: allow, award, fed, give, grant, hand, leave (in a will), lend, offer, owe, pay, promise, sell, send, show, teach
2   It is Said that ... ^"Henry is in love
with Claire.
It is said that Henry is in love with Claire, (= People say that Henry is in love with Claire.)
We can use the structure it + passive verb + clause with verbs of reporting. We use this structure when we cannot say or do not need to say who the speaker is, for example in news reports.
/(is thought that the company is planning a new advertising campaign.
It was reported that the President had suffered a heart attack.
It has been agreed that changes to the scheme are necessary.
Here arc some verbs we can use in this structure: agree, allege, announce, assure, believe, consider, decide, expect, explain, hope, know, report, say, suggest, suppose, think, understand
3 He is said to ...
We can also use a subject + passive verb + to-infinitive.
Henry is said to be in love with Claire. This structure is also used in news reports.
United were expected to win. (= People expected that they would win.)
The company is thought to be planning a new advertising campaign.
(= Someone thinks that it is planning a new advertising campaign.)
The President was reported to have suffered a heart attack.
(- Someone reported that he had suffered a heart attack.)
Wc can use the following verbs in this structure: believe, expect, find, know, report, say, think, understand
We often use be supposed to for things that people say.
I might watch this programme. It's supposed to be very funny.
PAGE I3fi   • THE PASSIVE
Practice
A I was given ... (l)
Zedco managers are writing a report saying how well the company looks after its employees.
Write sentences from the notes. Put the important underlined information at the end of the sentence.
► useful work skills / they are taught to our staff
Our .stA-ff Are.. -Ui^kt ireful work, .*kill£,.......................... .................................
► people with initiative / they are given opportunities
.QpportwMtie*..Are ^iverv to..people with iAitt&ti.ve,...........................................................
1   special training / it is given to new employees
2   staff who perform wel] / they are given extra payments
3   company shares / they are offered to most employees
4   six weeks' holiday / this is allowed to all Zedco staff
5   women who leave to have children / they are paid a full salary
.) use the passive (e.g. It is said that...).
B It is said that... (2)
Report these rumours. Instead of the active (e.g. People say >   People say this.
it. is..fAld thAt the. tjwii chAMpipA Ckude Jer>.«\i $4$ lpít hi£ MftMory.
The quiz champion Claude Jennings has lost his memory.
1   Everyone expects this.
The soap opera 'Round the Corner' will end next year.
It is
2   Journalists suppose so.
The footballer Wayne Johnson is earning C10 million a year.
3   Lots of people believe this.
The Prime Minister and his wife have separated.
C He is said to ... (3)
Now report the rumours in Exercise B like this.
► The <^ii..cliAMF>io»v. Cbotde JersM*^     sAid to hAve lost..hu?..wewpr.y.
1 The soap opera 'Round the Corner' .........................................................,
2...........................w.......................................................................................
3..................................................................................,.„,.,..........................
THE PASSIVE    • PAGE 137
58 Have something done
1 Introduction
Compare these situations.
Claire decorated the room. (She did the work herself.)
Claire had the room decorated. (A decorator did the work.)
We can use have in a passive structure. Claire had the room decorated means that she arranged for a decorator to do it for her as a professional service.
2 Form
Look at these examples.
	HAVE	SOMETHING	noNii
You should	have	your car	serviced
Mark usually	has	his suits	cleaned
We	had	the television	repaired
You've	had	your hair	cut.
Our neighbours are	having	a new garage	built.
Is Melanie	having	a new cooker	installed?
regularly, at Supcrclean only last year.
Note that we can use the perfect or the continuous (have had, are having).
In negatives and questions in simple tenses, we use a form of do. Mark doesn't have his suits cleaned at bastdean. We didn't have new windows put in because it was too expensive. Do you have your car serviced regularly?    Where did you have your hair cut?
3 Get something done
We can also use get something done.
We must have another key made. OR We must get another key made. The sentences have the same meaning, but get is more informal than have.
Here are some more examples with get.
Laura got her shoes repaired.     We're getting the carpet cleaned.
Where did you get your hair cut?    Do you get your healing checked every year?
4 Have meaning experience'
We can use have in this structure with the meaning'experience something', often something unpleasant. We had all our money stolen.     The car had its mirror pulled off.
I'AGF. 138   • THE PASSIVE
Practice
A Have something done (1-2)
Look at the pictures and say what people are doing or what they did. Use these phrases: ner photo, his windows, his car, her eyes, his hair Use these verbs: clean, cut, repair, take, test
► At the moment Trevor i? h*vi«vj hi5 . hair cut
1 Last week Mike .........................................
2 At the moment Melissa...................................
3 Yesterday David ........____________..........._________
4 At the moment Rachel ....................................
B Have something done (1-2)
Read about each situation and write sentences with have something done. ►   Melanie is paying the man who has repaired her bicycle.
.h*?. .ta.d. tar*. _bi.cyc.te.na^iped.___________________________....................
1   David went to the hospital. A nurse bandaged his arm.
2   Daniel is going to the dentist. She's going to fill his tooth.
3   Laura is walking around town while her photos are being developed.
C Get something done (3)
Look again at Exercise B. The jobs are all done now. Complete the questions using get.
►   Mike: Where did. you yje-t your bicycle re^a.ired, Me.UA.ie.?....................................
1 Harriet: Why................................................................................................................
2 Emma. WhsrB...........■„,*it+ib,M.^i^T.,.  *tH+Jn»MHf .t. ...... ...........*---------*—.....h........
3 Sarah: Where............______________________________________________________________________________
D Have meaning 'experience' (4)
Say what happened to these people.
I*  Claire (whose luggage was searched in customs)
C.Uir e had her. lu^A^e jfcAnhed jis cu^toM?........................................................
1   Tom (whose car was stolen from outside his house)
2   Rita {whose rent was increased by ten per cent)
3   David (whose electricity has been cut off)
THE PASSIVE   - PAGE 139
To be done and being done
to-infinitive: / ought to meet Sarah at the airport. -ing form:        / insist on meeting you at the airport.
(1 meet people.)
/ hope to be met at the airport. I love being met at the airport. (People meet me.)
Here are some more examples,
/ want to play volleyball. I hope to be chosen for the team.
The minister agreed to answer questions. He agreed to be interviewed on television.
Why did Tom keep making jokes about me? I don't enjoy being laughed at
You say you remember telling me the news. But I certainly can't remember being told.
An -ing form sometimes comes after a preposition.
The postman complained about being attacked by Nick's dog. Famous people get tired of being recognized everywhere they go.
2 Active forms with a passive meaning
The active -ing form after need has a passive meaning.
The bicycle needs oiling, (- The bicycle needs to be oiled.)
The windows need cleaning. (= The windows need to be cleaned.) We cannot use the passive -ing form here.
not The bicycle needs being oiled.
We sometimes use an active to-infinitive when we talk about a job to be done.
I've got some letters to write today.     We've got this bill to pay. Here we use the active (to write) because the subject of the sentence (I) is the person who has to But if the subject is not a person, then we use the passive infinitive.
The letters are to be written today.    The bill is to be paid without delay.
All this mess has to be cleared away.    The goods have to be shipped.
We can use the structure be + to-infinitive to give an order.
The matter is to be given top priority.    You're not to drive too fast
After the subject there, we can use either an active or a passive to-infinitive.
There are some letters to write/to be written today.    There's a bill to pay/to be paid.
O 62 Verb + active to-infinitive or -ing form   t> 73 Preposition + active -ing form
Y'MIV, 140   • THE PASSIVE
Practice
A Passive forms (1)
A YOUNG MAN IS APPLYING FOR A JOB.
I hope the company invites me to an interview. I'm worried about them asking me difficult questions. I want them to take me seriously. I hope the company will offer me a job. I don't mind them paying me low wages at first. I'm willing for them to re-train me. I'd enjoy it if they sent me on business trips abroad. I would like the boss to give me a chance.
Report what the man says. Use the passive to-infinitive or -ing form.
► He. hop&$ -to b& ifsvi •totj /to <ki\ i K^rvj ew.
► He.V worried About beir^ A$k,e,d di-fficiAlt ^weftio'Vf-
1 ........................................................................................
2...........................................................—.....w
3........................................................................................
4...........................................................................
5 .................................................................... ............
6......................................:„ .. ............______________......___________
B Active and passive forms (1)
TV reporter Kitty Beamish is interviewing some workers who are protesting about not being paid enough. Complete the workers' statements. Put in an active or passive to-infinitive or -ing form.
►   We want to be p&id...........................(pay) better wages.
1 We don't enjoy..........................___________(use) as cheap labour.
2 We're tired of ............................................(work) for low wages.
3 We expect.............................................(treat) like human beings.
4 We don't want...................................(give) up all our rights.
5 We hope.............................................(invite) to a meeting with the management.
6 We insist on ........................................(take) seriously.
C Active and passive forms (1-2)
Put in an active or passive to-infinitive or -ing form.
Jessica:   Are you going to be busy today?
Andrew:   Well, I've got a few things (►) to dp... (do).
I've got an essay (1).............................................(write).
And this room ought (2)..................(tidy) up a bit.
This carpet needs (3)..................................... (hoover),
Jessica:   I've got some jobs (4) .........................................(do), too.
Most of my clothes need (5)................................... (iron).
And I've got my project (6).............................................(finish) off.
I'm worried about (7}..........................................(miss) the deadline.
It has (8)...........................................(hand) in tomorrow.
I don't want (9)     . ...................................(be) late with it.
Andrew:   I don't remember (10) ...... .............(tell) when the project was due in.
Jessica:   Why? Haven't you done it yet? Andrew:   Oh, yes. I handed it in ages ago.
THE PASSIVE   ■ PAGE 141
Test K: The passive
A
Rewrite these sentences beginning with the underlined words. ►  Thieves robbed a woman.
A womai\ .wa£ robbed,...... ..................................
1   They may ban the film.
2   They offered Nancy a pay increase.
3   We need to correct the mistakes.
4   Someone reported that the situation was under control.
5   They are testing the new drug.
6   We haven't used the machine for ages.
B
Read the story and write the missing words. Use one word only in each space.
During periods of terrorist activity, people in Britain are always (►) bftirvj........... warned to look out
for bombs. Any bag or parcel without an owner (1)......................seen as a risk to the public. Some
time ago a cardboard box was found at the entrance to Bristol Zoo one day. It was noticed
(2)......................a visitor and reported to the director. Clearly, if it was a bomb and it went off,
people might (3)......................killed. So army bomb experts (4) .......called in, and the
box was safeiy blown up in a controlled explosion. Soon afterwards (5)....... was reported
that the box had (6) ... left there by a boy wanting to find a new home for his pet rat. He
was tired of the rat, he explained, but he was unwilling to (7)......................it put to sleep by a vet,
so he left it in a box outside the zoo. The director of the zoo is thought (8)....... .........be
unenthusiastic about looking after people's unwanted pets. No one knows what the rat thought about (9)................... blown up.
c
Write a second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first. Use the word in brackets. ►  We have to test these products, (be)
These product? tave .%q be tested, _____*.........................................................................
1 Pavarotti sang the song, (by)
2 Nigel's passport was stolen, (had)
3   They pay doctors a lot of money, (are)
4   I hope they'll interview me for the job. (to)
5   Someone was cleaning the floor, (being)
6   A mechanic Is repairing Judy's car. (having)
RAGE 142   • THE PASSIVE
7   Tessa lost her way. (got)
8   Everyone agreed that the plan should go ahead, (it)
9 When did they decorate your kitchen? (get) 10   They say exercise is good for you. (be)
Which of the two sentences follows on best? ►  There's going to be a big art exhibition.
a) []A lot of visitors will be attracted to it.   b) |/] It will attract a lot of visitors.
1 Our neighbours have got a cat and a dog.
a) [ | A lot of mice are caught by the cat.   b)      The cat catches a lot of mice.
2 Last night Martin dreamt he saw his dead grandmother.
a) [ | A white dress was being worn by the ghost,   b) [ J The ghost was wearing a white dress.
3 We've bought a new computer.
a) | J It can do the job much more quickly,   b) [  j The job can be done much more quickly.
4 My grandfather is very ill.
a) | ~| He's being looked after in the local hospital,   b) |  | The local hospital is looking after him.
5 We've completed the experiment.
a) (  | The media will publish the results,   b) [ ] The results will be published in the media.
Each of these sentences is incorrect. Write the correct sentence.
2
Baseball do play-at this stadium.
3
Thio shirt nocds^feflr
4
5
It believes that there is going-to-be a war.
6
My parents divoree themselves last year.
7
I've got a report to be written
8
To the winner wao given-a prize.
9
THE PASSIVE   • PAGE 143
60 Verb + to-infinitive
1 Introduction
After some verbs we can use a to-infinitive, e.g. decided to have, arranged to play. Here are some more examples.
/ expect to get my money back.
Sarah agreed to work late at the office.
We can't afford to go to Australia.
Are you hoping to gel a job in London?
Melanie has offered to help us when we move house. We can put not before the to-infinitive.
Some people just choose not to get married.
At least I managed not to lose my temper.
With some other verbs we use an -ing form, not a to-infinitive (sec Units 61 and 62), Mark has finished playing golf
2 Seem and appear
We can use a to-infinitive after seem and appear,
Sarah seemed to be quite annoyed.     The computer program appears to have a bug in it. The person I spoke to didn't seem to know anything about the company's products.
We can use a continuous or a perfect to-infinitive.
Continuous;     Andrew seems to be studying even harder these days.
Perfect: David appeared to have hurt himself.
3 Tend, manage and fail
We use lend to for things that usually happen.
We tend to get up later at weekends. (= We usually get up later at weekends.) We use manage to for being able to do something.
Luckily 1 managed to find my way here all right. {- I was able to find my way.) We use fail to for things that don't happen.
David failed to pay his electricity bill. { - David didn't pay his electricity bill.)
4 He promised to go, his promise to go
Some nouns can come before a to-infinitivc. Compare these sentences. Verb + to-iníi ni t i ve:        Mark promised to go shopping.
But then he arranged to play golf. Noun + to-inlinilivc:      Mark forgot about his promise to go shopping.
Sarah found out about his arrangement to play golf.
Here are some nouns we can use: agreement, arrangement, decision, demand, desire, failure, offer, plan, promise, refusal, tendency, threat
[> 61-62 Verb + -ing form   > 65 Verb + object + to-infinitive
PACE 144    • THE INFINITIVE AND THE -ING FORM
Practice
A Verb -»- to-infinitive (1)
Say what each speaker did. Use these verbs before a to-infinitive: decide, demand, offer, promise, threaten
►   Henry: I really must speak to the manager.
HfcryC.y d^MArsded ip *p*Ak. "to. "the m^rs&<jer.............................. ........_.........________________
1   Trevor: I'll put the shelves up soon, I promise.
2   Claire: OK, I'll buy both the dresses.
3   Melanie: I'll cook the meat if you like.
4   Tom: If you don't do your homework, Nick, I'll give you extra exercises.
in love with him.
B Seem (2)
Complete the answers using seem and a to-infinitive. (Some of the to-inftnitives may be continuous or perfect.)
► Vicky:      Have Matthew and Emma got over their quarrel? Daniel:    I think so.Ih^y. m+* to Vve. apt over it.
► Rita:       Is Claire in love with Henry? Sarah:     Probably not. <&£.do^rv ,t, $aeiM to be......... .
1 Tom:       Do Mike and Harriet really believe there's life on Mars?
David:     Well, yes..............................................................................there is.
2 Victor:     Has Nona's English improved?
Emma:    Yes,............................................................................ quite a lot.
3 David:     Does Rita like football?
Tom:       I don't think so. ..........................................................................it much.
4 Natasha: Is Daniel working hard, do you think?
Rachel:   Yes, I think so......................................................... ...................... hard.
5 Sarah:     Has Trevor made a good job of those shelves?
Laura:     Not really.......................................................................a very good job
of them.
C Verb + to-infinitive (1-4)
Put in the to-infinitive form. (Some may be continuous or perfect.) Use these verbs: come, find, hang, have, invite, leave, take
Harriet;  Hello, Nick. You managed (►) to..fi.isd...................... your way then?
Nick:     Yes, in the end. It's a bit complicated, isn't it?
Harriet: Well you're here now. Do you want (1)........ .....your coat up?
Nick:     Thank you.
Harriet: I'm glad you decided (2)..................... ...........      to our party. Everyone seems
(3)...........................................a good time. We tend (4) ..............................______
lots of people to our parties.
Nick:     Is Tom here?
Harriet: No, he couldn't come. He'd already made an arrangement (5)...................................
somebody somewhere in his taxi. Nick:     And Rita?
Harriet:  Er, she was here, but she appears (6)....................... ....... early. I don't know
where she's gone. She was with someone.
THE INFINITIVE AND THE -ING FORM   ■ PAGE 145
61 Verb + -ing form
1 Introduction
I did. But I didn't know it was going to rain. I don't enjoy putting up a tent in
After some verbs we can use an -ing form, for example, suggested going, enjoy putting.
/ usually avoid driving in the rush hour. We'll have to practise throwing the ball into the basket Have you finished typing that letter?    Nick says he's given up smoking.
We can sometimes put not before an -ing form. Imagine not having anywhere to live.
With some other verbs we use a to-infinitive, not an -ing form (see Units 60 and 62). 1 don't want to put up a tent in the rain.
2 Mind
We use mind + an -ing form mostly in negative statements and in questions. Andrew doesn't mind having lots of work. He quite likes it. (= He doesn't dislike having lots of work.) Do you mind waiting a moment?   No, that's OK. I wouldn't mind travelling around the world some time.
3 Verbs with can't
Note can't or couldn't with help, resist, face and stand. We can put an -ing form after these verbs. / think Tom is very amusing. I can't help laughing at his funny stories. The dress was so beautiful that Claire couldn't resist buying it. Let's eat out, shall we? I can't face cooking a meal today, I never go in the bank if it's busy. 1 can't stand waiting in a queue.
4 Keep (on) and carry on
We use keep or keep on + an -ing form to talk about something continuing, or when it happens again and again.
Just keep stirring the mixture until it boils.    Nick keeps ringing Rita and asking her out.
The runners didn't mind the rain. They just kept on running. For continue see Unit 63,3.
Carry on means something continuing.
just carry on stirring the mixture until it boils.
> 65.4 Verb + object + -ing form
page 146   - THE INFINITIVE AND THE -ING FORM
Practice
Verb + -ing form (l)
Answer the questions using the notes in brackets.
►   Mike:    Is your car working now? (they / not / finish / repair / it)
You:     No, they tave^t -fiAi^ed re^m.^ it.................. yet.
1 Laura;   Have you done the crossword? (I / give up / try)
You: No,_________................ ...............................................................................
2 Daniel:   There's a story here in the paper about a 110-year-old man. (I / can / not / imagine / be) You:      Good Lord.............................................................................................so old.
3 Tom:     Do you like football? (! / enjoy / watch / it / on TV)
You: Well,.....................................................................................................................
4 Rachel: Whose idea was it to invite all these people? (suggest / have / a party)
You:      I'm not sure. Someone....................................................................................
B Verbs with can't (3)
Use three words from the table to complete each sentence.
1	2	3
can't	face	doing
couldn't	help	feeling
	resist	having
	stand	lying
		noticing
>■  Rita said she was OK, but I .c»wl.d»v.t help Aoticiis*)
1 I hate holidays by the sea. I...................................
2 I feel really full. I'm afraid I.....................................
3 I was so tired yesterday I just.................._______________
4 Tom's car was stolen, but, as he left it unlocked, I... own fault.
how upset she looked.
on a beach all day. a pudding with my lunch.
any housework. ..................................it's his
Verb + -ing form (1-4)
Some friends have had a meal together in a restaurant. Put in the -ing forms. Use these verbs: change, discuss, eat, get, miss, ring, try, wait, walk
Vicky:      Shall we go then?
Rachel:    Daniel hasn't finished (►). SAlti(v|.................yet.
Daniel:     It's OK. It's just a piece of chocolate. Matthew: Chocolate? After that enormous meal?
Daniel:     I know. I've eaten too much. When I find something new on the menu, I just can't resist
0).......................... it
Rachel:    How are we getting home?
Vicky:      I don't mind (2).....................I feel like some fresh air.
Rachel:     You're crazy. It's miles. And we've just eaten.
Matthew:  I suggest (3) .....................for a taxi. It'll save (4)..................__________around for a bus.
Emma:     Good idea. I couldn't face (5) cold again after being in the warm all evening.
Rachel:     Yes, the bus journey is too complicated. It involves (6) buses in the
centre. We don't want to risk (7)............................a bus and having to wait half an hour.
Daniel:     Or we could take a taxi to the bus station and then get a bus from there.
Matthew: Well, you can carry on (8)............................the problem, but I'm going to ring for a taxi.
THE INFINITIVE AND THE -ING FORM   • I'ACI-; I47
62 Verb + to-infinitive or verb + -ing form?
1 Introduction
Some verbs are followed by a to-infinitive, and some by an -ing form. VERB + TO-INFTN1TIVE (Unit 60) VERB + -INC FORM (Unit 61)
Harriet decided to have a party. Harriet suggested having a party.
Decide takes a to-infinitive.
Suggest takes an -ing form.
A few verbs take either a to-infinitive or an -ing form (see Units 63-64). Laura started to paint/started painting a picture.
2 To-infinitive or -ing form?
+ to-infinitive
These verbs are followed by a to-infinitive, agree, aim, appear (see 60.2), arrange, ask, attempt, beg, can't afford, can't wait (see 3), choose, claim, decide, demand, desire, expect, fail (see 60.3), guarantee, happen (see 4), help (see 69.3), hope, manage (see 60.3), offer, plan, prepare, pretend, promise, prove (see 4), refuse, seem (see 60.2), tend (see 60.3), threaten, turn out (see 4), undertake, want, wish
+ -ING FORM
These verbs are followed by an ing admit, avoid, can't face (see 61.3), can't help (see 61.3), can't resist (sec 61.3), can't stand (see 61.3), carry on (see 61,4), consider, delay, deny, detest, dislike, enjoy, excuse, fancy (see 3), finish, give up, imagine, involve, justify, keep (on), (see 61.4), mention, mind (see 61.2), postpone, practise, put off, resent, risk, save, suggest, tolerate
3 Can't wait and fancy
If you can't wait to do something, you are eager to do it.
/ can't wait to see the photos you took. (— 1 am eager/impatient to sec the photos.)
If you fancy doing something, you want to do it.
Do you fancy going out for a meal? (= Would you like to go out for a meal?) Fancy is informal.
4 Happen, turn out and prove
We use prove to or turn out to when experience shows what something is like. In the end our forecast proved to be correct.
Finding Harriet's house turned out to be more difficult than Nick had expected.
Note the meaning of happen to.
/ happened to see Sarah in town. {- I saw Sarah by chance in town.)
5 Two forms together
We can sometimes use more than one to-infinitive or -ing form together. The government decided to refuse to give in to the terrorists. I want to avoid hurting anyone's feelings. The man denied threatening to kill a policeman.
> 65 Verb + object + to-infinitive or -ing form   >■ 70 Verb -r preposition + -ing form
PAt;i- 148   • THE INFINITIVE AND THE -ING FORM
Practice
A To-infinitive or -ing form? (1-3)
Complete the conversation. Put in a to-infinitive or -ing form.
Matthew:	Are we going to have a holiday this year?	
Natasha:	Didn't we all decide (►) to. £p,ersd............	(spend) our holidays on a Greek island?
Matthew:	Lovely. 1 enjoy (►) ..lying.. ..................	(lie) on the beach.
	1 might manage (1) ..................	............(get) a suntan.
Daniel:	I'd love a holiday. I can't wait (2)________.....	
Emma:	I don't fancy (3)..............................	.......(stay) in one place all the time.
	I really dislike (4)...................................	........ (sit) on the beach all day.
Natasha:	Well, I don't mind (5)..............................	(tour) around somewhere.
Emma:	Matthew, you promised (6)................	______________ (go) to Scotland with me.
	We were planning (7) .............	(hire) a car.
Matthew:		
	the time.	
Jessica:	I'm afraid I can't afford (9).......................	(spend) too much money.
Andrew:	And I can't justify (10)..........................	
studies.
B To-infinitive or -ing form? (1-4)
Complete this article from a magazine. Put in the to-infinitive or -ing form of these verbs: accept, argue, be, find, have, insist, lose, plug, repair, say, take, wait
If you buy something from a shop, a new stereo for example, you usually can't wait plug________
it In and put some music on. And of course, you expect (►) tp -fW       the equipment in working order. But that doesn't always happen, unfortunately. If the thing doesn't work, you should take it
straight back to the shop. If you delay (1)...............__________..............it back, you will risk
(2).................______........your rights as a customer. And you should prepare (3)..............................
on those rights. You may be one of those people who always avoid (4)..................................with
people, but in this case you should be ready for an argument. The assistant may prove
(5)....... .....................a true friend of the customer - it's not impossible - but first he or she
will probably offer (6)..................................the stereo for you. That's all right if you don't mind
(7)..........................a few weeks, but it isn't usually a good idea. What you should do is politely
demand (8)......... ..........your money back immediately. You may want to accept another stereo
in place of the old one, but you don't have to. You should refuse (9) ...............................a credit
note. Just keep on (10)...................... that you want your money back.
C Two forms together (5)
What might you say in these situations? Write a sentence with both a to-infinitive and an -ing form.
►   Your decision to change your holiday arrangements might upset Vicky. You won't risk that. You don't want to. What do you say to Rachel?
I dofy)t wfuvt to risk. wpSettiVicky,.................................. .
1   You and Melanie want to complain about your meal in a restaurant. You need to see the manager. Melanie won't ask, but you don't mind. What do you say to her?
2   Matthew doesn't like the idea of going to Scotland. But he promised. He admitted it. What do you tell Emma?
3   The band were playing. They finished just as you arrived. This was quite by chance. What do you tell your friends?
Just as I arrived,..............------........................................___________.........................
THE INFINITIVE AND THE -ING FORM    - page 149
63 Like, start, etc.
1 Like, love, prefer and hate
like doing parachute jumps. This is my third one I love to look down at the fields below.
After like, love, prefer and hate, we can use either a to-infinitive or an -ing form, The meaning is the same. Mrs Miles likes to do/tikes doing parachute jumps. She loves to look/loves looking down at the fields below. We always prefer to stay/prefer staying in small hotels. I hate to stand/hate standing up while I'm eating.
But compare these two meanings of the verb like. LIKE TO oo
Like takes a to-infinitive when it means that we prefer to do something even though we may not enjoy it.
J like to check my work carefully before I hand it in.
LIKE DOING
Like usually takes an -ing form when we use it to talk about hobbies and interests.
Claire likes skiing.
I don't like swimming much.
2 Would like, etc.
After would like, would love, would prefer and would hate, we use a to-infinitive but not usually an -ing form.
I'd like to do a parachute jump one day    My sister would love to work as an artist.
Mark would prefer to drive rather than take the train.    I'm glad I live here. I'd hate to live in a big city. Compare would like and like.
WOULD LIKE LIKE
I'd like to lie on the beach today. It's too hot to do I like lying on the beach. I always spend my
anything ebe. holidays sunbathing.
I'd like means T want1, but it is more polite I like means the same as 'I enjoy' (see Unit 52.2).
3 Start, intend, etc.
We can use either a to-infinitive or an -ing form after these verbs: begin, bother, continue, intend, propose {- intend), start
People began to leave/began leaving the theatre before the end of the play. Rachel didn't bother to do/bother doing the washing-up. Do you intend to make/intend making a complaint? The meaning is the same.
We do not usually have two -ing forms together.
It was starting to get dark, not It was starting getting dark.
PACE IbO   • THE INFINITIVE AND THE -ING FORM
Practice
A Like and would like (1-2)
Write in the words. Begin / like ... or I'd like ... Use these verbs: buy, chase, drive, play, see
Use these objects: computer games, rabbits, the manager, this car, this tin
►    I. lité, .pJAyi.lv^ CpM(iWte.r . .jjryy».eř.......
1 ........................-...................................... 3
2.................................................................. 4
B Like, love, prefer and hate (1-2)
Complete the		sentences using the words in brackets.	
►	Mark:	I've always wanted to visit San Francisco.	
	Sarah:	Me too. I.d.lpya. to.yiiit..............               (I'd love) it some time.	
1	Harriet:	Tom seems to enjoy watching football matches.	
	David:	Yes.......................................................................	
2	Trevor:	I'm glad I don't work as late as Sarah does.	
	Laura:		(I wouldn't like) such long hours.
3	Matthew:	I think I'll go and see this new film.	
	Emma:		
4	Rachel:	Do you want to come with me or wait here?	
	Vicky: Laura:		(I'd prefer) with you if that's OK.
5		I think queuing is my least favourite activity.	
	Tom:		.................................. (I hate).
6	Claire:	Does Mark cook for you?	
	Sarah:		
7	Reporter:	Have you ever flown in a hot-air balloon?	
	Mrs Miles:	No, but .. ..........................................................	
8	Rachel:	Did you say you're having your teeth looked at today?	
	Emma:	Yes, ......................................._...............................	(I like) them checked once a year.
C Start, intend, etc. (3)
Complete this news report about a stolen taxi. Put in the to-infinitive or the -ing form of these verbs: drive, go, lock, make, search. Sometimes more than one answer is possible.
Kevin Paisley. 25, has lost his taxi. It was stolen on Friday afternoon. 'I just went into the newsagent's for a moment,' said Kevin. 'I didn't bother (►) Lp lock ..the car.'
Kevin started (1) ............................................his own taxi only six months ago. 'I was just
beginning (2)...................................... a profit,' he said. 'I intend (3).......................................
..on with my work as soon as I get my taxi back.' The police are continuing (4)............................
.........for the stolen car.
THE INFINITIVE AND THE -ING FORM    • PACK 151
64 Remember, regret, try, etc.
With some verbs, the choice of a to-infinitive or an -ing form depends on the meaning.
1 Remember and forget
	I must remember to post this letter today. It's important. The clothes are still dirty because I forgot to switch on the machine. We use remember/forget to do for necessary actions. The remembering is before the action.	I can remember posting the letter. I posted it on Friday morning. I'll never forget flying over the Grand Canyon. It was wonderful. We use remember/forget doing for memories of the past. The action is before the remembering.
2	Regret	
	We regret to inform you that we are not taking on any new staff at present. Regret to do something means to be sorry for something you are doing, e.g. giving bad news.	I regret spending all that money. I've got none left. Regret doing something means to be sorry because of something that happened m the past.
3	Try	
	I'm trying to run this computer program. Try to do something means to attempt something, to do your best.	/ tried clicking on the box, but it doesn't work. Try doing something means to do something which might solve a problem.
4	Stop	
	An old man walking along the road stopped to talk to us. Stop to do something means to stop so that you	There's too much noise. Can you all stop talking, please? Stop doing something means to end an action, to
5	Mean	
	/ think Nick meant to break that glass. It didn't look like an accident. Mean to do something ts the same as to intend to do it.	I'm applying for a visa. It means filling in this form. Means doing something expresses the idea of one thing resulting in another.
6	Go on	
	The teacher introduced herself and went on to explain about the course. Go on to do something means to do something	The teacher told everyone to be quiet, but they just went on talking. Go on doing something means to continue doing it.
7	Need	
	/ need to clean my shoes. This means that I must clean my shoes, 1 have to dean them.	My shoes need cleaning. This means that my shoes need to be cleaned (see Unit 59.2).
PAGE 152   • THE INFINITIVE AND THE -ING FORM
Practice
Remember and forget (1)
Put in the to-infinitive or the -ing form of the verbs.
Laura:    Did you remember (►) +-?. fttefc.......(pick) up those photos today?
Trevor:   What photos?
Laura:   Oh, no. I can remember (1).......... .............(mention) it to you only this morning.
Trevor:   I can't remember (2) _______........ .....(agree) to pick up some photos.
Laura:   Well, don't forget (3).............................................(call) at the shop for them tomorrow.
You've got a terrible memory. Yesterday you forgot (4)..................................... (lock)
the door.
Trevor:   I'm sure I didn't forget (5) ..........................................(lock) it. I can clearly remember
(6) ............................................(look) for my keys. They were in my pocket.
Laura:   You ought to write notes to yourself to remind you.
Trevor:   That wouldn't be any good. I'd never remember (7)...................................... (look) at
them!
B Remember, regret, try, etc. (1-7)
Put in the to-infinitive or the -ing form of the verbs.
I used to like going to our local cinema. It was old and rather uncomfortable, but it had character.
Now they've stopped (►) jfkowir^...............(show) films there. The owner would like to go on
(1)............................(run) the cinema, but he would need (2)...................... (make) a lot of
improvements, which would mean (3).......... (spend) tens of thousands of pounds.
I remember (4)...........______........(watch) the last film at the cinema. It was a murder mystery. It was
five minutes from the end, and we were trying (5) .......................(work) out who the murderer was
when suddenly all the lights went out and the film stopped. We sat in the dark for a few minutes, and
then the owner appeared with a torch. 'I regret (6)............................(tell) you," he said, 'that our
electricity has failed. I don't mean (7).......................... (disappoint) you, but I'm afraid we can't
show you the end of the film. We've tried (8) (phone) the electricity company, but
they say they can't help.' He went on (9) ..........................(explain) to the audience how the film
ended. I didn't understand the story. But I don't regret (10)..........................(go) to the cinema on
that last evening.
C Remember, regret, try, etc. (1-7)
Write each pair of sentences as one. Use a to-infinitive or an -ing form.
► Trevor didn't ring Laura. He forgot.
Trevor . .fonjpt. to . rii\g..i-Awra,...............................................................
► Tom and Nick had been playing cards for hours. But they went on with the game. Tom a*dMick. c/Kr6f,
1    Harriet didn't think she could move the piano. She didn't even try.
2 Mike once saw a spaceship. He'll never forget it
3 What about painting the walls? They need it.
4 Natasha was unkind to Jessica. But she didn't mean it.
5 Andrew was studying. He went on through the night.
6 When Mark was driving, he needed to make a phone call. So he stopped,
■
THE INFINITIVE AND THE -ING FORM    « HAtíE 153
Test L: Verb + to-infinitive or -ing form
Complete the conversations. Put in a to-infinitive or an -ing form.
A: I hear you sometimes sail to France in your boat.
B: That's right. I really enjoy i*^...................
1 A: Are you going to organize our trip?
B: Yes, of course. I've agreed.................................it,
2 A: You wear a uniform at work, don't you?
B: Yes, I have to, although I dislike................................ it.
3 A: Do you think they'll approve the plan?
B: Yes, I'm quite sure they'll decide....................... , . it.
4 A: What time will you be back?
B: Oh, I expect............................back some time around nine.
5 A: Did I remind you about the dinner tonight?
B: Yes, thank you. You keep ____________....................me.
6 A: Was your decision the right one, do you think?
B: Yes, luckily. In the end it proved.............................the best thing for everyone.
7 A; Do you still work at the post office?
B: No, I gave up _______........... _______there last year.
8 A: Have ICM bought the company?
B: Well, they've offered..................................it.
9 A: I'm sorry you had to wait all that time.
B: Oh, it's all right. I didn't mind ..„,...........................
B
Make sentences from the notes. ►  Tessa / want / buy / a new coat / soon Tes^A wftfvts to bay a        coAt foo*.
1   we / must / avoid / waste / so much time
2   sometimes / a country / refuse / take part / in the Olympics
3   I / like / see / the Rocky Mountains / some day
4   I / mean / give / Judy / a nice welcome / yesterday
5 I / always / like / see / my doctor / once a year
6 the buses / usually / stop / run / before midnight
7 I / can't face / get up / at five / tomorrow
-T-1-T-«.l........< *.....................«  *  t • ......i.I.l.iiiilMMlilf
8 last year / we / make / an agreement / work / together
9   yesterday / you / promise / carry on / shoot / the film
10   my father / seem / get / better / now
PACK 154   • THE INFINITIVE AND THE -ING FORM
Read the conversation and write the missing words. Use one word only in each space. Anna:    I hear you're preparing to (►) te&ve............ for Australia.
Lisa:     That's right. And I'm really looking forward to it. I can't (1) .............. to get there.
I'm hoping (2)..........._____ ....  see all my friends while I'm there. I'm going to enjoy
(3) ................. them again after so long,
Anna:    Martin and I (4).....................like to go away, but we can't manage it this year.
Lisa:     There's just one problem that I (5) ____________to sort out. My tickets haven't arrived.
I've tried to ring the travel agency, but I can't get through. I'm beginning to regret
(6).............. going there myself to pick them up.
Anna:    I expect they'll be here tomorrow.
Lisa:     That's really leaving it to the last minute. It's such a worry.
Anna:    Well, I know you. You can't (7).....................worrying, can you?
Lisa:     No, I can't. I hope this holiday isn't going to turn out (8) ..................be a disaster.
Anna:    Of course it isn't. Just keep (9)......................trying to get through.
We've finisheeHo decorate the flat. I regret say what I did.
00 you mind holp mo? I'm beginning getting worried.
1 can't afford buy a new Gar.
Peter seems gone away already.
T^e. m&fi keftt ,Ailciŕv^ . IAS for* m.Q/séy.
Each of these sentences has a mistake in it. Write the correct sentence.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Write a second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first. Use the word in brackets. ►  I wish I hadn't sold my bike, (regret)
i regret se.lli(\^ >»y bilte................. .......................,____________..........
1   The children were eager to see their presents, (wait)
2   I hate to get up in the dark, (stand)
3   By chance I saw your brother yesterday, (happened)
4   The shop usually opens ten minutes late, (tends)
5   Would you like to go for a walk? (fancy)
6   The police continued to watch the house, (carried)
7   Seeing Nelson Mandela will always stay in my memory, (forget)
THE INFINITIVE AND THE -ING FORM   • I'ACL 155
65 Verb + object + to-infinitive or -ing form
1 Introduction
Customer:   None of the things J entered have arrived. They're three weeks !ate. 1 expect the goods to arrive on time.
Mark: I'm sorry we've kept you waiting so long. Can I find out
what the problem is and then ring you back?
Some verbs can take an object + a to-infinitive, and some take an object + an -ing form.
I
I'm sorry we've
VUKB
expect kept
2 Verb + object + to-infinitive
We asked the doorman to let us in.    Nick couldn't persuade Rita to go out with him.
The hot weather has caused ice-cream sates to increase.
It took ages to download the pictures from the Internet.
I didn't mean my suggestion to be taken seriously. {Sec Unit 59,1.)
Here are some verbs we can use in this structure: advise, allow, ask, beg, cause, enable, encourage, expect, force, help (see Unit 69.3), intend, invite, mean (= intend), order, recommend, remind, take (time), teach, tell, warn
3 Want + object + to-infinitive
We can also use an object + a to-infinitive after want, (would) like, (would) love> (would) prefer and (would) hate.
Tom wants United to win.     We'd hate the house to be left empty. We can use this structure to give an order (see Unit 50.2).
/ want everyone to come here.    Vd like you to listen carefully. We cannot normally use a that-clause. NOT / want that everyone comes here.
4 Verb + object + -ing form
Andrew is so serious. 1 can't imagine him having a good time.
Do you remember Laura taking our photo?    A new law has stopped traffic going into the city centre.
Here are some verbs we can use in this structure: dislike, imagine, involve, keep, mind, prevent (see Unit 70.3), remember, risk, stop (see Unit 70.3)
5 Advise, allow, encourage and recommend
We can use these verbs with an -ing form or with an object + a to-infinitive.
+   INC FORM	+ OlflECT + TO-wf1n1tjve
They allow fishing here.	They allow people to fish here.
1 wouldn't recommend walking home alone.	I would advise you not to walk home alone.
We do not use suggest + an object + a to-infinitive.
I suggested to Nick (that) he should leave. NOT I suggested Nick to leave.
VACAi 156   • THE INFINITIVE AND THE -ING FORM
Practice
A Verb + object + to-infinitive (2)
Report what people said. Use the verbs in brackets. ►   Police to motorists: Take special care, (warn)
The police, warded Mptpri^-U tp ,tAke..^peciAl cAre,..........
1   Guy to Kitty: Would you like to come on my chat show? (invite)
2   Sarah to Mark: Don't forget to get the theatre tickets, (remind)
3   Dentist to Daniel: You should give up eating sweets, (tell)
4   Police to gunman: Come out with your hands up. (order)
B Want and would like (3)
Complete the sentences using would like or don't/doesn't want.
► Mike won't wear a tie. Harriet is annoyed.
She wowld like hi* to..wear a...tie......... because they're going to a concert.
1 Mrs Miles is going to do a parachute jump, but her son and daughter don't like the idea.
They___________......................................................................„........because they think it's
dangerous.
2 Henry is falling in love with Claire, but she's worried about this.
She .......................__________.......................................................because she doesn't
find him attractive.
3 Natasha may not go on holiday with her friends.
They................................................................. ...............because she's always
good fun to be with.
C Verb + object + to-infinitive or -ing form (2, 4)
Kitty Beamish is reporting what people have said to her. She combines the two sentences into one.
► 'The lorry skidded. The icy road caused it.'
The icy road cAiAied the. Iprry to £kid. , .........................................................
► The workers might go on strike. The company can't risk that.' The coMfsAivy,,c<vs t..riA..^he. wpr^erf...^pi^. strike.
1   The suspects might leave the country. The police must stop that.'
2   'Congress opposed him. The President didn't expect that.'
3   The hostages lay down. The terrorists forced them.'
4   The pound is falling in value. The government doesn't mind that.'
D Advise, allow, etc. (5)
Complete this paragraph from a guidebook to London. Use the to-infinitive or the -ing form.
We wouldn't recommend (►) drivi*^..........(drive) into London in the rush hour.
We'd advise you (1)....................(travel) by train.
We'd recommend (2)......... ...........(buy) a special saver ticket, which is cheaper than the full fare.
But the railway companies don't allow you (3).....................(use) saver tickets before ten o'clock.
This is to encourage people (4)...................(take) a later train, which will be less busy.
THE INFINITIVE AND THE -ING FORM   • PAGE 157
66 Question word + to-infinitive
1 Introduction
1
Vicky uses a question word (what) and a lo-infiniiive (to wear). She is talking about the best thing to do, 1 don't know what to wear means that I don't know what I should wear.
2 Structures with what to do, where to go, etc.
Before the question word we can use a verb such as ask, decide, discover, discuss, explain, find out, forget, know, learn, remember, say, think, understand, wonder.
It was a real problem, 1 couldn't think what to do.
We were wondering where to park the car.
Matthew wauls to know how to work the computer.
Have Trevor and Laura decided when to have their barbecue?
Sometimes there is a verb + object before the question word. In this structure we can use advise, ask, show, leach and tell.
Tom showed me how to change a wheel.
The guide didn't tell the tourists when to be back at the coach.
Before the question word we can also use the adjectives clear, obvious and sure and the expressions have an idea and make up your mind.
I wasn't sure who to ask for help.    Claire doesn't have much idea how to cook.
A preposition (e.g. of) can come before the question word. There's the question of who to invite to the reception. You need to be informed about what to do in an emergency.
3 Why, what, whose, which and whether
We cannot use why before a to-infinitive.
No one could explain why we had to wait. NOT L^khone-etndd explain why to wait.
After what, which, whose, how many and how much, we can use a noun. Sarah and Mark were discussing what colour to paint the walls. We wondered whose story to believe - both drivers said it wasn't their fault. It's difficult to know how much luggage to take with you.
We can use whether but not if.
We'll have to decide whether to go ahead with the project (or not).
NOT We'll have to decide if to go ahead,
Melanie wasn't sure whether to ring She doctor or not.
I was wondering whether to order same tea.
PAGE IŠíl   • THE INFINITIVE AND THE -ING FORM
Practice
A Structures with what to do, where to go, etc. (2)
Comment on these situations.
► How do I switch the computer on?
1 What should I say?
2 Where shall we go?
3 How do I stop?
► (not know) He doe:>»y t kr\QW how. .+0 . switch /fcKa cpMp^wter piy.
1 (can't think).................................................................................
2 (not sure) .........................................................................
3 (not know)......................................................................______
B Structures with what to do, where to go, etc. (2)
Look at the questions and then complete the paragraph about a man coming out of prison. Use a question word and a to-infinitive.
>   How should he start a new life? 3   How can he find somewhere to live?
1 What can he expect? 4   What should he do?
2 Where should he go? 5   Who can he contact?
This man will have problems when he leaves prison. He needs advice on {►) taw to start
a new life. After a long time in prison, he isn't sure (1)....................................in the outside
world and he has no idea (2)..............................................He doesn't know
(3) .....................................a place to live either. But he won't be completely alone. A social
worker will advise him (4)............................................, so he'll know
(5)............................................ if he needs help.
Question word + to-infinitive (2-3)
You are finding it very difficult to make your mind up.
Complete your answers to the questions. Use a question word and a to-infinitive.
	Rachel:	Are you going to buy that sweater?
	You:	I don't know whether to buy
►	Tom:	What time do you think we should leave?
	You:	I'm not really sure wta.t tine, to IfiAve..................
1	Daniel:	Do you want to do business studies?
	You:	I'm wondering..............................................
2	Vicky:	How much money should we spend on the present?
	You:	I've no idea.........................................................
3	Matthew:	Do you intend to join the sports club?
	You:	
4	Vicky:	Which route should we take?
	You:	It's difficult to know...............................................
5	Melanie:	Which lottery numbers are you going to choose?
	You:	
business studies or statistics.
on it.
THE INFINITIVE AND THE -ING FORM    - I'ACE I 59
67 Adjective + to-infinitive
2 It is easy to drive the car
An adjective + to-infinitive often comes in this structure with it + be.
It's important to look in the mirror.    It's lovely to see you.
It's quite safe to use the ladder.    It was silly to make such a fuss. The subject can also be a person.
I'm delighted to see you.    We're ready to start now.
3 The car is easy to drive
Compare these two sentences. They both mean the same thing.
It is easy to drive the car.    The car is easy to drive. We do not use it in the second sentence.
not The car is easy to drive it and not The car it is easy to drive-.
Here are some more examples.
Your writing is difficult to read.    A small car would be cheap to run. The parade was fascinating to watch.    The ladder is quite safe to use.
We can use this structure with adjectives meaning'good' or bad1, e.g. awful, bad, exciting, fascinating, good, marvellous, nice, terrible, wonderful. We can also use it with these adjectives: cheap, convenient, dangerous, difficult, easy, expensive, impossible, safe, simple.
4 Certain, sure and likely
We can use a to-infinitive after certain, sure, likely and unlikely. United are certain/sure to win. (= They will certainly win.) Sarah is likely to be at work. (= She is probably at work.)
5 For and of
After some adjectives we can use for + object + to-infinitive (see Unit 68).
It's important for drivers to take care.    It isn't safe for children to play on ladders.
After an adjective describing how someone behaves (e.g. polite, silly), we can use of. It was polite of Emma to write and thank us. (Emma was polite.) // was silly of me to forget the tickets. (I was silly.)
r> 68 For with the to-infinitive   D> 117 Too and enough
IVUit. 160   • THE INFINITIVE AND THE -ING FORM
Practice
A It is easy to drive the car (2)
Sarah's job is to write advertisements. She is writing one for Compex computers. Write sentences with it and an adjective followed by a to-infinitive.
►   Buy a Compex computer. It isn't expensive.
It isn't expeAfi.ye. to.biAy.A. CpM^ex .coMpiAter...............................
1 Using the computer is very simple.
It s very.............k >............. .. .....
2 Understanding the handbook isn't difficult.
It isn't................................_____ ...............................................................
3 You can run any kind of software. It's easy
4   Exploring the world of Compex is absolutely fascinating.
5   Try the ultimate computer experience. Are you ready?
B The car is easy to drive (3)
Sarah isn't happy with her ideas for the Compex advertisement. She is rewriting the first four sentences like this.
►  A Compex computer, '^t. exPc^ive to bixy...............................
1 The computer......______............................................................
2 The handbook ...................................................................................
3.....................................................................................,...................
4 ............................................................................................................
C Certain, sure and likely (4)
Complete the conversation. Make sentences from the notes in brackets.
Nick:     Are you going to Mike and Harriet's party?
Tom:     Yes, I am. (►jltV ?wre to be a .good pArty...................
(it / sure / be / a good party). Nick:     Will there be a lot of people there? Tom:     Yes, (1) ... _________.............
(it / likely / be / pretty crowded). Nick:     Has Rita been invited, do you know?
Tom:     Oh, (2).....................................................................................
{she / certain / be / there). Nick:     I don't know that part of town. Is the house easy to find? Tom:     No, it isn't. Take a map or (3).................._________.........................
{you / unlikely / find / it).
D For and of (5)
Vicky and Rachel are talking about two students they know called Gary and Steve. Complete the conversation. Put in for or of.
Vicky:    I can't believe that Gary and Steve had a fight in a pub. It was very foolish (►) them. Rachel: Yes, it was especially stupid {1) ...... them to quarrel about which football team is
the best. There must be something more interesting (2)...................them to talk about.
Vicky:    f blame Steve. It wasn't very sensible {3) him to knock Gary's drink over.
Rachel: It was brave (4)...................Daniel to try to stop the fight. It was awful (5} him
to get hit on the head with a chair.
THE INFINITIVE AND THE -ING FORM   • PAfil ldl
68 For with the to-infinitive
1 Introduction
Sarah:   t'lljusl ring the office. The boss is waiting for me to ring her back.
Mark: / don't think it was a good idea for you to bring that mobile phone on holiday with you, Sarah. We tan use for + object t to-infinitive. Here art- some more examples.
	FOR	OBJECT	TO-INFINITIVE
My mother has arranged	for	someone	to look after her dog next week.
It's difficult	for	unskilled people	to find work these days,
The crowd were impatient	for	the match	to begin.
It's a nuisance	for	you	to have to wait.
2 For expressing purpose
We can use this structure to say why something is done (to express purpose). (See also Unit 151.5.) Mark photocopied the figures for the Sales Manager to have a took at. (= He photocopied the figures so that the Sales Manager could have a look at them.) The shop provides baskets for the customers to put their purchases in. I'd like to put forward a few suggestions for you to think about.
3 Too and enough
We can use too and enough with this structure. The wad is too busy for the children to cross safely. Unfortunately the table was too small for all of us to sit round. Fortunately the table was big enough for all of us to sit round. The guide didn't speak loudly enough for everyone to hear clearly.
4 For and of
roit
Wc often use for + object + to-infinitive after an adjective.
Harriet was anxious for the party to be a success. Would it be possible for you to move your car, please?
Some of the adjectives we can use with for: anxious, awful, cheap, convenient, dangerous, difficult, eager, easy, exciting, expensive, friendly, good, happy, horrible, impatient, important, interesting, marvellous, necessary, nice, normal, polite, possible, ready, safe, sensible, silly, stupid, terrible, useful, willing, wonderful, wrong
Compare these two sentences. It was good for you to come jogging. (~ It was good for your health.)
After an adjective saying how someone behaves,
we use of + object + to-infinitive. 7r*5 kind of Melanie to put you up for the night.
(Melanie is kind.) It was clever of you ta work out the answer. (You were clever.)
Some of the adjectives we can use with of: brave, careless, clever, foolish, generous, good, helpful, honest, intelligent, kind, mean, nice, polite, sensible, silly, stupid, wrong
It was good of you to come jogging with me. (— It was a kind action by you.)
l'A(.;i: 162   • THE INFINITIVE AND THE -ING FORM
Practice
A For with the to-infinitive (1)
The second person agrees with what the first one says. Use for and a to-infinitive.
Andrew should take it easy. That would be best.
Yes, you're right. It wowld be best -for hi* to tAfce it eASy._______
Our new computer should arrive soon. I just can't wait.
Me neither. I ............................................................................._________
Matthew shouldn't marry Emma. It would be a mistake.
I think so too.........................................................................,......
Customer: Advertisements should tell the truth. It's important, agree............................,,,.............., ,.,
	Daniel:
	Matthew:
1	Trevor:
	Laura:
2	Rachel:
	Vicky:
3	Customer
	Mark:
'..... - - -    . .
B For expressing purpose (2)
Write the advertisement for a holiday centre.
Match the sentence pairs and write sentences with for and a to-infinitive.
There are lots of activities. There's a fun pool.        You can enjoy them. You can relax in them. There are quiet areas. There are regular Guests can take part in them. You can ride on
shows. There's a giant roller-coaster. it if you dare. Children can swim in it.
► There. Are lots of Activities for quests, to tAtte pArt
1...................................................................................................
2 ...................................................................................................
3...............................................................................,......,.........„
4 ...................................................................................................
C Too and enough (3)
Add a sentence with too or enough and: difficult, funny, heavy, high, hot, loud
► Mike and Harriet couldn't lift the piano. Ai;.sitc>i9,,Jlf^My.,     --idte*?,,^t**i-
► Tom won't repeat the joke. It isr^t fiArvivy ecvou^h. for hi** to re^At.
1 Emma can't reach the top shelf. .........................................................................
2 We can't understand the poem....................... ,
3 Not everyone could hear the music. ..........._______________..........._________,.......
4 The tea had got cold. Daniel couldn't drink it............................................__________
For and of (4)
A Japanese company called Sanko is going to open a new factory in a town in England. Write the sentences from the local newspaper.
► marvellous / the town / have / some new jobs
It will be iMAr'velloi*s for the tow* to hA.ye.. Sowe .i\ew jobs....................................
► clever / our local council / bring / Sanko / here
It was clever of our IocaI council to bri^ ^aaIco here........................................
1 difficult / the town / attract / new industry
It has been...................................................................................................................
2 very generous / the council / give / the land / to Sanko It was ........__________......................................................
3 the company / eager / production / begin / soon The company.......................................................
.....H.I.HI.I..IMHI1I I ■ .... I . I ■■■.■*■......M..IHUM
THE INFINITIVE AND THE -ING FORM   • PACK 163
The infinitive with and without to
This is an overview of the different structures with a to-infinitive (e.g. to do) and an infinitive without to (e.g. do).
1 The to-infinitive
We use a to-infinitive:
1 After an adjective (see Unit 67)
Its nice to have a place of your own.    The car is really cheap to run.
2 After a noun
/ must take a book to read. { = a book that I can read) We've got a few jobs to do. (= jobs that we must do)
3 With be able to, be about to, be allowed to, be going to, have to, ought to and used to We aren't allowed to park here,     The game is about to start.
We're going to buy a camcorder.     You have to fill in a form.
4 After some verbs, e.g. decide, hope, manage, offer (see Unit 60) Tom decided to leave early.     I hope to see you soon.
Did you manage to sort out the problem:    Henry offered to pay for the meal.
5 After some verbs + object (see Unit 65)
Laura persuaded Trevor to put up some shelves. I want you to do something for me.
6 After for + object (see Unit 68)
We've arranged for you to visit our head office.
It is important for students to register with a doctor.
7 After a question word (see Unit 66)
We don't know where to leave our coats. This book tells you how to train race horses.
8 To say why (see Unit 151.2)
Mark went out to play golf.     I need the money to pay the phone bill.
2 The infinitive without to
We use an infinitive without to:
1 After can, could, may, might, must, needn't, shall, should, will, and would We could go to a night club.    I must speak to the manager.
It might rain later.    Sarah will be away for three days.
2 After had better and would rather
It s cold. You'd better wear a coat.    I'd rather listen to Elvis than the Beatles.
3 After make + object and let + object
That programme was funny. It really made me laugh.
Trevor will be here at five. His boss is going to let him leave work early.
4 After see or hear + an object (see Unit 74)
They saw the lights come on.    We all heard the bomb go off.
3 Help
An infinitive after help can be with or without to.
Can 1 help (to) get the tea?    Vicky helped me (to) choose a present.
I'.Uik 164    • THE INFINITIVE AND THE -ING FORM
Practice
A The to-infinitive (1)
Comment on these situations. Join each pair of sentences using a to-infinitive. ►*  Mike will give you a lift. He promised.
You: Mike promisee} +-Pgiya lift-,......................
1 You want to eat. You must have something.
You: I must ..........__________................................................................. ........................
2 You are having a rest. It's nice.
You: It's............................................................................................................................
3 Will Rita speak to Nick? He wants her to. Nick
4 Daniel can't repair the video. He doesn't know how to.
5 Claire and her sister are going to Bali. They have decided.
t-.-rrr-i.....:------.........«.............................. -»-.-...-.........................................*.....
6 Melanie is visiting David. She has gone to the hospital.
7   Vicky is doing some studying. Unfortunately she has to.
8   Sarah must ring the office. It's important.
B The infinitive without to (2)
Put in the missing verbs. Usually more than one answer is correct.
► I've been repairing the car. I really must w*£fi...........my hands.
1 What's in the letter? Why won't you let me ...........it?
2 Did you see that lovely old car...................past a moment ago?
3 It was a terribly sad story. It made me. ..............
4 I don't want to do anything energetic. I'd rather..............on the beach.
5 It's very cold. I think it might...............for the first time this winter.
6 I keep getting this pain in my leg. I think I'd better...................a doctor.
The infinitive with and without to (1-2)
Matthew and Emma are at the railway station. Emma is going away for the weekend-Put in the infinitive of the verbs. You have to decide whether or not you need to.
Matthew: Are you sure you'll (►) bř........... (be) all right?
Yes, of course. I'm not a child. I can manage (►) tp .look..............(look) after myself.
OK, sorry.
Some friends have invited me (1) .......(visit) them. I'm not going to the North
Pole.
It'll be nice for you (2)........................ (see) your old friends again, I just know you're
going (3) ........................(have) lots of fun. Let me (4)......................... (buy) you a
magazine (5).........................(read) on the train.
I can't (6)........................ (read) when I'm travelling. It makes me (7)
(feel) sick, even in a train. I'd rather just (8) ...........(look) out of the window.
Matthew:  OK. Well, you'd better (9) .. . (get) in. I think it's about (10)..
(leave). Oh, did I remind you (11)................ .     (change) at York?
Yes, Matthew, you did. Don't worry, I won't (12)........ (forget). I know perfectly
well how (13)..................... (get) there.
Emma:
Matthew:
Emma:
Matthew:
Emma:
Emma:
THE INFINITIVE ANO THE -ING FORM   • page 165
70 Verb/adjective + preposition + -ing form
1 Introduction
Claire: I'm thinking of going to Turkey.
Travel agent: Are you interested in travelling around the country, or would you like to stay in one place? Claire: I don't want to do a lot of travelling.
Some verbs and adjectives can have a preposition after them (see Units 125-126). / apologized for my mistake.    Laura is keen on photography.
Sometimes we can use an -ing form after the preposition.
PROPOSITION
-ING FORM
making taking going travelling not having
Wc can use not before the -ing form, e.g. not having.
/	apologized	for
Laura is	keen	on
I'm	thinking	of
Are you	interested	in
Were	tired	of
a mistake, photos, to Turkey, around? a place to live.
2 Verb + preposition + -ing form
Don't you believe in discussing things openly?    Laura doesn't feel like cooking tonight. Unfortunately Tom insisted on telling us all about United's win. Tm looking forward to seeing my friends again. I've succeeded in getting hold of the CD I wanted. Also: agree with, apologize for, concentrate on, object to, rely on, think of
Wc can use about after ask, complain, dream, speak, talk, think, and wonder. Tliey're talking about building a new swimming-pool.
3 Verb + object + preposition + -ing form
After some verbs we can put an object (e.g. Matthew).
Emma accused Matthew of not caring about her.
Higher prices will discourage customers from buying.
The fire-fighters prevented/stopped the fire (from) spreading.
The club has punished its players for fighting during a match. Also: blame ... for, congratulate ... on, thank ... for
Wc can use this structure in the passive.
Matthew was accused of not caring.    The customers will be discouraged from buying.
4 Adjective -I- preposition + -ing form
People were annoyed at not being able to see properly. I'm bored with waiting.    Vicky is excited about going to America. I'm fed up with living in this awful place.    Tom is good at telling jokes. The man was found guilty of stealing from his employers. I'm pleased about/at winning a prize. Also: capable of, fond of, interested in (see Unit 71.2), keen on, tired of
> 125 Adjective + preposition   > 126 Verb + preposition
PAGE 166   • THE INFINITIVE AND THE -ING FORM
Practice
A Verb + preposition + -ing form (1-2)
Complete the conversation between Claire and her sister Sophie. Put in the verbs with these prepositions: for, in, tike, of, on Sophie: Where's that little radio of yours? Claire:   Oh, it got broken. Henry knocked it off the table.
Unfortunately he hasn't succeeded (►) m A&t&ftfl......................(get) it to work again.
Sophie: Oh, what a pity.
Claire:   It was only a cheap thing. In fact I'd been thinking (1).................................. (buy) a
new one. But Henry not only apologized (2).................. .....................(break) it, he insisted
(3)........................ ............(buy) me a much nicer one. It's in the dining-room.
Sophie: Henry is such a gentleman.
Claire:   He didn't really need to buy me a new one, but I didn't feel (4)...............................
(argue).
B Verb (+ object) + preposition + -ing form (1-3)
Comment on these situations. Join each pair of sentences using a preposition and an -ing form. ►  The police prevented the crime. It didn't take place.
The police p'~cve*\te.d tine. cri**£ frpw t^kiis^ ..................
1 Laura blamed Trevor. He forgot the tickets.
Laura........................................................................................................................................
2 The doctors succeeded- They saved the driver's life.
The doctors..................................................................... ................................................
3 The customers complained. They didn't receive the goods.
4   Emma has accused Matthew. She says Matthew broke his promise.
5   Melanie is insisting. She's going to cook a meal for David.
6   A new traffic scheme has stopped cars. They can't go into the town centre.
7 Everyone congratulated Claude. He won the quiz competition.
8 Some football fans were arrested. They attacked a policeman.
C Verb/Adjective + preposition + -ing form (1-4)
Complete Emma's letter to her friend Kirsty. Put in a preposition and an -ing form.
Thank you (►)fp.r. ifsv.'i.i^ .... (invite) me to come and see you next month. I'm already
excited (1) ...................................(see) you again.
You must be very pleased (2).......... ...................(get) the job you wanted. Congratulations.
Personally, I wouldn't be keen (3)........................................(travel) forty miles to work.
I apologize (4)............................(not write) sooner, but a week in bed with flu has prevented
me (5)........................................(do) anything. I haven't even felt (6 ).............................
(write) to you until today. I must be getting better because I'm starting to feel bored
(7) .....______..........................(do) nothing. I'm thinking (8)................................. (go) back to
work tomorrow
THE INFINITIVE AND THE -ING FORM    * IVUiK I67
71 Afraid to do or afraid of doing?
1 Afraid
	
	/ \-/
	
David is afraid to climb the ladder. (= He doesn't want to climb the ladder because he is afraid.)
Here are some more examples,
/ was afraid to say anything in front
of all those people. Claire was afraid to wander too far
from the hotel.
David is afraid of falling.
(- He is afraid because he_rnjght fall.)
was afraid of sounding foolish, you s, She was afraid of getting lost.
2 Anxious, ashamed and interested
Compare these examples.
Zedco are anxious to increase their sales. (= They want to increase their sales.)
I'm ashamed to tell you what I scored in the test. (- I don't want to tell you because I'm ashamed.)
I'd be interested to meet Laura. (= I want to meet her.)
I was interested to hear Mike's story. (= 1 found his story interesting.)
Mark was anxious about presenting his report. {= He was worried because he had to present his report.)
I'm ashamed of getting such a low score.
(= I'm ashamed because 1 got such a low score.)
Laura is interested in painting. (= It is an interest/a hobby of hers.)
3 Structures with sorry
To apologize for something we are doing, we use a to-infinitive. I'm sorry to tell you this, but your test score is rather low.
I'm sorry to ring so late, but it's important. To express regret, we also use a to-infinitive. / was sorry to hear that Mike's uncle had died.
To apologize for something we did, we can use about + ing-form,
I'm sorry about making all that noise last night.
(or I'm sorry I made all that noise last night.)
I'.U.I- 168   • THE INFINITIVE AND THE -ING FORM
Practice
A Afraid (1)
Complete the sentences. Use these words and put the verb into the to-infinitive or -ing form: dive into the water, drop them, fall, move
►   He's afraid to diva iAto the water.......... 2   She's afraid
1   She's afraid............................................. 3   He's afraid .
B Afraid (1)
Look at what people say and write a comment about each person. Rewrite the second sentence using afraid to or afraid of.
► Vicky:      There's a large bull in the field. I don't want to open the gate.
Vicky jj..ftfrAid .tp.opt*, the,,^ta.-.................................................................
► Claire:      I arrived at the airport in good time. I thought I might get stuck in traffic. .Claire..was Afraid..of -jettir^..siwrk, iA traffic............................................
1   Nick:       I was going to do a bungee jump yesterday. But I couldn't jump.
2   Daniel:     The policeman looked angry. I didn't want to argue with him.
3   Matthew:  I'm keeping my shirt on. I might get sunburnt.
C Afraid, anxious, ashamed and interested (1-2)
Complete the conversation. Put in a to-infinitive or a preposition + -ing form.
Laura:   I'm ashamed {►) *9. Ad wit.............(admit) it, but aeroplanes terrify me. I get really anxious
(►) about flyi^....................(fly). I'm afraid (1).......................................(buy) a plane
ticket. I can't stand being on a plane. I'm afraid (2)..................................... (get) killed. I
feel ashamed (3)........................................ (be) so silly.
Sarah:   Aren't there things you can do to overcome your fear?
Laura:   Well, I was interested (4).........................................(read) in the paper recently that you
can go on a course that helps you. I'm anxious (5)........................................ (book) a
place on it very soon.
D Sorry (3)
Complete the conversation. Use a to-infinitive or about + -ing form. Look at the information in brackets.
Alan:     I'm sorry (►) tp ..disturb ypw (|'m disturbing you), but could I just say something? I'm sorry (1)..........................................................(I was so rude) last night. I didn't mean what I
said.
Mark:    Oh, that's OK. I'm sorry (2)_________...............................................(I lost my temper),
Alan:     Right. OK. And, as I said, sorry (3)..........................................................(I'm interrupting
you).
THE INFINITIVE AND THE -ING FORM    • PAGE 169
72 Used to do and be used to doing
Used + to-infinitive means that something happened regularly or went on for a time in the past. / used to travel means that in the past I regularly travelled, but I no longer do so.
Here are some more examples.
We used to play that game when we were younger.
Nick used to smoke, but he gave it up.    1 used to like fish, but I never eat it now. There used to be a dancehall here, but they knocked it down.
We cannot use this structure in the present tense. Claire travels a lot. not Claire uses-to travel a lot.
We normally use didn't use to in negatives and did ... use to in questions. We didn't use to have computers, or We never used to have computers. Where did people use to buy their food before the supermarket was built? Did you use to live in London?
Be used to + -ing form means that something is familiar and is no longer strange. I'm used to travelling means that travelling is no longer strange or difficult because I have done it for so long,
Here are some more examples.
We're used to getting up early. We do it every day. not We're used to get up early.
Sarah is used to working late at the office.    Most visitors to Britain aren't used to driving on the left.
I wasn't used to wearing glasses. It seemed very strange at first.
We can also say get used to to talk about things becoming more familiar. It was difficult at first, but Mike soon got used to working at night. After her husband died, the old woman had to get used to living on her own.
PACJE 170   ♦ THE INFINITIVE AND THE -ING FORM
Practice
A Used to do (1)
Mrs Bell is a hundred years old. She's the oldest person in the village. A radio reporter is interviewing her. Put in used to with the verb.
Mrs Bell:   I've always lived in the village, but not always in this house.
Where (►) .did ,,yPM,.u£e...tR..liy.e............................(you / live)?
When I was a girl, we lived at Apple Tree Farm.
(1) .................................................(we / like) it there.
But life was hard, wasn't it?
Oh, yes. Things (2).................................................................(be) different from the
way they are now. In those days (3) ................. .............................................
(we / not / have) electricity.
And (4)........................................................... ______(you / help) with the farm work?
Yes, (5) .....................................................(I / look) after the hens.
Reporter: Mrs Bell:
Reporter: Mrs Bell:
Reporter: Mrs Bell:
B Used to do and be used to doing (1-2)
Look at the pictures and say what the people used to do or are used to doing. Use these verbs: climb, fly, paint, play, sign
Use these objects: autographs, badminton, mountains, pictures, planes
► He wíed. to p&ÍAt pictwreS-............
► She ft..Wied.. to.. si^iawíp^r^lnf..
1 She................................................
2 They
3 He
C Used to do and be used to doing (1-2)
Put in a to-infinitive or to + -ing form. Use the verbs in brackets.
When I was a child, I used to dre am.............(dream) of being an astronaut.
I'm terribly nervous. I'm not used to ________ (speak) to a large audience.
1 It took us ages to get used........................................(live) in a block of flats.
2 Lots of trains used...................... .........(stop) here, but not many do now.
3 Didn't Nick use ....................................(work) on a building site?
4 There didn't use................................(be) so many soap operas on television.
5 I'll have an orange juice, please. I'm not used....................................... (drink) alcohol.
6 David doesn't seem to mind being in hospital. I suppose he's got used......................................
(be) there.
7 When Laura was at college, she used......... ......................(have) a picture of Elvis Presley
on her bedroom wall.
THE INFINITIVE AND THE -ING FORM   " page I7I
Preposition or linking word + -ing form
1 Introduction
Rachel: Shall we have some lunch?
Jessica: / usually go for a walk instead of eating. I'm on a diet.
Rachel: You're joking, aren't you? Since when?
Jessica: Since discovering I can't get into my old clothes.
Rachel: Well, just buy some new ones, then.
We can use an -ing form after some prepositions (e.g. instead of) or linking words (e.g. since). We cannot use an infinitive. NUT instead of to~eah-
2 Preposition + -ing form
Here are some more examples.
As a result of losing my passport, I had to fill in a complicated form.
Vicky and Rachel might go to Canada as well as travelling around the US.
You can get skin cancer from being in the sun too long.
You aren't in favour of cutting down trees, are yon?
Sarah went to work in spite of not feeling well.
We can't have a party without making a bit of noise.
We can use these prepositions before an -ing form: against, as a result of, as well as, besides, by, despite, for, from, how about, in favour of, in spite of, instead of, on, what about, without
We use what about/how about + -ing form to make a suggestion.
How about giving us some, help? We use for + -ing form to say what we use something for.
This cloth is for cleaning the floor. We use by + -ing form to say how someone does something.
Tlie thief got in by breaking a window. We use on + -ing form to mean 'as soon as'.
On hearing the news of David's accident, Melanie burst into tears.
(= As soon as she heard the news,...)
3 Linking word + -ing form
Here are some examples.
/ always have a shower after playing tennis.
Although hoping to gel the job, Rachel wasn't really expecting to.
Sarah wanted to finish the report before going to bed.
The man has been unemployed since leaving prison.
You should always lock the door when leaving your room.
Mark was listening to the car radio while sitting in a traffic jam.
We can use these linking words before an -ing form: after, although, before, since, when, while
A linking word + -ing form can sometimes be a little formal. We can say the same thing like this. / always have a shower after I've played tennis.
Although she was hoping to get the job, Rachel wasn't really expecting to. > 70 Verb/Adjective + preposition + -ing form
PÄGF. 172    • THE INFINITIVE AND THE -ING FORM
Practice
A Preposition + -ing form (2)
Complete the sentences using the words in brackets.
► Rachel:    Do you want to walk? Vicky: Yes, let's not get a bus. (instead of)
Vicky wants to walk i.^teAd. of.getting a bw*,..............................................................
1 Sarah:     Did you get through the work? Mark: Yes, I stayed up all night, (by)
Mark got through the work...................................................................................................
2 Melanie:  When do you take the pills? David: The minute I wake in the morning, (on)
David has to take the pills................................__________........................................__________............
3 Mike:      So you got the answer? Harriet: Yes, and I didn't use a calculator, (without)
Harriet got the answer ..................................,...................._____.............................................
4 Emma:    Why the rucksack? Matthew: So I can carry the food, (for)
The rucksack is.................................................................................................................
5 Trevor:     Sorry I forgot the sugar. Laura: Well, you had it on your list, (in spite of)
Trevor forgot the sugar............................................................................................................
6 Mark:      Do you have to do the typing? Secretary: Yes, and book some flights, (as well as)
The secretary has to book some flights................................................................................
B Linking word + -ing form (3)
This structure is often used in instructions (sentences which tell people what to do). Put in before or after and the -ing form of the verb in brackets.
► Replace the top on the bottle Aft£C..tAkjA<}...................(take) the medicine.
1 Read the contract through carefully..........................................................(sign) it
2 You shouldn't have a bath straight................................................ (eat) a meal.
3......................................................(leave) home ring the airport to check that your flight is
on schedule.
4 Always put your skis away carefully.....................................................(use) them.
5 Be sure to switch off the electricity ......................,...... ____________(change) a fuse.
6 Make sure the safety chain is on...... .................................. .....(open) the door.
C Preposition or linking word + -ing form (2-3)
Ron Mason owns a supermarket business. Write the sentences for a magazine article about his life. Join two sentences into one using the words in brackets.
► He saw an empty shop. He was walking around town one day. (while)
He fAw.a*, eiwpty ?Kpp..white..vt&fcitvg. Arpwwl .tow*..$f&. dAy,.........................................
1   He thought carefully. He decided to buy it. (before)
2   He bought the shop. He had little money of his own. (despite)
3   He became successful. He gave the customers what they wanted, (by)
4   He put the profit back into the business. He didn't spend it on himself, (instead of)
5   He was happy. He was running his own business, (when)
6   He fell ill. He worked too hard, (as a result of)
7   He has made a lot of money. He bought his first shop ten years ago. (since)
THE INFINITIVE AND THE -ING FORM    • PAGE 173
74 See it happen or see it happening?
2 See it happen
After some verbs we can use an object + an infinitive without Lo.
	verb	OBJECT	infinitive
Rachel	saw	David	fall
Vicky	heard	someone	close
Let's	watch	the parade	&>
We all	felt	the house	shake.
We can use this structure with these verbs: feel, he			
See it happening			
We can also	use an -ing	form after the	object.
	vkkb	ojjiect	-ing form
Rachel	saw	David	walking
Can you	hear	someone	playing
We	found	Matthew	exercising
I could	feel	an insect	crawling
down the steps the door, past.
■
We can use this structure with these verbs: feci, find, hear, listen to, notice, see, smell, watch
4 See it happen or see it happening?
see It happen
We saw Trevor plant the tree, {He planted the tree. We saw him do the whole job.)
I watched Nick light a cigarette. We noticed a young man sit down and order a meal.
see tt happening
We saw Trevor planting the tree. (He was planting the tree. We saw him in tin
middle of the job.) I watched Mick smoking a cigarette. We noticed a young man sitting at the table
eating a meal.
When we talk about a short action, it often does not matter which structure we use. They heard a car turn/turning the corner.     I didn't see anyone leave/leaving any litter.
PACE 174   • the infinitive AND the -ing form
Practice
A See it happen (2)
Henry is in court. He is answering questions about a Mr Lewis, who the police suspect of a number of crimes. Add a sentence using the verb in brackets.
►  And you say a second man came into the restaurant? (see)
Henry:   That's right. .1.. mw..ftift*. .cowft. iř*...................................................
1 Are you quite certain that Mr Lewis took the envelope? (see)
Henry:   Yes, absolutely. ...............................................................................
2 Then Mr Lewis left the restaurant, did he? (watch)
Henry:   He left soon afterwards..................................................................
3 And he drove away, (hear)
Henry:   Yes, he did......................................................................................
B See it happening (3)
Look at the pictures and add a sentence with / can see/hear/smeli... and the -ing form of these verbs: bark, burn, come, ring, wave
► The postman is on his way, I      . Sftft.. tow..cow.i *<)
1 There's a phone upstairs.______________.........................
2 There's a woman in the boat..................................
3 There are some dogs outside.................................
4 You've forgotten your lunch...................................
C See it happen or see it happening? (4)
There has been a bomb explosion in the city centre. TV reporter Kitty Beamish is asking people about it. What did people see or hear?
► Man:      The bomb exploded. I heard it. It was a shock.
He h&&rd.the..h*mh. explode,................................_.....................................
► Woman: A man was lying in the road. I saw him. He was just lying there. 4>he. Saw. a .wAA. hflfA    ..t^Ke rpAcL............................................................
1    Woman: The building shook. I felt it. I couldn't believe it.
2   Man:      People were shouting. I heard them. There was panic.
3   Girl:       An alarm was ringing. I could hear it. It went on and on.
4   Boys:     The police arrived. We saw them. They were over there.
5   Man:      I saw a woman. She was crying. She was in a terrible state.
the infinitive and the -ing FORM   • PAGE 175
75
Some structures with the -ing form
1 Two
actions at the same time
All afternoon Claire lay in a hammock reading a magazine.
When two things arc happening at the same time, we can use a main verb (lay) and an -ing form (reading). Here are some more examples.
We had to stand in a queue waiting for the bank to open.
You can't sit watching television all day.    All afternoon, Vicky lay on the sofa thinking about life.
We can also use this structure when one action comes in the middle of another. We use the -ing form for the longer action.
Matthew injured his knee doing gymnastics. (- He injured his knee while he was doing gymnastics.) / went to steep listening to the radio,
2 One action after another
When there are two short actions, one straight after the other, we can use an -ing form for the first action. Opening the bottle, Mike poured the drinks. (= He opened the bottle and then poured the drinks.) Turning right into Madison Avenue, the car drove north for two blocks.
We can also use the perfect -ing form.
Having opened the bottle, Mike poured the drinks.    After opening the bottle, Mike poured the drinks.)
If either of the actions is long, we must use the perfect.
Having photocopied all the papers, Sarah put them back in the file. Having repaired the car, Tom took it out for a road test. NOT Repairing the car, Tom took it out for a road test.
These patterns arc typical of written English. In spoken English, to talk about one action after another we use a sentence like this.
Tom repaired the car and then took it out for a road test.
3 The -ing form saying why
We can use the -ing form to give a reason.
The fans queued for hours, hoping to get tickets. (= They queued for hours because they hoped to get tickets.) Being the youngest child, Natasha was her father's favourite, Not knowing the way, I had to ask for directions.
We can also use the perfect -ing form to give a reason.
Having spent all his money, Daniel couldn't afford a new jacket. Wc decided not to travel, having heard the terrible weather forecast
PAGE 176   • THE INFINITIVE AND THE -ING FORM
Practice
A One action in the middle of another (l)
Say what accidents these people had. Use these phrases: lift weights, light a fire, open a tin, run, ski
►   Harriet bwrrvt. her h&r,d.. I i <j hlir^ a fire -
1 Matthew .................................................-    3 Vicky
2 David .............................................. 4 Trevor
B One action after another (2)
Rewrite the sentences about a detective. Begin with an -ing form, e.g. doing or having done.
Mitchell picked up the phone and dialled a number. He let it ring for five long minutes and then slowly replaced the receiver. He took a gun out of the drawer and put it in his briefcase. He left the office and then had to wait a while for the lift. He reached the ground floor and hurried outside to a taxi. The taxi driver pulled out a gun and shot Mitchell.
► .B.ck,up.. ike..^hoiye,..Mi tchell diAiled a ryUMber.................................................................
► Havi/s^..let it.r\fsA -for fjye.. |p*4. . t^Awte*,..he.. slowly. repl.Aced the . receiver,......................
1 .....................................................................................................................................................
2 .....................................................................................................................................................
3 .....................................................................................................................................................
4.................................................................................................................................................
C The -ing form saying why (3)
Match the two parts and join them using an -ing form, e.g. doing or having done.
► Because she didn't want to be late.Harriet turned on the heating.
► As she had worked hard all day,Andrew took it back to the library.
1 Because he had studied the map, Daniel found it hard to communicate.
2 She felt cold, so Vicky ran to the bus stop.
3 Because he didn't know French, Trevor knew which way to go.
4 He had finished the book, so Sarah was exhausted.
Npt. wA^tiřuj..to. be I.Atej Vidfcy..rAi\ to the biA£ stop-? Havímj worked tard All dAy, ..šataJi, waí . exhAuSted...,,.
1
2
3
4
THE INFINITIVE AND THE -ING FORM    • PAGF. 177
Test M: The infinitive and the -ing form
A
Some of these sentences are correct, and some have a word which should not be there. If the sentence is correct, put a tick {/). If it is incorrect, cross out the unnecessary word and write it in the space.
► Pm used to driving in heavy traffic every day. ./.
► Although-e£feeling tired, Polly didn't want to go to bed, .p.f.
1 It's important for to sign the form.
2 Peter broke his arm in playing rugby. ....................
3 A woman accused Martin of stealing her money,
4 I wasn't sure whether to write a letter of thanks. ...................
5 Do you remember a young man bumping into you? ....................
6 The girl's parents wouldn't let her to stay out so late. .......
7 The book is too difficult enough for children to understand,
8 Police found the woman for lying dead on the floor.
9 Cars are always expensive to repair them. 10 The man died as a result of falling asleep while driving.
B
C
This is an advertisement for the book 'Winning in Business*. Put in the correct form of each verb.
Are you fed up with (►) beiA^ (be) a failure in your job? Wouldn't you rather (►) ^cceed......
(succeed)?
Do you want !»tD £*r"^       (earn) more money? Are you anxious (1)......................................
(get) ahead? Do you believe in (2) ............(make) the most of your talents? Do you
sometimes dream about (3)........ ..........(reach) the top? If the answer is yes, read on.
Just imagine yourself (4)..... .....(run) a big successful company. And now you can
do something about it instead of (5)......................................(dream). It'll happen if you want it
(6) .......... (happen). Make it a reality by (7).....................................(order) your
copy of the best-selling 'Winning in Business'. It has a ten-point plan for you
(8)   . ....................(follow). Do It and you're certain (9)....................................(be) a
success. You'll know what (10)......................... (do) in business. You can make other
people (11)......................................(respect) you and persuade them (12) ...........
(do) what you want. Experts recommend (13)......................................(buy) this marvellous book.
You'd better (14) ............................(order) your copy today.
Combine each pair of sentences. Use a to-infinitive or an -ing form. Sometimes you also need a preposition.
► We've advised Nancy. She should get a lawyer. We ya Advised .NAACy, .t-P.a (AWyer,............
► I'm getting bored. I've been sitting on the beach. I'm. ^ctt|^ .btrad with sitttiv^       the. beAcfri.
1   We saw Rupert. He was looking in a shop window.
PI 11 II rilllMHI*M<|i|tl< I' IIIMHtMIH»*»
2 I remember the clown. He fell over.
3 Tessa wasn't sure. Which way should she go?
178   • THE INFINITIVE AND THE -ING FORM
4 The porter just stood there. He expected a tip.
5 How about it? Shall we go to the barbecue?
6   Susan is used to it. She's always lived in the country.
7 I'm afraid. I might hurt myself.
---- ----- ,,,,   4........+ • + ..........nia<.|k:.'..,oii.i.i.i,(iUU .... r->»...................--.-.«...................-T_,-T-,.,,+
8 Christopher apologized. He'd forgotten to pay.
9 The food was too cold. Michelle couldn't eat it.
<tA> .*,,>• i •■4.1. til'>-.<v. J. ?.:.i.i.i.i..iiii|HM-      »   '.................----................................ .........|.i-iT.;iTiTiT!:t-iri'|i
10   Polly was silfy. She gave away the secret.
-».»-«............ii).u.ii.iii.».iiiu:iihim»»i. ..........y.-..i.t.-..t.k.-,,...........iiiu>uu>:i!t:l:l!>l>l
Read the story and write the missing words. Use one word only in each space.
Calvin Coolidge was elected US President in 1924. He didn't believe {►} ja       doing too much, and
his slogan was 'Keep cool with Coolidge'. Soon (1)................ moving into the White House,
Coolidge invited some old friends (2)........ have dinner with him there. They were all people he
(3).................. to know in the old days, and they were simple country people. They were interested
(4) see inside the White House, and they were looking forward to (5) dinner with the President. They thought it was nice (6) him (7) invite them. But
there was one problem. They weren't used (8)..................attending formal dinners, and they were
worried that they wouldn't know (9) ..............to behave. They were afraid (10) ..............
looking foolish. So they decided it would be best (11) ..............everyone to copy exactly what
Coolidge did.
At last the day came. During the dinner, when Coolidge picked up his knife and fork, everyone did the same. When he drank, everyone drank, and so on. Finally Coolidge decided to amuse himself
(12)..............playing a little trick on his visitors. He tipped some coffee into his saucer. Everyone
did the same. (13)_______........done this, he added a little cream and sugar. Everyone did the same.
Then, horrified, they watched Coolidge bend down and (14).......... the saucer on the carpet for
his cat.
Complete the conversations. Put in the correct form of each verb.
►  A: I'm annoyed about b£i^................... (be) late.
B: Well, I told you jgi. £g£.....................(set) off in good time, didn't I?
1 A: Did you accuse Nigel of.................................... (break) a plate?
B: Well, it was an accident, but he did break it. I saw him............................. (knock) it off
the table with his elbow.
2 A: I came here................................... (see) Janet. She must have forgotten I was coming.
B: It seems rather careless of her....................... (forget).
3 A: Are you going to have a rest now after _________ ... (do) all the cleaning?
B: No, I've got an essay..........................(write).
4 A: You say you need some advice?
B: Yes, I'm sorry..................................(bother) you, but I don't know
who.....................................(ask).
5 A: Do you like Scrabble?
B: Well, I used...................................(play) it quite a lot, but I got fed up with it. I'd rather
...........................(watch) television, actually.
THE INFINITIVE AND THE -ING FORM   « I'.M.f 179
76 Ship and water: countable and uncountable nouns
1 What is the difference?
a ship
two boats
water
COUNTABLE
A countable noun (e.g ship) can be singular or plural. We can count ships. We can say a ship/one ship or two ships.
Here are some examples of countable nouns. We could see a ship in the distance. Claire has only got one sister. I've got a problem with the car. Do you like these photos? I'm going out for five minutes.
uncountable
An uncountable noun (e.g. water) is neither singular nor plural. We cannot count water. We can say water or some water but not a water or two waters.
Here are some examples of uncountable Can I have some water? Shall we sit on the grass? The money is quite safe. I love music.
Would you like some butter?
I
countable nouns.
2 Nouns after the, a/an and numbers
There are some words that go with both countable and uncountable nouns. One of these is the.
We can say the ship (singular), the ships (plural) or the water (uncountable). But other words go with one
kind of noun but not with the other.
	uncountable
A/an or one goes only with a singular noun.	We do not use a/an with an uncountable noun.
I need a spoon.	not a water and not a music.
Numbers above one go only with plural nouns.	We do not use numbers with an uncountable noun.
We eat three meals a day.	not three foods
3 Nouns after some, many/much, etc.
Some and any go with plural or uncountable nouns. We can also use plural and uncountable nouns on their own, without some or any.
PLURAL
Tom told some jokes. Do you know any jokes? Tom usually tells jokes. But not
Many and a few go only with plural nouns. There weren't many bottles. I made a few sandwiches.
UNCOUNTABLE
We had some fun. That won't be any fun We always have fun.
Much and a little go with uncountable nouns. / don't drink much wine. There was only a little bread left.
> 79 Agreement   D> 85 A/an, one and some f> 95 Many and much
page 180   • NOUNS AND ARTICLES
Practice
What is the difference? (l)
Look at the underlined nouns. Are they are countable or uncountable?
► There was a car behind us. cpwrstAble....... 4 Love makes the world 90 round.
► I never eat meat.              w*c°w*iAp|e, 5 Good luck in your new job.
1 Do you play gojf? ..................... 6 Power stations produce energy.
2 I had to wait ten minutes.................. 7 I'm taking a photo.
3 Just tell me one thing..................... 8 Would you like an apple?
B A and some (2-3)
Laura has been to the supermarket. What has she bought? Use a or some with these words: banana, biscuits, butter, cheese, eggs, flowers, lemon, light bulb, mineral water, magazine, soap, wine
p.   Jdms. flower?....... ..................... 4
►  a. .wfc^w-.'.'yft............................................ 5
?qm£ cheesfe______........................... 6
1............................................................. 7
2............................................................... 8
3.............................................................. 9
C Countable and uncountable nouns (1-3)
Complete the conversation. Choose the correct form. Jessica:   What are you doing, Andrew? Andrew:   I'm writing (►) essay/an essay.
Jessica:   Oh, you've got (1) computer/a computer. Do you always write (2) essay/essays on your computer?
Andrew:   Yes, but I'm not doing very well today. I've been working on my plan for about three (3) hour/hours now.
Jessica:   You've got lots of books to help you, though. I haven't got as (4) many/much books as you.
That's because I haven't got much (5) money/moneys. Quite often I can't even afford to buy
(6) food/a food. Andrew:   Really? That can't be (7) many/much fun.
Jessica:   I'd like to get (8) job/a job I can do in my spare time and earn (9) a/some money. I've got
(10) a few/a little ideas, but what do you think I should do? Andrew:   I know someone who paints (11) picture/pictures and sells them. Why don't you do that? Jessica:   Because I'm no good at painting.
NOUNS AND ARTICLES   • PAGE 181
77 A carton of milk, a piece of information, etc.
1 A carton of milk
a carton of milk      two tins of soup       a kilo of sugar       a piece/slice of bread       a loaf of bread
Milk, soup, etc. are uncountable nouns. We cannot use a or a number in front of them. We do not usually say a milk or two soups. But we can say a carton of milk or two tins of soup. Here are some more examples.
MEASUREMENTS
a kilo of cheese jive metres of cable twenty litres of petrol half a pound of butter
piece, slice, etc.
a piece of wood a piece/slice of bread a piece/sheet of paper a bar of chocolate a loaf of bread
CARTON, TIN, ETC.
a carton of orange juice a tin of paint a bottle of water a box/packet of cereal ajar of jam a tube of toothpaste a glass of water a cup of coffee
We can also use this structure with a plural noun after of.
a packet of crisps   a box of matches   three kilos of potatoes   a collection of pictures
2 A piece of information
Advice, information and news are uncountable nouns. We cannot use them with a/an or in the plural. Can I give you some advice? not an-advice
We got some information from the tourist office. not some informations That's wonderful news! not a wonderful-news
But we can use piece of, bit of and item of. Can I give you a piece of/a bit of advice?
There are two pieces/bits of information we need to complete the questionnaire. There's a bit of Ian item of news that might interest you.
These nouns are uncountable in English, although they may be countable in other languages: accommodation, baggage, behaviour, equipment, fun, furniture, homework, housework, litter, luck, luggage, progress, rubbish, scenery, traffic, travel, weather, work
Some countable nouns have similar meanings to the uncountable nouns above.
countable
There aren't any jobs. It's a long journey. There were sofas and chairs for sale. We've booked a room. I've got three suitcases.
UNCOUNTABLE
There isn't any work. Travel can be tiring. There was furniture for sale. We've booked some accommodation, got three pieces of luggage.
PAGE 1«2   • NOUNS AND ARTICLES
Practice
A A carton of milk (l)
What did Tom buy at the supermarket? Use of.		
Milk	0.35	
Milk	0.35	► *
1 kilo flour	0.85	
Jam	0.95	1
Matches	0.39	2
Bread	0.65	3
Bread	0.65	4
Chocolate	0.95	5
5 kilos potatoes	1.59	6
Breakfast cereal	1.38	
Mineral water	0.74	
Mineral water	0.74	
Toothpaste	1.89	
Total	£11.48	
B Countable and uncountable nouns (2)
Complete the sentences. Put in a/an or some.
► I really ought to do .fi9**..........housework.
1 The people who camped in the field have left rubbish.
2 I've been working on the business plan, I've made..................progress.
3 The visitors are here for two nights. They're looking for ...............accommodation.
4 That shop has..................nice sofa.
5 You'll have to pay extra for the taxi because you've got................luggage.
6 The flat is quite empty. I need ... furniture.
7 I can't possibly fit this guitar into..............suitcase.
8 You need ______..........luck to win at this game.
C Countable and uncountable nouns (2)
You are talking about the holiday you had with a friend. Use these words: accommodation, awful journey, beautiful scenery, chair, fun, good weather, meal. You have to decide whether you need to put a/an or not.
(It was quite easy to book a place to stay.)
Booking AceoMModAiici*............. was quite easy.
►   (There was nothing to sit on in your room.)
But my room wasn't very nice. It didn't even have *. ckv«r in it.
1 (You were in a beautiful part of the country.)
It was a lovely place, though. There was........................................................ all around us.
2 (The weather was good.)
And we had........................................while we were there.
3 (One evening you went to a restaurant with some other people.)
One evening we had....................................._______.............. with some people we met.
4 (You enjoyed yourselves at the disco.)
We went to a disco. We had...........................................................there.
5 (Travelling home was awful.)
We had..........................................................home last Saturday.
NOUNS AND ARTICLES   • PAGK 183
78 Nouns that can be countable or uncountable
1 A potato or potato?
Some nouns can be either countable or uncountable. For example, a potato is a separate, individual thing, but potato cannot be counted.
potatoes
COUNTABLE I'm peeling the potatoes
Melanie baked a cake for David. Vicky was eating an apple. Someone threw a stone at the police, There's a hair on your shirt.
potato
UNCOUNTABLE
Would you like some potato? Have some cake/a piece of cake, Is there apple in this salad? The house is built of stone. I must brush my hair. NOT Jtairs-
2 A sport or sport?
Often the countable noun is specific, and the uncountable noun is more general.
COUNTABLE
Rugby is a sport. (- a particular sport) That's a nice painting over there. We heard a sudden noise outside. John I.ennon had an interesting life.
UNCOUNTABLE
Do you like sport? {- sport in general) Paul is good at painting. Constant noise can make you ill. Life is complicated sometimes.
3 A paper or paper?
Some nouns can be countable or uncountable with different meanings.
countable
I bought a paper. (= a newspaper) /'// have a glass of orange juice, please. Have you got an iron? (for clothes) / switched all the lights on. I've been to France many times. The journey was a great experience. I run a small business. (= a company) We finally found a space in the car park.
UNCOUNTABLE
/ need some paper to write on. I bought a piece of glass for the window. The bridge is made of iron. There's more tight by the window. I can't stop. I haven't got time. He has enough experience for the job. I enjoy doing business. (= buying and selling) There's no space for a piano in here. There are hundreds of satellites out in space.
4 A coffee or coffee?
Words for drink are usually uncountable: Coffee is more expensive than tea.
But when we are ordering or offering drinks, we can say either a cup of coffee or a coffee.
Two coffees, please. {= two cups of coffee)    Would you like a beer? (- a glass/bottle/can of beer)
Some nouns can be countable when we are talking about a particular kind or about different kinds. Chianti is an Italian wine. (= a kind of Italian wine)
The use of plastics has greatly increased. (- the use of different kinds of plastic)
I'M,I- LH4    • NOUNS AMD ARTICLES
Practice
A A potato or potato? A sport or sport? (1-2)
Complete the conversations. Choose the correct form.
Can I pick an apple/como apple from your tree? - Yes, of course.
1 I think sport/a sport is Poring. - Me too. I hate it.
2 We ought to buy some potato/some potatoes. - OK, I'll get them.
3 I think painting/a painting is a fascinating hobby. -* Well, you're certainly very good at it.
4 Did you hear noise/a noise in the middle of the night? - No, I don't think so.
5 Is there cheese/a cheese in this soup? ~ Yes, a little.
6 I had conversation/a conversation with Vicky last night. - Oh? What about?
7 Shall I put a chicken/some chicken in your sandwiches? - Yes, please.
8 Are you a pacifist? - Well, I don't believe in war/aj/yar, so I suppose I am.
9 It isn't fair. - No, fife/a life just isn't fair, I'm afraid.
10 What's the matter? - You've got some egg/some eggs on your shirt.
B A paper or paper? (3)
Complete the conversations. Put in these nouns: business (x2), experience (x2), glass, iron, light, paper, space, time. Put a/an or some before each noun.
Did you manage to park in town?
It took me ages to find a $$>&.ce.........And all I wanted was to buy 5oMfe t>Aper to
wrap this present in. Are you busy tomorrow?
I'm meeting someone in the office. We've got..............................to discuss.
Do you think I need to take..............................._______with me for my shirts?
Oh, surely the hotel will have one.
I was going to have some juice, but I can't find ............ . ..........
If you turned__________,______.................on, you might be able to see properly.
I've never met your brother
Oh, he's usually very busy because he runs............................. But he's been il
recently. The doctor has ordered him to spend.................................resting.
How did your interview go?
Well, I didn't get the job. I think they really wanted someone with
................._________ of the work, and that's what I haven't got
So it was a bit of a waste of time. And the train coming back was two hours late. That's .....................I don't want to repeat.
	Harriet:
	Mike:
1	Sarah:
	Mark:
2	Trevor:
	Laura:
3	Vicky:
	Rachel:
4	Claire:
	Mark:
5	Daniel:
	Emma:
C Countable or uncountable? (1-4)
Complete Claire's postcard to her sister. Choose the correct form.
The island is very peaceful. (►) Life/A lifo is good here. Everybody moves at a nice slow pace, People have (1) time/a time to stop and talk. It's (2) experience/an experience I won't forget for a long time. There aren't many shops, so I can't spend all my money, although I did buy (3) p^intLng/a painting yesterday. Now I'm sitting on the beach reading (4) paper/a paper. The hotel breakfast is so enormous that I don't need to have lunch. I've just brought (5) orange/an orange with me to eat later. I've been trying all the different (6) fruit/fruits grown in this part of the world, and they're all delicious.
NOUNS AND ARTICLES   ♦ page iH5
79 Agreement
1 Subject and verb
Look at these examples of agreement between the subject (e.g. the window) and the verb (e.g. is).
SINGULAR
The window is open She was upset It has been mining The soup tastes good. This method doesn't work.
After a singular or an uncountable noun and after he, she or it, we use a singular verb.
plural
The windows are open.
The door and the window are open.
Her eyes were wet.
They have got wet.
The biscuits taste good.
These methods don't work. After a plural noun or they, and after nouns joined by and, we use a plural verb.
2 Everyone, something, every, all, etc.
After everyone, something, nothing, etc, we use a singular verb (see also Unit 103.3). Everyone was pleased.    Something is wrong.
But compare these examples with every, each and all.
After a phrase with every or each, we use a singular verb. Every seat has a number. Each door is a different colour.	After all and a plural noun, we use a plural verb. All the seats have a number.
One of, a number of and a lot of	
After one of     we use a singular verb. One of the photos is missing.	After a number of..., we normally use a plural verb. A number of questions were asked.
After a lot of     the verb agrees with the noun.
Every year a lot ofpollution is created, and a lot of trees are cut down.
4 Any of, either of, neither of and none of
When a plural noun comes after any of, either of, neither of or none of, we can use cither a singular or a plural verb.
Is/Are any of these old maps worth keeping?
I wonder if either of those alternatives is/are a good idea.
Neither of these cameras works/work property.
None of the plants has/have grown very much.
5 An amount + a singular verb
After an amount of money, a distance, a weight or a length of time, we normally use a singular verb.
Eight pounds seems a fair price.    A hundred metres isn't far to swim.
Ninety kilos is too heavy for me to lift.    Five minutes doesn't seem long to wait. We are talking about the amount as a whole, not the individual pounds or metres.
?AC,l- 186   • NOUNS AND ARTICLES
A
Subject and verb (1)
Mark and Sarah are in an antique shop. Complete the conversation by choosing the correct form of the verb.
Sarah:   This tabte (►) is/are lovely.
Mark:    Yes, the wood (1) is/are beautiful, isn't it?
Sarah:   The style and the colour (2) i_s/are both perfect for what we want.
Mark:    These chairs (3) looks/look very stylish, too, but they (4) ts/are rather expensive.
Sarah:   Can you see if the table (5) has/have got a price on?
Mark:    Yes, it has. It says it (6} costs/cost £2,000. That's ridiculous.
Sarah:   Don't you think prices (7) has/have gone up recently? Those tables we saw last month (8) wasnt/wBnen't so expensive.
B Everyone, every, etc. and phrases with of (2-4)
Vicky has been to a very grand party. She is telling her parents about it. Put in was or were.
i really enjoyed the party. It (►) ..was., wonderful. Each guest (1)................ welcomed by the
hostess in person. All the rooms (2)__________________crowded with people. Everyone (3)..................
enjoying themselves. A lot of people (4)..................dancing, and a number of people (5)......------------
swimming in the pool in the garden. All the people there (6)..................very smart. One of the guests
(7)___________.......a TV personality - the chat show host Guy Shapiro. I didn't know many of the guests.
None of my friends (8)__________________there.
The BBC is making a documentary about police work. A policeman is talking about his job. Choose the correct form.
► Every policeman is/aw- given special training for the job.
1 No two days are the same. Each day is/are different.
2 But the job isn't/aren't as exciting or glamorous as some people think.
3 Not all policemen is/are allowed to carry guns.
4 A number of police officers here works/work with dogs.
5 An officer and his dog has/have to work closely together.
6 One of our jobs Is/are to prevent crime happening in the first place.
7 A lot of crime is/are caused by people being careless.
8 Sorry, I have to go now. Someone has/have just reported a robbery.
D An amount + a singular verb (5)
Combine the questions and answers about travel and holidays into one sentence using is or are.
► Do you know the price of a room? - Fifty pounds.
p-f-ty pQiAft,d£ is the price of a ..roojyt....................................................................................
► How many public holidays are there? ~ Ten days in the year.
Tifiv dAy< i* -ffnC yCAr Are. pwblic holiHAyi.    ,, .....(..........................................................
1 Are you going on a long walk? - Fifteen miles.
2 Who's travelling on the bus? ~ Eight students.
3 Was someone waiting for the museum to open? - Yes, three people.
C
Agreement (1-4)
4
Do you know the baggage allowance? ~ Twenty kilos.
NOUNS AND ARTICLES    • i'ACA, 1K7
80 Singular or plural?
1 Clothes, etc.
Some nouns have only a plural form (with s) and take a plural verb. The clothes were in the dryer, not The dothe was... The goods have been sent to you direct from our factory. not The good has . My belongings are all packed up in suitcases.
IM.UKAI. NOUNS
arms (weapons), belongings (the things yuu own), clothes, congratulations, contents (what is insk something), customs (bringing things into a country), earnings (money you earn), goods (products, things for sale), outskirts (the outer part of a town), remains (what is left), surroundings (the environment, the things around you), thanks, troops (soldiers)
Some nouns have both a singular and a plural form with a difference in meaning.
Our special price is £10 cheaper than normal. So don't miss this saving of U0, The storm did a tot of damage to buildings.
I've got a pain in my back, it realty hurls.
PLURAL
My savings are in the bank. I'm going to take out
all the money and buy a new car. The newspaper had to pay £2 million in damages
after priming untrue stories about a politician. ! checked the figures carefully three times. I took
great pains to get them exactly right.
2 News, etc.
Some nouns have a plural form (with s) but take a singular verb. The news was worse than I had expected. NOT The news were ... Economics is a difficult subject. NOT Economics arc...
NOUNS TAKING A SINGULAII VKKIl
The word news
The subjects economics, mathematics/maths, physics, politics and statistics The activities athletics and gymnastics The games billiards and darts The illness measles
3 Means, etc
Some nouns ending in s have the same singular and plural form.
This means of transport saves energy.
Both means of transport save energy.
This species of insect is quite rare.
All these species of insect are quite rare.
■^■■■■■■■1 NOUNS WITH ONE FORM
crossroads, means, series (e.g. a series of TV documentaries
Works (a factory) and headquarters (a main office) take either a singular or a plural verb. The steel works has/liave closed down.
PAGE 188   • NOUNS AND ARTICLES
Practice
A Clothes, etc. (1)
Put in the nouns and add -s if necessary.
► Claire had to take her luggage through custom*.............(custom).
1 Please accept this gift as an expression of our................................(thank).
2 The woman is demanding...... ...............................(damage) for her injuries.
3 The.............................„.....(pain) was so bad I called the doctor.
4 The old man carried his few .......................... (belonging) in a plastic bag.
5 If we pay in cash, we make a............................. (saving) of ten per cent.
6 More............................. (good) should be transported by rail instead of by road.
7 The gas explosion caused some   ... (damage) to the flats.
8 We're going to spend all our..................... ......(saving) on a new car.
9 The company always takes .................. (pain) to protect its image.
B News, etc. (2)
Look at each group of words and say what they are part of.
Start your answers like this: ath..., eco..., geo,.., his..., mat..., phy...
► atoms, energy, heat, light fby^c?..................................
1 algebra, numbers, shapes, sums ......... ......
2 dates, nations, past times, wars.......................,.......,........................
3 the high jump, the long jump, running, throwing......................................................
4 industry, money, prices, work ...........
5 the climate, the earth, mountains, rivers........................___________............
C Clothes, news, etc. (1-2)
Choose the correct verb form.
►■ The television news is/are- at ten o'clock.
1 These clothes is/are the latest fashion.
2 Maths is/are Emma's favourite subject.
3 The troops was/were involved in a training exercise.
4 The contents of the briefcase seems/seem to have disappeared.
5 Darts is/are sometimes played in pubs in England.
6 The athletics we watched was/were quite exciting.
7 The remains of the meal was/were thrown in the bin.
D Clothes, news, means, etc. (1-3)
Complete this email Rachel has received from her sister. Choose the correct forms.
(►) Thenk/Thanks for your email. Your news (1) was/were interesting. We must talk soon.
What about us? Well, we're living on the (2) outskirt/outskirts of town, not far from the company
(3) headquarter/headquarters, where Jeremy works. We've spent nearly all our (4) saving/savings on
the house. That wouldn't matter so much if I hadn't crashed the car last week and done some
(5) damage/damages to the front of it. More bills! But at least I wasn't hurt. The house is nice actually,
but the surroundings (6) isn't/arerVt very pleasant. We're on a very busy (7) crossroad/crossroads.
I'm doing the course I told you about. Statistics (8) is/are an easy subject, I find, but economics (9) gives/give me problems!
NOUNS AND ARTICLES   • IWU! l«9
81  Pair nouns and group nouns
1 Pair nouns
We use a pair noun for a thing made of two parts which are the same. Some pair nouns are binoculars, glasses, jeans, pants, pyjamas, scissors, shorts, tights, trousers.
A pair noun is plural and takes a plural verb. My jeans need washing, not my-jmn-These tights were quite expensive, not this tight We've got some scissors somewhere. NOT a scissor
We cannot use a/an or a number with a pair noun. But we can use / need some jeans, on / need a pair of jeans, not a jean Laura bought four pairs of tights. WOT four lights
jeans
scissors       glasses binoculars
pair of.
2 Group nouns
A group noun can usually take cither a singular or a plural verb.
The team was playing welt, nit The team were playing well.
The government is in crisis. or The government are in crisis. The choice depends on whether we see the group as a whole or as individual people. Often it doesn't matter whether the verb is singular or plural. But sometimes one form is better than the other.
SINGULAR
The family is a very aid and famous one.
The orchestra consists of eighty-six musicians. When we mean the group as a whole, we use a singular verb.
We use it and its. The committee has made its decision.
PLUKAI.
The family are delighted with their presents.
The orchestra don't know what to play. When we mean the individual people in the group, we normally use the plural.
We use they, them and their. The class will miss their lessons because they are all going on a trip.
Some group nouns: army, audience, band, board, choir, class, club, committee, community, company, council, crew, crowd, family, government, group, management, orchestra, population, press (- newspapers), public, staff, team, union
Also: Harrods, the BBC, the United Nations, etc. and England (the England team), Manchester United
3 Police, people and cattle
These nouns have a plural meaning and take a plural verb. The police have warned motorists to take extra care. People don't know what the future wilt bring, lite cattle are going to be sold with the farm.
> page 379 Group nouns in American English
pack 14(1   • nouns and articles
Practice
A Pair nouns (l)
Trevor and Laura are shopping for clothes. Choose the correct form.
Trevor:   These trousers (►) is/are a bit tight. They (1) doesn't/don't feel very comfortable. And I think
the blue ones (2) goes/go better with the jacket. Laura:   That jacket (3) is/are too long.
Trevor:   Well, the jeans (4) fits/fit all right. Perhaps I'll buy the jeans instead.
Laura:   Yes, the jeans (5) looks/look good on you. I like the style. I think they (6) suits/suit you. Now you get changed while I look for (7) a/some shorts. And I might get (8) a/some skirt.
B Pair nouns (1)
Complete what Rachel says to Vicky. Put one word in each space.
This old suitcase was in the corridor. I don't know who left it here. It's been here for about three days, so I'm having a look inside. There's a pair (►) &$. pyjamas,
(1)..................jeans, two (2)..................
of tights and a (3)..................of sunglasses.
There are (4) ................red shorts, too.
C Group nouns (2)
Complete this TV news report. Choose the correct form of the verb.
Zedco f»4qaye/has just announced that it made a loss of £35 million last year. The management (1) is/are well aware that they have made mistakes. The press (2) have/has all been printing stories and articles critical of the company. The Zedco board (3) knows/know that they now have some difficult decisions to take. Naturally, the staff (4) is/are worried about their jobs and (5) wants/want a meeting with management as soon as possible. But Chief Executive Barry Douglas says things aren't really so bad. He has said that the company still (6) has/have a great future ahead of it.
D Group nouns (2-3)
Put in a group noun and is or are. Use these nouns:
cattle, choir, crew, crowd, orchestra, police, population, team
►   The crowd Are......all enjoying the game.
1   This United______......................__________________ the best one Tom has ever seen.
2 The.................................... hoping they can take part in a national singing contest.
3 The ship's.........................._..................all very tired after a long sea voyage.
4 The........................... .........one of the biggest that has played at one of our concerts.
B The................................................installing cameras to photograph speeding motorists.
6 At the moment beef.............................................cheap because sales of beef are low.
7 The country's................................................growing rapidly because of immigration.
NOUNS AND ARTICLES   • page 191
82
1
Two nouns together
Introduction
Look at these phrases.
a bread knife = a knife for cutting bread a bus driver = someone who drives a bus the street lights - the lights in the street
a cookery book - a book about cookery my birthday party — a party on my birthday paper bag = a bag made of paper
In English we often use one noun before another like this.
The two nouns are often written as separate words, but we sometimes use a hyphen (-), or we write them as a single word.
a tea break    at the tea-table    a large teapot There are no exact rules about whether we join the words or not. If you are unsure, it is usually safest to write two separate words.
2 A souvenir shop, etc.
Look at these examples.
(i souvenir shop - a shop selling souvenirs
an animal hospital ~ a hospital for animals
through the letter-box - a box for letters The first noun is usually singular. There are some exceptions, e.g. a sports club, a goods tram, a clothes-brush, a sales conference.
3 A teacup and a cup of tea
Look at these pictures.
a teacup	a cup of tea
A teacup is a cup for holding tea.	A cup of tea is a cup full of tea {see Unit 77,1 )
Here are some more examples.	
/ picked up a cigarette packet.	Gary opened a packet of cigarettes.
I'll wash the milk bottle.	There's a bottle of milk in the fridge.
4 An -ing form + a noun
We can use an -ing form with a noun.
a sleeping-bag — a bag for sleeping in a waiting-room - a room for waiting in a washing-machine ~ a machine for washing clothes
5 Longer phrases
We can use more than two nouns.
a glass coffee-table    at Sydney Opera House    the bedroom carpet the winter bus timetable    our Assistant Computer Technology Manager
page 192   • NOUNS AND ARTICLES
Practice
A Two nouns together (1)
Say what these things are. For each picture use two of these nouns:
alarm, camera, chair, clock, cycle, luggage, motor, office, racket, television, tennis, trolley
►   aa p-Ffi ce eta.! r__________............................ 3
1.................................................................. 4 ..........
2 ..........................=.............,,.......................... 5 ..........
B Two nouns together (1-4)
Can you say it a better way? Use two nouns together.
(I read an interesting article in a newspaper yesterday.) I,..c.eAd..A*, trstercsti^ Aew5p*Ap.er Article.yesterdAy
1 (Have you got any shirts made of cotton?)
2 (What shall I do with this bottle that had lemonade in it?)
3 (Have you got a bag to carry shopping in?)
4 (Is there a shop that sells shoes near here?)
5 (I'd like a table in the corner, please.)
6 (I'll need some boots to climb in.)
7 (Do you operate computers?)
C Two nouns together (1-5)
Look at the definitions and write the words.
►	a station from which trains leave	A trAir. StAtioiV	...
►	a bottle once containing medicine and made of glass	a ^Ia££ Medio *e bottle_______	,-,:,„----
1	a wall made of stone		
2	a centre where information is given to tourists		
3	a towel you use after having a bath		
4	clothes for working in		
5	a block of offices in the centre of a city		
6	a graph showing sales		
7	a card that gives you credit		
8	a race for horses		
9	the Director of Marketing		
10	a tour by bicycle at the end of the week		
NOUNS AND ARTICLES   • I'ACiH 193
Test N Nouns and agreement
A
Some of these sentences are correct, and some have a word which should not be there. If the sentence is correct, put a tick (/). If it is incorrect, cross the unnecessary word out of the sentence and write it in the space.
► Would you like a ptece of chocolate? S.....
I like-a-classical music very much, .ft......................
1 That's a wonderful news!........................
2 Do you own a computer? ....................
3 I heard an interesting piece of information today. _________.___________
4 I saw your friend playing a golf. __________............
5 There's some luggage in the car _________________________
6 I bought a carton of some milk. .........................
7 The gates were made of an iron. ___________....._________
8 You need an experience to run a business like this..................._______
B
Tessa is talking about her shopping trip. Write the missing words. Use one word only in each space.
I spent (►) $Pf*&..........time looking round the shops in Oxford Street yesterday. I spent far too
(1)............. money, of course. I bought some (2)...................: three dresses, a sweater, a blouse,
two (3)..................of trousers and a skirt. I enjoyed myself - it was great (4) ........ . The skirt
is really nice, A hundred pounds (5) ...........quite expensive, but I couldn't resist it. Anyway, it
was reduced from a hundred and twenty pounds, so I made a (6)..................of twenty pounds,
One of the dresses (7}..................fit, I've discovered, but I can take it back next time I go. I had a
wonderful time and bought all these lovely things. But it was very crowded. Everyone (8)..................
rushing about. And the traffic (9),.................terrible. I usually have a coffee and a (10) of
cake, but the cafes were all full, so I didn't bother.
c
Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first Use the word in brackets.
> Could I have some bread, please? (piece)
Com Id I taye A piece of breAd, pleAfe?...............................................................................
1 All the windows were broken, (every)
2 The money I earn isn't enough to live on. (earnings)
3   There were bits of paper everywhere, (litter)
4 We went to the hotel to get a meal, (food)
5 Judy bought some binoculars, (pair)
6   I need a new book of cheques, (cheque)
7 I'll have some orange juice, please, (glass)
■ i <■ i ■ >»■♦........;........•.....* ..............- ■ - ? i ii ni ' ■----------.....i.....,F,F»...,1,.|*|.i + ,tj4(l(l|, i
8 The reporter needed some information, (two)
PAtll- 194   • NOUNS AND ARTICLES
D
Each of these sentences has a mistake in it. Write the correct sentence. ►  Gan you lend me-some-pcn to-wr-itethis-eheque?
Qw\ ypu .lead mcl a pe*. to, .write.. tKjf.. cheque.,?..........................
1   We caf^t-sit herebeeatjse the grass-ar-e wet;
2   Do-yeu want a butte^on your bread?
3   All my belonging was stolen;
4   Do you have any informations abetrt-hetete?
5 The police is questioning-two-meR-.
f». *■«.••».. ...............——
6 Can-wfrhave-two coffee, please?
7   The news-aren't very good, I'm afraid.
8   I just want to go into this shoes shop.
9   It's only a short travel by tfain.
E
Choose the correct form.
► The house is built of stone/a stono.
1 Each team wear/wears a different colour.
2 Let me give you an advice/a piece of advice.
3 Everyone was watching the football match/the match of football.
4 We had to take our luggage through customs/a customs.
5 The band is/are proud of their success.
6 I haven't got many/much friends.
7 Three hours is/are long enough to look round the museum.
8 I wear this glass/these glasses when I go out.
9 My father had a job at the steelwork/steelworks.
10 We couldn't find an/any accommodation.
11 Do you eat meat/a meat?
12 The contents of the box was/were thrown away,
13 Noise/A noise woke me up in the middle of the night.
14 Cattle was/were driven hundreds of miles by the cowboys.
15 One of the windows is/are open.
16 What would it be like to travel at the speed of light/a light?
17 Is there a sport club/sports club near here?
18 E-mail is a relatively new mean/means of communication.
19 We make furniture out of many different wood/woods.
20 Someone has/have kidnapped the President!
NOUNS AND ARTICLES   • page 195
83 A/an and the (1)
1 Introduction
Read this true story about an American tourist in Britain.
A man from California was spending a month in Britain. One day he booked into a hotel in Cheltenham, a nice old town in the West of England. Then he went out to look around the place. But the man didn't return to the hotel. He disappeared, leaving a suitcase full of clothes behind. The police were called in, but they were unable to find out what had happened to the missing tourist. It was a mystery. But two weeks later the man walked into the police station in Cheltenham. He explained that he was very sorry, but while walking around the town, he had got lost. He had also forgotten the name of the hotel he had booked into. So he had decided to continue with his tour of the country and had gone to visit a friend in Scotland before returning to pick up the case he had left behind.
A/an goes only with a singular noun. With a plural or nn uncountable noun we use some
He left a case, (singular)
He left some cases. (pluraJ)
He left some luggage. (uncountable)
The goes with both .singular and plural nouns and
with uncountable nouns. He needed the case, (singular) He needed the cases, (plural) He needed the luggage. (uncountable)
2 Use
When the story first mentions something, the noun has a or an.
A man booked into a hotel in Cheltenham. These phrases are new information. Wc do not know which man or which hotel. But when the same thing is mentioned again, the noun has the.
The man didn't return to the hotel.. These phrases are old information. Now we know which man and which hotel - the ones already mentioned earlier in the story. We use the when it is clear which one we mean.
a/an
Would you like to see a show?
(i don't say which show.)
The cyclist was hit by a car.
(I don't say which caj.)
In the office a phone was ringing.
(The office has lots of phones.)
Has Melanie got a garden?
(We do not know if there is one.)
The train stopped at a station.
(We don't know which station.)
We took a taxi.
We could hear a noise.
I wrote the number on an envelope.
I HI-;
Woidd you like to see the show? (= the show we already mentioned) Whose is the car outside? ('Outside' explains which car 1 mean.) f was in bed when the phone rang. (= the phone in my house) She was at home in the garden. (We know she has one.) Turn left here for the station. (- the station in this town) We went in the car, (= my/our car) We could hear the noise of a party. I wrote tt on the hack of an envelope.
3 A man/he and the man/someone
We use a/an + noun or someone/something when we aren't saying which one.
A man/Someone booked into a hotel.
He left a easel something behind.
We use the + noun or he/she/it when we know which one.
The man!He didn't return to the hotel. The caseilt contained clothes.
PACE 196   • NOUNS AND ARTICLES
Practice
A The use of a/an and the (1-3)
Complete this true story. Put in a/an or the.
(►) A     man decided to rob (1)............... bank in the town where he lived. He walked into
(2)........ bank and handed (3)..................note to one of (4) cashiers.
(5)..................cashier read (6)........... note, which told her to give (7)..................man some
money. Afraid that he might have (8)..................gun, she did as she was told. (9).............man
then walked out of (10)................. building, leaving (11).......... note behind. However, he had
no time to spend (12).................money because he was arrested (13)..................same day. He
had made (14) ................mistake. He had written (15)................ note on (16) ..............back of
(17) .................envelope. And on (18) other side of (19)..................envelope was his
name and address. This clue was quite enough for (20).......... detectives on the case.
B A man/he and the man/someone (3)
Replace the sentences which contain an underlined word. Use a/an or the with the word in brackets.
►   We didn't have much time for lunch. David made something for us. (omelette)
t>d,vid (m^de a* omelette -for t*£............... ,..............................................................
1   They ran the race before they held the long jump. Matthew won it easily, (race)
2 The driver turned left. Suddenly someone ran into the road, (child)
3 Vicky was lying on the sofa. She was watching something on television, (film)
4 I had to take a train and then a bus. It was half an hour late, (bus)
5 A shoplifter tried to steal some clothes. The camera videoed her. (thief)
Hindi.....■'•........• •«
The use of a/an and the (1-3)
Complete the conversations. Put in a/an or the.
►  Laura: Look outside. The., sky is getting very dark.
Trevor: I hope there isn't going to be a storm.
1 Mike: I'm going out for..................walk. Have you seen my shoes?
Harriet: Yes, they're on floor in.................. kitchen,
2 Melanie: Would you like..................tomato? There's one in...........fridge.
David: Oh, yes, please. I'll make myself..................cheese and tomato sandwich.
3 Sarah: If you're going into............... city centre, can you post these letters for me?
Mark: Yes, I'll take them to.............. main post office.
4 Rita: I've got............problem with my phone bill. Can I see someone about it?
Receptionist: Yes, go to..................fifth floor. lift is along the corridor.
5 Tom: I didn't know Melanie had..................dog.
David: It isn't hers. She's just taking it for a walk while ........owner is away.
6 Vicky: I've got..................headache. I've had it all day.
Rachel:       Why don't you go to health centre? It's open until six.
7 Andrew:       Guess what. I found               £50 note on the pavement this morning. Jessica:       You really ought to take it to..................police station, you know.
NOUNS AND ARTICLES   • PAGE 197
84 A/an and the (2)
1 Introduction
We use a/an and the when we aren't saying which one, and we use the when we know which
A tourist arrived in Cheltenham to look around the town. Look again at the story and the examples in Unit 83.
The sun was going down.    The government is unpopular.
A drive in the country would be nice.    We shouldn't pollute the environment. Normally there is only one sun or one government in the context. We mean the government ot our country and the sun in our solar system.
We normally say: the country(side), the earth, the environment, the government, the moon, the ozone layer, the Prime Minister, the sea(side), the sky, the sun, the weather
We also use the with cinema, theatre and (newsjpaper.
Do you often go to the cinema?    I read about the accident in the paper. Note that we say a/the police officer but the police.
A police officer came to the hotel. NOT A folke came io the hotel.-
Tlie police came to the hotel. (= one or more police officers)
3 A nice day, etc.
A phrase which describes something has a/an.
It was a lovely day.    Cheltenham is a nice old town.
It's a big hotel.    This is a better photo. But we use the with a superlative.
It's the biggest hotel in town.     This is the best photo.
We also use a/an to classify something, to say what kind of thing it is.
The play was a comedy.     lite mans disappearance was a mystery. We use a/an to say what someone's job is.
My sister is a secretary.     Nick is a car salesman.
2 The sun, etc.
When there is only one of the things we are talking about, we use the.
4 A or an?
The choke of a or an and the pronunciation of the depend on the next sound.
a l$i or thelfel + consonant sound an /an/ or theibM + vowel sound
a cup /k/     the /6sf cup an aspirin        l&i       the /dV uspit
a poster /p/     the /fo/ poster an egg /e/        the /5i/ egg
a shop iy     etc. an Indian N etc.
a boiled egg     Ibi un old photo /mi/
a record hi an umbrella ltd
It is the sound of the next word that matters, not the spelling.
a one-way street
a uniform a holiday a U-turn
/w/
& Ihl
an uncle an hour an MP
an open door
ho/ ifj Mo/ id
PAGE 198   • NOUNS AND ARTICLES
Practice
The sun, etc. (1-2)
Complete these sentences about pollution and the environment. Put in a/an or the. ►  There was a.      programme on television about dangers to the..... environment.
1 There was also..............article about pollution in..................paper.
2 .................ozone layer will continue to disappear if we don't find.............. way to stop it.
3 .................world's weather is changing. Pollution is having........ ........effect on our climate.
4 Last week.............oil tanker spilled oil into.................sea, damaging wildlife.
5 Some professors have signed .................letter of protest and have sent it to ................
government.
6 If................earth was..................human being, it would be in hospital.
B The use of
Complete the
►	David:
	Trevor:
1	Henry:
	Nick:
2	Sarah:
	Laura:
3	Rita:
	Harriet:
4	Rachel:
	Vicky:
5	Mark;
	Sarah:
Matthew: Emma: Matthew: Emma:
a/an and the (1-3)
conversations. Put in a/an or the.
How was your trip to the..... coast?
Wonderful. The......sun shone all day. We had a. great time.
Would you like______....._______cigarette?
No, thanks. I've given up smoking. It's.................bad habit.
What's your brother doing now? Has he got..................good job?
Yes, he's.............. soldier. He's in ...............army. He loves it. It's..................
great life, he says.
I went to see Doctor Pascoe yesterday. She's .................best doctor I've ever had.
She's very nice, isn't she? You couldn't meet................nicer person.
You were ................long time at....... supermarket.
Yes, I know. There was..................enormous queue. I was thinking of complaining to
................manager.
Why were you late for your meeting?
Well, first I had to go to................ hotel I'd booked into. I took........... taxi from
..................airport, and..................driver got completely lost. It was.........
terrible nuisance. ______.........man was............. complete idiot.
Is this..........book you were telling me about?
Yes, it's...............really interesting story.
What did you say it's about?
I knew you weren't listening to me. It's .............science fiction story.
It's about................beginning of.........universe.
C A or an? (4)
Put in the abbreviations with a or an.
► a Personal Assistant a PA..... ...........
► a National Broadcasting Company reporter Ars N.RC,.reenter
1 a Disc Jockey .............. ..............
2 a Very Important Person...........................
3 an Irish Republican Army member ...................
4 a Personal Computer ..............................
5 a Los Angeles suburb...............................
6 an Unidentified Flying Object .........,....................
7 an Annual General Meeting......................
8 a Member of Parliament .... ..................
NOUNS AND ARTICLES   • I'Adr 199
85 A/an, one and some
1 A/an and some
Look at this example.
Trevor has found some money in his old trousers, There's a note and some coins.
We use a/an with a singular noun and some with a plural or an uncountable noun (see 4). A + singular noun: a note
Some + plural noun: some coins
Some + uncountable noun:    some money
2 A/an and one
A/an and one both refer to one thing. Using one puts more emphasis on the number. Henry gave die taxi driver a note, (not a coin) Henry gave the taxi driver one note, (not two)
We use one (not a/an) when we mean one of a larger number.
One question/One of the questions in the exam was more difficult than the others. The team wasn't at full strength. One player/One of the players was injured.
3 A dog - all dogs
We oH.cn use a plural noun on its own to express a general meaning (see Unit 86).
Dogs make wonderful pets.    Oranges contain vitamin C. Here dogs means 'all dogs, dogs in general'.
These sentences with a/an express the same general meaning.
A dog makes a wonderful pet.    An orange contains vitamin C.
A butcher is someone who sells meat.    A kitten is a baby cat. A dog here is less usual than the structure with dogs, but we often use a/an when explaining the meaning of a word, e.g. a butcher.
4 Some
Some with a plural noun means 'a number of, and some with an uncountable noun means 'an amount of.
Claire took some photos.     We went out with some friends.
Henry bought some flowers,     J had some chips with my steak.
Can you lend me some money?    Andrew is doing some work.
Lets play some music.     There's some milk in the fridge. Claire took some photos means that she took a number of photos, although we may not know the exact number.
We do not use some when we are describing something or saying what kind of thing it is.
Vicky has blue eyes.     Is this salt or sugar?
These are marvellous photos.    Those people are tourists. Compare these sentences.
1 had some chips with my steak, (a number of chips)
/ had chips with my steak, (chips, not potatoes or rice)
> 76 Countable and uncountable nouns   1> 83-4 A/an and the
> 94 Some and any   L> 96 All, most and some
PAGE 200   • NOUNS AND ARTICLES
Practice
A/an and some (1)
Paul has painted some pictures for a competition. Say what is in the pictures. Use a or some with these words: birds, cat, fish, flowers, fruit, luggage, people
^    5oim£ pfopk......... f "T )
►  A .teh..............
1 ........-...................
2 ............................
3 ...........................
4 ...........................
5 ................___________
A	
pi	
	■
B A/an and one (2)
Put in a/an or one.
►  Have you only got. p*e._______ bedroom? I thought you had two.
1 Melanie wanted something to drink. She was looking for..................cafe.
2 It was Sunday................shop was open, but all the others were closed.
3 .................of these photos is of you. Would you like it?
4 Shall I take............ photo of you two together?
C A dog = all dogs (3)
Match each word with the right explanation and write sentences with a/an.
carrot	line of people	►
violin	book of maps	1
queue	vegetable	2
atlas	tool for digging	3
spade	musical instrument	4
D Some (4)
What would you say in these situations? Use a noun and decide if you need some or not.
►   You and your friend would like a game of cards, but neither of you has a pack. We need Som£ c&.rdf..........
You are describing Rachel to someone. Rachel's hair is dark. Rachel has rW-k. in<kir............
1 You are eating nuts. Offer them to your friend. Would you like ........ ..................?
2 You want a drink of mineral water. There's a jug on the table, but you don't know what's in it. Is there................................. ........... ... in this jug?
3 You've come home from a shopping trip with a few clothes. Tell your friend. I've bought.............. ,. ..........................
4 You are eating some bread that Melanie baked. It's lovely. Melanie, this is........ ................_________............. ...
5 The two women who live next door to you are both studying at the university. Tell your visitor. The women next door are ......................................
nouns and articles    • pack 201
86 Cars or the cars?
1 Introduction
tike ice hockey. It's my favourite sport And I like old cars, driving them,
We can use a plural noun (e.g. cars, parties) or an uncountable noun (e.g. ice hockey, musk) without the. / love parties means that i love all parties, parties in general.
2 General and specific meanings
GENERAL
A plural noun or an uncountable noun on its own has a general meaning. Cars are expensive to buy. Elephants are intelligent animals. I don't understand computers. (— all computers, computers in general) You always need money. Glass is made from sand I'm quite fond of curry. Natasha is studying music. (- all music, music in general)
SPECIFIC
The + plural noun or uncountable noun has a specific meaning.
The cars had both broken down.
We saw the elephants at the zoo.
The computers crashed at work today.
(= the specific computers at my workplace)
Laura put the money in her purse.
David swept up the broken glass.
The curry was delicious, thank you.
The music was too loud. (- the music at a specific time, at a party for example)
A phrase or clause after the noun often shows that it is specific.
Look a t the oil on your sweater. The apples you gave me were n ice. But the nouns in these sentences have a general meaning.
I hate people who never say hello.    Life in the old days was hard. Life in the old days is still a general idea, not a specific life.
A phrase with of usually takes the. Compare these two structures. a book on Irish history    a book on the history of Ireland
3 Special uses of the
We use the + singular noun to make general statements about animals and about inventions and discoveries.
The tiger can swim.    The fly is a common insect
Who invented the camera?    The electron is a part of every atom. Here the tiger means all tigers, tigers in general. We use this structure mainly in written English. In speech, Tigers can swim is more usual.
We also use the with musical instruments. (But for American English see page 379.)
Natasha can play the piano, the violin and the clarinet. We do not use the with sports.
Shall we play tennis? not Shall we play the tennis? Note that we listen to the radio but normally watch television.
PAGE 202   • NOUNS AND ARTICLES
Practice
A He likes golf (1)
Look at the pictures and say what people like. Use these objects: art, chemistry, chips, dogs, golf
B General and specific meanings (2)
Complete the conversations. Put in the nouns and decide if you need the.
Tom: Melanie Rachel: Vicky:
2 Melanie:
Did you see "the.. fpptbfl.l.. (football) on television last night?
No, I hate .fpsit>a.II (football). I was watching ttajvevrf,., (news) on the other channel. Did your family have a dog when you were younger?
No, thank goodness. I'm afraid of.................................................... (dogs). I didn't
like............................ ................(dogs) that were running around in the park
yesterday. I was afraid they were going to attack me.
You shouldn't drive so much, Mark. You know that....................................................
(cars) cause..................................................... (pollution), don't you?
Yes, but.......................____________...................(cars) these days are cleaner than they
used to be. Isn't it........ ............................................(aeroplanes) that are mainly
responsible for.....................................................(pollution) of the atmosphere?
Melanie: I've put some bread out in the garden for ....................................,..............(birds).
You like......................................................(birds), don't you?
Yes, I do. I love......................................................(wildlife), in fact. I'd much rather
live in the country if I could.
You're always reading books about.................................................(history), aren't
you?
It was always my favourite subject. Do you know anything
about................................................. (history) of this area?
No, but if you like looking round.............. ..................................(museums) and
....................................................(old buildings), we could find out about it together.
Mark:
Tom: Melanie
4 Laura:
Harriet:
Laura:
C Special uses of the (3)
Put in the correct noun and decide if you need the.
Use these nouns: atom, football, guitar, radio, telescope, television
► I was listening to a phone-in on the. rAdNp.............
1 Rutherford split......................................................in 1911.
2 Tom and his friends played......................................................in the park.
3 Mike is quite musical. He can play......................................................
4 The children spend a lot of time watching....................................................
5 Galileo developed......................................................for use in astronomy.
NOUNS AND ARTICLES   • PAGE 203
87 Prison, school, bed, etc.
1 Prison or the prison?
Compare these situations.
This man is in prison. He went to prison two
years ago.
We do not use the when we are talking about being in prison as a prisoner.
Here are some examples with other buildings. School is over at half past three. (= school activities) Vicky is at college. (She is a student there.) David is in hospital. (He is a patient.) Melanie is going to church. (She is going to a service.)
The young woman is in the prison. She has gone to the prison to visit her father. We use the when we mean the prison as a specific building. The young woman is in the prison as a visitor.
The school is a mile from here.
(- the school building)
The meeting was at the college.
Melanie waited in the hospital for news.
We wanted to look round the church, but it
was locked.
We can also use jail and university in this way. But we do not leave out the before other nouns for buildings, e.g. the cinema, the factory, the house, the library, the office, the pub, the shop, the station.
2 Bed, home, etc.
Here are some phrases with other nouns.
bed:	in bed, go to bed (to rest or sleep)	But sit on the bed, make the bed
home:	at home, go home, come home, leave home	But in the house, to the house, in the home
sea:	at sea (- sailing)	But on the sea, by the sen, at/to the seaside,
	go to sea (as a sailor)	on/to the coast
town:	in town, go into town, leave town	But the town centre, the city, the village
work:	at work, go to work, leave work	But the office, the factory
> page 379 American English
PAGE 204    • NOUNS AND ARTICLES
Practice
A Prison or the prison? (1)
Put in the words in brackets. Decide if you need the.
The four members of the gang were sent to pciftsa.......      (prison). Their wives drove together to
tlw..p.r.ift»a. (prison) every week to visit their husbands.
1 Not many people go to ________________,_______(church) regularly nowadays. I saw some tourists
walking to__________ _________(church) last week, but they only wanted to take photos of it.
2 A group of people came out of_____«.......................(cinema), crossed the road and went into
.................................(pub).
3 When my father was ill and had to go to................................... (hospital), my sister went with him
in the ambulance, She's a doctor, and she works at................................ (hospital),
4 Mark has always known what he wanted to do in life. After leaving........ ,.
(school), he took a course in business studies at_____________,................ (college).
B Prison, school, etc. (1-2)
Complete this paragraph from a magazine article about Melissa Livingstone. Put in the words with or without the.
Today Melissa Livingstone is a popular actress and star of the TV soap opera 1 Round the Comer'. But as a child she was very unhappy. She didn't do well at f» fcf1001       (school), and she never went
to (1)..................................(college). Her greatest pleasure was going to (2).....______................________
(cinema). Her family lived in an unattractive town and their home was next to (3)
(station). Melissa's father, Tom, was a sailor, and he spent months at (4) .............................(sea).
He was hardly ever at (5) ...._________..................... (home) and when he was, he didn't do very much.
Sometimes he spent all day In (6).................................(bed). Melissa's mother, Susan, had to get
up at five o'clock every day to go to (7)______________________ .   ... (work). When Tom lost his job he stole
a gold cup from (8)..................................(church ) Susan used to go to. He had to go to
(9)..................... (prison) for a year. Melissa's mother was horrified at the shame he had
brought on the family.
C Prison, school, etc. (1-2)
Complete the sentences. Use in, at or to and these words:
bed, church, college, factory, home, hospital, library, prison, shop, town, work
Decide if you need the.
We'll eat out tonight. I'll meet you ms tow*............later.
This sweater was cheap. I bought it Ai the,. *kop    by the railway station.
1 The weather was awful. We stayed............................... all weekend.
2 Melanie had an early night last night. She was..................................at ten.
3 Emma's friend has just had a baby. Emma is going_________________ to visit her.
4 Vicky's parents are religious. They go..................................every Sunday.
5 Laura doesn't like her job. She just goes ...........................______to earn some money.
6 I've read these books. I'm taking them back...................................
7 The man who did the robbery is no longer............................... . He was let out last month.
8 Jessica is a student. She's...................................
9 It's very quiet..................................when they've turned ail the machines off.
NOUNS AND ARTICLES   - PAGE 205
88 On Friday, for lunch, etc.
Introduction
Henry:   Don't forget we're meeting on Friday for lunch.
Sarah:     Of course I haven't forgotten.
But remind me where we're eating.
I ienry:    The Riverside Restaurant. You've been there before. Claire was with us. It was the Friday before she went to Australia. We had a good lunch.
Phrases of time are usually without a/an or the. e meeting on Friday for lunch.
But we use a/an or the if there is a phrase or clause after Friday, lunch, etc.
It was the Friday before she went to Australia Wc normally use a/an or the if there is an adjective,
We had a good lunch.
2 Years, seasons and months
/ was born in 1974. We play cricket in summer/in the summer. Winter always depresses me. I start the course in September.
That was the year I was born. It was the winter of 1995 when things started go wrong for the company.
3 Special times
We go away at Christmas. Easter is early this year. Til be home for Thanksgiving.
We had a wonderful Christmas 1 started work here the Easter before last.
4 Days of the week
Yes, Thursday will be convenient. I'll see you on Tuesday evening.
The storm was on the Thursday of that week. We went surfing at the weekend.
5 Parts of the day and night
/ can't sleep at night.
I prefer to travel by day/by night.
I must get to bed before midnight.
We were on the beach at sunset. I hope to get there before dark.
It's wanner in/during the day. Someone got up in/during the night. We're meeting in the morning. They arrived at the hotel in the evening It was a beautiful sunset. I couldn't see in the dark.
6 Meals
I'll see you at breakfast. We haw supper at about eight I'm going out after lunch.
We had a quick breakfast. The supper David cooked was excellent. The meal was very nice. Well need an evening meal.
206   • NOUNS AND ARTICLES
Practice
A On Friday, etc. (2-5)
Complete the conversations. Put in the words and use a/an or the if you need to.
►   Rachel:   Is it the pop festival on ..Friday............ (Friday)?
Vicky:    I think it's     . tccUy......(Friday) after that.
1 Henry:   Will you be in America for............................................(Thanksgiving)?
Claire:   Oh no. That's in........................________________ (November), isn't it?
2 Nick:     Are you doing anything at...........................................(weekend)?
Tom:     Well, I'm going to the match on...........................................(Saturday), of course.
3 llona:    Does it snow here at..........................................(Christmas)?
Emma   Not often. We haven't had............................................(white Christmas) for years.
4 Nick:     How long have you lived here?
Harriet: We came here in...................................... (summer) of......................................
(1997).
5 Laura:    I'd like to look round the castle in...........................................(afternoon).
Trevor:   Well, it's just a ruin. The building dates from........................................(year) 900.
6 Mark:    Mike driving at....................................... (night) when the roads are quiet.
Trevor:   Oh, I don't like driving in................................. (dark). I'd much rather travel
during.......... ________...................(day).
B A/an or the with meals (6)
Laura is talking about the food she and Trevor had on holiday. Put in the words and use a/an or the if you need to.
í>yTW:. mgaIí..........(meals) we had weren't very good. We had (1) ...................................
(breakfast) in the hotel, and that wasn't too bad. We usually went out for (2)................................
(lunch) because (3).........,.................................(lunch) they served in the hotel was always the
same. And (4).......................................... (dinner) we had at the hotel on our first evening was
pretty awful, so we tried a few restaurants. On our last evening we had (5)...................................
(marvellous meal) in a Chinese restaurant. I wish we'd discovered the place a bit sooner.
On Friday, for lunch, etc. (1-6)
Put in the words. Decide if you need to use the. Hello, Henry. Come in.
Oh, sorry. You're having (►) l^ch........(lunch).
No, this is (1)............................_________ (breakfast). I had a late night. It was long after
(2)............ (midnight) when I got in.
Someone told me you're going away after (3).............. ______..........(Christmas).
Yes, I'm going to the Seychelles on (4).....................................(Wednesday).
What a life you lead, Claire. What time do you leave for the airport? Oh, in (5)...............................(morning) some time. About ten. It's cheaper to fly at
(6)....................................(night), but I decided it would be easier during
(7).....................................(day).
I can drive you to the airport, I'm usually free on (8)...................................... (Wednesday)
mornings. I'd like to see you off. That's sweet of you Henry, but I can take a taxi.
I'll just check in my diary that it isn't (9).................................(Wednesday) of our next
board meeting. No, it's OK. I can do it. And when will you be back? Claire:   At the beginning of (10)..................................... (February). The second, I think.
Claire: Henry: Claire:
Henry: Claire: Henry: Claire:
Henry:
Claire: Henry:
NOUNS AND ARTICLES    • page 207
89 Quite a, such a, what a, etc.
Introduction
After quite, such and what we can use a phrase with a/an, e.g. a game. There is often an adjective as well, e.g. such a good team.
'What a great win that was for United. They're such a
good team.
2 Very, quite, rather, etc.
A/an goes before very, fairly, really, etc.
It's a very old house.    It's a fairly long walk.
I made a really stupid mistake. But a/an usually goes after quite.
It's quite an old house.    There was quite a crowd. A/an can go either before or after rather.
It's a rather old house, or It's rather an old house. We can also use very, quite, rather, etc. + adjective + plural or uncountable noun
They're very old houses.    This is quite nice coffee.
3 So and such a
so
The structure is be + so + adjective The test was so easy. not it was a so easy test. The hill was so steep. It's so inconvenient without a car.
The weather is so nice. Tom's jokes are so awftd.
Note these sentences with long, far, many/much and It's so long since I saw you. Why are we so far from the beach? There were so many people. You waste so much time.
We can use this structure with so... (that) or such ... Emma was so angry with Matthew
(that) she threw a plate at him. I was so unlucky you wouldn't believe it.
SUCH A/AN
The structure is such + a/an (+ adjective) + noun. It was such an easy test. not It was a such easy test. It was such a steep hill. It's such a nuisance without a car.
We can also use such + an adjective + a plural or uncountable noun.
We're having such nice weather.
Tom tells such awful jokes.
a lot of.
It's such a long time since ! saw you. It's such a long way to the beach. There were such a lot of people. You waste such a lot of time.
(that).
Vicky got such a nice welcome (that) she
almost cried. I had such bad luck you wouldn't believe it.
4 What a
In an exclamation we can use what a/an with a singular noun and what with a plural or uncountable noun.
+ singular noun: What a goal! What a good idea!
+ plural noun: What lovely flowers!        What nice shoes you've got on!
+ uncountable noun:        What rubbish! What fun we had!
O- 116 Quite and rather
PAGE 208   • NOUNS AND ARTICLES
Practice
A Very, quite, rather, so, etc. (2-3)
What do you say in these situations?
► You're telling someone about the show you saw. It was quite good.
You should go and see it. It's .^uiie a ^ood ihpw..................................
► You are describing Harriet to someone who doesn't know her. She is fairly tall. Well, Harriet is a -fairly tall wpwAa...............................................
1 You're talking about the Savoy Hotel, which is very grand.
Yes, I know the Savoy. It's................................__________________________ .......
2 You are talking about your journey. It was quite tiring.
I travelled a long way. It was................................________________.................
3 You are telling someone about Claire's flat. It's really big.
I've been to Claire's place. It's .................................................................
4 You are telling a friend about your meal with Tom. It was quite nice. We went to that new restaurant. We had........................
B So and such (3)
Complete the conversation. Put in so or such.
Sarah:   Sorry I'm (►) ^° late. We had (►) £.t*c.h. a lot to do at work. Mark:    You shouldn't do (1) much.
Sarah:   The boss gets in (2)._______.........a panic about things. She makes (3) .................a big fuss.
Mark:    Well, you shouldn't be (4)................. willing to work (5)..................long hours. No wonder
you're (6)................. tired. You'll make yourself ill, you know.
C So ... that and such ... that (3)
Match the sentences and combine them using so or such.
► Sarah was late home. All the tickets sold out.
► Mike hadn't cooked for a long time. He wouldn't speak to anyone.
1 The piano was heavy. He'd almost forgotten how to.
2 Tom was annoyed about United losing. It kept all the neighbours awake.
3 The band was a big attraction. Mark had already gone to bed.
4 Vicky had a lot of work to do. Mike and Harriet couldn't move it.
5 The party made a lot of noise. She was sure she'd never finish it.
► ,.£arah yi&s fo fate . howe. that. Mark had a) ready. ^p-\e . to. .bed ■.........
► Mi.k.e . h^d.iOt.copied.. for. iwch a JoM. tiMe . that..he d . a)mp?t fpr^ptteis how to..............
1 ................................................,........................................................■...........................................
2 ......................................m.......m.m.......-..................................................n...................................
3 .............................-...................-....................................................................................................
4.....................................................................................................................................................
5.....................................................................................................................................................
D What (4)
Put in what or whaf a.
► Come into the sitting-room. - Thank you. Oh, what..a.     nice room!
1 Vicky believes in ghosts.   Oh,................. nonsense she talks!
2 Let's go for a midnight swim. -...............suggestion!
3 I think about you all the time, Emma. -..................lies you tell me, Matthew.
NOUNS AND ARTICLES   • PAGií 209
90 Place names and the
Introduction
Man:      Could you tell me where the Classic Cinema is, please? Rachel:   Yes, iTs in Brook Street. Go along here and take the second left.
Whether a name has the depends on the kind of place it is - for example, a .street {Brook Street) or a cinema (the Classic Cinema), a lake (Lake Victoria) or a sea (the North Sea).
Most place names do not have the. Europe    California Melbourne Brook Street     Lake Victoria
Some place names have the - for example, a name with the word cinema or sea.
the Classic Cinema     the North Sea
Whether we use the can also depend on the structure of the name.
Wc do not use the with a possessive ('s). at Matildas Restaurant
We often use the in structures with of, with an
adjective and with plural names. With of: the Avenue of the Americas With an adjective: the White House With a plural: the Bahamas
2 Continents, countries* islands, states and counties
Most are without the, travelling through Africa a holiday in Portugal On Jersey    to Rhode Island from Florida    in Sussex
Words like republic and kingdom have the. the Irish Republic the United Kingdom (the UK) Plural names also have the. the Netherlands     the USA the Canary Islands
3 Regions
Regions ending with the name of a continent or	Most other regions have the.	
country arc without the.	the West    the Middle East	
Central Asia     South Wales	the Riviera     the Midlands	
Western Australia	Phrases with of have the.	
	the South of France	
4 Hills and mountains
Most are without the She climbed (Mount) Everest down North Hill
Hill ranges and mountain ranges have the skiing in the Alps over the Rockies
5 Lakes, oceans, seas, rivers and canals
Only lakes are without the. near Lake Michigan beside Coniston Water
Seas, oceans, rivers and canals have the. the Mediterranean (Sea) across the Atlantic (Ocean) the (River) Thames    the Suez Canal
PAÜP 210   • NOUNS AND ARTICLES
6 Cities, towns, suburbs and villages
Most arc without the. Harehills is a suburb of Leeds. Houston is west of New Orleans We live in North London.
Exceptions are The Hague and The Bronx Note also the West End (of London).
7 Roads, streets, squares and parks
Most are without the along Morden Road in Church Street on Fifth Avenue near Berkeley Square through Central Park
There are a few exceptions.
the High Street     The Avenue
The Strand    The Mall Main roads and numbered roads have the.
the Bath road (- the road to Bath)
the A5    the M6 (motorway)
8 Bridges
Most are without the. over Tower Bridge on Brooklyn Bridge
But there are many exceptions. across the Golden Gale Bridge the Severn Bridge (- the bridge over the River Severn)
9 Stations and airports; important buildings
We do not use the with most stations and airports; with religious, educational and official buildings or with palaces and houses.
to Waterloo (Station)
at Orly (Airport)
near St Marys Church
Merton College    Norwich Museum
Lambeth Palace    Ashdown House
Exceptions are names with of or with a noun (science) or adjective (open).
at the University of York
in the Palace of Westminster
the Science Museum
the Open University
past the White House
10 Theatres, cinemas, hotels, galleries and centres
A possessive form ('s) is without the.	But usually theatres, cinemas, etc. have the.
St Martin's (Theatre)	at the Globe (Theatre)
atDurrant's (Hotel)	the Plaza (Cinema)
In the US, names with center are without the.	outside the Dorchester (Hotel)
near Lincoln Center	in the Tate (Gallery)
	the Brunei shopping centre
11 Shops and restaurants
Most shops and restaurants are without the.	Names with a noun (body, studio) often have the.
shopping at Bloomingdale's	at the Body Shop
at Matilda's Restaurant	The Studio Café
NOUNS AND ARTICLES   • page 211
Practice
A Place names and the (2-6)
How much do you know about geography? Put in these names: Andes, Brussels, Irish Republic, Italy, Lake Michigan, River Nile, North, Pennsylvania, Tasmania, United Kingdom, West Indies. Decide if you need the.
Harrisburg is the capital of Pfe^?ylvA,M<v Dublin is in the Irijrh Republic
Chicago lies on the shore of...................
Sicily is a part of....................................
are a mountain range in South America. „ is England, Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland, is an island to the south of Australia.
Jamaica is an island in
flows through Egypt.
►
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8...................................................................... is the capital of Belgium.
9 Manchester is in................................................................. of England.
B Roads, buildings, etc. (5-10)
Complete these sentences from a guide to London. Put in the words and decide if you need the.
► The train to Paris leaves from .WAtectoct..£iAiioA.......________(Waterloo Station).
► rrhe.NA.tiew!.)..TheAtre..........(National Theatre) is south of the river,
1 You can take a trip by boat along...........................................................(Thames).
2 The Serpentine is a lake in................................................................(Hyde Park).
3 You can get to.........._______................................................(Heathrow Airport) by underground.
4 Nelson's Column is in.................................................................(Trafalgar Square).
5 Walk a little way along................................................_________..........(Westminster Bridge).
6 From there you get a view of.................................................... ...        (Houses of Parliament).
7 The Queen lives at ................................ ...............(Buckingham Palace).
8 Earl's Court is in....................................................... (West London).
9 ............................................................. (m1 motorway) goes north from London.
10 ............................... ...................................(Ritz) is a very elegant hotel.
C Roads, buildings, etc. (6-11)
Complete the conversation. Put in the words and decide if you need the.
Sarah:   We've just been to (►) the (States) - to (1).................................................
Claire: Sarah:
Claire: Sarah:
Claire:
(New York).
Oh, really? I was there at Christmas. Were you on holiday? Yes, and we really needed a break. It was wonderful. We saw
(2)............................................................(Statue of Liberty), and we walked in
(3)...........................................................(Central Park). We did all the sights. We spent a
day in (4)......................................................................................______(Metropolitan
Museum of Art). And we walked along (5) ______..........................................(Broadway)
and around (6)............_______......................................(Macy's) department store.
Where did you stay?
In a small hotel near (7)................................................(Washington Square), not far from
(8) ...................................(New York University).
Last time I was there I stayed at (9)_________________ ............................(Paramount). It's a nice
hotel close to (10)................................................(Broadway).
PAGE 212   • NOUNS AND ARTICLES
Roads, buildings, etc. (9-10)
A woman is asking Trevor the way. Put in the words and decide if you need the.
Woman: Excuse me, can you tell me the way to (►) MMJfthtflE&..4*fcfctipfc,, (Millthorpe Station)?
Trevor:   Yes, go along here and turn left by (1)............................................(Little Theatre) opposite
a building called (2).............................. ............(Kingston House). The road is
(3)...... .....................................(Wood Lane). Go along there, straight across
(4).........................................(High Street), past (5)...........................................
(Royal Hotel), and you'll see the station in front of you.
Woman: Thank you very much.
Roads, buildings, etc. (7-11)
Look at the addresses and write the sentences.
Useful addresses for visitors to Seaport
Seaport Bus Station, Queen's Road King Edward College, College Road
Grand Theatre, George Street St John's Church, South Street
Odeon Cinema, The Avenue Webster's department store, High Street
Clarendon Art Gallery, Newton Lane Bristol Hotel, Westville Way
► Seaport Bus Station .if. in. Awe^V P-qac}, 1   The Grand Theatre....................................
3
4
5
6
7
Place names and the (2-11)
Write the headlines of the articles in this month's edition of 'Holiday', a travel magazine.
► walk / along / Princes Street A walk. 4*0*4 . Si'Mi..............
► hoiiday / in / Bahamas A Mldfty..tta......................
1 day / at / Blenheim Palace.................................................................
2 train journey / in / North Wales.........................................................
3 tour / of / White House ..................................._______....................
4 beach / on / Riviera...................................................-........
5 shopping trip / to / Harrods.........................................
6 small town / in / France................. ,.........................................
7 trip / across / Severn Bridge................................................................
8 walk / around / Lake Windermere.................................................................
9 visit / to / Tower Bridge........................_____.....................~............
10 journey / across / Rockies...............................................................
11 look / around / National Gallery.....................................................
12 boat trip / along / Oxford Canal ..............................................
NOUNS AND ARTICLES    • PACK 213
3: A/an and the
A
Complete the story about the theft of a river barge. Put in a, an, one or the.
This is (►) a true story about (1).................man who chose (2)..................worst possible time
for his crime. It happened in London in (3)..................summer of 1972. (4)..................man stole a
barge on (5) River Thames (in case you don't know, (6)............... barge is a river boat
used for carrying goods). (7).................owner of (8) barge soon discovered that it was
missing and immediately informed (9) .................police so that they could look for it. Normally
(10)..................river is quite (11)..............busy place, and it would be difficult to find what you
were looking for. On this day, however, there was (12) ................dock strike, and so there was only
(13)______.......barge on (14)..................river. (15)..................thief was quickly found and
arrested.
B
Decide which word or words are correct.
►   I think that's afv aw-Fia)   thing to say. a) a awful  b) an awful  c) awful
1 Judy goes to........................... on the bus.
a) work   b) a work   c) the work
2 I don't know what to do. It's.................................problem.
a) quite difficult   b) a quite difficult  c) quite a difficult
3 ..................................is my favourite sport.
a) Golf  b) A golf  c) The golf
4 __________................... starts at nine o'clock.
a) School  b) A school   c) The school.
5 We had .....................time at the disco yesterday.
a) really nice   b) a really nice   c) really a nice
6 Nigel opened a drawer and took out.............
a) photos   b) a photos  c) some photos
7 Did you learn to play.............................. ?
a) violin   b) a violin   c) the violin
8 We can finish the rest of the bread for............
a) breakfast   b) a breakfast   c) the breakfast
9   While I was in hospital, they gave me................................
a) X-ray   b) a X-ray  c) an X-ray
10 I might listen to.............................
a) radio   b) radios   c) the radio
11 We need to protect..................................from pollution.
a) environment   b) some environment   c) the environment
12 Why do they always play.................................music?
a) so tenible   b) such terrible   c) such a terrible
c
Read the story about a silly mistake and decide if a word needs to go in the space. If a word is missing, write the word. If no word is missing, write A.
This is also (►) a.....true story. It shows how (►)       plans can sometimes go wrong and how
(1)..................people can make silly mistakes. This too happened quite (2) .   long time
ago - in (3)..................1979, in fact. The scene was (4) ................old people's home in
PAGE 214   ■ NOUNS AND ARTICLES
(5)___________.......small town in (6) „.....north of England called (7)..................Otley. The
owners of the home wanted to put (8)..................fence around it to make it more private. The work
began soon after (9)..................Christmas when (10)..................workmen arrived in
(11)..................lorry with planks of wood which they put up around the building. 'It was
(12)............... very nice fence,' said (13) ..............of the old people. But there was
(14)..................problem. The workmen forgot to leave a gap for the lorry to drive out through. They
had to come back the next day to knock down part of (15)...............fence. '(16)..................a silly
mistake!' said another resident. 'It was (17).................funny we had to laugh. In fact it was
(18)..................most fun we've had for a long time.'
Some of these sentences are correct, and some have a word which should not be there. If the sentence is correct, put a tick {✓). If it is incorrect, cross the unnecessary word out of the sentence and write it in the space.
► The space capsule came down in the Pacific. ./...............
► My new job starts in the April. tine..................
1 I was so tired I went to bed at nine. ..................
2 We had a very good lunch in the company canteen.
3 The life just isn't fair sometimes. .......................
4 What the clever children you have! .......................
5 We went out and bought some pictures. .......................
6 Tessa was still working at the midnight.................
7 I drive past the hospital every morning. .................
8 A one boy was much taller than all the others.
9 It costs such a lot of money, you know. .....................
10 I'll meet you outside the National Gallery. ...................
11 Have you any idea who invented the fridge? .....................
Complete the conversation. Put in the words and decide if you need a, an, some or the.
Martin:   I think we ought to book (►) a .holiday................(holiday). Where shall we go?
Anna:    What about (►) ^cotkrd.................(Scotland)?
I think Edinburgh is (1).............................................. (beautiful city). I love going there.
Martin:   (2)...........................................(weather) might not be very good. We went there at
(3)..........................................(Easter), and it was freezing, remember.
Anna:    We could have a walk along (4)..............................................(Princes Street) and up to
the castle. And I wanted to go to (5)..........................................................(Royal Scottish
Museum), but we never found time, Martin:   Can't we go somewhere different?
Anna:    We could spend some time in (6)........................._____________.......(Highlands), I suppose.
Martin:   When I go on holiday, I want to do something more relaxing than climbing
(7) ......................................______(mountains). And I find it pretty boring.
Anna:    How can you say such (8)...............................................(thing)?
Martin:  Actually, I'd prefer somewhere warmer and by (9) .............................. (sea).
I think (10)............................................ (Corfu) would be nice. We might get
(11).........................................(sunshine) there. I just want to lie on a beach.
Anna:    Martin, you know I'm not at all keen on (12)_____________................................
(beach holidays).
NOUNS AND ARTICLES   • PAGE 215
91 This, that, these and those
1 Introduction
I'm just having a look af~~x this printout. These figures )
aren't very good^__^-^
tv,
use that and those for things further away (that table there). That goes with a singular or uncountable noun, e.g. that furniture, Those goes with a plural noun, e.g. those curtains.
ite use this and these for things near the speaker [this printout here). This goes with a singular or uncountable noun, e.g. this report. These goes with a plural noun, e.g. these results.
We can leave out the noun if the meaning is clear. Vm just having a look at this.    That's nice, isn't it? Last month's figures were bad, but these are worse.
2 Places and people
When we are in a place or a situation, we use this (not that) to refer to it. There's a wonderful view from this office. Just come to the window. This party isn't much fun, is it? Shall we go home?
We can use this to introduce people and that to identify people.
Jake, this is my friend Rita.    That's Andrew over there. On the phone we can use this to say who we are and this or that to ask who the other person is.
Hello? This is Laura speaking. Wlio's this/that, please?
3 Time
This/these can mean 'near in time1 and that/those 'further away in time'. I'm working as a tourist guide this summer, I'm pretty busy these days. Do you remember that summer we ail went to Spain? Those were the days. 1 can't see you on the third of July, I'm on holiday that week.
To refer back to something that has just happened or was just mentioned, we normally use that. What was that noise? ~ / didn't hear anything. Jessica is on a diet. That's why she doesn't want to eat out with us. I've lost my key. ~ Well, that's a silly thing to do.
To refer forward to something that is just going to happen or something that we are going to say, we use this,
Tftis next programme should be quite interesting.
I don't like to say this, but I'm not happy with the service here.
> 13.4 this week, this year, et
PAtil: 216   • THIS, MY, SOME, A LOT OF. ETC.
Practice
A This, that, these and those (l)
Write each of the words {this, that, these, those) in the correct place.
	Near	Further away
Singular	-this	
Plural		
B This, that, these and those (1)
Complete the sentences. Use this, that, these and those, and these nouns: car, dog, flowers, parcel, trees
► TWt .car .has crashed.
1 Would you like ........................................? 3
2 I must post ............._______________. 4
The house is behind Whose is .....r.......
.....
C This, that,
Complete the
►	Mark:
	Sarah:
1	David:
	Rita:
2	Mike:
	Harriet:
3	Jessica:
	Rachel:
4	Emma:
	Vicky:
5	Laura:
	Trevor:
6	Matthew:
	Daniel:
7	Mark:
	Alan:
8	Daniel:
	Natasha:
9	Mark:
	Sarah:
these and those (1-3)
conversations. Use this, that, these and those.
Are we going out . .WIS ... evening?
I can't really. I'll be working late at the office.
I hear you've got a new flat.
..................'s right. I've just moved in.
What's the matter?
It's boots. They don't fit properly. They're hurting my feet.
It's so boring here.
I know. Nothing ever happens in............ ,. place.
What's happened? You look terrible.
You won't believe.................., but I've just seen a ghost.
What kind of planes are......... ?
I don't know. They're too far away to see properly. The match is three weeks from today.
Sorry, I won't be able to play for the team. I'll be away all .....week.
Zedco. Can I help you?
Hello..................is Alan. Can I speak to Fiona, please?
I've had..................bump on my head ever since someone threw a chair at me.
Someone threw a chair at you?..................wasn't a very nice thing to do.
__________________seats aren't very comfortable, are they?
No, I don't think I'll want to sit here very long.
THIS, MY. SOME, A LOT OF. ETC.    ■ PAGE 2 17
92 My, your, etc. and mine, yours, etc.
1 Introduction
Mark:      Why have you brought your work home? We're going out.
Sarah:     Tit do it later. Let's go now. Shall we take my car?
Mark:     Well, I'd rather not lake mine. I think there's something wrong with it.
My, mine, your, etc. express possession and similar meanings. My car means the car belonging to me; work means the work you are doing. My comes before a noun, e.g. my car. We use mine on its own.
First person singular Second person singular: Third person singular;
Hrst person plural: Second person plural: Third person plural:
my, your, rrr.
It's my car. Litre's your coat. That's his room, Its her money. The dog's got its food. That's our table, Are these your tickets? It's their camera.
MINI'., you us, rrr..
/(V mine. Here's yours. That's his. ITshers.
Thai's ours. Are these yours? It's theirs
2 Its and it's
Wc use its before a noun to express the idea of belonging.
The street is around here somewhere, but I've forgotten its name. It's is a short form of it is or it has.
I think it's time to go. ( - it is)    It's got a lot colder today, hasn't it? (~ it has)
3 My, your with parts of the body and clothes
We normally use my, your, etc. with parts of the body and with someone's clothes.
Emma shook her head sadly.
Someone came up behind me and grabbed my arm.
You must take off your shoes before you enter a mosque. But we usually use the in the following structure with a prepositional phrase.
VliKH PERSON PKEPOSl'riONAt PHRASE
Someone grabbed       me by the arm.
'Lite stone        hit Mike on the head.
4 Own
We use own after my, your, etc. to say that something belongs to us and to no one else. Rachel has got her own calculator. She doesn't borrow mine. NOT an own calculator I dont share any more. Cve got a flat of my own. not of mine own
5 A friend of mine
Look at these examples.
Tom is a friend of mine. (- one of my friends) hot a friend of me Rachel came to the party with a cousin of hers, (= one of her cousins) / borrowed some magazines of yours. (- some of your magazines)
Note also's in this example: Rita is a friend of Melanie's,
PACE 218   • THIS, MY, SOME, A LOT OF, ETC.
Practice
A My, your, etc. and mine, yours, etc. (l)
Complete the conversation. Put in the missing words.
Laura:   Did you and (►) yowr........friends have a nice holiday?
Emma:   Yes, it was wonderful. We had the best holiday of (1) lives. It didn't start very
well, though. Daniel forgot to bring (2) passport. Laura:   Oh, dear. So what happened?
Emma:   Well, luckily he doesn't live far from the airport. He rang (3)...............parents, and they
brought the passport over in (4)...........car, just in time.
Laura:   You remembered (5)................., I hope.
Emma:   Yes, I had (6)................., even though I'm usually the one who forgets things. Actually
Rachel thought for a minute that she'd lost (7)........... . ... Luckily it was in (8) .............
suitcase. Anyway, in the end we had a marvellous time.
B Its and it's (2)
Put in the correct form.
P Unfortunately, the town has lost it£........ only cinema.
► The meeting won't last long. I'll see you when it's over
1 You should return the book to............... owner immediately.
2 We'd like to go out for a walk, but...............raining.
3 I'm not buying this tablecloth because............... got a hole in it.
4 The board has decided that Zedco needs to improve.............. image.
C Parts of the body and clothes (3)
Put in my, your, etc. or the.
P-   I was doing keep-fit exercises when I fell down and hurt .*»y leg. Matthew served, and the ball hit Daniel on .the........ knee,
1 A wasp stung me on .............neck. It really hurt.
2 The mother put both............. arms around the child.
3 Aunt Joan kissed Emma on.............. cheek.
4 The fans were all shouting at the top of ........voices.
5 Don't just stand there with ..........hands in................pockets.
D My own, a friend of mine, etc. (4-5)
Correct the sentences which have a mistake. P-  We're lucky. We've-got an-ewn-garden.
We've <pt oiAr.pwrv.^rde^....................................... _________
1   I met some nice people. Harriet-introduced me to a friend of herself.
2   My friends swim every day. They've-got their only pool-.
3   I enjoy rock-climbing. It's a favourite hobby to me-.
4 I hope Matthew will be here. I've got-some-GDs from his.
5 I don't want to share. I'd-Hke my very roem?
THIS. MY. SOME. A LOT OF, etc.    ■ I'AGL 214
93 The possessive form and of
1 Form
We use the possessive of a noun in phrases like the boy's mime and Vicky's room. We form the possessive like this.
Singular noun: 's    boy —* boy's    Vicky ► Vicky's
Plural noun ending in s: boys -# boys'    tourists —* tourists'
Plural noun not ending in s:       Ts    men » men's    children -* children's
We can use the possessive form with another noun or on its own.
I've met Rachel's family, but I haven't met Vicky's, (Vicky's - Vicky's family)
2 The boy's name or the name of the boy?
Compare these structures.
rut POSSESSIVE roKM PHRASE WITH OF
the boy's, name the name of the boy
the boys' names the names of the boys
the men's names the names of the men
Sometimes we can use either the possessive {the hoy's name) or a phrase with of {the name of the boy), but often only one is possible. We normally use the possessive with people and animals.
my friend's house    Claire's idea    Daniel's brother    our neighbour's garden    the dog's owner
the policemen's uniforms    the women's changing room    the Parkers' car
We normally use of with things, and not the possessive form, the side of the house NOT the house's side the result of the match not the match's result the day of the meeting not the meeting's day
But we use of with people when there is a long phrase. the house of one of our teachers at college the address of those people we met in Spain
We can use both structures for places and organizations. London's museums or the museums of London the earth's atmosphere tilt the atmosphere of the earth the company's future OR the future of the company the government's intentions or the intentions of the government
3 The possessive of time
We can use the possessive to say'when' or 'how long'.
last week's concert today's TV programmes yesterday's news about a month's work    a moment's silence    ten minutes' walk
Note also:
in two months' time (two months from now) a week's wages (wages for a week)
PAtrfi 220   • THIS, MY. SOME, A LOT OF, ETC
Practice
A The possessive form (l)
Write descriptions of the things in the photos. Use boy, girl and children and these words: bike, cat, dog, skateboards, tent, trophies
It-   +fw> ckiIdrp.ft $ dcuj 3
1 .....________...... ________..................... 4
B The possessive form (1)
Laura is showing Melanie her photos. Put in the possessive form of the nouns. Laura:     This was taken in (►) My friend *        (my friend) garden.
It was (1).............................................(the twins) birthday party.
This is Kerry, (2).............................................(Luke) girlfriend.
And that's (3)................................. (Jason) sister Emily.
Melanie:  And who are these two?
Laura:     That's (4)......................................... (Debbie) mother.
She's talking to Monica Davis, (5)........... (her children) teacher.
And that's (6).............................................(the Lanskys) dog sitting on
(7)......................................... (Olivia) foot.
C The boy's name or the name of the boy? (2)
Ed Buckman writes detective stories. Here are the titles of some of his stories. Write the titles using either of or a possessive form (with's or s').
► the mistake / the policeman TKe. .B>)jce****!?. Mif.tajfc^.......................................
► the bottom / the bottle TV |5ottoiyv .pf. tte..Bottla................................
1 the gun / Mr Hillman ...............................................................................
2 the smell / blood..........................................................................
3 the car / the terrorist.............................................................................
4 the middle / the night..............................................................................
5 the death / someone important............................................................................
6 the money / the gangsters ...................................................................
D The possessive of time (3)
Rewrite the underlined phrases using a possessive form.
► The prices this year are even lower. Thi . y£Ar f f>rjce£..................................
► From here it's a drive of two hours. A two tawrf drive,............................
1 I read about it in the paper yesterday. .......................
2 I just want a rest for five minutes...............................................
3 It's the special offer for this month. ......................................,......................
4 I'll see you in a week. .....................................................................
THIS. MY, SOME, A LOT OF, ETC.   • PAGE 221
94 Some and any
1 Basic use
Some and any go before a plural or uncountable noun (see Unit 85.1).
There was a bowl and some cornflakes on the table, but there wasn't any milk. We can also use some and any without a noun.
Trevor wanted some milk, but he couldn't find any.
We normally use some in positive sentences and any in negative sentences or ones with a negative meaning.
I'OSITIVF.
Time's some milk in the fridge.
I need some stamps. ~ There are some
in the drawer. I met some interesting people last night. We'll have some fun at Disneyland.
NĽGATIVK
I haven't any milk. ( - I have no milk. J / haven't got any stamps. Have you got any.'
I never meet any interesting people nowadays. We wont have any fun without yoic
We can also use any in a sentence with if.
If you have any problems, you can discuss them with your group leaders. I can answer any questions. (- If there are any questions,...)
in questions we can use either some or any, but any is more common. We don't know whether the answer will be yes or no.
Have we got any butter?    Will there be any food for the guests?    Did you buy any clothes?
We normally use some in offers and requests to make them sound more positive.
Would you like some coffee?    Could you post some letters for me? We can use some in questions when wc think the answer might be yes.
Did you buy some clothes? (Perhaps I know that you went out to buy some.)
Someone, anything, etc.
We choose between someone and anyone, something and anything, and somewhere and anywhere in the same way as between some and any.
Someone has spilt water everywhere. Would you like something to eat? Let's go out somewhere.
3 Another use of any
Did anyone see what happens We haven't got anything to eat, Is there anywhere we can go?
We can use any in a positive sentence to mean 'it doesn't matter which'.
I'm free all day. Call any time you like.
Any student will be able to tell you where the college library is.
You can buy these maps at any petrol station. They all have them. We say any petrol station because all petrol stations have the maps. It doesn't matter which one you go to. They are all equally good.
Look at these examples with anyone, anything and anywhere.
It's a very simple puzzle. Anyone could solve it. (= St doesn't matter who.) What shall we have for lunch? ~ Oh, anything. I don't mind. Where do we have to sit? ~ We can sit anywhere. It doesn't matter.
\> 85.1 A/an and some    t> 103 Everyone, something, etc.
I'ACK 222   • THIS, MY, SOME, A LOT OF, ETC.
Practice
A Basic use (1)
Look at the pictures and say what people have or haven't got. Use some or any. Use these words: cats, money, petrol, poison, sandwiches
► TtayVe ^qt #om£ .^AAdwiche?..................
► h*?*! t_.^pt.AAy MpA£y,.................... 2
1 ................................................................. 3
B Basic use (1)
Justin Cooper is a radio disc jockey. Complete what he is saying. Put in some or any.
That was 'I can't find (►) aav love' by Arlene Black. Now, I've had (►)  *p**a..... letters
asking for something by Express. One listener says she hasn't heard (1)...................Express songs
on this programme for months. Well, I'm going to put that right. And this will be our last track because
there isn't (2)...................more time left. We've had (3) .....„...........great songs tonight, and I'll be
here next week to play (4)..... more. Now here's (5). ............music from Express - 'I
never have (6)...................luck1.
C Some, any, someone, anyone, etc. (1-2)
Complete the conversations. Put in some, any, anyone, someone, something or anything. We haven't got ..a*.y............bread.
You'd better go to the shop, then. We need #9M?............tomatoes, too.
Would you like.....................................cheese and biscuits?
Oh, no thank you. That was delicious, but I couldn't eat.....................................
else.
There's......................................at the door.
Are we expecting....................................... visitors?
Has.................................... offered to help you with the tea?
No, but I'd be very grateful for......................................help you can give.
I was looking for......................................, and now I can't remember what it was.
You said you were looking for.........................__________matches.
►	Trevor:
	Laura:
1	Claire:
	Sarah:
2	Harriet:
	Mike:
3	Melanie:
	Rita:
4	Vicky:
	Rachel:
D Another use of any (3)
Put in any + noun, anyone or anything.
► The seats aren't reserved. You can have A»sy........... you like.
► I don't mind what we do today. We can do ^ytlvAfj.............you want.
1 If it's your party, you can invite................................... you like.
2 All the buses go into the town centre. Take..........________________................that comes along here.
3 This carpet is available in lots of colours. You can have........................................you like.
4 My father has the television on all the time. He'll watch .........................__________
5 It doesn't matter which day you phone. Ring ........................................ you like.
THIS, MY, SOME, a LOT OF. ETC.   • PAGE 223
95 A lot of, lots of, many, much, (a) few and (a) little
1 Introduction
A lot of, lots of, many and much mean a large quantity.
Ron Mason owns a chain of supermarkets. He's made a lot of money. A few and a little mean a small quantity.
I'd belter hurry My bus goes in a few minutes.
Many and a few go before plural nouns many places    many problems a few people    a few buildings
Much and a little go before uncountable nouns. much money       much trouble a little sunshine    a little food
A lot of and lots of go before both plural and uncountable nouns.
a lot of tourists    lots of games a tot of sugar    tots of fun
We use these words without a noun if it is clear what we mean.
7 take photos, but not as many as I used to. At one time I took a lot. Note that we say a lot without of.
2 A lot of, many and much
As a general rule, we use a lot of and lots of in positive statements and many and much in negatives and questions. Positive:       We get a lot of storms here. Negative:      We don't get many storms here. Questions:    Do you get many storms here?
How many eggs do we need?
We get a lot of rain here. We don't get much rain here. Do you get much rain here? How much salt do we put in?
We use many or much (not a lot of) after too, so and as.
There are too many cars.    I've got so much work.    I haven't got as much money as you.
In formal English, we can sometimes use many and much in a positive statement.
Many students have financial problems.    There is much enthusiasm for the idea. But this is less usual in conversation, where we normally use a lot of or lots of.
In informal English, you may hear a lot of in a negative or a question.
/ don't have many friends/a lot of friends.    Do you eat much fruit/a lot of fruit?
3 Few and little with and without a
With a the meaning is positive. A few customers have come into the shop. It has been fairly busy. Vicky has made a little progress and so is feeling quite pleased. A few customers - some customers, a small number of customers
A little progress - some progress, a small amount of progress
Without a the meaning is negative. Few customers have come into the shop. It has been quiet.
Vicky has made little progress and so is not feeling very pleased. Few customers - not many customers
Little progress - not much progress
Few and little (without a) can be rather formal. In informal speech we can use these structures. Not many customers have come in.      Vicky hasn't made much progress. Only a few customers have come in.     Vicky has made only a little progress.
PACK 224   • this, my, some, a lot of, etc.
Practice
A A lot of, lots of, many, much, a few and a little (1)
Write the sentences correctly.
►  Mark was only spending one night away. He quickly put-a^ittle things into a bag.
JHe..quick, 1 y      t.A..few..fchifV^ irk-fcp A..b<UJ,.............................
1   Rachel is learning to drive. She-hasn't had-rnuch lessens yet
2 I'm making soup for twenty people, mi-have to make a lotef.
3 I feel really tired. I havens-got many-energy.
4 The mixture looks rather dry. Maybe you-should^add a few-waten
5 We're having a big party. We've invited a lots-of friendSr
'lllKitiiNlilllilMIIUillllHKMItilil
B A lot of, many and much (1-2)
Complete the conversation. Put in a lot of, many or much. More than one answer may be correct.
Matthew: There are {►) a ..tot., of...... athletes taking part in the International Games in
London. There's been (1)................................... coverage in the papers.
Daniel:     Our runners haven't won (2)..................................medals, have they?
Matthew:  No, not as (3)......................................as last time. But there's plenty of time. There are
still (4)....................._________ events to come. I'd like to go and see some of the track
events, but I haven't got (5) ............................time at the moment.
Daniel:     No, not with exams coming up.
Matthew: I'm hoping to go at the weekend if I can get a ticket. Apparently there aren't
(6).....................................seats left.
Daniel:     I've heard the cheapest tickets are £25. I think that's too (7).................................,
C A few, few, a little and little (3)
Put in a few, few, a little or little.
► I don't think I can lift this box on my own. I need a..Utile...........help.
► Fe.w.............tourists visited Northern Ireland in the 1980s because of the terrorism there.
1 The postman doesn't often come here. We receive........................................letters.
2 The snow was quite deep. There seemed...............................................hope of completing
our journey.
3 Trevor isn't finding it easy to fix the shelves. He's having............... .........
trouble.
4 Sarah is exhausted. She's having..................................... days' holiday next week.
5 David quite likes golf, but unfortunately he has ................. ability.
6 I can speak ............................................. words of Swedish, but I'm not very fluent.
D Many, few, much and little (2-3)
Complete this paragraph from a travel book. Put in many, few, much or little.
The main town on the island is very small and does not have (►) lyvAA.y ......important buildings.
The islanders do not have (1)................... money, and they have (2)................ contact with the
outside world. There is not (3)................chance of the place attracting large numbers of tourists.
The roads are not very good. There are lots of bicycles but not (4)______...... cars. And there are
hardly any of the modem facilities which visitors expect. There are (5)...................shops, and there
is (6)...................entertainment.
THIS, MY. SOME, A LOT OF, ETC.   • PAGE 225
96 All, half, most, some, no and none
1 All, most and some
We can use all, most and some before a plural or an uncountable noun.
All plants need water.    All matter is made up of atoms.
Most people would like more money.    Some food makes me ill. All plants means'all plants in general/in the world'. Most people means 'most people in this country/in the world'. Some food means 'some food but not all food'. Here some is pronounced /sAm/.
2 All of, half of, most of and some of
Laura:     Why do you keep all of these clothes? You never wear most of them. You've had some of your jackets for ten years. Why don't you throw them all out? This one is completely out of fashion. Trevor:    Well, I thought if! waited long enough, it might come hack into fashion.
All of these clothes has a specific meaning, Laura is talking about Trevor's clothes, not about clothes in general.
We can use all (of), half (of), most of and some of. Have alt (of) the plants died? ~ No, not all of them. Most of the people who live around here are students. I've spent most of my money already. Half (of) the audience left before the end of the fdm. Some of that food from the parly was all right, but I threw some of it away.
We can leave out of after all or half, but not before a pronoun,
all of these clothes or all the clothes but all of them not all them
half of our group ou halfour group but halfofus not -btdf-us-We can also use all in mid position (sec Unit 113.2) or after a pronoun.
These cups are all dirty. I'll have to clean them all.
The guests have all gone now. I think they all enjoyed themselves.
We can use most and some on their own.
The band sang a few songs. Most were old ones, but some were new.
3 All meaning 'everything' or 'the only thing'
We can use all with a clause to mean 'everything' or 'the only thing'
Tell me all you know.    All I did was ask a simple question. Here you know and I did are clauses. We do not normally use all without the clause.
Tell me everything, not -Tell me all.
4 No and none
We use no with a noun.
We've rung all the hotels, and there are no rooms available. Tm afraid I've got no money. (= 1 haven't got any money.)
We use none with of or on its own.
None of my friends will he at the party.    Look at these clothes. None of them are in fashion now. I wanted some cake, but there was none left. not There mis no left.
t> 86 Cars or the cars?   t> 94 Some and any   t> 103 Everyone, etc.
PAGE 226   • THIS. MY, SOME, A LOT OF, ETC.
Practice
A All, most, half, some and none (2, 4)
Read this advertisement for some new flats and then complete the sentences. Put in all of them, most of them, half of them, some of them and none of them.
Hartley House is an old manor house which has been converted into thirty one-bedroom and two-bedroom flats. All the flats have a fitted kitchen, bathroom and large living-room. Ten of them have a separate dining-room. Twenty-five of the flats have a view of the sea. and fifteen have a private balcony. All thirty flats are still for sale. Ring us now for more details.
► The flats are modern. All p$ theM  . have a fitted kitchen.
1................................have two bedrooms.
2 From_____________ ...............you can see the sea.
3 ...........________..................have a private balcony.
4 .......................... have a large living-room.
5 There's also a dining-room in.............._______ ........
6 has been sold yet.
B All, most, some and none (2, 4)
There was a quiz evening yesterday. Six friends took part, and they all answered twenty questions. Did they get all, most, some or none of them right?
► Natasha answered all twenty correctly. 4f.£ .<jpt all of.. the.M. ri^ht...........................
► Daniel's score was fifteen. He ..^pt Mpf-t of the.**ri^lrfc...........................
1 Jessica had only eight correct answers. ......... .................................................
2 Matthew got them all right except three..............................................
3 Andrew gave twenty correct answers. ..........
4 But poor Vicky didn't get a single one right.................................................
All, most, no and none (1-4)
Complete the conversations. Use the word in brackets with all, all the, most, most of the, no or none of the.
► Andrew: I wonder where they make this milk.
Jessica: It isn't made in a factory, Andrew. All. mi Ik.  (milk) comes from animals.
► Rita:      What do you usually do on a Sunday?
Mike:     Not much. We spend Most of .t.ki tiMe  (time) reading the papers.
1 Claire:     In general, people aren't interested in politics, are they?
Mark:     I think..................................................(people) are bored by the subject.
2 Vicky:    These new flats are supposed to be for students.
Rachel:   That's ridiculous............................................(student) in the world could possibly
afford such a high rent.
3 Tom:      Who's paying for the new ice-rink to be built?
Nick:      Well,............................................. (money) will come from the government, but the
city has to pay a quarter of the cost.
4 Melanie: We should ban cars................. .................................(cars) pollute the air, don't they?
David:    Well, except electric ones, I suppose.
5 Vicky:     What kind of fruit should you eat to stay healthy?
Natasha: I don't think it matters........................................(fruit) is good for you, isn't it?
6 Tom:      I knew there had been a power cut because it was so dark everywhere. Harriet:   Yes,.................................................(lights) in our street went out.
THIS, MY, SOME, A LOT OF, ETC.    • llACE 227
97 Every, each, whole, both, either and neither
1 Every and each
We use every and each before a singular noun to talk about a whole group.
The police questioned every person/each person in the building.
Every room/Each room has a number, in many contexts either word is possible, bul there is a difference in meaning.
every
Every person means 'all the people', 'everyone*
Every guest watched as the President came in.
I go for a walk every day. Every means three or more, usually a large number.
There were cars parked along every street in town. (- all the streets)
We can use each (but not every) on its own or with of.
There are six flats. Each has its own entrance, not Every has ...
Each of the six flats has its own entrance. NOT -Every of the... We can also say Each one/Everyone has its own entrance.
We can also use each in mid position (see Unit J 13.2) or after a pronoun. We've each got our own desk.     They gave us each a desk.
Compare every and all before day, morning, week, etc. I travel every day. (= Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday ...) I was travelling all day. {- from morning till evening)
2 Whole
We use whole before a singular noun. It means'all' or'complete'. The baby cried the whale time. (- all the lime) Vve spent my whole life waiting for this moment. {= all my life) We'll need a whole loaf to make sandwiches for everyone.
3 Both, either and neither
We use both, either and neither for two things.
I've got two bicycles. Both of them are quite old. Vve given up cycling, so I don't ride either of them any more. Neither of them is in very good condition, I'm afraid.
Both means 'the one and the other1. We can use it in the following structures.
We had two letters this morning, and both letters/both the letters/both of the letters/both of them are bills. We can also use both in mid position (see Unit 113.2) or after a pronoun.
The letters are both bills. I've opened them both.
Either means 'the one or the other', and neither means 'not the one or the other', f haven't met either twin/either of the twins/either of them. Neither shoe fits/Neither of the shoes fit(s)/Neither of them fit(s).
We can use both, either and neither on their own.
The store has two lifts, and both are out of order/neither is working.
EACH
Each person means all the people seen as individuals, one by one.
Each guest (in turn) shook hands with him.
Each day seemed to pass very slowly. Each is more usual with smaller groups and can mean only two.
There were cars parked along each side of the street. (- both sides)
IVUJK 22H    • THIS. MY, SOME, A LOT OF, ETC.
Practice
A Every and each (1)
Complete the dialogue. Put in every or each. Sometimes both are possible.
Laura:     It's a lot bigger than your last house, isn't it? Did you say there are four people living here?
Natasha: Yes, and we (►) £*cf»...........have our own bedroom.
Laura:     Does (1)...................person pay a quarter of the rent?
Natasha; That's right. On the first of (2) month. Laura:     It must be fantastic for parties.
Natasha: Yes, it is. We don't have one (3) ..................week, but almost!
Laura:     Isn't that rather expensive?
Natasha: Not if (4)..................guest brings something to eat or drink! Anyway, there'll be no more
parties until our exams are over. We're spending (5) ...... moment revising.
B Every, all and whole (1-2)
Put in every, all or the whole and the word in brackets. Sometimes more than one answer is possible.
►   Melanie is a religious person. She goes to church avary -£ur\d«vy (Sunday).
1 The weather has been awful today. It's been raining.......................... . (day).
2 I just can't sleep. I spent ...............................(night) lying awake.
3 Sarah gets the train at half past seven.....................................(morning).
4 It's eleven o'clock. Are you going to lie in bed........... ...... (morning)?
5 Last Saturday Trevor spent ........................(day) putting up some shelves.
6 Why are you in such a hurry ...............................(time) I see you?
C Both, either and neither (3)
There are two pubs in Brickfield, The White Horse and The Ship. Look at the information and then write the sentences. Use both of them, one of them or neither of them.
The White Horse
meals   bar snacks   family room
The Ship
meals   separate restaurant bar snacks   non-smoking area
►
1
2
3
4
5
6
(serve meals) fSq-th c.T the** serve. r*eA)f.
(have a separate restaurant)......
(serve bar snacks).....................................
(have a family room).................. .........
(allow pub games)...................................
(have live music)................. ____......
(have a non-smoking area)
.........■•■ nu.....
Every, each, whole, both, either and neither (1-3)
Complete the conversation. Put in every, each, whole, both, either or neither. Assistant:   These plain sofas come in two different styles.
Sarah:       I think (►) boH  styles are rather old-fashioned. (1).............. of them is really what
I want. I donT like (2)..................of them, I'm afraid.
Assistant:   What about a patterned fabric? There are some lovely colours here.
Sarah:       I feel more and more unsure with (3)...................new fabric I look at.
Mark:        We haven't got time to look at (4) .......fabric in the shop. We've been in here a
(5)    . hour already you know.
THIS, MY, SOME, A LOT OF, ETC.    • PAGE 229
Test P: This, my, some, a lot of, all, etc.
Look at what people are saying and choose the correct meaning. >■  Polly: Let's sit under these trees, shall we?
The trees are a) |/j near Polly,   b) |  j a long way away from Polly.
1 Martin: My friend and I ate a whole loaf.
Martin and his friend ate a) [ J part of the loaf,   b) [   all the loaf.
2 Nigel: The girls' dog has gone missing.
The dog belongs to a) [_j one girl,   b) I J more than one girl.
3 Tessa: My brother has got his own office.
Tessa's brother a) LJ works alone in the office,   b) | J shares the office with another person.
4 Nancy: The weather looks a little better, I think.
How does Nancy feel about the weather? a) [ ] Hopeful,   b)     Not very hopeful.
5 Ben: I can't answer either of these questions.
How many questions is Ben talking about? a) |  | One.   b) \  | Two.   c) |  j More than two.
6 Adrian: The children can keep any tennis balls they find.
Will they find any tennis balls? a)    J Yes.   b) |   | No.   c) j  j Adrian doesn't know.
Decide which word is correct.
p-   What cofour shall we have? - I don't mind. Pick A*sy   colour you like, a) any   b) some   c) that   d) what
1 Peter has two brothers, but he doesn't speak to...............................of them.
a) any   b) both   c) either  d) neither
2 ...............................has left a bicycle outside.
a) Anyone   b) Anything   c) Someone  d) Something
3 I like................................pictures here. - Yes, so do I.
a) that   b) these   c) this   d) those
4 Would you mind waiting...........................minutes?
a) a few   b) a little   c) few   d) little
5 __________________ , ________countries still have a king or a queen, don't they?
a) Any   b) Half   c) Part   d) Some
6 Safety should come first. .............................lives shouldn't be put at risk.
a) People   b) Peoples   c) People's   d) Peoples'
7 Nigel isn't very well. - Oh, I'm sorry to hear______________ _______________
a) so  b) that  c) this  d) you
8 Mr Jones is an uncle of.............................
a) Polly  b) Pollys   c) Polly's  d) Pollys'
c
Tessa is walking along the street when she sees her old friend Angela.
Read the conversation and write the missing words. Use one word only in each space,
Tessa:   Hello. Angela. How are you?
Angela; Tessa! Hello! Shall we have lunch together?
Tessa:    I was just going to the bank to get (►) Jtowe.........money. I have to be back at the office in
(1)             .. few minutes. My life's one mad rush. Angela: So is (2)..................I'm working for Tuffex Plastics now. And my daughter has invited
three friends (3)..................hers to stay. I wish I didn't have so (4) ...... ......things to
do at once.
PACK 230   * this, my, some, A lot of, ETC.
Tessa:    I'm glad I've run into you. I never see (5)...................else from our old gang.
(6) of them seem to be around any more.
Angela: I think they've (7)............moved away, except us two. Carol went to Japan.
Tessa:   Angela, would you like to come for a meat some time?
Angela: Oh, that would be lovely. We'll certainly have a (8)................to talk about.
Tessa:   Maybe we'll need a (9)...................day. What about the Saturday after next?
Each of the sentences has a mistake in it. Write the correct sentence.
► Are you going on holiday-that year? Are, you <joiry<j ok holiday thi* ycw
1 That was-avery good idea of-yeth _______....................................................
2 You'-ve-got-a-tet-bookSr-haven't you? ...................................................
3 l-dor^t know the meeting's time.
4 Nigel-hastiurt the leg. ......................................................
5 All reemsTn the house were cold. ..........................................................
6 Wear-everything-it doesn't matter what ........................................--------
7 Every of the four doors-was locked. ........................_____............. ........
8 l-Kve-my life, and my sister-lives her. .......................................................
9 The-beth-secks havo got trelea-to-them; ....................................... .................
10 Here's a copy of thi&week-magazine. . ...........................................----------
11 This sweater is losing it's celeufc......................................................
12 I want-seme paper, but there's -no in here..................................................
Write a second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first. Use the word in brackets. When I was on holiday, it rained all week, (whole)
Wrifcis,.I,,wa$..pa. holiday, it ra,ii\ed the. .whole >eek...... ....................................... ...
1 I've lived here more than half my life, (most)
............. .......«........ . .4........1..................•...................................
2 All the hotels were full, (every)
3 The house on the corner is bigger than our house, (ours)
4 I've forgotten my doctor's name, (of)
5 We haven't had much warning of the changes, (little)
6 Such a large number of people have applied for the job. (so)
7 I met one of your old boyfriends at a party, (an)
8 Both the chairs are uncomfortable, (neither)
9   My holiday starts ten days from now. (time)
THIS, MY, SOME, A LOT OF, ETC.   - PAGE 231
98    Personal pronouns (I, you)
1 The meaning of the pronouns
Vicky:        Hciia, Andrew. Hove you seen Rachel? Andrew:     / don't think so. No, I haven't seen her today.
Vicky:        We're supposed to he going out at half past seven, and it's nearly eight now. Andrew:     Maybe she's just forgotten. You know Rachel.
Vicky:        We're going out for a meal. Matthew and Emma said they might come too. I hope they haven't gone without me.
I/me means the speaker, and you means the person spoken to. We/us means the speaker and someone else. Here, we = Vicky and Rachel. He/him means a male person and she/her a female person. Here, she = Rachel. It means a thing, an action, a situation or an idea. Here, it = the time. They/them is the plural of he, she and it and means people or things.
We can also use they/lhem for a person when we don't know if the person is male or female. //anyone calls, ask them to leave a message.
2 Subject and object forms
PERSON    1:>H«D PERSON
Singular      SUBJECT I you he/she/it
oiiiKcr me you him/her/it
Plural SUBJECT we you they
orif.lt us you them
We use the subject form (I, etc.) when the pronoun is the subject and there is a verb.
/ don't think so.    Maybe she's just forgotten. We use the object form (me, etc.) when the pronoun is the object of a verb or preposition.
I haven't seen her today    I hope they haven't gone without me.
The pronoun on its own or after be usually has the object form.
Who spill coffee all over the table? - Me./Sorry. it was me. Compare this answer.
Who spilt coffee all over the table? ~ I did.
You, one and they
We can use you or one to mean 'any person' or 'people in general', including the speaker.
You shouldn't believe what you read in the newspapers.
OK One shouldn't believe what one reads in the newspapers.
You don't like/One doesn't like to have an argument in public. You is normal in conversation. One is more formal.
We can use they for other people in general.
They say too much sugar is bad for you. We can also use it for people in authority,
They're goi tig to build a new swimming-pool here. They is informal and conversational. We use the passive in more formal situations.
A new swimming-pool is going to be built here (see Unit 56.2).
> 99 There and it   l> page 379 You and one m British and American English
PAGE 232   • PRONOUNS
Practice
A The meaning of the pronouns (1)
Read the conversation between Melanie and Rita. Then say what the underlined pronouns mean.
Melanie:	Have (►) you been in that new shop?		you = rUtA........................
Rita:	No, not yet.		
Melanie:	Nor have 1, but (►) it looks interesting. There's a lovely	►	it - the. shoo............
	dress in the window, and (1) it isn't expensive.	1	it - .....................................
Rita:	Laura bought some jeans there. (2) She said	2	
	(3) they were really cheap.	3	they =..........................
Melanie:	(4) You ought to go along there and have a look, then.	4	you -.......................
Rita:	(5) We'd better not go now or we'll be late.	5	we =............................
	(6) I told Mike and Harriet we'd meet	6	I —       . .......i........
	(7) them at half past five.	7	
Melanie:	Oh, Tom said (8) he's coming too.	8	
B Subject and object forms (2)
Complete the conversation. Put in the pronouns.
Nick:   Did (►) ypw    say that you and Harriet wanted some coloured lights for your party?
Mike:   Yes, but (►) .it... 's OK. Melanie's neighbour Jake has got some, and (1) 's going
to lend (2) ........to (3)...............
Nick.   Great. Is Rita coming to the party?
Mike:   We've invited (4).............of course, but (5)__________ isn't sure if (6)... .............. can
come or not. Her parents are flying somewhere on Saturday evening, and she might be taking (7)...................to the airport.
Nick:   And what about Laura's friend Emily?
Mike;   I expect (8) ... 'II be there. And her brother. (9)......... both came to our last
party.
Nick:   Do (10)....... mean Jason? I don't like (11)................ very much.
Mike:   Oh, (12) 's OK. But (13)..............don't have to talk to (14)
C Subject and object forms (2)
Put in the pronouns.
►  There's no need to shout. I can hear yp«.............
1 You and I work well together..................'re a good team.
2 We've got a bit of a problem. Could ..................help........ , please?
3 This is a good photo, isn't...................? ~ Is Jessica in........... ?-Yes, that's....... ,
look....................s next to Andrew.
4 Who did this crossword? ~ ., . I did........... this morning.
5 Is this Vicky's bag? ~ No, didn't bring one. It can't belong to .............
6 ...... 'm looking for my shoes. Have................ seen. .............? - Yes,
......Ye here.
D You and they (3)
Complete the conversation. Put in you or they.
Trevor:   I'm not going to drive in this weather. It's too icy.
Laura:   (►) Yqia______don't want to take any risks. (1) can't be too careful.
Trevor:   I've just heard the weather forecast and (2) ...............say there's going to be more snow.
(3)....................'re better off indoors in weather like this.
Laura:   I think (4) .,................ought to clear the snow off the roads more quickly.
PRONOUNS   • I'ACiL 233
99 There and it
1 There + be
Look at these examples.
/ really ought to phone home. ~ Well, there's a phone box round the corner. Could I make myself an omelette? ~ Of course. There are some eggs in the fridge. There's an important meeting at work that I have to go to.
To talk about the existence of something, wc use there + be. Be agrees with the following noun. There is a phone box. BUT There are some eggs.
Here are some more examples.
There's u bus at ten to five.    There'll be a meal waiting for us.
Is there a toilet in the building?    Were there any bargains in the sale?
There have been some burglaries recently.    There might have been an accident.
We also use there with words like a lot of, many, much, more, enough and with numbers. There were a lot of problems to discuss.    There's too much noise in here. Will there be enough chairs?    There are thirty days in April.
2 Uses of it
We use it for a thing, an action, a situation or an idea. You've bought a new coat. It's very nice, (it - the coat) Skiing is an expensive hobby isn't it? You have to fill in all these stupid forms. It's ridiculous. I find astrology fascinating. I'm really interested in it.
We use it to mean 'the unknown person'.
Did someone ring? ~ It was Vicky. She just called to say she's arrived safely.
We use it for the time, the weather and distance. It's half past five already    It's Sunday tomorrow. It was much warmer yesterday.    It's fifty miles from here to Brighton,
Wc also use it in structures with a to-infinitive or a that-clause (see also Unit 67.2).
It was nice to meet your friends.
It would be a good idea to book in advance.
It's important to switch off the electricity.
It's a pity (that) you can't come with us. This is much more usual than, for example, To meet your friends was nice.
3 There or it?
We often use there when we mention something for the first time, like the picture in this example.
There was a picture on the wall. It was an abstract painting. We use it when we talk about the details. It means the picture.
Here are some more examples.
There's a woman at the door. ~ Oh, it's Aunt Joan. There was a dog in the field. It was a big black one.
There's a new one-way traffic system in the town centre. It's very confusing.
PAGE 234   • PRONOUNS
Practice
A There + be (1)
Look at the pictures and comment on what you see. Use these words: a balloon, some boxes, the car, a dinosaur, an elephant, some flowers, the garden, her hat, the sky, the water
►  _ ► _ t ** 2   -=3fc^     m    3   \ %
► There\$ . a. . d i^.£<\vmt J*..the..wAier.t....
► There. Are, .fc we. f1ow<>r$ oi\ her h^.-t • 1 ........................................................
2
3
B There + be (l)
Put in there and a form of be, e.g. /s, are, was, have been or will be.
	Victor:	Are there....................
	Rachel:	
1	Alan:	
	Mark:	OK...............................
2	Vicky: Daniel:	What's happened? Why
3	Tom:	Last night ....................
	Melanie:	________.............must.......
a train at twelve thirty, isn't there? Let's catch that one.
a hold-up at the bank.
................a party next door. I couldn't get to sleep.
.............a lot of people there.
Uses of it (2)
Rewrite the sentences in brackets using it.
►  We sometimes go surfing. (Surfing is really good fun.) J.lV.. rfi<v!!y. .^ppd. fu»s..
1 I bought a shirt in the market. (The shirt was very cheap.)________________............
2 Someone rang. (The caller was Vicky.).........................................................
3 Our heating is out of order.fThe situation is a nuisance.).................................
4 I've left my coat at home. (The weather is very warm.) ..................................
5 Don't lose your credit card. (To keep it somewhere safe is important.)
-44114141*1>t
D There or it? (3)
Put in there or it
Is it...............the fifteenth today? ~ No, the sixteenth.
1 The road is closed....................'s been an accident.
2 Take a taxi....................'s a long way to the station.
3 ...................was a motor bike outside....................looked very expensive.
4 Will.................. be any delays because of the strike? - Well,...................would be a good idea
to ring the airline and check.
5 ...................was wet, and...................was a cold east wind.............. was after midnight,
and...................were few people on the streets.
PRONOUNS   • PAGE 235
100 Reflexive pronouns
1 Introduction
Myself is a reflexive pronoun. In the sentence
I've cut myself the words 1 and myself mean
the same thing. Myself refers back to the subject, 1.
2 Form
Singular Plural
myself ourselves
SLCOND l>LKSON
yourself yourselves
Compare yourself and yourselves.
P.mma, you can dry yourself on this towel.
ii 11140 t'KIWON
himself/he rself /kself themselves
Vicky and Rachel, you can dry yourselves on these
3 The use of reflexive pronouns
Here are some examples.
Mark made himself a sandwich.     Vicky had to force herself to eat. We've locked ourselves out.    The children watched themselves on video.
We cannot use me, you, him, etc. to refer to the subject. Compare these sentences. When the policeman came in, the gunman shot him. (him = the policeman) When the policeman came in, the gunman shot himself. (himself - the gunman)
We can use a reflexive pronoun after a preposition.
The children are old enough to look after themselves. But after a preposition of place, we can use me, you, him, etc.
In the mirror I saw a lorry behind me.    Mike didn't have any money with him,
Laura thought she recognized the woman standing next to her.
4 Idioms with reflexive pronouns
Look at these examples.
We really enjoyed ourselves. (- had a good time)
/ hope the children behave themselves. (= behave well)
just, help yourself to sandwiches, won't you?    take as many as you want)
Please make yourself at home. (= behave as if this was your home)
/ don't want to be left here by myself. (= on my own, alone)
5 Verbs without a reflexive pronoun
Some verbs do not usually take a reflexive pronoun, although they may in other languages. We'd better hurry, or we'll be late, not Wed better lutwy-fHteselvesr Shall we meet at the cinema?    I feet uncomfortable.    Just try to relax.
Some of these verbs are: afford, approach, complain, concentrate, decide, feel + adjective, get up hurry (up), lie down, meet, remember, rest, relax, sit down, stand up, wake up, wonder, worry
We do not normally use a reflexive pronoun with change (clothes), dress and wash.
Daniel washed and changed before going out. (See also Unit 54,4.) But we can use a reflexive pronoun when the action is difficulL
My friend is disabled, but she can dress herself.
PAUL 236   • PRONOUNS
Practice
A Reflexive pronouns (1-3)
Look at the pictures and write sentences with a reflexive pronoun. Use these words: dry, introduce, look at, photograph, teach
1 She........................................................... 3
2 They ......................................................... 4
B
Reflexive pronouns (1-3)
Complete the conversations. Put in a reflexive pronoun (myself, yourself, etc.). ►   Matthew:  I'll get the tickets, shall I?
Emma:     It's OK. I can pay for ^»y?elf...........................
1 Olivia:      I've got lots of photos of my children.
Linda;      Yes, but you haven't got many of....................................., Olivia.
2 Rita:        Did you have a good time at the Holiday Centre?
Laura:      Well, there wasn't much going on. We had to amuse ........
3 Emma:     Why has the light gone off?
Matthew: It switches ________________ off automatically.
Pronouns after a preposition (3 and Unit 98.2)
Put in the correct pronoun (e.g. me or myself].
We looked up and saw a strange animal in front of .v£____________
Don't tell us the answer to the puzzle. We can work it out for . It's a pity you didn't bring your camera with
Mark talked to the woman sitting next to.......................................
The old man is no longer able to look after.........
My mother likes to have ail her family near_______ ................ .
To be successful in life, you must believe in...............................________
►
1
2
3
4
5
D Idioms with and without reflexive pronouns (4-5)
Rachel and Vicky are at Mike and Harriet's party. Complete the conversation. Put in the verbs with or without a reflexive pronoun.
Mike:     Have you two (►) Met _ (met) before? Rachel: Yes, we have, Vicky and I are old friends.
Mike:     Oh, right. Well, I hope you (►) e.yoy yourselves:...........(enjoy) tonight.
Rachel: I'm sure we will. I (1).................................................(feel) just in the mood for a party.
Mike;    Well, please (2)......................... ............... (help) to a drink. Are you OK, Vicky?
Vicky;    Sorry. I've got this awful feeling that I have to do something very important, and I can't
(3) ....................___________________...... (remember) what it is.
Rachel: Vicky, you (4)......................................... (worry) too much. Come on, just
(5).................................................(relax).
PRONOUNS   • L'ACiH 237
101 Emphatic pronouns and each other
Emphatic pronouns
Trevor and Laura are decorating their living-room themselves.
An emphatic pronoun is a word like myself, yourself. It has the same form as a reflexive pronoun (see Unit 100.2).
Here the emphatic pronoun means 'without helpl Trevor and Laura are decorating the room without help from anyone else. Compare They're having the room wallpapered (by a decorator) (see Unit 58.1).
Here are some more examples.
I built this boat myself.    My sister designs all these clothes herself.
Are you doing alt the painting yourselves? When we say these sentences, we stress self or selves.
Now look at these examples.
The manager himself welcomed us to the hotel.
(- The manager welcomed us, not someone else.}
Although she is very rich, the Queen herself never carries any money.
The house itself is small, but the garden is enormous.
Of course the children have been to the zoo. You yourself took them there last year. Here the emphatic pronoun comes after the noun or pronoun it relates to.
Each other
Look at this example.
Andrew and Jessica help each other with their work. This means that Andrew helps Jessica, and Jessica helps Andrew. Here are some more exam
Mark and Alan aren't really friends. They don't like each other much.
I'm still in touch with Kirsty, We write to each other. One another has the same meaning.
We send each other/one another Christmas cards every year.
We can also use the possessive form each other's.
Tom and Mark wrote down each other's phone numbers. This means that Tom wrote down Mark's number, and Mark wrote down Tom's number.
Compare each other and themselves.
They're laughing at each other.
They're laughing at themselves.
VAGI- 238 •PRONOUNS
Practice
A Emphatic pronouns (1)
Add a sentence with an emphatic pronoun, e.g. myself.
Use these verbs: bake, clean, decorate, grow, paint, service, type, wash
► I don't take the car to the garage.  !. saryi.ce,. it. wytfej£,.............................................
► Laura didn't buy those pictures. .She., parted theK..herself,......
1 Tom doesn't have his windows cleaned...................................... ...............................
2 My bread doesn't come from a shop..........................................................................
3 My friends eat lots of fresh vegetables..................................................................................
4 We finished the dining-room yesterday.............................................................................
5 Mark doesn't dictate his letters to a secretary.....................................................................
6 I don't take my car to the car wash..................................................
B Emphatic pronouns (1)
Put in an emphatic pronoun, e.g. myself, yourself.
► Of course I know about Matthew and Emma. You told me yowrsrelf.
1 The princess................................ visited the children in hospital,
2 The song................. .................wasn't very good, but the title of the song became a popular
phrase.
3 The visitors were welcomed to the school by the headmaster...................................
4 The pilots...................................are nervous of flying because of terrorist threats.
5 You all know that no one can take your decisions for you. You......... ........................will have
to decide.
C Each other (2)
David and Melanie are in love. Write sentences about them using each other.
Melanie often writes notes to David. He also often writes notes to Melanie.
Tri£y ofte*v write i\otef to each.other. 1   David is always thinking about Melanie. She's just the same. She's always thinking about him.
2   Melanie has got lots of photos of David. He's got lots of photos of her. too.
3   They love being together. David enjoys Melanie's company, and she enjoys David's company.
4   Melanie is crazy about David. He feels the same way. He's crazy about Melanie.
•----------,     ......>...|----------. . .   , ,     i.................i.t................----....................
D Each other or a reflexive pronoun? (2 and Unit 100)
Put in each other, ourselves or themselves.
► We could all do more to keep healthy. We don't look after owr^elve* properly.
^ The hostess introduced the two guests to £AC^ °ther .
1 The two boxers did their best to knock.......................„„..........out.
2 We talk to.................................. in French because it's the only language we both know.
3 People who talk to ....................... may get strange looks from other people.
4 We'd better set off early to give ..................................plenty of time to get there.
5 The guards who shot a gunman claimed that they were defending..................................
6 Luckily we managed to get two seats next to ............................
PRONOUNS   • PACE 239
102 The pronoun one/ones
1 Introduction
Trevor:    Here's that hot lie of mineral water you wanted. Laura:     Oh, no, you've got a small one. J wanted a big one. Trevor:    They didn't have any big ones at the shop on the corner. Laura:     Thai shop never has what I want. Why didn't you go to the one in the High Street?
I lere a small one means 'a small bottle1, big ones means 'big bottles', and the one in the High Street means 'the shop in the High Street'. We use one tor a singular noun and ones for a plural noun. We use one and ones to avoid repeating a noun.
We cannot use one or ones with an uncountable noun, e.g. water. There was no hot water. 1 had to wash in cold.
2 Structures with one/ones
Sometimes we can either put in one/ones or leave it out.
These bowls are nice. What about this (one)? We can do this aftei this, that, these and those; after each or another; after which; or after a superlative e.g. easiest.
7 don't like these sweaters. I prefer those (ones) over there.
I tried all three numbers, and each (one) was engaged.
The product is available in all these colours. Which (one) would you like?
The. last question is the most difficult (one).
Sometimes we cannot leave oul one/ones.
Our house is the one on the left, not Our house is the on the left. We cannot leave out one/ones after the or every or after an adjective.
The film wasn't as good as the one we saw last week.
I rang all the numbers, and every one was engaged.
I'd like a box of tissues. A small one, please.
I threw away my old trainers and bought some new ones.
3 A small one and one
We can say a small one, a red one, etc. but not a one.
I've been looking for a coat, but I can't find a nice one.
I've been looking for a coat, but I cant find one. Here we use one instead of a coat. Here are some more examples.
We decided to take a taxi. Luckily there was one waiting.
If you want a ticket, I can get one for you.
Now look at these examples with one, some, it and them.
/ haven't got a passport, but I'll need one.       (one = a passport)
I haven't got any stamps, but I'll need some.    (some = some stamps)
I've got my passport. They sent it last week.     (it = the passport)
I've got the stamps. I put them in the drawer,   (them - the stamps) One and some/any are like a, but it and they/them are like the. We use one and some/any when we aren't saying which, and we use it and they/them to be specific (when we know which).
I'AC.I- 240   - PRONOUNS
Practice
A One(l)
Look at the pictures and complete the conversations.
H 1		X
t\.		i
► blue / black/
1 smart x casual /      2 big / small x
3 white X brown ✓
Emma: Can you lend me a pen, please?
Matthew: Do you want A. blaaoive or a black, ore ?
Emma: Oh, A blu* ™<? t please.
Mark: I might buy a new jacket.
Sarah: Do you mean.........................................................................
Mark: Oh,.................................................for when I go on holiday.
Jessica: Could you pass me one of those saucepans, please?
Andrew: Do you need....................................................................
Jessica:............................ , please.
Sarah: Could I have a small envelope?
Secretary: Yes, of course.....................................—......... .........,
Sarah:................................. ........, please. Thanks.
Vicky: I'm looking for a toothbrush, but I can't find any.
Assistant: Do you mean .......____________________________________...........................
Vicky: Oh,..................................................,
4 ordinary / electric X
........................?
B One and ones (1-3)
Rewrite the sentences in brackets so that the noun is not repeated. Use one or ones.
►	These cups are nice.              if...,W^^MA!^4: (Each cup is hand-painted.)	
1	I need to fill in a form about my driving test, but ...........	.................. {I haven't got a form.)
2		................(I must get some new videos.)
3		............... (Have you seen this photo?)
4		......................(I've hired a dinner-jacket.)
5	Those socks are horrible................................................	.............(Can't you find any nice socks?)
6		
C One, some, it and them (3)
Put in one, some, it or mem.
P- I don't know if I'll need any money. I'd better take *OM£ , I suppose.
1 If you need an umbrella, I can lend you...................,
2 The radio isn't working. Vicky dropped...................on the floor.
3 I'm having a biscuit. Would you like..................., too?
4 I had the matches a minute ago, and now I can't find...................,
5 I haven't got any computer disks, but Emma has got....................
PRONOUNS   " PAGE 24!
103 Everyone, something, etc.
1 Introduction
Look at these examples.
Everyone enjoyed the show. It was a great success.
The police searched the house but found nothing.
Let's find somewhere to eat.
Nobody came into the shop all afternoon. With every, some and no, we can form words ending in one, body, thing and where.
everyone/everybody = alt the people   everything - all the things everywhere = (in) all the places
someone/somebody = a person something - a thing somewhere = (in) a place
no one/nobody = no person nothing /'nAOirj/ = no things       nowhere - (in) no places
Words ending in thing can also mean actions or ideas.
Something awful has happened.     You must tell me everything.
2 Someone and anyone, etc.
We can also form words with any: anyone, anybody, anything, anywhere. For some and any see Unit 94.1.
Positive: 1'here's someone in the phone box.
Negative: / looked round the shops, but t didn't buy anything.
Question: Has anyone seen todays newspaper?
Offer/Request: Could you do something for me, please?
We can also use words with any in a positive sentence.
This door is always left open. Anyone could just walk in here.
Where shall we go? - Anywhere. I don't mind. In these sentences anyone means 'it doesn't matter who', and anywhere means 'it doesn't matter where'. For more details about any see Unit 94.3.
3 Singular and plural
We use a singular verb after everyone, something, anything, etc.
Everywhere was very crowded. No one knows how to start the motor. After words with one or body, we normally use they/them/their, even though the verb is singular.
Everyone is having their lunch. Nobody wants to have their coffee yet. We can also use he, she, him, her, his, etc. with someone/somebody when we know the persons sex.
Someone left their/her handbag behind.
4 Other structures
After everyone, something, etc. we can use an adjective.
Let s go somewhere nice.    Is there anything interesting in that magazine? We can also use else.
We always play Scrabble. Let's play something else. (= a different game)
Henry wore a suit, but everyone else had jeans on. (= all the other people)
Words ending in one and body have a possessive form (with *s).
Someone's cat is on our roof    I need to be informed about everybody's plans.
[> page 380 Someplace, etc. in American English
IWil- 242   • PRONOUNS
Practice
A Everyone,
Complete the ► Melanie: David:
1 Nick: Tom:
2 Mark: Secretary:
3 Melanie: Tom:
4 Danief Emma:
something, etc. (1)
conversations. Put in the correct words. Did you say you found Jowetlii^ in the street? Yes, a diamond ring.
We all know the man is a thief, don't we?
Yes,......,.„,..........................knows, but.....................................dares to say so
publicly.
Were there any calls for me?
Yes,.....................................rang while you were out. It was rather strange. He
refused to give his name, but he wants to discuss................................ with you.
Do you have any plans for the summer?
I'd like to go away.................................... if I can......................................I know
has invited me to his villa in Portugal, so I may go there. Has Matthew got a job yet?
No, but he's looked ...............................He's been to all the job agencies. He
hates the idea of sitting around doing .......____________........... -
B Someone and anyone, etc. (2)
Put in someone, anyone, something, anything, somewhere or anywhere. Rachel: Have you seen my MP3 player? I can't find it (►) <*Aywtare. .
Vicky:    No, I haven't. Perhaps (1) _______......................'s borrowed it.
Rachel: I haven't given (2).....................................permission to borrow it. It must be
(3).................................in this room.
Vicky:    Things are in such a mess. It could be (4)............................._________
Rachel: I know. I can never find (5)................................ when I want it.
Vicky:    We'll have to do (6) ...............................about this mess. We'd better tidy it up.
C Singular and plural (3)
Choose the correct form.
We had to wait because someone had lost its/their ticket.
1 One of the policemen had injured his/their arm.
2 One of the guests had brought something wrapped In brown paper. She put it/them on the table.
3 No one likes/like going to the dentist, do he/they?
4 Everyone have/has to leave his/their bags outside.
D Other structures (4)
Rewrite the sentences using a phrase with everyone, someone, something, nothing and somewhere instead of the phrases in brackets.
► I'd like to buy (a nice thing). J.'d, Iikt. to., bwy. s™eih<vj nee. _ _......._______
► Let's go {to another place), shall we? .U±> |£ ^owcwhere. etee, *k*JI..we? ...........................
► I'll try to remember (the name of everyone). .!.*!}. try to reMeMber p.ve.ryq«\eV ^m£,............
1 I once met (a famous person)........................................................................................
2 (A person's car) is blocking me in...................................................________...........................
3 I've got (a different thing) to tell you............................ ............................................
4 We know (the opinions of all the people)......................................................._______
5 (All the other people) except you are going..................,,.........................._.........................______
6 (No exciting things) ever happen here.....................................................................
PRONOUNS   • PACK 243
Test Q: Pronouns
A
A group of friends are going on a coach trip together. They're meeting at the coach stop. Complete the conversation. Put in a personal pronoun (/, me, you, etc.) or a reflexive pronoun {myself, yourself, etc.).
Polly:     Where's Martin?
Rupert: He's ill, I spoke to {►) hjw yesterday. He was feeling a bit sorry for (1)..................
Polly:    Oh, poor Martin. And what about the twins?
Peter:    (2)................... came with Janet and me. (3).... ________gave (4)
a lift.
Janet:    Yes, the twins came with (5) ...............in the car.
Tessa:   I hope they're going to behave (6)................
Janet:   Oh, I'm sure they will.
Rupert: (7).........................'II be nice to have a day out. (8) say it's going to stay
sunny,
Polly:     I'm sure we'll all enjoy (9) ................
Peter:    Where's Anna?
Tessa:   Oh, she's here somewhere. I spoke to (10)................... a moment ago. She was
standing right next to (11).............
B
Decide which word is correct.
► I can't go to a party. I haven't got a^yih'r^ to wear, a) anything   b) everything   c) something   d) nothing
1 Take care, won't you, Anna? Look after_______ ,. ........
a) you   b) your  c) yours   d) yourself
2 Yes,....................... would be lovely to see you again.
a) it   b) that   c) there   d) you
3 If you want some apples, I'll get you.................... at the shop.
a) any   b) it   c) one   d) some
4 We've brought some food with.........................
a) me   b) ourselves   c) us   d) we
5 Who does this CD belong to? ~.........................I've just bought it.
a) I   b) Me   c) Mine   d) Myself
6 The shop doesn't sell new books. It only sells old.....................
a) of them   b) ones   c) some   d) them
7 Is...........................a post office near here, please?
a) here   b) it   c) there   d) this
8 The two girls often wear...........................clothes.
a) each other   b) each other's   c) themselves   d) themselves'
9 Have you had enough to eat, or would you like something .................. ?
a) another  b) else   c) new   d) other
c
Use a pronoun instead of the words in brackets.
► Michelle is in hospital.       (Michelle) isn't very well.
1 I lost my watch, but it was only a cheap......... (watch).
2 I have to make tea for..............................(all the people).
3 Tessa took a photo of ......................(Tessa).
face 244   • PRONOUNS
4 My flat is the ...........(flat) at the top.
5 The phone rang...................,...........(The caller) was Alex.
6 There was ______________.........{a thing) worrying me.
7 I've got some sweets. Would you like ............................. (a sweet)?
8 ......... _____________(People in general) can't make an omelette without breaking eggs.
9 We decorated the whole house...............................(without help).
Complete the text. Write the missing words. Use one word only in each space.
(►) \%  was on 20 September 1973 that Bobby Riggs met Billie Jean King on the tennis court. Of all
the tennis matches until then, this was probably the (1) ..........that attracted the most attention.
Riggs had once been a champion, but at 55 he was getting rather old for top-class tennis. But he
considered (2)...................a better player than any woman. In fact, he thought women should go
home and find (3)...................useful to do in the kitchen. Billie Jean King, on the other hand, was a
29-year-old star of women's tennis and a feminist. Riggs thought that (4).............. would be a
good idea to play King. He was sure he could beat (5) ..............King agreed to play.
(6) was a lot of interest in the match, and more or less (7) in the country
was looking forward to (8)................On the night of the match. (9)....................were over 30,000
people in the Houston Astrodrome. When Riggs and King came face to face with (10)...................
other, they had 50 million people watching (11)     ,,,...........on TV. The match didn't work out for
Riggs, because Billie Jean King defeated (12).............. , 6-4, 6-3, 6-3.
Each of these sentences has a mistake in it. Write the correct sentence.
I didVt w**t the fridge, So I Sold it. 1   -ItVa train leaving in ten minutes.
2  -Hhink someone are coining up the stairs.
jight-o^iockrsHalf we?-
4 We haven't got a camcorder, but we'd like a.
5 Let's do q different something today.
6
7   I'm afraid I haveifrduiiu sumethiiiy all day.
8
tnems
9   If you're buying a loaf, get a nice fresh. 10   I've looked in all places for my credit card.
11   The two friends still 3ee themselves occasionatly.-
PRONOUNS   • PAtiU 245
104 Adjectives
1 Introduction
Henry and Claire are having dinner in a quiet restaurant. Its a warm evening. The food is delicious. Henry is feeling romantic.
An adjective is a word like quiet, warm, delicious, romantic. The word quiet describes the restaurant. It tells us what the restaurant is like.
2 Word order
There are two places where we can use an adjective:
before a noun (a quiet restaurant) and after a linking verb (feeling romantic).
Bt-FOKK A NOUN
Claire's got a new car. It was a dark night. This is good coffee.
AFTER A LINKING VERB
Claire's car is new.
It was getting dark.
This coffee tastes good. Some linking verbs are: appear, be, become, feel, get, Iookt seem, smell, stay, taste
We can use two or more adjectives together (see Unit 105).
It's a quiet little restaurant.    Mike was wearing a dirty old coat.
We can put a word like very or quite before an adjective.
It was a very dark night.    Henry was feeling quite romantic. Very and quite are adverbs of degree {see Unit 115).
Adjectives used in one position only
We can use most adjectives in both positions - before a noun or after a linking verb. But a few adjectives can go in one position but not in the other.
Here are some examples of adjectives which can only go before a noun. Be careful crossing the main road.    The only problem is I've got no money. Chess is an indoor game.    The former footballer now trains young players.
Some more examples are: chief (= main), elder (= older), eldest (= oldest), inner, outdoor, outer, principal (= main), upper
Here are some examples of adjectives which can only go after a linking verb. At last the baby is asleep.    Emma's two brothers are very alike. I'm really pleased to see you.     Vicky looked ill, I thought.
Some more examples are: afraid, alone, ashamed, awake, alive, content (= happy), fine (- in good health), glad, unwell, well
O 82 Two nouns together, e.g. a colour photo   f> 108 Adjective or adverb?
PACK 246    • ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS
Practice
A Adjectives (l)
Look at the pictures and write a phrase with an adjective and noun. Use these nouns: building, car, cat, chairs, music, power, skirt, weather
► long/short
Jto
3 hydroelectric/solar
► hot/cold
4 classical/pop
►     cold weAther
1 .........................
2 ................__.......
1 traditional/modern
5 new/otd
2 black/white
6 tall/low
3
4
5
6
B Adjectives (1-2)
Underline all the adjectives in this description of a hotel.
This ► comfortable hotel with its pleasant gardens is ideal for people who want a quiet holiday, yet it is only a short distance from the highly popular attractions of the area. There are lovely views from every room. The atmosphere is very friendly, and the staff are always helpful. A holiday here is very good value for money. You can eat your meals at the hotel, where the food tastes marvellous. Or you can of course try some of the excellent local restaurants.
C Adjectives used in one position only (3)
Look at the notes and write the song titles. Sometimes the adjective comes before the noun, and sometimes you need to use is or are.
*■  your sister / elder Vfawr. elder. sifter.........................................................
► this boy / alone TV"*.boy.'f .........................................................
1 the world / asleep................................................,......................................
2 my desire / chief ........................................................................................
3 my heart / content........................................................................................
4 the thing to remember / main........................_...............................................................
5 the night / alive........................................................................................
6 secrets / inner........................................................................................
7 the girl for me / only ........................................................................................
ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS   • pace 247
105 Adjectives (order)
1 Introduction
It's beautiful sunny weather. Nick has got a big black dog.
We can use more than one adjective before a noun. There is usually one correct order. We cannot say sunny beautiful weather or a black big dog.
2 Adjectives and nouns
We sometimes use two nouns together (see Unit 82).
a glass door    a computer program Here we use glass like an adjective, to describe the door. When we use another adjective as well (e.g. heavy), it comes before both the nouns.
a heavy glass door    a useful computer program
3 Word order
We order adjectives according to their meaning. This is the normal order:
GROUP
1 Opinion (how good?)
2 Size (how big?)
3 Most other qualities
4 Age (how old?)
5 Colour
6 Origin (where from?)
7 Material (made of?)
8 Type (what kind?)
9 Purpose (what for?)
Here are some examples.
a small green insect (size, colour)    Japanese industrial designers (origin, type)
a wonderful new face cream (opinion, age, purpose)    awful plastic souvenirs (opinion, material)
a long boring train journey (size, quality, type)    some nice easy quiz questions (opinion, quality, purpose)
a beautiful wooden picture frame (opinion, material, purpose)
We sometimes put commas between adjectives in Groups 1-3 a horrible, ugly building    a busy, lively,, exciting city
EXAMPLES
wonderful, nice, great, awful, terrible Adjectives that say how good
large, small, long, short, tall
quiet, famous, important, soft, wet, difficult, fast, angry, warm
new, old
red, blue, green, black American, British, French stone, plastic, steel, paper an electric kettle, political matters, road transport a bread knife, a bath towel
and how big come first.
Most adjectives come next if they do not belong to another group.
Some of these are nouns.
PACK 248   • ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS
Practice
A Adjectives (order) (1-3)
Describe the pictures. Use these words: boots, building, car, seat, singer
p. They're leather. They're big.
1 It's small. It's white.
2 It's old. It's attractive.
1
2
3 It's wooden. It's for the garden. It's expensive.
biij leather boot?
3
4
. ,11 f. * ■<. 11
He sings in the opera. He's Italian. He's famcus.
B Adjectives (order) (1-3)
Write a list of things to be sold at an auction.
► basin / sugar, antique, silver
1 vase / glass, old, lovely
2 mirror / wall, attractive
3 desk / modern, office
4 chairs / kitchen, red, metal
5 boat / model, splendid, old
6 stamps / postage, valuable, Australian
7 table / small, coffee, wooden
Aiy AA.ti^u£ Silver tv^&r ba.Si*
C Adjectives (order) (1-3)
Look at each advertisement and write the information in a single sentence. ►  This game is new. It's for the family. And it's exciting.
Th j f. .'.f \Mt&. ■, fiWw. $5fr!!! y •...................................................
1   This computer is for business. It's Japanese. And it's powerful.
2   This fire is electric. It's excellent. And it's small.
3   This is a chocolate bar. It's new. And it's a big bar.
4   This comedy is American. It's for television. And it's terrific.
5   These doors are aluminium. They're for your garage. And they're stylish.
6   These shoes are modern. They're for sports. And they're wonderful.
7   This phone is a mobile. It's German. And it's very good.
ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS   • PAGE 249
106 The old, the rich, etc.
1 Introduction
These people are protesting. They want equal rights for the disabled and more help for the blind.
There are some adjectives that we can use with the to talk about groups of people in society, e.g. the disabled, the blind. Here are some more examples.
What can we do to feed the hungry?    The rich can afford to pay more taxes.
The young are usually keen to travel.    it is our duty to care for the sick.
2 What adjectives can we use?
These are some of the adjectives and other words that we can use in a phrase with the.
To do with social or economic position: the disadvantaged, the homeless, the hungry, the poor, the privileged, the rich, the starving, the strong, the underprivileged, the unemployed, the weak
To do with physical condition or health:
the blind, the deaf, the dead, the disabled, the handicapped, the living, the sick To do with age:
the elderly, the middle-aged, the old, the over-sixties, the undcr-fives, the young
We can sometimes use an adverb before the adjective.
The very poor are left without hope.    The severely disabled need full-time care. There are some adjectives in this structure that normally have an adverb.
The less fortunate cannot afford to go on holiday.
Should the mentally ill be allowed to live in the community?
3 The young or the young people?
The young means 'young people in general'.
The young have their lives in front of them. When we mean a specific person or a specific group of people, then we use man, woman, people, etc.
There was a young man standing on the corner.
I know the young woman in reception. She lives in our street.
None of the young people in the village can find jobs here.
PAGE 250   * adjectives and adverbs
Practice
A The old, the rich, etc. (1)
Write in the missing words. Use the and these adjectives: homeless, hungry, old, sick, unemployed, young
four IM
Yd
1
►  Better education for iH*..ypA«vj............______ 3   Better hospitals for
1 Food for .,,_____.......................................... 4   Jobs for .....
2 Homes for.................................................. 5   Better pensions for ....
B The old, the rich, etc. (1-2)
Rewrite the sentences using a phrase with fne and an adjective instead of the underlined phrases. ►   Pegplejwho have lots of money have comfortable lives.
The rich fwyye, cpMfprtfbk live.*".....................................
1 We live near a special school for people who can't hear.
2 The old soldiers were holding a service for those_who had died.
3 The government should do more for people who do not have enough money.
4   I'm doing a course on caring for people who are mentally handicapped.
C The young or the young people? (3)
Complete these sentences from a newspaper. Use the adjectives in brackets. Put in e.g. the hungry or the hungry people.
► Rich nations can afford to feed fchfe. f&n^ry. (hungry).
► Ifcfi. ,hpMeJ«£<, people (homeless) whose story appeared in this paper last week have now found a place to live.
1 .................. ...............(sick) need to be looked after, so money must be spent on
hospitals.
2 Some of ..........................................(young) at the youth club here are running in a
marathon.
3 Life must be hard for.............................................. (unemployed) in our society today.
4 What is the government doing to help.................................................(poor)?
5 There was a fire at a nursing home in Charles Street, but none of........................................
(old) who live there were hurt.
6 ..........................................(homeless) usually have great difficulty in getting a job.
7 There is a special television programme for..................................... . .....(deaf) every
Sunday morning.
ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS   • PAGE 251
107 Interesting and interested
1 Introduction
MIKE IS READING ABOUT UFOS
INTERESTING The book is full of information. Its very interesting.
The word interesting tells us what the book does to Mike - it interests him. A book can be interesting, boring, exciting or amusing, for
example.
INTERESTED Mike is very interested in UFOs.
The word interested tells us how Mike feels. A person can feel interested, bored, excited or amused, for example.
2 Adjective pairs
I lere are some more examples.
-ink;
Tom told us an amusing story. The two-hour delay was annoying. I didn't enjoy the party. It was boring This computer has some very confusing
instructions. This wet weather is so depressing. It was very disappointing not to get the job. The game was really exciting. Going for a jog with Matthew is exhausting. I thought the programme on wildlife was
fascinating.
For one frightening/terrifying moment I thought
I was going to fall. I just don't understand. I find the whole thing
rather puzzling. Lying in a hot bath is relaxing. I think the way Jessica behaved was quite
shocking. The test results were surprising. What thrilling news this is! Congratulations! The journey took all day and night. They found it
very tiring.
-ED
We were amused at Tom's story. The passengers were annoyed about the delay. I went to the party but I felt bored. I got very confused trying to make sense of the
instructions. This weather makes me so depressed. I was very disappointed not to gel the job. The United fans were excited. I'm exhausted after jogging all that way. I watched the programme on wildlife. I was
a bso lutelyfasci na ted. When I got onto the roof, I felt
frightened! terrified. I must say I'm puzzled. I just don't understand.
I feel relaxed when I lie in a hot bath. I was quite shocked to see lessica behaving
like that I was surprised at the test results. We were thrilled to hear your good news. After travelling all day and night they were
very tired.
PAGE 252   • ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS
Practice
A Interesting and interested (1-2)
What are they saying? Put in these words: depressing, exciting, exhausted, fascinating, interested ► --1
B
►  This is a d<?.Pre*$iruj place.
1 I'm absolutely........................................ 3   Chess is a .
2 I'm................................______ in astronomy.    4   This is really
game.
Interesting and interested (1-2)
Complete the conversation. Write the complete word in each space. Vicky:    That was an (►) exciti^ (excit...) film, wasn't it?
Rachel: Oh, do you think so? I'm (1)....................................(surpris...) you liked it. I thought it
was rather (2)...................................(disappoint...).
Vicky:    Well, I was (3).............................._______ (puzzl...) once or twice. I didn't understand the
whole story. It was (4).............. ...................(confus...) in places. But the end was good.
Rachel: I was (5).....................................(bor...) most of the time. I didn't find it very
(6)......................................(interest...).
Interesting and interested (1-2)
Complete the conversations using a word ending in -ing or -ed. I'm surprised how warm it is for March. Yes, all this sunshine is quite .?wr>nsir^. I'm not very fit. I was pretty tired after climbing the mountain. Yes, I think everyone felt I think I need to relax.
Well, lying by the pool should be .................. ......
It was annoying to lose my ticket.
You looked really_____..................................when you had to buy another one.
The cabaret was amusing.
Claire was certainly ....................................She couldn't stop laughing.
The museum was interesting, wasn't it?
It was OK. I was quite.....................................in those old maps.
I'm fascinated by these old photos.
I always find it ...........,..............,........to see what people looked like as children.
Was it a big thrill meeting Tom Hanks?
You bet. It was just about the most.................................... moment of my life.
You look exhausted. You should go to bed. Driving down from Scotland was pretty ......................................
	David:
	Melanie:
►	Vicky:
	Natasha:
1	Trevor:
	Laura:
2	Vicky:
	Emma:
3	Sarah:
	Mark:
4	Daniel:
	Rachel:
5	Matthew
	Emma:
6	Rachel:
	Vicky:
7	Sarah:
	Mark:
ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS   • PA(5F. 253
108 Adjective or adverb? (1)
1 Introduction
Vicky:     I like that sang that Natasha sang,
Rachel:    Yes, it's a nice song And she sang it nicely, too.
An adjective (nice) describes a noun (song). The man had a quiet voice. Claire wears expensive clothes. The runners made a slow start.
An adverb (nicely) describes a verb (sang) The man spoke quietly. Claire dresses expensively They started the race slowly. We do not say
Wc can use adverbs in other ways. An adverb like really or very can be combined with an adjective (hot) another adverb (carefully) (see Unit 115).
It was really hot in the sun.    Andrew checked his work very carefully. An adverb like fortunately or perhaps says something about the whole situation.
Fortunately nothing was stolen.    Perhaps Sarah is working late.
2 The -ly ending
We form many adverbs from an adjective + -ly. For example politely, quickly, safely. But there are some special spelling rules.
4
We do not leave out e, e.g. nice -* nicely Exceptions are true    truly, whole wholly, -y -* -ily after a consonant, e.g. easy * easily, lucky - * luckily Also angrily, happily, heavily, etc. -Ie -* -ly, e.g. possible -+ possibly
Also comfortably, probably, reasonably, sensibly, terribly, etc. -ic —► -ically, e.g. dramatic -* dramatically Also automatically, scientifically, etc. (Exception: publicly)
3 Looked nice and looked carefully
Compare these two structures.
linking verb + adjective
Torn was hungry.
The children seemed happy.
My soup has got cold. An adjective can come after a linking verb such as be (see Unit 104.2).
action verb + adverb
Paul ate hungrily. The children played happily. The man stared coldly at us.
We use an adverb when the verb means that something happens.
Some verbs like look, taste and appear can be either linking verbs or action verbs.
linking verb + ad IECT1VE
Mike looked angry.
Tlie medicine tasted awful.
The man appeared (to be) drunk.
action verb + adverb
He looked carefully at the signature. Emma tasted the drink nervously. A waiter appeared suddenly.
t> page 380 American English
PACK 254   • ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS
Practice
A Adverbs (1-2)
This is part of a story about a spy called X. Put in adverbs formed from these adjectives;
bright, careful, fluent, immediate, patient, punctual, quiet, safe, secret, slow
The journey took a long time because the train travelled so (►) slowly, it was hot, and the sun
shone (1) __________________ ._.....__________from a clear sky. X could only wait (2)____________............... for
the journey to end. When the train finally arrived, he had no time to spare, so he
(3).....................,............ took a taxi to the hotel. Y was on time. She arrived
(4)................... at three. No one else knew about the meeting - it was important to meet
(5).......................______________., 'I had a terrible journey,1 said Y 'But luckily the pilot managed to land
(6) __________,..........   Her English was good, and she spoke very (7)...................................
X was listening (8).................... to every word. They were speaking very
(9)..............-.....................in case the room was bugged.
B The -ly ending (2)
Look at the Information in brackets and put in the adverbs. Be careful with the spelling.
► (Emma's toothache was terrible.) Emma's tooth ached terribly,
1 (Henry was angry.) Henry shouted-------................................„............. ............... at the waiter.
2 (I'm happy sitting here.) I can sit here................................................................. . for hours.
3 (The switch is automatic.) The machine switches itself off.........................................................
4 (The debate should be public.) We need to debate the matter............ ................
5 (Everyone was enthusiastic) Everyone discussed the idea..................................................
6 (We should be reasonable.) Can't we discuss the problem.....__________________...... ________________?
7 (The building has to be secure.) Did you lock all the doors .... . ...?
C Adverb or adjective? (1-2)
Decide what you need to say. End your sentence with an adverb ending in -fy.
► Tell the police that you can't remember the accident It isn't very clear in your mind. I ca»v t reweMber ttie Atcideftt very cleArlv.
.............................■......■................/..........J.......... . ..... —. . i , , .--------.....—. — .....
1 Tell your friend that United won the game. It was an easy win.
*.M H ' I.....n t I , t:.............• m.......... ••■■|i»iMfil>f >4>^<<>..........(ULUiitiiiL.i.i.i.i.i.,--------i-i-i.i-----------i----------
2 Tell your boss that you've checked the figures. You've been careful.
3   Tell your neighbour that his dog barked at you. It was very fierce.
4   You are phoning your friend. Tell him about the rain where you are. It's quite heavy.
11i 1«......>..................■ * N i i.....................t*ik>*i i i . - - iti. i-----1. -   . -... -.     -, i   ..................
D Adverb or adjective? (1-3)
Vicky is telling Rachel about a dream she had. Choose the correct forms.
I had a (►) strange/strangely dream last night. I was in a garden. It was getting (1) dark/darkly, and it was (2) terrible/terribly cold. My head was aching (3) bad/badly. I was walking out of the garden when (4) sudden/suddenly I saw a man. He was sitting (5) quiet/quietly on a seat. He seemed very (6) unhappy/unhappily. He looked up and smiled (7) sad/sadly at me. I don't know why, but I felt (8) curious/curiously about him. I wanted to talk to him, but I couldn't think what to say. I just stood there (9) foolish/foolishly.
ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS
- VAGV, 255
109 Adjective or adverb? (2)
Friendly, likely, etc.
The ending -ly is the normal adverb ending (see Unit 108). But a few adjectives also end in Ty. Melanie was very friendly.    It was a lively party.    We had a lovely time.
Some more examples are: elderly, likely, lonely, silly, ugly
The words are adjectives, not adverbs (not She spoke to us friendly). And we cannot add -ly. There is no such word as friendlily. But we can say in a friendly way/manner.
She spoke to us in a friendly way. If we need to use an adverb, we often choose another word of similar meaning.
It was lovely. Everything went beautifully.
2 Hard, fast, etc.
Compare these sentences.
ADIKCT1VE
We did some hard work. I came on the fast train.
ADVERU
We worked hard. The train went quite fast
We can use these words both as adjectives and as adverbs:
deep, early, fast, hard, high, late, long, low, near, right, straight, wrong (For hardly, nearly, etc, see 3.) In informal English, the adjectives cheap, loud, quick and slow can be adverbs.
ADJECTIVE ADVERB
They sell cheap clothes in the market They sell things cheap/cheaply there.
Back already! That was quick,
Come as quick/quickly as you can.
■
3 Hard, hardly, near, nearly, etc.
There are some pairs of adverbs like hard and hardly which hove different meanings. Here are some examples.
I tried hard, but I didn't succeed.
I've got hardly any money left. (hardly any = very little, almost none)
Luckily I found a phone box quite near,    I nearly fell asleep in the meeting, (nearly = almost) Rachel arrived late, as usual.    I've been very busy lately, (lately = in the last few days/weeks) The plane flew high above the. clouds.    The material is highly radioactive, (highly - very) We got into the concert free, (free - without paying) The animals are allowed to wander freely, (freely - uncontrolled)
4 Good and well
Good is an adjective, and well is its adverb. The opposites arc bad and badly.
ADIi-CTIVE
Natasha is a good violinist. Our test results were good. 1 had a bad night.
ADVERB
She plays the violin very well We all did well in the test, I slept badly last night.
Well can also be an adjective meaning 'in good health', the opposite of ill.
My mother was very ill, but she's quite well again now.    How are you? - Very well, thank you.
PAGE 256   • ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS
Practice
A Friendly, hard, hardly, etc. (1-3)
Decide if each underlined word is an adjective or an adverb.
► That new building is rather ugly. Adje.c'fciye........______
► I'd like to arrive early if I can. Adverb .................
1 I haven't seen you for a long time.
2 Why are you wearing that sjlly hat? ...............................
3 Very young children travel free.
4 The temperature is quite high today. ...............................
5 We nearly missed the bus this morning. .........................
6 Do you have to play that music so loud?.............................
B Friendly, hard, hardly, etc. (1-3)
Complete the conversation. Decide if you need -ly with the words in brackets.
Mark:    How did you get on with Henry today?
Sarah:   Oh, we had a nice lunch and some (►) lively (live) conversation. Henry was charming, as
usual. He gave me a lift back to the office, but it was (1) ......................(hard) worth
risking our lives to save a few minutes. He (2) (near) killed us.
Mark:    What do you mean?
Sarah:   Well, we'd sat a bit too (3) ...............(long) over our meal, and we were
(4)............. ...........(late) getting back to work. Henry drove very (5).........................(fast).
I tried (6) .......... ........(hard) to keep calm, but I was quite scared. We went
(7).........................(wrong) and missed a left turn, and Henry got annoyed. Then a van
came round the corner, and it was coming (8) ..............(straight) at us. I don't know
how we missed it.
Mark:    Well, I'm glad you did. And next time you'd better take a taxi.
C Good and well (4)
Complete the conversation. Put in good, well (x2), bad, badly and ill. Rachel:     How did you and Daniel get on in your tennis match?
Matthew:  We lost, I'm afraid we didn't play very (►) X)!.. Daniel made some (1).....
mistakes. It wasn't a very (2).......... day for us. We played really (3)...................
Andrew:    ! heard Daniel's in bed at the moment because he isn't very (4) , .......
Matthew: Yes, I'm afraid he's been (5) for several days, but he's better now.
D Friendly, hard, hardly, etc. (1-4)
Complete the conversation. Choose the correct form.
Daniel: Vicky:
Daniel: Vicky;
Daniel:
Vicky: Daniel:
Is it true you saw a ghost last night?
Yes, I did. I went to bed {*■) late/fatety, and I was sleeping (1) bad/badly. I suddenly woke up in the middle of the night. I went to the window and saw the ghost walking across the lawn. Was it a man or a woman?
A woman in a white dress. I had a (2) good/well view from the window, but she walked very (3) fastVfastly. She wasn't there very (4) long/longly, I'd (5) hard/hardly caught sight of her before she'd gone. I (6) near/nearly missed her.
You don't think you've been working too (7) hard/hardly? You've been looking a bit pale
(8) late/lately.
I saw her, I tell you.
It isn't very (9) like/likely that ghosts actually exist, you know. I expect you were imagining it.
ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS   • l>,u.i!:. 257
Test R: Adjectives and adverbs
Choose the correct word or phrase.
► We walked slow/slowly back to the hotel.
1 We could walk free/freely around the aircraft during the flight.
2 The vouno^The vouna man with dark hair is my sister's boyfriend.
3 I'm getting quite hungry/hungrily.
4 The man looked thoughtful/thoughtfully around the room.
5 Have I filled this form in right/rightly?
6 I think Egypt is a fascinated/fascinating country.
7 The two sisters do alike/simjjar jobs.
8 I'm pleased the plan worked so good/goodly/well.
9 She invented a new kind of wheelchair for the disabled/the disabled people.
10 I'm very confused/confusing about what to do.
11 They performed the experiment scientificallv/scientificly.
12 The hostages must be very afraid/frightened people.
B
Put the words in the right order to form a statement,
a / bought / coat / I / new / red
I bought 4. rvew red .coAt.. 1   a / is f nice / place / this
2 biscuit / can't / find / I / large / the / tin
3 a / behaved / In / silly / Tessa / way
4 coffee / cold / getting / is / your
5 a / house / in / live / lovely / old / stone / they
6 for / hospital / ill / is / mentally / the / this
Write the words in brackets and add -ly, -ing or -ed only if you need to. Janet. Is this the (►) M*a (new...) car you've just bought? Nigel: That's right. Well, it's second-hand of course. Janet: It's (►) .ewtir^ (excit...) buying a car, isn't it?
Nigel:   Well, it was a bit of a problem actually because I didn't have much money to spend. But I
managed to find one that wasn't very (1).............................(expensive...).
Janet: It looks very (2).................................(nice...), I must say.
Nigel:  It's ten years old, so I was (3)...............................(surpris...) what good condition it's in.
The man I bought it from is over eighty, and he always drove it very (4). .................
(careful...), he said. He never took it out if it was raining, which I find (5) (amus...).
Janet:  I think (6) ........................ (elder...) people look after their cars better than young people.
Nigel:   He was a (7) ................. (friend..-) old chap. He even gave me all these maps
(8) .......... ..........(free...).
page 258   ♦ ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS
Write a second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first. Use the word in brackets.
	Jonathan was stupid, (behaved)	
		
1	The drink had a strange taste, (tasted)	
2	Obviously, sick people need to be looked after, (the)	
3	The dog slept, (asleep)	
4	The young woman was polite, (spoke)	
5	The train was late, (arrived)	
6	The film's ending is dramatic, (ends)	
7	Polly gave an angry shout, (shouted)	
3	Billiards is a game for indoors, (indoor)	
9	The clown amused people, (amusing)	
10	There was almost no time left, (any)	
Some of these sentences are correct, but most have a mistake. If the sentence is correct, put a tick (/). If it is incorrect, cross the sentence out and write it correctly.
► Your friend looked rather ill. ./.........................................................-.........
► It was a stool long piper- l+       a lo^ *+ee) pipe.........................
1 I tasted the soup careful. .......................................................................
2 It's a beautiful old English church. ....................................................................-
3 Are they asleep children?...................................................................
4 It's a school for the deaf people.......................................................................
5 It's a leather new nice jacket. ..............................................................
6 The riches are very lucky.........................................................--------------
7 You handled the situation well.........................-------.......-...............................
8 He used a green paper thick towel. ......................................................................
9 Our future lies with the young. ................................................................-------
10 The course I started was bored......................................................................
11 I often talk to the two old next door. ........................................................................
12 The smoke rose highly into the air.........................................................................
13 It feels warm in here. ........................................................................
14 We felt disappointing when we lost,......................................................................
15 Everyone seemed very nervously...................................................................
16 Tessa drives too fastly. ......................... .............................................
17 This scenery is really depressing.....................................................
ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS   • PAGE 259
110 Comparative and superlative forms
1 The comparison of adjectives
We form the comparative and superlative of short adjectives (e.g. cheap) and long adjectives (e.g. expensive) in different ways.
Short word> e.g. cheap: Long word, e.g. expensive:.
COM PA RATI VF.
cheaper
more expensive
SUPERLATIVE
(the) cheapest (the) most expensive
For less and least, see Unit 112.1.
There are same less expensive ones here, look.
2 Short and long adjectives
One-syllable adjectives (e.g. small, nice) usually have the -er, -est ending.
Your hi-fi is smaller.     Emma needs a bigger computer.
This is the nicest colour.    This room is the warmest. But we use more, most before words ending in -ed.
Everyone was pleased at the results, but Vicky was the most pleased
We also use more, most with three-syllable adjectives (e.g. ex-cit-ing) and with longer ones. The film was more exciting than the book.    This dress is more elegant. We did the most interesting project.    This machine is the most reliable.
Some two-syllable adjectives have -er, -est, and some have more, most. Look at Lhis information.
TWO SYLLABLE ADJECTIVES
1 Words ending in a consonant + -y have -er, -est, e.g. happy —* happier, happiest. Examples are: busy, dirty, easy, funny, happy, heavy, lovely, lucky, pretty, silly, tidy
2 Some words have -er, -est OR more, most, e.g. narrow -* narrower, narrowest Ok more narrow, most narrow.
Examples are: clever, common, cruel, gentle, narrow, pleasant, polite, quiet, simple, stupid, tired
3 The following words have more, most, e.g. useful —► more useful, most useful. a    Words ending in -ful or -less, e.g. careful, helpful, useful, hopeless b   Words ending tn -ingor -ed, e.g. boring, willing, annoyed, surprised c    Many others, e.g. afraid, certain, correct, eager, exact, famous, foolish, frequent, modern, nervous,
normal, recent
PAGE 260   • ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS
Spelling
There are some special spelling rules for the -er and -est endings.
1 -e —» -er, -estt e.g. nice -> nicer, nicest, large -* larger, largest. Also brave, fine, safe, etc.
2 -y -* -jer, -test after a consonant, e.g. happy -* happier, happiest. Also /oveh', /wcfcy, pretty, etc.
3 Words ending in a single vowel letter + single consonant letter -* double the consonant e.g. hot -» hotter, hottest? big -* bigger, biggest. Also fit, sad, thin, wet, etc. (but w does not change, e,g. new ~* newer)
For more details, see page 371,
lain
4 The comparison of adverbs
Some adverbs have the same form as an adjective, e.g. early, fast, hard, high, late, long, near. They form the comparative and superlative with -er, -est.
Can't you run faster than that?    Andrew works the hardest. Note also the spelling of earlier and earliest.
Many adverbs are an adjective + -ly, e.g. carefully, easily, nicely, slowly. They form the comparative and superlative with more, most. VVe could do this more easily with a computer.
Of all the players it was Matthew who planned his tactics the most carefully.
In informal English we use cheaper, cheapest, louder, loudest, quicker, quickest and slower, slowest rather than more cheaply, the most loudly, etc.
Melanie reacted the quickest.     You should drive slower in fog.
Note the forms sooner, soonest and more often, most often. Try to get home sootier.    I must exercise more often.
5 Irregular forms
Good, well, bad, badly and far have irregular forms.
ADJECTIVE/ADVERB COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE
good!well better best
bad/badly worse worst
far farther/further farthest/furthest
■
You've got the best handwriting.    Now much further are we going?
We can use elder, eldest + noun instead of older, oldest, but only for people in the same family. My elder/older sister got married last year.
6 Comparing quantities
We use more, most and their opposites less and least to compare quantities.
/ haven't got many books. You've got more than I have. The Hotel Bristol has the most rooms. Trevor spends less on clothes than Laura does.    Emma made the least mistakes.
> 111-J12 Comparative and superlative patterns
ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS   • PACK 261
Practice
A The comparison of adjectives (1-2)
Complete the sentences. Use these adjectives: beautiful, expensive, high, interesting, tall
►  The giraffe is. -Uller than the man.
► The CD     More, expensive than the cassette.
1 Detective stories............................................................than algebra.
2 The top of the mountain..............................................than the clouds.
3 The acrobat................................................................than the clown.
B The comparison of adjectives (1-2)
Tom is a United fan. He never stops talking about them. Put in the superlative form of the adjectives.
	Everyone's heard of United. They're the Most. T&moiaS (famous) team in the world.	
►	They've got a long history. They're the	oldest (old) club in England.
1	They've got lots of money. They're the	.................................................(rich) club in the country.
2	Their stadium is new. It's the............	.....................................(modern) stadium in Europe.
3		...............................................(great) club in the world.
4		.   . .....................(exciting) team ever.
5	They've got lots of fans. They're the	............................................. (popular) team in the
	country.	
6	United have won everything. They're the	...................................................... (successful) team ever.
7	They're good to watch. They play the	....................................................(attractive) football.
8	United fans are happy. We're the	.............................................(happy) people in the world.
C The comparison of adjectives (1-3)
Complete the advertisements with the comparative form of the adjective. ►  Use Get-lt-Clean and you'll get your floors clever .
► Elegant Wallpapers simply look More ele^A/s-t.
1 Watch a Happy Video and you'll feel.....................................
2 Wear a pair of Fast Shoes and you'll be a.....................................runner.
3 Helpful Cookbooks are a...................................guide to cooking.
4 Wash your hair with Lovely Shampoo for.......................,.......... hair.
5 Try a Big-Big Burger and you'll have a.....................................meal.
6 Restful Beds give you a.....................................night.
7 Wear Modern Fashions for a........................... look.
PACK 262   • ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS
The comparison of adverbs (4)
Put in the comparative form of these adverbs: carefully, early, easily, high, long, loud, often, smartly
► l was too nervous to go ki^her tnan halfway up the tower
> We could have found the place wore. easily, with a map.
1 Do you have to wear those old jeans, Mike? Can't you dress .............................. ?
2 You needn't go yet. You can stay a bit...............................................................
3 There are lots of break-ins. They happen.......................................................nowadays.
4 If you do it again........................................................._________ . you won't make so many mistakes.
5 The film starts at eight, but we should get to the cinema a few minutes..........
6 We can't hear. Could you speak a bit...........................................................?
Irregular forms (5)
Matthew and Emma are walking in the country. Put in further, furthest, better, best, worse and worst. Emma:     I'm not used to country walks. How much (►) W.ttar is it?
Matthew:  Not far. And it gets better. We've done the <1)................................. part. Look, the path
gets easier. It goes downhill from here. I hope you're feeling (2)...................................
now, Emma.
Emma:     I feel dreadful, actually, (3) .................................. than before.
Matthew:  Oh, dear. Do you want to have a rest?
Emma:     No, the (4)...................................thing would be to get home as soon as we can. I'm
not very fit, you know. This is the (5) ...............................I've walked for a long time.
Comparing quantities (6)
Put in more, most, less (x2) and least.
Laura:   Our new car is smaller, so it uses (►} [ft** petrol. They tested some small cars, and this one
costs the (1).................................to run of all the cars in the test. It's very economical,
so Trevor likes it. He wants to spend (2).......... on motoring-Harriet: Can you get three people in the back?
Laura:   Not very easily. We had (3) ...............................room in our old car.
(4)..................... ..........cars take five people, but not this one.
Comparative and superlative forms (1-6)
Write the correct forms.
► You're the luckyest person I know. Iwckiefi............
► The situation is getting difficultcr. wprt difficult
1 I was happyer in my old job. .........................
2 I've got the most small office.
3 This photo is the goodest.
4 Last week's meeting was more short. ......................
5 Money is the importantest thing. ................_______
6 Is Rachel elder-than Vicky?.................
7 This game is oxcitingcr than the last one......................
8 Of all the students, Andrew does the more work........... ..........
9 This month has been weter- than last month. .........____________
10 The prices are more-low here.......................
11 I feel more bad than I did yesterday. ........................
adjectives and adverbs   • paub 263
Ill Comparative and superlative patterns (1)
1 Introduction
Henry, I like you very much. You're the sweetest man in the . world. But you're twenty years Claire, wilt ^     older than me. you marry me?J ,
There are a number of different sentence patterns with comparative and superlative forms, e.g. older than me, the sweetest man in the world.
2 The comparative and than
We often use a phrase with than after a comparative. This restaurant is nicer than the Pizza House. I had a bigger meat than you. The steak is more expensive than the fish.
3 The superlative
We normally use the before a superlative.
The quickest way is along this path.    The last question is the most difficult. Note the pattern with one of.
Madonna is one of the most famous pop singers ever.
After a superlative we can use in or of. We use in with places and with groups of people, e.g. team.
It's the most expensive hotel in Oxford.     Who is the best player in the team?
This question is the most difficult of alt.    August is the wettest month of the year. We often use a clause after a superlative.
That was the most delicious meal (that) I've ever eaten.
Melanie is the nicest person you could meet.
4 As ... as
We use as ... as to say that things are equal or unequal.
Our house b as big as yours. They're the same size, not It is so-big as yours.
It's wanner today. It isn't as cold as yesterday. In a negative sentence we can also use so ... as, but this is less common than as ... as.
This flat isn't as big as/so big as our old one.
Here are some more examples of as ... as.
The chair is as expensive as the table.    We can't do crosswords as quickly as you do,
I don't cam as much money as I'd like. Note also the same as.
The result of the match was the same as last year,
5 Than me/than I am
Compare than me and than 1 am. Both are correct, and they have the same meaning.
You're twenty years older than me. You're twenty years older than I am.
Han let's husband isn't as tall as her. Her husband isn't as tall as she is.
After than or as, a personal pronoun on its own But if the pronoun has a verb after it, then we use
has the object form, e.g. me. the suhject form, e.g. I.
pack 264   • ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS
Practice
A The comparative and than (2)
Comment on these situations. Write sentences with a comparative and than. Use these adjectives: big, expensive, long, old, popular, strong, tall
► The film lasts two and a half hours, but the videotape is only two hours long. The. filM is lor^er tjiArv the. yideotApe..
► The water-colour is £85, and the oil-painting is £100.
The oil fvAi^i^ is wore expe^siye tliAA "the wAter-colour.
1   The church was built in 1878 and the library in 1925.
2   Daniel can lift 90 kilos, but Matthew can lift 120 kilos.
3   Mike is 1.7 metres tall, but Harriet is 1.8 metres.
4   Andrew hasn't many friends, Claire has lots of friends.
5   Mark's car has room for five people, but Sarah's has room for only four.
B The superlative (3)
Write sentences from the notes. Use the superlative form of the adjective.
► Melanie / kind person / I know MeWsje is the kindest fcerspA..j. krspw- .....
1 Friday / busy day / week ............................................... .....of the week.
2 the Metropole / nice hotel / town........................................................................
3 this watch / one / cheap / you can buy.............................................________......_______........
4 this Beatles album / good / they ever made .................,...................................................
5 Alan / successful salesman / company.........................................._________________............
C As ... as (4)
Use the notes and add sentences with isn't as ... as.
► a car / a motorbike / expensive
Why don't you buy a motorbike? A, Motorbike is^t .as e>cpe^jye a^.a .cAr.
1 metal / plastic / strong
I don't like these plastic screws.....................................................................................
2 the armchair / the stool / comfortable
Oh, don't sit there. ,,............................. ...... ______.....................................................
3 surfing / swimming / exciting
I prefer surfing to swimming................................... „,..,..................................................
4 the post / e-mail / quick
A letter will take two days.................................................................................. ......
D Than me/than I am (5)
Choose the correct pronoun.
Tom:     Why is Luke in our basketball team and not me? Aren't I as good as (►) he/him? Is he taller
than (1) l/me? Is he a better player than (2) I am/me am? Nick:     I don't know. I can't understand why I'm in the team. You and Luke are both better than
(3) l/me,
Tom:     Carl's in the team too, but I've scored a lot more points than (4) he has/him has.
ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS   • PACK 265
112 Comparative and superlative patterns (2)
1 Less and least
Less and least are the opposites of more and most. We use less and least with both long and short words. A bus is less expensive than a taxi.
(- A bus is cheaper than a taxi./A bus isn't as expensive as a taxi.)
I feel better today, less tired.     I'm the least musical person in the world, I'm afraid.
We go out less often these days.     You should do less work. You do too much.
2 Much faster
We can put a word or phrase (e.g. much, far, a bit) before a comparative to say how much faster, cheaper, etc. something is. Look at these examples.
It's much faster by tube.    A bus is far cheaper than a taxi.
This bed is a bit more comfortable.    Business is rather better this year.
I got up a little later than usual.     This month's figures arc slightly less good.
Til need a lot more water.    A computer will do it much mare efficiently. before a comparative wc can use much, a lot, far; rather; slightly, a bit, a little.
We can also use no and any. No has a negative meaning.
Your second throw at the basket was no nearer than your first. We can use any in negatives and questions and with if.
Your second throw wasn't any nearer than your first.
Are you sleeping any better since you've been taking the pills?
If we leave any later than seven, we'll get caught in the rush hour.
3 Faster and faster
We use expressions like faster and faster and more and more expensive to say that something is increasing all the time.
The caravan was rolling faster and faster down the hill.
The queue was getting longer and longer.
Prices go up and up. Everything gets more and more expensive.
The crowd are becoming more and more excited.
The country is rapidly losing its workers, as more and more people are emigrating. The form depends on whether the comparative is with -er (e.g. louder) or with more (e.g. more expensive) (see Unit 110.2).
We can also use less and less for something decreasing.
As each new problem arose, we felt less and less enthusiastic.
4 The faster, the better
We use this pattern to say that a change in one thing goes with a change in another. Look at these examples. There's no time to lose. The faster you drive, the better. The higher the price, the more reliable the product.
The more the customer complained, the ruder and more unpleasant the manager became.
The sooner we leave, the sooner we'll get there.
Are you looking for a cheap holiday? - Yes, the cheaper the better.
PAGE 26f)   • ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS
Practice
A Less(l)
Complete the sentences. Use less with these words; attractive, busy, convenient, nervous, optimistic, painful, seriously
►   Laura once hated flying, but now she feels l^f ^ervows.' about it.
1 David says his leg really hurt at first, but now it's......................................
2 Mark and Sarah normally have lots to do, but they're.................................................this week.
3 Rita's old flat was near the shops. Her new place is..............................................for
shopping.
4 Claire used to think Henry was very handsome, but now she finds him ........................______........... .
5 Matthew is always exercising. Maybe he should take his fitness...................................... .
6 With United's best player injured, Tom feels...........................................about their chances.
B Much faster (2)
Decide what to say. Use a phrase like a bit better or a lot colder. ►  You were feeling unwell earlier. Say that you feel better now, A bit, anyway. I -Feel a bi-fc bfLter; rvqw.
1    Mention that yesterday was colder than today. A lot colder, in fact.
2   Say that your coat is longer than is fashionable. A bit, anyway.
3   You left work earlier than usual this afternoon. Slightly, anyway Tell your friend.
4   Say that the shop is more expensive than the supermarket. Much more.
5   Ask if the new machine is reliable - any more so than the old one.
C Faster and faster (3)
Vicky works very hard at her studies, but she's worried that she's making no progress. Complete her sentences.
► This subject gets .. U'-cJer        harder (hard) all the time.
► I'm just getting wore, aac* More coivfwsed (confused).
1 It's becoming...................................................................... (difficult) for me to keep up.
2 The textbook just gets.......... ,...........................................(complicated)
3 I spend............................................................................(more) time on my work.
4 My list of things to do gets......................................................................... (long).
5 My problems are just getting.................................... _______________......—. (bad).
D The faster, the better (4)
Complete each sentence using the information in brackets.
► (The rent Is high.) The bigger a flat is,      .h'/J.he.r. rfiat.J*................................................
► (You learn quickly.) The younger you are,       .mpC^ .qwdcly.. you, Ift^nv,....................................
1 (The roads are quiet.) The earlier you leave,........................................................._________...........
2 (The choice is wide.) The bigger a supermarket is,......________________..............................................
3 (I get confused.) The more I try to work this out, ...............................................................
4 (You can speak fluently.) The more you practise,.............. .......................................
5 (The beaches get crowded.) The better the weather is,........................................................
ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS   • PACK 267
Test S: Comparative and superlative
A
Write the comparative form of the words in brackets.
B
	They've made these chocolate bars	SMAller (small).
	Sport is More JAterest" a<j (interesting) than politics-	
1		
2	Well, the place looks..................	,...................                    (clean) now.
3	Janet looks ..........................	..............(thin) than she did.
4		
5	The weather is getting...................	............................ (bad).
6	The programme will be shown at a	..............................................(late) date.
7		
8		
9		
10		.. (busy) than usual in town today.
11		________......(annoyed) if you do that again.
12	Since the break-in I feel......	...........................(nervous).
Write the superlative form of the words in brackets.		
	It's the shortest (short) day of the year.	
►	It's the .iy«oSt beAwtiTiA) (beautiful) building in the world.	
1	That was the .............................	.... (funny) film I've ever seen.
2	It was the......................................                                           (horrible) feeling I've ever had.	
3		
4	It's the ......................................	........(large) company in the country.
5 It was the.............................................(boring) speech I've ever heard.
6 You've got the....................................... ...... (far) to travel,
7 That's the................................................. (helpful) idea so far.
8 The factory uses the................_____......................(modern) production methods.
9 This is the............................................ (early) I've ever got up.
10 It was the.......................... .......................(sad) day of my life.
c
Some of these sentences are correct, and some have a word which should not be there. If a sentence is correct, put a tick {/). If it is incorrect, cross the unnecessary word out of the sentence and write it in the space.
► I've got the least powerful computer in the world. /.......................
► London is -more- bigger than Birmingham. More ......._______
1 Silver isn't as expensive as gold. ....... ..............
2 Indian food is the nicer than Chinese, I think..........................
3 The telephone is one of the most useful inventions ever.....................
4 I feel a much better now, thank you.........................
5 The longer you wait, so the harder it'll be........................
6 The piano is heavier than the sofa.
7 This is the most quickest way to the hotel. .........................
8 You're taller than he is.
9 Who is the cleverest student in of the class?
10 The weather is getting hotter and more hotter. ........................
PACE 268   • ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS
Read this part of Tessa's letter to her friend Angela about her new job.
Then look at the answers after the letter and write the correct answer in each space.
My new job is great. I like it (►)        better than my old one. The people here are
(1).............................................than I expected. Luckily my new boss isn't as rude
(2)..........................____________my old boss, Mrs Crossley, was. I hated her. She was the
(3)............ ...........friendly person I've ever met. Everyone here is older
(4)............................................In fact I'm the youngest person (5)..............................
the office. But I don't mind.
The good thing about the job is that I get a (6) more money, although
not much more than I did before. The bad thing is that the journey isn't (7)................................
simple as it was in my old job, where the bus took me straight there. Now I have to change buses.
But I'm allowed to start work early. The earlier I leave home, (8)...... ............the
journey is because the buses aren't so crowded.
	a) more	b) most	c) much	d) very
1	a) more nice	b) most nice	c) nicer	d) nicest
2	a) as	b) so	c) than	d) that
3	a) least	b) less	c) less and less	d) so
4	a} as I	b) as me	c) than I	d) than me
5	a) from	b)in	c) of	d) out of
6	a) bit	b) less	c)lot	d) much
7	a) as	b) less	c) more	d) same
8	a) more easier	b) more easy	c) the easier	d) the easy
Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first. Use the word in brackets. ►  This train is more convenient than all the others, (most)
Th is trai n 1*.. £ he.. ,wp£t. .coAV&aieAi.................................................._____________.....................
1 The living-room isn't as big as the kitchen, (bigger)
The kitchen..........................................................................................................................
2 I'm not as fit as you. (am)
You're.................._______................................................................................_____..................... .
3 The table and the desk are the same size, (big)
The table..................... ................................................................... the desk.
4 Prices just get higher all the time, (and)
Prices.....................____________________.................................................................................................
5 The dress is cheaper than the skirt, (expensive)
The skirt.......................... ................................................................................. the dress.
6 This crossword is the easiest, (difficult)
This crossword .....................................
7 Their excitement was increasing all the time, (excited) They were getting............................................................
8 I've never read a more romantic story, (most)
It's the ................................................., ...................................read.
. . . .
ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS    • PAGE 269
113 Adverbs and word order
Where do adverbs go?
There are three places in the sentences where an adverb can go. They arc called front position (at the beginning of a sentence), mid position (see 2) and end position (at the end of a sentence). (But for adverbs of degree see Unit 115.)
front
Then Outside
the ship it was
mid
slowly obviously
sailed raining
KND
away, hard.
2 Mid position
Mid position means close to the verb. Here are some examples of adverbs in mid position.
AUXILIARY ADVKRB
just
always
often
never
definitely
really
probably
AUXILIARY
been
MAIN VHRB
leaving, liked '
go
take
stolen.
hate
left
Jessica.
out in the evening, unnecessary risks.
housework, the bag on the bus.
The adverb comes after the first auxiliary, e.g. are, has, don't.
If there is no auxiliary, then the adverb comes before the main verb, e.g. hate, left.
Note the word order in questions. Has Andrew always liked Jessica?
Do you often go out in the. evening?
When the verb be is on its own, the adverb usually comes after it.
The boss is usually in a bad temper.     You're certainly a lot better today.
When there is stress on the main verb be or on the auxiliary, then the adverb usually comes before it. You certainly are a lot better today.    I really have made a mess, haven't 1?
3 Verb and object
An adverb does not usually go between the verb and the direct object. We put it in end position, after the object.
Tom We 1
VERB ate
played like
OBJECT
his breakfast volleyball classical music
adverb
quickly, yesterday, very much.
NOT Tom ale quickly his breakfast. NOT We played yesterday volleyball. NOT / like very much classical musk-.
But an adverb can go before a long object.
Detectives examined carefully the contents of the dead man's pockets.
4 Adverbs of manner
An adverb of manner tells us how something happens, e.g. noisily, quickly. It usually goes in end position, but an adverb which ends in -ly can sometimes go in mid position. We asked permission politely.    We politely asked permission.
PAi;ii. 270   • ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS
5 Adverbs of place and time
Adverbs and adverbial phrases of place and time usually go in end position.
Is there a phone box nearby?    People didn't have cats then.
We're meeting by the entrance,     Trevor wasn't very well last week.
Did you have a nice time in New York?    I'll see you before very long. Sometimes they can go in front position.
We're really busy this week. Last week wc had nothing to do.
Some short adverbs of time can also go in mid position.
I'll soon find out.    The train is now approaching Swindon For yet, still and already see Unit 114.
6 Adverbs of frequency
An adverb of frequency tells us 'how often'. It usually goes in mid position (see 2).
Mark is always in such a hurry    1 sometimes feel depressed.
I've often thought about getting married.    Do you usually work so late? Normally, usually, often, sometimes and occasionally can also go in front or end position.
Normally Sarah goes by train.    I feel depressed sometimes.
Phrases like every day, once a week or most evenings go in front or end position. Every day wc go jogging.    Rachel has a driving lesson three times a week There's a news summary every hour.    We watch television most evenings
7 Sentence adverbs
A sentence adverb is a word or phra.se like certainly, perhaps, luckily, of course. It says something about the situation described in the sentence. The adverb can go in front, mid or end position. Sometimes we put a comma after or before the adverb, especially in front or end position.
Fortunately, the weather stayed fine.    Maybe you'll win a free holiday.
We'll probably have to queue for tickets.    Rachel was late, of course. In a negative sentence, probably and certainly come before won't, didn't, etc.
We probably won't get there in time.    I certainly didn't expect a present!
Also usually goes in mid position, but too and as well go in end position.
Melanie bakes lovely cakes. She also makes bread./She makes bread, too/as well.
8 End position
There can be more than one adverb or adverbial phrase in end position. Usually a single-word adverb (e.g. safely) comes before a phrase (e.g. on a small airfield).
They landed safely on a small airfield,     I always eat here at lunch-time.
When there is a close link in meaning between a verb and an adverb, then that adverb goes next to the verb. For example, with verbs of movement like go, come and move, a phrase of place comes before lime.
I usually go to bed early.
Tom came here yesterday.
My parents moved to London in 1993.
But often two adverbial phrases can go in either order. The concert was held at the arts centre last night. The concert was held last night at the arts centre.
ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS   • PACK 271
Practice
A Adverbs (1-2)
Read each sentence and write down the word which is an adverb.
► I'm just finishing an interesting article in this magazine.      y*?X ....................................________
1 We have to leave our dirty shoes outside.................................................
2 Perhaps you have to type a password into the computer. ..........................
3 Someone always leaves this door open. .........................................._____________
4 Obviously we aren't going to go for a walk in the rain.............................,.....................
5 The car rolled silently down the hill.......................................................
6 Your friend Andrew works hard, doesn't he? .............................................
B Adverbs and their position (1-2)
Read this true story. Some adverbs are underlined. Say if their position is front, mid or end.
Once a man called Alvin decided to rob a bank in Montgomery, Alabama. Alvin's parents had often told him that good manners were important. So Alvin went to the bank and stood in line. He waited patiently. Soon it was his turn. He dramatically pulled out a gun and threatened the cashier. She pojjtely told him that he was in the wrong line and should go to another counter. Alvin immediately went to the correct place and stood in line again. Suddenly the police rushed in and arrested him. Alvin was amazed. They'd caught him before he'd even done the robbery. The moral of the story is that you shouldn't always do what your parents tell you.
ADVERB position M1VF.rr position
► once TTPAt______________
1 often _______............................... 6 immediately......................................
2 patiently.................................... 7 again....................................
3 soon ............................................. 8 suddenly ..............................................
4 dramatically........................................... 9 even ____________....... ...............
5 politely............................................. 10 always ..............................
C Mid position (2)
Complete the conversations using the words in brackets. Put the adverbs in the best place.
	Emma:	Did you know the man who tried to steal your bag? (certainly / recognize / would)	
	Vicky:	No, but I woiAld ce.ri<\\«\y reco^ite him again.	
1	David:	That was a goal, wasn't it? (clearly / crossed)	
	Tom;	Yes, the ball .................................................... ......................	
2	Mark:	The weather is a lot better today, (probably / rain / will)	
	Sarah:	It said on the radio it................. ..................	.......................later.
3	Tom:	How do we get to Mike's place? (didn't / fully / understand)	
	Nick:		the directions.
4	Harriet:	It's quiet here today, isn't it? (usually / are)	
	Laura:	Yes, the neighbours...................................................................	out on a Sunday.
5	Emma:	Have you been to this place before? (it / occasionally / visited)	
	Matthew:	Yes, I .................................................................................._______	as a child.
6	Alan:	Did the computers crash this morning? (soon / were / working)	
	Mark:	Yes, but they...............................................................................	................... again.
7	Melanie:	Your friend's late, Vicky, (forgotten / has / obviously)	
	Vicky:	Rachel........................................................................                                                                that we arranged to go out.	
PAGE 272   • ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS
Adverbs of frequency (2, 6)
Look at what people are saying and write the information in one sentence-Put the adverb or adverbial phrase in mid or end position. Choose the best position.
► Vicky; I lose my way in London. It always happens.
V i cVLy a.lwAyí loiaf hap w^y j iy Lord p^,..................................
► Laura: The birds wake me up. It happens every morning.
The birdí wíOce. LAv.ro, up. a very motaí?^. .....................................
1   David: It rains when I'm on holiday. Weil, usually.
2   Rita: My friend visits me. She comes most weekends,
3   Mark: I get a pay rise. I get one every year.
4   Rachel: I don't check my work. I never do that.
Adverbs and word order (1-7)
Put the words in the right order and write the statements. Sometimes there is more than one possible order.
► cleaned / every day / is / the office .. .if. £very.. .....................
1 always / I've / known / your secret.........._____......................................................_______
2 afford / can't / certainly / a new car / we ..................................................................
3 didn't / far / the tourists / walk ______________________.........................................._________
4 carefully / cut / the paper / Tom ...................................................................
5 also / can / Natasha / play / the violin....................................................................
6 I / most days / read / the newspaper _______..................................................................
Adverbs in end position (8)
Complete these sentences from a newspaper. Put the words and phrases in the best order.
► The Queen has visited the show re^UMy *i*ca (regularly / since 1985).
1 The President died........................................................................ (at his home / peacefully).
2 The protesters marched ,........................................................... (through the streets / yesterday).
3 The Prime Minister went..........................................................................(last year / to Greece).
4 Henry likes Rome. He spent a week.......................................................{in June / there).
Adverbs and word order (1-8)
Read the postcard from Olivia to her friend Kirsty and write the sentences. Put the adverbs in the best place.
(►) Thank you for having us (last weekend). (1) We had a lovely time (in the country). (2) We arrived home at about eight (safely). (3) You must come and visit us (before too long). (4) It's nice to see you and Tony (always). (5) You'll be able to come in the new year (maybe). (6) We'll see you (sometime).
► TKaaIc you -for k^yt^. wj? )a5'-t weak.a*d...................................................................
1...............................................................................................................................................
2...............mvmmm......................................................................__________.....- -.................................
4 .......-....................................________
5............................................... Ml
6----------------....,r,Hf,......................
ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS   ■ P.Uil- 273
114 Yet, still and already
Yet means that we are expecting something. (It's the time to book a holiday.)
Still means 'going on longer than expected'. (Its late to be thinking about a holiday.)
Already means sooner than expected". (It's early to have had a holiday.)
2 Yet
Yet usually goes at the end of a negative statement or a question.
Vicky has got a present, but she hasn't opened it yet.    Wait a minute. I'm not ready yet. Have they sent you your cheque yet? ~ No, not yet. I should get it next week.
3 Still and already
In a positive statement, still and already usually go in mid position (see Unit 113.2). Sarah isn't home yet. She's still at work. We wrote a month ago, and we're still waiting for a reply. I've only been at work an hour, and I'm already exhausted. There's no need to tell me. I already know.
We can also use still in a negative statement. It goes before haven't, can't, etc.
It's nearly lunch-time, and you still haven't opened your mail.
My friend is sixteen, and she still can't swim. Compare these sentences. The meanings are similar.
Rita hasn't booked a holiday yet,    Rita still hasn't booked a holiday. Still is stronger than yet. It often expresses surprise that the situation lias gone on for so long.
In a question still and already usually go after the subject.
Are you still waiting after all this time?    Has Tom already been on holiday?
4 No longer and any longer/any more
No longer means that something is finished. It goes in mid position (see Unit 113.2). You can't buy these bikes now. They no longer make them. I used to belong to the spoits club, but I'm no longer a member.
No longer can be a little formal. In informal speech we use not... any longer or not ... any more.
They don't make, these bikes any longer/any more.
Rita has moved. She doesn't live here any longer/any more. Any longer/any more comes at the end.
t> 12.1 Yet and already with the Present Perfect
page 274   • ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS
Practice
Yet, still and already (1)
Put in yet, still or already.
I know it isn't lunch-time yet, but I'm really hungry. It's only eleven. And you've Already had two coffees since breakfast.
You've............... got this library book, and it was due back ten days ago.
Well, I haven't finished it..........................
Tom is a very slow eater, isn't he? He's.........................having his soup.
And we've.........................started our pudding.
Has the postman been.........................? I'm expecting a letter from the bank.
Yes, he has, but that letter ..................hasn't arrived.
1
Mark:
Sarah:
Vicky:
Rachel:
Nick:
David:
Trevor:
Laura:
B Word order with yet, still and already (l)
Put the word in brackets into one of the sentences.
► I've bought some CDs. I haven't played them, (yet)
I. tavefy .t. E>|Ayed tlie.m yfl.t.
► This calculator works. I've had it for ages, (still) Thi? cAkuktor,fti.ll.,wp,rk£.................................
1   I owe Emma £20.1 can't ask her for more, (already)
2   We've spent all our money. And we're only halfway through our holiday, (already)
3   I've cleaned this window. But it looks dirty, (still)
4   Our friend took some photos. We haven't seen them, (yet)
5   I can't understand the rules. I know you explained them to me. (still)
C Still and any more (3^)
Two people are talking about the place they live in. Write the replies using still or not... any more.
Old man: Young man:
► There was a church. ~ Well, there V.. ftill..«,. cfiwrch..
► You could see fields. ~ Ypw c*Vt see the** *Ay **c.re. . Now it's just houses.
1 Children played there. ~ Not now...............................................................................
2 Boats came along the river. - Oh,,,............................................................... Look at them.
3 The view was beautiful. ~ Well,........................................................................It's awful.
4 It was our home. - And...............................................................................
D Yet, still, already, no longer and any longer/any more (1-4)
Put in already, any more, no longer, still ancl Ver-
►   It's .ft ill., raining, look. How much longer can it go on?
1 The railway closed down years ago, so there's................................... .a railway station here.
2 They want to build a new hotel here, but they haven't got permission.......................................
3 Rita isn't going out with Nick. She told him she didn't want to see him
4 Those people moved here only three months ago, and they're......................................leaving.
ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS   • IWJU 275
115 Adverbs of degree (very, quite)
1 Very, quite, a bit, etc.
Laura is a bit tired. She's been working all morning.
Mark is quite tired. He's been working all day.
Sarah is very tired. She's had to
work late at the office.
An adverb of degree makes the meaning weaker or stronger. Here are some more examples. small degree (weaker) medium DECREE large DEGREE (stronger)
a little late slightly complicated
MEDIUM DECREE
fairly unusual pretty good rather nice
absolutely sure r< completely mad extremely cold
2 Very cold, quite quickly, etc
An adverb of degree (e.g. very) goes before an adjective (e.g. cold) or an adverb (e.g. quickly).
ADVERB + ADJECTIVE
It's very cold today. Rita looked rather upset. This dress is absolutely marvellous
ADVhRB + ADVhKli
The time passed quite quickly, We go on holiday fairly soon. United played extremely well.
Before a comparative we can use a bit, a little, a lot, far, much, rather and slightly. See also Unit I 12.2. I'm feeling a lot better today.    These new trains go much faster.
3 Really hurting, quite enjoys, etc.
Some adverbs of degree can describe a verb,
They usually go in mid position (close to the verb - see Unit 113.2).
My foot is really hurting.    Laura quite enjoys shopping.    I rather like this cake. Some adverbs of degree go at the end of a sentence when they describe a verb. They are a bit, a little, a lot, awfully, much and terribly.
Mark travels a lot.    Til open the window a little. The animals suffer terribly.
Absolutely, completely and totally can go in mid position or at the end. We. completely lost our way./We lost our way completely. Vm afraid I totally disagreejVm afraid I disagree totally.
4 Much
Now look at these sentences.
Positive;      1 like this town very much. not / like this town much. Negative:     / don't like this town very much. or I don't like this town much.
In a positive statement we use very much. In a negative statement we can use either very much or much.
> 116 More about quite and rather   > 117 Too and enough
PAGE 276   • ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS
Practice
A Very, quite, a bit, etc. (1)
Write sentences using one of the phrases in brackets.
(quite hungry or very hungry?)      . .qw.'.i.4. ta'yjry.- 3
1 (a bit busy or very busy?)      . ______............ 4
2 (a bit thirsty or really thirsty?).....................
(quite strong or very strong?) .......
(fairly happy or extremely happy?).
B Very, quite and a bit (l)
Put in very, quite or a bit.
► The bus service is all right. The buses are ..qw.',t-£.. frequent.
1 I couldn't sleep because of the awful noise. The disco was................ noisy.
2 The weather was OK - at least it didn't rain. It was...................good.
3 The train was almost on time. It was just ............... late.
4 Someone paid a great deal of money for the house. It was...................expensive.
5 There were some very small traces of mud on the boots. They were ...............dirty.
6 There was a medium amount of traffic on the road. It was busy,
C Very cold, really hurting, etc. (2-4)
Put the adverbs in the right place. Sometimes more than one answer is correct.
► These books are old (very).
► I hate travelling by air (really).
1 That radio is loud (a bit).
2 I like my new job (quite).
3 Why don't you slow down (a little)?
4 The rain spoilt our day (completely).
5 We did the job quickly (fairly).
6 I feel better now (a lot).
7 We enjoyed the concert (very much).
8 My arms ached (terribly).
There bopki Are very old. really tate travel I i by
air.
D Adverbs of degree (1-4)
Complete the advertisement for holiday apartments by choosing the correct words.
Why not take this opportunity to buy a wonderful Interlux Timeshare apartment in San Manila? These are (►) a-bit/rather7really luxurious apartments set in this (1) absolutely/slightly magnificent seaside resort, a (2) fairly/realjy beautiful and unspoilt place, which you'll like (3) much/very/very much. The apartments are (4) extremely/pretty/quite good value. And we are a company with a (5) fairly/quite/verv goad reputation. This is a (6) bit/slightly/totally safe way of investing your money. But hurry! People are buying up the apartments (7) a lot/very/very much quickly.
ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS   • pace 277
116 Quite and rather
1 Quite meaning 'fairly'
Quite usually means 'fairly1 or'a medium amount' (see Unit 1J 5.1).
I feel quite hungry now.    Repairing the machine is quite difficult.
The talk was quite interesting.    We were quite surprised at the result. (But see 4 for another meaning of quite.)
2 Stress with quite
In speech, whether we stress quite or the adjective makes a difference to the meaning.
If we stress quite, it means 'fairly but not very* If we stress the adjective, the meaning is positive
The meaning is negative. (but not as positive as very).
The exhibition was quite good, but I've seen better The exhibition was quite good. I enjoyed looking
ones. round it.
I get up tjwJS early, but not as early as you do. I got up quite early. I had a lot of jobs to do.
3 Quite or rather?
When we make a favourable comment, we usually say quite, not rather. The book was quite interesting.    it's quite warm now. It was quite nice walking through the park.
In unfavourable comments, we usually say rather, but quite is possible. The book was rather boring/cpiite boring.
It was rather awkward/quite awkward taking my suitcase on the underground.
Rather in a favourable comment means'to a surprising or unusual degree'. It's rather warm for October. (It isn't usually so warm.) I didn't know David can cook. He's rather good at it. I expect Tom's jokes were awful. - Actually they were rather funny,
We can use rather with a comparative but not quite. The meal took rather longer than we expected.
For quite and rather with a/an, see Unit 89.2. It was quite an interesting book.
4 Quite meaning 'completely'
With some adjectives, quite means 'completely' or'totally'. What you said is quite wrong. (,= completely wrong) The idea is quite absurd. (= totally absurd) The situation is quite hopeless.
Quite means 'completely* with these adjectives: absurd, alone, amazing, awful, brilliant, certain, dead, different, dreadful, extraordinary, false, hopeless, horrible, impossible, perfect, ridiculous, right, sure, true, useless, wrong
Compare the uses of quite.
I'm quite tired. { - fairly) Tm quite exhausted. (=. completely)
The advice was quite useful. I got one or two tips.        The advice was quite useless. It was absolutely no
good at all
I'ACI; 27S   • ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS
Practice
A Stress with quite (2)
Which word do we stress, quite or the adjective? Underline the stressed word.
► These pens are quite good but not as good as the ones I usually buy.
► This book is quite exciting. I can't put it down.
1 These fashions are quite new but not the very latest thing.
2 It's quite late. We'd better be going.
3 The sums are quite easy. I can do them in my head.
4 The music was quite good, but I wasn't really Impressed.
5 The sun is quite bright. You'll need your sunglasses.
B Quite or rather? (3)
Put in these adjectives: better, busy, nice, noisy, popular
Use quite or rather with each adjective. Sometimes either is possible.
Mark:    I didn't like that meal very much.
Sarah:   The soup was (►) <^i+.e       though, wasn't it?
Mark:    The food was (1)................................. .. the last time we came.
Sarah:   It's (2) .... in here, isn't it? Everyone seems to be shouting.
Mark:    I wasn't expecting the place to be so full. It's (3).....................................for a Monday
evening.
Sarah:   This restaurant is (4)....................................., you know.
C Quite or rather? (3)
Add a sentence expressing the idea in brackets.
Use quite or rather in your sentence. Sometimes either is possible.
► (It's pleasant by the river.)
Let's walk along by the river.. !±V....ttafttA............................................................
► (You think Nick is aggressive.)
I don't like Nick much. I thi** jftjf rather a^reísive.............................................
1 (Changing trains twice is complicated.)
We have to change trains twice. ..................................
2 (Your car is big.)
I can give you all a lift.......................................................................................................
3 (The show went on longer than you expected.)
It was a good show, but ....................____________________......_____________________________________________............
4 (You made your decision quickly.)
It wasn't a difficult decision............................................................................................
D The meanings of quite (1, 4)
Does quite mean 'fairly' or 'completely1?
► Try one of these sweets. I think they're quite n|ce. - ..fairly. Ajce,.............................................
► The driver walked away unhurt. It was quite amazing. - cowrie tely amat-ía^ ...................
1 I couldn't agree to the idea. It was quite ridiculous. =.............................................................
2 I need some help with this crossword. It's quite difficult. -.......................................................
3 That isn't the same thing at all. It's quite different. =.................................
4 I wasn't expecting to get a postcard. I was quitesyrprised. =__________________________....._________________......
5 I bought this guidebook. It looks quite useful. =..................................................... ...............
6 Are you sure you want the job? - Yes, I'm quite certain. =............._______,....................... ......
ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS   ■ PAGE 279
17 Too and enough
Too short and not long enough both mean the same thing.
2 Word order with too and enough
Too goes before an adjective or adverb.
Claire doesn't want to marry Henry. She thinks he's too old.
Zedco are in trouble. The company reacted too slowly to the rise in prices. Enough goes after an adjective or adverb.
The water isn't hot enough, ft needs to be boiling, not enough -hot-
You didn't put the screws in tightly enough, not enough tightly
Too many, too much and enough go before a noun.
No wonder you're tired. You've been going to too many parties.
Andrew spends too much time working.
There'll be fifteen people for coffee. Have we got enough cups?
Everything is so expensive. Did you bring enough money? We use many with a plural noun and much with an uncountable noun (see Unit 95.1).
Compare these examples with enough.
After an adjective:   The coffee isn't strong enough.
Before a noun:       You didn't put enough coffee in.
We leave out the noun if the meaning is clear without it
Just add a little water. Not too much.     We'll need fifteen cups. Have we got enough?
3 Other structures with too and enough
We can use a phrase with for after too or enough.
These p uzzles are too difficult for ch ildren. Th is coat isn't warm enough for winter. Have we got enough cups for everyone?
Wc can also use a to-infinitive.
It's too dangerous to walk home at this time of night.
There are too many museums here to visit in a single day.
Are you fit enough to run a marathon?
I couldn't get close enough to see properly.
Vkky didn't bring enough money to buy two CDs.
PAGE 280   • ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS
Practice
A Too and enough (1-2)
Look at the pictures and write sentences with too and enough.
Use these nouns and adjectives: big, gate, long, low, plane, sweater, ruler, warm, water, wide
► Tke. Swca ter if too bi^. 1
► Tke. f?Hter..}^.i..lpM..ftf^Ö*^kt................ 2
3
B Too and enough (1-2)
Look at what people are saying and complete the sentences. Use too, too many, too much or enough with these words: clearly, complicated, difficult, expensive, food, hastily, mistakes, rain, sweet, traffic
► You should have stopped to think first. You acted top tastily..................................................
► This quiz is rather easy The questions aren't diffieult..a*pi^k................................................
1 Can I have some more sugar in my coffee, please? It isn't........................................................
2 I can't afford a new stereo. It would be......................................................._________________
3 There's a water shortage. There just hasn't been .............. ............................
4 I can't read your writing. You don't write ...................................................................................
5 Try to be more careful, please. You're making ...........................................................................
6 The roads are very crowded. There's simply.............................................................................
7 I can't understand these instructions. They're .......................
8 Thousands of people are starving because they can't get ................................................
C Other structures with too and enough (3)
Comment on the situations. Use too or enough and a phrase with for or a to-infinitive.
A taxi would have been best. But you didn't have the money.
I didiv t taye eivoiujii MCMvey for <K taxi...........................................
^  Sarah can't take a day off. She's very busy.
£<Kr<K\n if tpp busy tp take A. dAy p-f-f.
1   A picnic would be nice. But it's wet.
2   All your guests will need chairs. But you haven't got very many.
3   You couldn't carry the equipment. You had such a lot.
4   Natasha wants to be a professional musician. You think she's very good.
ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS   • PAGE 2ft]
Test T: Adverbs and word order
A
Put each word in brackets into the sentence. ►   Anna arrives for work, (late)
AhA*. ArriytLf l«.te 4br work.. ,.........t.........
1   I like old cowboy films, (quite)
2 Have you finished this magazine? (yet)
3 This coat is big. (too)
4 Have the children had their tea? (already)
5 You don't look ill. (certainly)
6 We don't go out. (much)
7 I think everyone works hard, (fairly)
8 I don't know the date of the meeting, (still)
9 The others are getting ready, (just) 10 I have to go to work, (on Saturdays)
l . - - ^.4 «••>■>«<'■'
B
Put the words in the right order to form a statement. ►   I / love / really / these trousers
I reaJly .love, "these trowser£,............................
1    is I rather / silly / this game
2 already / I've / paid / the bill
3 enough / isn't / loud / the alarm
4 easily / Jonathan / passed / the test
5 a lot / cards / play / the children
6 didn't / enough / sell / they / tickets
7 ask / many / questions / too / you
8 a member / any more / of the club / I'm / not
9 enough / it's / outside / to sit / warm
------.
•»*■4 «< • t > * tr-r
PAGE 282   • ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS
Read the conversation. Then look at the answers below and write the correct answer in each space.
Martin:   Helio, Nancy. (►)  How are you? Have you found a job (1).............__________________?
Nancy:   No, I'm afraid not, but I'm (2)___________________________ looking. It's taking (3)_______________.....
longer than I expected. The problem is there just aren't (4).............................jobs. And
there are too (5)...............................people looking for jobs.
Martin:   I'm old enough (6)...............................remember when there was plenty of work.
Nancy:  There used to be lots of work, but there isn't (7) .......... ..............more. I'm afraid I'm
(8) ..._______________ „r______longer as optimistic as I was a few weeks ago. In fact I feel a
(9)........................ depressed about it sometimes.
Martin:   Don't worry. You'll (10)............................find something, I expect.
►	a) How	b) What	c) Who	d) Why	6	a) for        b) of	c) that	d)to
1	a) longer	b)soon	c) still	djyet	7	a) any      b) no	c) now	d) some
2	a) already	b) more	c) still	d) yet	8	a) any       b) never	c) no	d) not
3	a) more	b) quite	c) rather	d) some	9	a) bit        b) piece	c) quite	d) slightly
4	a) enough	b) plenty	c) right	d) several	10	a) already   b) yet	c) soon	
5	a) big	b) lot	c) many	d) much		d) before very long		
My -fr ifcisd aJwAyS.. caIIs for m&.
Each of these sentences has a mistake in it. Write the correct sentence, ►   My friend calls always for me.
1 4-dtdn't last night sleep very well.
2 I think I need to rest little.
3 4-don't work for the company longer.
4 T-he-ar
6 -You^renH-enough-t 8   I like this music much.
Write a second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first. Use the word in brackets. ►  It's probable that the strike will be over soon, (probably) The ítrtk.e ivrill probAbly be. over ídd*.
..........................r;...................................................................................................... n......
1 We often go to the cinema, (a lot)
2 Adrian wears jeans all the time, (always)
3 These shoes are too small, (big)
.....--'--I - .«------.....* -.......- • -.....------II-------II----------------.....------ • - *---*---■ - ........,       .   , 4 . •■■*■*
4 I don't live in Birmingham any more, (no)
.....-----in------*n-----hin-----ni<------in-.,.T........------, ,,,----.,n,.T__r)HH-----.....---»hH,----- - n , -------< < M----.- n . , ,.
5 Polly spent more money than she should have done in the sales, (too)
ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS   • I'ACC 283
118 Prepositions of place
1 Meanings
The bird is itt/inside. the cage.
The jug is on the table.
Sarah is diving in/into the water.
Tom is getting out of the car.
The case is on top of the wardrobe.
Emma is putting her luggage on/onto the trolley.
They're waiting outside the bank.
Henry is falling off the horse.
Rachel is at the bus stop.     The table is by/beside
the bed.
Jessica is silting next to The airport is near Andrew, Manchester.
There's a bridge over Tom is under the car. The plane is above The temperature is
the river. the clouds. below zero.
PACK 284   * PREPOSITIONS
The cyclist is in front of
the bus.
The cyclist is behind the tractor.
Rita is going up the stairs.
Daniel is coming down the stairs.
Melanie is running The cars are going Trevor is walking along       The car is going past
across the road. through the tunnel. the street. the house.
The house is among Jackson is between Jessica is sitting opposite     They're running
the trees. Memphis and New Andrew. around/round the track.
Orleans.
Position and movement
Most of these prepositions can express either position (where something is) or movement (where it is going). Position:        The coin was under the sofa. Movement:     The coin rolled under the sofa.
Now look at these examples with in and on expressing position.
The manager was in the office.     The papers were on the floor. To express movement, we use into and onto, but we can also use in and on, especially in informal English.
The manager came in/into the office.    The papers fell on/onto the floor.
At expresses position, and to expresses movement. Position: Vicky was at the doctor's.
Movement:     Vicky went to the doctor's.
t> page 380 British and American English
PREPOSITIONS   • VM'.v. 2X5
Practice
A Prepositions of place (1)
Put in the prepositions. Sometimes more than one answer is correct
►   Sarah is getting pwt of the taxi.
1   David is going the ladder.
2   The furniture is the van.
K33
IT3      *f I
i *jj 11 ^ v& at-11
3   My friend lives in a flat ......................a shop.
4   The boss is coming 5   There's a garage ......................the corridor. the house.
6   We walked the lake.
7   There's a statue.................. 8   Tom and Nick are walking
.....................the museum. ......................the stadium.
B Prepositions of place (1)
Complete the conversations. Choose the correct preposition.
1 Vicky:       I felt really afraid when I was walking home frpm/e#the club. All the time I could hear
someone behind/in front of me, but I didn't dare turn round. Rachel:     I expect you were imagining it.
Vicky:      No, I wasn't I saw him after I'd come in across/through the gate. He was wearing a long black coat that came down well below/under his knees.
2 Daniel:     You know Adam, don't you? He's very strange. He walked right along/past me
yesterday as I was coming among/down the stairs, but he didn't say hello. Matthew:  The other day he was sitting beside/opposite me at lunch, so I couldn't help looking at him. I said hello, but he didn't speak.
PAGR 286   • PREPOSITIONS
C Between, next to and opposite (1)
Look at the plan and explain where things are. Use between, next to or opposite.
>■ The bank is ..r£** .:•*>. the gift shop.
1 The sports shop is...............................the bank.
2 The travel agency is...............................the sports shop and the art gallery.
3 The restaurant is...............................the art gallery.
4 The gift shop is...............................the bank and the restaurant.
5 The art gallery is.............................. the travel agency.
D Prepositions of place (1-2)
Where did the fly go? Put in these prepositions: around, into, on, out of, through, under, up
The fly came in thnpw^h. the door.
1 It flew...................the chair. 4 It went................... the telephone.
2 It crawled...................the chair leg. 5 It flew...................the drawer.
3 It stopped...................the desk for a moment. 6 It went...................the window.
E Prepositions of place (1-2)
Put in the correct preposition.
►   Rachel was lying .<?*. the grass reading a book.
1 It's my holiday next week. I'm going...............................Spain.
2 There was a big crowd...............................the shop waiting for it to open.
3 That man is an idiot. He pushed me...............................the swimming-pool,
4 1 went...............................the chemist's just now, but I didn't notice if it was open.
5 David hurt himself. He fell............................ his bike.
6 There's a cafe ...............top of the mountain. You can have a coffee there before you
go down.
7 The sheep got out...............................a hole in the fence.
8 Pompeii is quite...............................Sorrento, It's only a short train ride.
9 There's such a crowd. You won't find your friend...............................all these people,
PREPOSITIONS   • PAGE 287
119 In, on and at (place)
1 Meanings
Mi
Emma is in the plume box.
in
in the phone box in the kitchen work in the garden swim in the pool
In a street (GB) in Shirley Road
In a town/country Kate lives in York. Atlanta is in America.
Nick's dog is on the rug.
ON
sit on the floor walk on the pavement a number on the door egg on your shirt
On a street (US) on Fifth Avenue
On a road or river a village on this road Paris is on the Seine.
On a floor (1st, 2nd, etc.) on the first floor
There's someone at the door.
AT
sit at my desk wail at the bus stop at the crossroads wait at the traffic lights
At a house/an address at Mike's (house) at 65 Shirley Road
At a place on a journey Does this train stop at York?
At an event at the party
2 In and at with buildings
IN
There are 400 seats in the cinema. It was raining, so we waited in the pub. We use in when we mean inside a building.
/ was at the cinema. (= watching a film) We were at the pub. (- having a drink) But we normally use at when we are talking about what happens there.
3 Some common phrases
in prison/hospital in the lesson in a book/newspaper in the photo/picture in the country in the middle in the back/front of a car in a queue/line/row
ON
on the platform
on the farm
on the page/map
on the screen
on the island/beach/coast
drive on the right/left
on the back of an envelope
AT
at the station/airport at home/work/school
at the seaside at the lop/bottom of a hill at the back of the room at the end of a corridor
> 87 In bed, at home, etc.   > 123.3 In the car, on the train, etc.
PAGE 288   • PREPOSITIONS
Practice
A Meanings (1)
Look at the pictures and write the sentences. Use in, on or at and these words: the bath, the disco, the lights, the roof, the table
B In and at with buildings (2)
Complete each sentence. Use in or at and these words:
me petrol station, the restaurant, the stadium, the station, the theatre, the zoo
► There's a huge crowd .'A "t^ *L^diwM waiting for the Games to start.
1 Sarah's just rung. She's........................................................ getting some petrol.
2 The children like wild animals. They'd love to spend an afternoon........_________________.........
3 It was so hot..............................................................that I didn't really enjoy the play.
4 We're quite a large group. There may not be enough room ...............................................
for all of us to sit together.
5 I saw Daniel while I was..............................................................waiting for a train.
C In, on and at (I, 3)
Put in the preposition in, on or at.
► We spent the whole holiday . Qrs   the beach.
1 I read about the pop festival...................a magazine.
2 My parents' flat is___________........the twenty-first floor.
3 Melanie was holding a small bird___________________her hands.
4 I'll meet you ..................the airport.
5 Natasha now lives .. ................32 The Avenue.
6 I was standing...................the counter in the baker's shop, waiting to be served.
7 London is the Thames.
8 There weren't many books...................the shelves.
9 The passengers had to stand...................a queue.
10 The woman sitting next to me left the train...................Chesterfield.
prepositions   • PAGE 289
120 In, on and at (time)
I Saying when
Look at these examples.
We bought the flat in 1994.
In + year/month/season in 1988 in September in winter in the 21st century In + a week or more in the Easter holiday in the summer term
In + part of day in the morning in the evening
Look at these examples with night. / woke up in the night. (= in the middle of the night)
The race is on Saturday,
On + day/date on Wednesday on 15 April on that day
On + a single day on Easter Monday on Christmas Day
On + day + part of day on Friday morning on Tuesday evening
It happened on Monday night.
AT
Thefdm starts at seven thirty.
At + clock time/meal time
at three o'clock
at lunch (-time)
at that lime
at the moment At -tr two or three days
at Easter/Christmas
at the weekend
(US: on the weekend)
I can't sleep at night. (= when it is night)
But we do not use in, on or at before every, last, next, this, tomorrow and yesterday. We go to Greece every summer.    My brother came home last Christmas. Til see you next Friday.       I leave school this year. The party is tomorrow evening.    The group set off yesterday morning.
2 In time or on time?
IN TIM Si
III lime means 'early enough'.
We'll have to hurry if we want to be in time for
the show.
We got to the airport in time to have a coffee
before checking in, I was about to close the door when just in time I
remembered my key. (= at the last moment)
ON TIME
On time means'at the right time','on schedule'. The plane took off on time. I hope the meeting starts on time. Rachel is never on time. She's always late.
3 Other uses of in
We can use in for the time it takes to complete something.
I did the crossword in five minutes.     Could you walk thirty miles in a day?
We can also use in for a future time measured from the present. Your photos will be ready in an hour, (-an hour from now) The building will open in six weeks/in six weeks' time.
f> 88 On Friday, etc. without the
PM.V, 290   • PREPOSITIONS
Practice
A Saying when (1)
Read the information about John F. Kennedy and then answer the questions. Begin each answer with in, on or at.
John F. Kennedy was born into a famous American family. His date of birth was 29 May 1917. The year 1961 saw him become the 35th President of the US. Kennedy was killed as he drove in an open car through the streets of Dallas, Texas. Friday 22 November 1963 was a sad day for America, ft was 12.30 when a gunman opened fire and shot the President dead.
► When was John F. Kennedy born?        °V29 ,M*y ■...............................................
1 When did he become President? .................................... ............__________________________________
2 When was he killed? ..................................................
3 What time was he shot? ..........,.................
B Saying when (l)
Mark is arranging a business meeting. Decide if you need in, on or at. If you do not need a preposition, put a cross (X).
Mark:    I'm sorry I was out when you called {►) /   yesterday afternoon, Alice. Look, I'm free
(►) PK the fifteenth of March. Can we meet then? Alice:    I'm pretty busy (1)                next week, I'm afraid. I can't see you (2) Friday. Mark:    I'd like to have a meeting (3)............... this month if possible. I'll be very busy
(4)............. April.
Alice:    I'm going away (5)...................Easter, so how about the week after? Shall we meet
(6)...................the twenty-seventh? That's a Wednesday.
Mark:    I've got an appointment (7}...................the morning but nothing (8) ..................the
afternoon. Let's meet (9) .............. Wednesday afternoon (10)...................half past two.
C In time or on time? (2)
Put in the right phrase: in time or on time.
► If the plane is late, we won't get to Paris ,|A for our connecting flight.
1 We were up very early, ............to see the sun rise.
2 How can the buses possibly run..................................with all these traffic jams?
3 The post goes at five. I'm hoping to get this letter written....._________......................
4 The coach will be here at 12.13 if it's.............................. ,
In, on or at? (1-3)
Complete the conversations using in, on or at.
►   Andrew:You only bought that book pa Saturday. Have you finished it already? Jessica: I read it jfe about three hours yesterday evening.
1 Vicky:     Will the bank be open.................half past nine?
Daniel:    Yes, it always opens absolutely ..................time.
2 Sarah:    We're leaving...................half past, and you haven't even changed.
Mark:     It's OK. I can easily shower and change........ ten minutes.
3 Laura:    Your mother's birthday is...................Monday, isn't it?
Trevor:    Yes, I just hope this card gets there.......time.
4 Harriet:   If we ever go camping again, it's going to be................. summer, not autumn.
Mike:     Never mind. We'll be home . two days, and then we'll be dry again.
PREPOSITIONS -PAOH291
121 For, since, ago and before
1 Introduction
for
Mark has spent three hours playing a computer game. He's been sitting therefor three hours.
since
ft was two o'clock when Mark started the game. He's been playing since two o'clock.
AGO
Three hours have passed since Mark and Sarah got up from the lunch table. They finished their lunch three hours ago.
2 For and since with the Present Perfect
We often use for and since with the Present Perfect to talk about something continuing up to the present.
FOR
We use for to say how long something has
continued. I've been waiting for forty minutes. We've known about it for two days, Melanie has been living here for a year now.
SINCE
We use since to say when something began.
I've been waiting since ten past six. We've known about it since Monday. Melanie has been living here since last year.
We can also use for with other tenses.
I'm staying in England for a year.    We swam for quite a long time. We can often leave out for (but not from some negative sentences).
We've had this car (for) six months.    I haven't seen Vicky for a day or two.
3 Ago with the past
We can use the adverh ago to talk about a past time measured trom the present.
Six months ago means six months before now.
/ passed my driving test six months ago. not since six months
Vicky wrote to the company weeks ago.    David first met Melanie a long time ago.
Have you seen Emma? - Yes, just a few minutes ago.
We put ago after the phrase of time, not ago six rnoirtiti
4 Before with the Past Perfect
We use before (not ago) with the Past Perfect, e.g. had done.
/ bought a car in August. I'd passed my driving test three months before. (= in May three months before August)
Vicky finally received a reply to the letter she had written weeks before.
pace 292   • PREPOSITIONS
Practice
For and since (1-2)
Put in for or since.
Daniel:   How long have you been learning English?
Ilona:     Well, I studied it (►)        five years at school, and I've been having evening classes
(1)..................last summer. That's when I left school.
Daniel:  And you're staying here (2)...................three months?
Ilona:    That's right. I've been here (3) .................the end of April. I'm going to London
(4)...................a week before I go home.
B For and since (1-2)
Look at the pictures and say how long people have been there.
Use these phrases: at his desk, in bed, in the garden, in the shop, on the road
P-   half an hour
1   three days
2 breakfast
3   nine o'clock 4   five hours
(►   ihfcV bears ja the. Snop -for InAlf      hpwr,
2
3
4
For, since or ago? (1-3)
Put in a phrase with for, since or ago.
►   I got here an hour ago. ~ What! You mean you've been waiting 7?r. *p:..'?Pl*r..
1 The phone last rang at four o'clock. - So you've had no calls........
2 I haven't been to the dentist for ten years. ~ You last went to the dentist........
3 I last saw Rachel on Monday. - Haven't you seen her.....................................
4 We've had six weeks without rain. - Yes, it hasn't rained ______________..................
5 It's three years since Laura got married. - Really? Has she been married
6 It's eight months since my brother had any work. - He lost his job ..—_______
7 Mrs Miles was taken ill three weeks ago. - You mean she's been ill ................
and nobody's told me!
.? .? ?
? ?
D Ago or before? (3-4)
Put in ago or before.
► This film looks familiar. Didn't we see it at the cinema about two years ?
1 The road was wet when the accident happened. It had stopped raining only half an hour....................
2 My telephone is working now. They repaired it a week....................
3 A young man threw himself off this bridge last year. His girlfriend had left him two days....................
prepositions   ■ PAt.K 293
122 During or while? By or until? As or like?
During or while?
Compare these examples.
/ often read during a meal
It happened during the night.
You'll have to be quiet during the performance. During is a preposition (like in). It comes before a phrase like a meal or the nigh I.
/ often read while I'm eating. It happened while they were asleep. Were there any phone calls while I was out? While is a linking word (like when). It comes before a clause, e.g. I'm eating.
2 By or until?
Compare these examples.
I'm very busy this week. I have to finish this report
by Thursday. Trevor wdl be home by half past six. They hope to build the new bridge by next July. The post should be here by now.
I'll be busy for most of this week. I won't have any
time until Friday. He'll be at work until half past five. We won't have another holiday until next
summer. Till is more informal than until. I slept till ten o'clock.
We can use by the time or until before a clause, e.g. we arrived.
There was no food left by the time we arrived. NOT by we arrived
Til wait until you're ready. See Unit 27.2 for the Present Simple after until, etc.
3 As, like and as if/as though
Compare these examples.
She works as a fashion model.	She dresses like a fashion model.	
(- She is a model)	(~ Her clothes are similar to a model's.)	
As a beginner you simply have to learn the	Mark is a good golfer, but today he played like	a
basics.	beginner.	
I'm using this tin as an ashtray.	You look like your brother.	
We use as to talk about a job or function.	We use like to talk about things being similar.	
We can also use as or like before a clause.
We drive on the left here, as/like you do in Britain.
Mike and Sarah are going to Paris for the weekend, asAike they did last year. Like is more informal than as before a clause.
We also use as with verbs of speaking and knowing, e.g. say, know, expect. As I said before, I'm sorry. (= I'm sorry, and I said so before.) / haven't much money, as you know, (- I haven't much money, and you know it.) Rachel arrived late, as we expected. (= We expected her to arrive late, and she did.)
We use as if/as though before a clause to say how something seems. Tom looks really awful. He looks as if/as though he's been up all night.
Nick can be a difficult person. He sometimes behaves as if/as though he's the only one with problems.
PACK 294 •PREPOSITIONS
Practice
A During or while? (1)
Put in during or while.
► Did you take notes dwrii^,,. the lecture?
1 Shall we have a coffee................we're waiting?
2 Try not to make any noise................. the baby is asleep.
3 The fire alarm rang .................yesterday's meeting.
4 Trevor tried to fix the shelves Laura was out shopping.
B By or until? (2)
Rachel is talking to her teacher. Put in by or until.
Mrs Lewis: You'll need to hand your project in (►) by the end of the week. I'd like to have it
(1).................. Friday, ideally.
Rachel:      Well, I'm going on a three-day study trip tomorrow. I'll be away (2)................. Thursday.
The project will probably take me (3)..................the middle of next week. I can't finish it
(4)..................the end of this week.
Mrs Lewis: Well, let me have it (5)..................Wednesday of next week, please.
C As or like? (3)
Put in as or like.
► Sarah works in here. She uses this room . *f. her study.
1 Matthew worked..................a waiter last summer.
2 The way your sister plays the violin sounds.......... two cats fighting.
3 Do you mind using this saucer..................a plate?
4 The body sank..................a stone to the bottom of the river.
D As or as if? (3)
Put in as or as if.
\>  That poor dog looks a* >^ it never gets fed.
1 Rachel failed her driving test, __________.......she expected.
2 Daniel spends money..................it grows on trees.
3 We shall deliver the goods on the twenty-seventh,..................we promised.
4 From what Emma said, it sounds....... she and Matthew are going to get married
E While, by the time, until, as and like (1-3)
Decide what to say. Use the word in brackets to join the two ideas together.
► Tell Matthew he needs to click on the box. You showed him. (like) Yqm lyecd to cl icJc p* ±he.m box0 Iifee., I «jipwed you.
1 Tell Tom that you arrived at his flat, but he'd left, (by the time)
2 Tell your friend that Rita went to the party with Tom. Your friend predicted this, (as)
3 Tell Claire that you saw her sister. You were shopping in London, (while)
4 Tell Vicky she can keep the book. She can finish it. (until)
PREPOSITIONS   •PAUL: 295
123 Preposition + noun (on holiday)
1 Some useful phrases
on holiday, on business, on a journey/a trip/a tour
I'm travelling on business.     We're on a coach tour of Europe. in cash, by cheque/credit card
ft j cheaper if you pay in cash.     Can I pay by credit card? in writing, in pen/biro/felt-tip/ink/pencil
Could you confirm that in writing?    I'll write the names in pencil, on television, on the radio/the phone/the Internet
I saw the programme on TV.    Mark ts on the phone at the moment. for sale, on the market
THe house next door is for sale.    It's the best hi-fi on the market. on the whole, in general
On the whole it s it good idea, but there are one or two problems.
People in general aren't very interested in politics. in advance, up to date, out of date
The company ivants us to pay for the goods in advance.
Oh not My passport is out of date.    These latest figures are up to date, in my opinion, from my point of view
All sport is silly hi my opinion.
Matthew never sees things from Emma's point of view. on purpose, by mistake/chance/accident
/ didn't spill my drink on purpose.    1 pressed the wrong button by mistake. We didn't arrange to meet. We met by chance in the street.
2 Way and end
In the way = blocking the way. We couldn't get past because there was a par) car in the way.
At the end = when something stops.
We all left quickly at the end of the meeting.
On the way = during the journey. I'm driving into town. I'll gel some petrol on the way.
In the end = finally after a long time. It took Claire hours to decide. In the end she chose a long blue dress.
3 Transport
We use by without a/the when we talk about a means of transport. We decided to go to Brussels by train. HOT go by tha train
We can also use in and on,
It 7/ be quicker to go in the car.     Richard came on the train.
Note that on foot means'walking'.
We came all the way on foot, not byfixx
ky:   air, bicycle/bike, boat, bus, car, coach, ferry, helicopter, hovercraft, plane, rail, sea, ship,
taxi, train, tube in:   the/my/your car, a helicopter, a taxi
ON:  my bicycle/bike, the boat, the bus, the ferry, the hovercraft, the plane, the ship, the train
I'AtiK 2%   • PREPOSITIONS
Practice
A Preposition + noun (1-2)
Put in by, from, in or on.
► There's something I want to listen to      the radio.
1 They've promised me more money, but I haven't got it..................writing.
2 Why can't you look at the problem................. my point of view?
3 Would you mind moving? You're rather..............the way here.
4 I rang the wrong number...............mistake.
5 I booked our seats more than a month .............advance.
6 Sarah's mobile phone was stolen while she was away a business trip.
7 Could you be quiet for a minute, please? I'm ..............the phone.
8 We've had a few nice days, but..................general it's been a poor summer.
9 I was lucky. I found the solution .............. accident.
10 It's a long journey, Let's stop somewhere ,,.   the way and have a meal.
11 I spent ages looking for a phone box............. the end I found one.
12 Are you here..................holiday or .............business?
B Preposition + noun (1-2)
What would you ask? Use the word in brackets with the correct preposition. You may also need to use the or your.
► Ask if you can book a cabin before you travel, (advance)
Qan t book &. C*.bi»v i»v Advance ?
1 Ask if you can pay in notes, (cash)
Can...............................................................................................................
2 Ask if the information is current, (date)
3 Ask your friend if he dropped the ball deliberately, (purpose)
Did...........„.,....................................________.....................................
4 Ask if there is anything to watch tonight, (television)
Is.., _____________..............................................s..................................
5 Ask your teacher if he or she will be here on the last day of July, (end) Will................................................................................................
6 Ask Melanie if she thinks nuclear power is a good idea, (opinion)
7   Ask Nick if he is selling his car. (sale)
8   Ask Sarah if she approves of the plan in general, (whole)
Do _______.........................................................^.,.,.{r.r...M,.....,______.......
C Transport (3)
Complete the conversation. Put in by, in or on.
Sarah:   It's a long way to Glasgow. Why don't you go (►) PA the train?
Mark:    I don't know. I think I'd rather go (1)..............car.
Sarah:   How far is your hotel from the station?
Mark:    Oh, it's only five minutes (2)......... foot, but with all my luggage,
I'd probably go (3)_________.........a taxi.
Sarah:   Well, why not? It's less tiring going (4)..................train, isn't it?
Mark:    I could go (5) ..........air. That would be quickest.
PREPOSITIONS   • PAGE! 297
124 Noun + preposition (trouble with)
1 Introduction
Read this true story about a prison escape.
Prisoners at a jai! in Iowa in the US were trying to think of a way of escaping. At last they found an answer to their problem. They told the governor about their interest in drama and their need for creative activities. They put in a request for some tunnel-digging equipment for a play about coalmincrs. They knew that the governor felt sympathy for his prisoners and wanted a good relationship with them, but they weren't surprised when he said no. But later, when the prisoners mentioned the importance of physical fitness, the governor agreed to let them use a trampoline. Their skill at trampolining was put to good use when six prisoners bounced over the prison wall and escaped.
Some nouns can have a preposition after them, e.g. way of, answer to, interest in. The preposition often has a phrase with a noun after it.
the answer to the problem    their interest in drama And the preposition can sometimes have an -ing form after it.
a way of escaping    their skill at trampolining
2 Noun + preposition
Here are some more examples. your ability in maths a cheap alternative to leather an attack on the government my attitude to/towards him a belief in God the cause of the accident the cost of living some damage to the car a difficulty over/with visas
an example of this some experience of selling an expert on computers no hope of winning an invitation to a party some knowledge of Italian a lack of money something the matter with you a new method of storing data
your opinion of the film
the price of food
the reason for the delay
respect for the environment
a student of chemistry
a substitute for meat
success at golf/in my search
a tax on alcohol
having trouble with my teeth
3 Connection, difference; increase, reduction, etc.
One thing has a link with another. a connection with another crime Matthew's relationship with Emma the contrast with yesterday's weather
There is a link between two things. a connection between the two crimes the relationship between Matthew and Emma the contrast/difference between town and country
Look at these words for increases and decreases. Wc use in before the thing that is increasing or decreasing and of before the amount of the increase or decrease.
an increase/rise in the price a reduction/fall in the number of unemployed
an increase/rise of £10 a reduction/fall of 3%
4 Need, wish, etc.
Nouns meaning 'need* 'wish1 or 'request' can have for after them.
There's a need for more houses.     There was no demand for the product. Here are some examples: appetite for, application for, demand for, desire for, need for, order for, preference for, request for, taste for, wish for
PACE 298   • PREPOSITIONS
Practice
A Noun + preposition (1-2)
Complete the conversation. Put in at, in or of.
Daniel:   What's the job you've applied for?
Vicky:    It's with a travel company. But the advert says that you need some experience (►) .pf. work
in tourism. I haven't got that. And I don't think my knowledge (1)__________________foreign
languages will be good enough. I'm having no success at all (2) ................my attempts to
get a job.
Daniel:   What about your interest (3).................computers? And your skill (4)..................typing?
That's the sort of thing employers are looking for.
B Noun + preposition (1-2)
Complete the sentences. Use a preposition after these nouns: answer, cause, damage, difficulty, invitation, matter, tax, way ►  I've had an lWJf^*o^.+o_. Laura's barbecue.
1 The accident caused some......................................................the car.
2 I'm trying to think of the best.................................................getting this piano upstairs.
3 I can't think of an........................................ the problem, I'm afraid.
4 The.................................. ................the accident is still unknown.
5 The government has introduced a new......................................................luxury goods.
6 Unfortunately there was some.................................. .................the arrangements.
7 The television won't come on. What's the..................................................it?
C Noun + preposition (2-3)
Complete the advertisement for a supermarket. Put in between, for, in, of or with.
Why not shop at Greenway Supermarket? You'll find the cost (►) °f your weekly shopping is much
lower. There's quite a contrast (1).........................,.........        other stores. Here's one example
(2)....................................this: from today many of our products have a price reduction
(3).................. .................five per cent! But this is not the only reason (4)....................................
Greenway's success. We're proud of our good relationship (5)................_________________our customers.
We believe there is simply no substitute (6)................... quality. And there is no lack
(7) ................................ choice at Greenway. That's the difference (8).....____________.............._______
Greenway and ordinary stores.
D Noun + preposition (1-4)
What are they saying? Read about each situation and complete the sentence. P-  A motorist has rung the garage and requested a breakdown truck.
Mechanic: I've just had a request.. .•for. a.. brAAkdpwis. .Itnwcfc.......................................
1 Claude can answer all the quiz questions.
Claude: I can tell you the ......................................................................................... _________
2 Matthew doesn't know any French.
Matthew: Unfortunately I have no.................................................................................................
3 The Prime Minister greatly desires progress.
Prime Minister: I have a great..................................................................................................
4 Vicky thinks the two colours are the same.
Vicky: I can't see any_____...........................................................................................................
5 Most people say they prefer Zedco products. Zedco: Most people express a....................................
PREPOSITIONS   • PAGE 299
125 Adjective + preposition (proud of)
Introduction
Matthew:   Why are you angry with me, Emma?
Emma:       I'm tired of talking to myself. You never listen. I get annoyed at the way you behave.
Matthew:   Sorry, but I have to go now or I'll be late for the basketball game.
Emma:      You aren't interested in us, are you? You never worry about our relationship, do you?
Some adjectives can have a preposition after them, e.g. angry with, tired of, late for. The preposition often has a phrase with a noun or pronoun after it.
annoyed at the way you behave    late for the game    angry with me The preposition can sometimes have an -ing form after it.
tired of talking to myself
Feelings
Here are some examples of adjective + preposition which are to do with feelings.
afraid of the dark amazed at/by the changes ashamed of myself bored with doing nothing disappointed with/about the
poor figures eager far action
Compare these examples.
excited about the holiday fed up with waiting fond of my sister happy about/with the
arrangements keen on sport nervous of flying
proud of our work satisfied with the result shocked uilby the violence surprised at/by the reaction tired of housework worried about money
I'm sorry about the mistake. We were angry at/about the delay We were annoyed at/about the delay. I was pleased about winning. Vicky is anxious about her exam.
I feel sorry for poor Melanie. Sarah was angry with Henry, Emma was annoyed with Matthew. The winner was pleased with himself. People are anxious for news.
3 Good, bad, etc.
To talk about a person's ability, we use good at, bad at, etc.
good at tennis    brilliant at crosswords    bad at games    hopeless at cooking To talk about whether something makes you healthy or ill, wc use good for and bad for.
Oranges are good for you.    Smoking is bad for you. For behaviour towards another person, we use good to, kind to, nice to, polite lo and rude to.
My friends have been good to me.     You were very rude to the waitress.
4 Other adjectives
Here arc some more expressions with other adjectives.
accustomed to the noise aware of the facts capable of looking after myself different from our usual route
(see page 381) famous for her film roles
fit for work full of water guilty of murder involved in a project prepared for action ready for the big day
responsible for running a business
safe from attack
the same as before
similar to my idea
typical of David
used to the traj'jk
O 71 Afraid, anxious, ashamed, interested, sorry   l> 72 Used to
PACK 300   • PREPOSITIONS
Practice
A Feelings (1-2)
Say what these people's feelings are. Use the adjectives in brackets and a preposition. ►  The children are leaving on a trip to the zoo. (excited)
TheyYe excited About the trip to the-.^-Pf?.-...............................................
1 Vicky doesn't like the dark, (afraid)
She's..............................................._.................................................._.....................
2 Nick was watching a video, but he's going to switch it off. (bored)
He's.........................................................................................................................
3 Emma is reading about computers, (interested)
She's .............................................................................,........................................
4 Mark has just heard some news that he didn't expect, (surprised)
He's...........................................................................................................................
5 United have won a victory, (proud)
They're ........................................................................................_______....... .............
6 Olivia's children are being very silly, (annoyed)
She's.............„...........................................................................................................
7 The Zedco staff don't think their pay increase is big enough, (not satisfied)
B Good, bad, etc. (3)
Complete the conversation. Put in at, for or fo.
Sarah:   You were very rude (►) to Henry when you said he needs to lose weight.
Claire:   Well, it's true. Exercise would be good (1) ................him. He started jogging and then gave
it up.
Sarah:   Yes, but we can't all be good (2) taking physical exercise.
Claire:   Anyone can do a bit of jogging. You don't have to be brilliant (3)..................it. And eating
so much must be bad (4).................you.
Sarah:   Well, you could have been more polite.
Claire:   Sorry. I'm not very good (5)..................saying the right thing. I'll try to be nice
(6)..................him next time I see him.
C Other adjectives (l, 4)
Complete these paragraphs from an email Emma has received from her brother. Use these adjectives and put a preposition after each one: aware, different, famous, full, interested, late, ready, responsible, similar, used
Everything was strange here at first because this new job is (►) differed, frpw any I've had before. But I've got (►) "fad., tp. it now, and I'm really enjoying it. I'm mainly
(1)..............................................controlling the costs of the project. The work is quite hard,
and I must say I feel (2)...................................................a holiday. The company expect people
to do overtime. I wasn't (3)...............................................that before
I arrived because they hadn't told me at the interview, but I don't mind.
I've got a nice flat, which is very (4)..................................................... the one I had in London.
The only difference is that my flat here is (5) ..................................................horrible old
furniture. I keep falling over it! I live right by the harbour. It's a pity I've never been
(6).....................................................boats, because this is a good place for sailing. The noise of
the motor boats wakes me up every morning, so I'm never (7).........................................—..........
work. The area is (8) ................................................its seafood, which is great, because I love
eating fish, as you know.
PREPOSITIONS   • RAGE 301
Prepositions
Write the sentences correctly. ►   I'll see you at Monday.
I II see. ypiA oi\ Mp^dAy -
1   The doctor has been working since twelve hours.
2 We had a great time in the disco.
3 The woman was getting from the Gar.
5 The new manager takes over at-two-weeksi-
6 V\f>na-dfeveat-the garage to got somo petrel-.
7 We were sitting in the back of the room^
B
Read Polly's postcard and write the missing words. Use one word only in each space. Sometimes more than one answer is correct.
This is our first real holiday (►)        ages, and I'm enjoying it tremendously. I love being
(1) an island. We arrived here almost a week (2) ......., and I can't believe the time
is going so fast. We finally completed the journey here (3)..................Friday evening (4)...............
about eleven o'clock. The journey wasn't too bad, but we had to wait ages (5) the airport
for our flight.
Our apartment here is fine. It's (6) .................the top floor. The beach isn't far away - we can walk
there (7)............. five minutes. The only problem is that we have to get (8)..................a busy
main road, which can be difficult.
We don't do much (9).................the day, but we go out every evening. Last night's disco went on
very late, and today we slept (10)................eleven.
c
Some of these sentences are correct, and some have a word which should not be there. If the sentence is correct, put a tick {/). If it is incorrect, cross the unnecessary word out of the sentence and write it in the space.
► The cat was sitting on top of the shed. .....................
► Coventry is nearly Birmingham. by.....................
1 Luckily our train arrived on the time. .....................
2 People were running away from the gunman. .........................
3 It sounds as if the company is in trouble. .........................
4 The car was in the front of a bus. ..............___________
5 There's a meeting on next Tuesday. .....................
6 Lisa drew a plan on the back of an envelope. .....................,,,,
7 I'll be exhausted by the time I get home. .........................
PACK 302    > PREPOSITIONS
Decide which word is correct.
I saw a really funny programme .Prv. television.
1 You can see all the information..................the screen.
2 Are these pictures sale?
3 Could you let me know.................Friday at the latest?
4 The audience clapped..................the end of the show.
5 I've lived here..................last year.
6 What's the matter..................your car?
7 We could see the balloon high..................the town.
8 There was a fall................. ten per cent in prices.
9 The house was burgled,.................we were out.
10 What's the difference.................a boat and a ship?
11 Rupert's new car looks more.,................an aeroplane.
12 We're all bored.................this game.
13 I can't find my keys. I had them a minute...................
14 We get lots of requests..................help.
15 The babysitter will stay there............... we get home,
16 I'm going to be late..................the meeting.
17 We do most of our business ....... summer.
18 The job is similar..................my old one.
a) at  b) from  c) in  d) on
a) at  b) in  c) inside  d) on
a) at   b) for  c) in   d) to
a) by  b) to   c) up to   d) until
a) at  b) for  c) In  d) to
a) after  b) by  c) for  d) since
a) by   b) for  c) on   d) with
a) above   b) on  c} onto   d) up
a) at  b) by  c) in   d) of
a) at  b) during  c) time d) while
a) between   b) from   c) under   d) with
a) as  b) like  c) near d) similar
a) about   b} at  c) for  d) with
a) ago   b) before   c) behind   d) back
a) at b) for c) of d) on
a) by  b) for  c) to  d) until
a) at  b) for  c) in  d) to
a) along   b) at  c) in   d) on
a) as   b) at  c) to   d) with
Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first. Use the word in brackets.
This is the Glasgow train, (going)
Thi* trAn\ if jjoiiyg,. to QlAS^ow......... ................. ..............................................
1   Scott is a resident of Washington, (lives)
2   I'm travelling to Italy as part of my job. (business)
3 Friday morning is a busy time for me. (I'm)
4 They started playing an hour ago. (been)
5 Jonathan can play tennis very well, (good)
>.....i * i » ■
I4li««i«tl + I<**»«»l44"4 ■*(»•»• i I • t M ■
6   I'm rather busy now. (moment)
■ 1*1  I *•* + ».•• r
7   We took a plane to Budapest, (air)
8 Nigel passes the newsagent's every day. (goes)
.-__________J.___-      ...J..   - .....-<--___..   -1___J.___L,___±__________f....._________J . i . |t
9 The company is planning to reduce the workforce, (reduction)
i _ ■ i I____1.
10   We got to our guest-house early enough for a meal, (time)
Hitiittiaii
PREPOSITIONS   - PAGE 303
126 Prepositional verbs (wait for)
1 Introduction
A prepositional verb is a verb + preposition.
I'm waiting for you.    The dog belongs to our neighbours. The preposition always goes before the object.
not I'm waiting you for. In questions the preposition usually goes at the end of the sentence (see Unit 38).
Who are you waiting for?
Some verbs can go with a number of different prepositions.
Vm looking at these photos. They're really good. I'm looking for my ticket. I can't find it anywhere. I'm looking after the children while their parents are out.    The police are looking into the matter.
2 Some common prepositional verbs
Here are some more examples.
Yes, I agree with you.     Tom's neighbours apologized for the noise.
I approve of the new scheme. I think it's a good idea.
Have you applied for the job?    The patient asked for a glass of water.
Do you believe in God?    I'm sorry, but I don't care about your problems.
Lots of people care for elderly relatives. (= look after)
I didn't care for the film. (= like)    Please concentrate on your work.
The US consists of fifty states.    I can deal with any enquiries.
Claire finally decided on a holiday in Turkey.
Whether we go out will depend on the weather.     I feel like a drink. {- want)
Everyone laughed at the joke.    I was listening to the radio.
Did you pay for the coffee?    You can't rely on the weather forecast.
I'll see to the matter at once.    Vicky suffers from headaches.
We do not normally use a preposition after these verbs: answer, approach, control, demand, enter, expect, leave, reach, request The President is entering the building. not He is entering into the building.
3 About, of and to
We can use about after many verbs. Here are some of them:
ask, complain, dream, enquire, hear, know, learn, protest, speak, talk, think, wonder
Did you hear about the accident?    Mark was talking about golf. We do not use about after discuss.
We discussed the problem, not We discussed about the prolilem.
Note the meaning of dream of, hear of and think of. I'd never tell you a lie. 1 wouldn't dream of it. Who's Ron Mason? ~ / don't know. I've never heard of him. Did you like the play? What did you think of it?
We can apologize to, complain to, talk to and write to a person.
I'm writing to my sister.    We talked to Natasha about classical music. We do not use to after phone.
I'm phoning the office, not I'm phoning to the office-
l> 70 Verb + preposition t -big form
PAGE 304   • VERBS WITH PREPOSITIONS AND ADVERBS
Practice
A Prepositions with look (l)
Complete the conversation between Laura and her friend Olivia. Put in after, at, for and into. Laura:   Did you say you were looking (►) *oT an au pair?
Olivia:    Yes. I was just looking (1)....................this advertisement. We need someone to look
(2)...............our children.
Laura:    Do you have to pay an au pair?
Olivia:    I'm not sure. I'll have to look (3)______________.......how it all works.
B Some common prepositional verbs (2)
This is some news that Melanie has received from an old friend. Put in these verbs and add a preposition after each one: agree, applied, ask, care, caring, concentrate, decided, pay, suffering
I'm working in a hospital now. I (►).. Applied, /for a nurse's job last July and started in August.
I don't earn much money, and I even had to (1)................................ my uniform out of
my own money. Perhaps I should (2) __________________a pay rise. But I don't really
(3)......................................the money. The work is the important thing. Of course it's very hard
work (4).........................______ the patients, and at the moment I'm (5)......................................
backache. But I knew it would be like this when I (6)................... a career in nursing.
I just try to forget all the problems and (7)......................................the job. I think it's a worthwhile
thing to do, and I'm sure you (8)................................... me.
C Some common prepositional verbs (2)
Put in the verbs and add a preposition if necessary.
Mark and Sarah had accepted an invitation to Mike and Harriet's party. Sarah had to stay late at work
to (see) one or two things. Her boss really (1) .........................(relies) her. It's
usually Sarah who (2)......................................(deals) ail the little problems. Sarah didn't really
(3)......................................(feel) going to a party but thought she ought to keep Mark company.
She decided to go straight to the party instead of going home first. She (4)..................
(reached) the house just after nine. Mark was sitting in his car outside waiting for her He was
(5) .................................. (listening) the radio. Sarah (6)......................................(apologized)
being late. At the party Mark talked to a strange woman who (7)..........................(believed)
ghosts. Sarah met a man who kept (8).....................................(laughing) his own jokes.
She managed to get away from him but couldn't avoid a woman who wanted to
(9)......................................(discuss) house prices. Mark and Sarah (10)....................................
(left) the party early and drove home feeling exhausted.
D About, of and to (3)
Complete the conversation. Put in about, of or to.
David:   Did you hear about my experience at the Quick Burger cafe?
Harriet:  No. And I've never heard (►) p+, the Quick Burger cafe.
David:   Oh, it's near the station. I was just talking (1) Melanie about it.
They took at least twenty minutes to bring me a burger. I don't call that quick. I complained (2)................. the waitress, and she poured a can of cola over me.
Harriet:  Really? She must have had a bad day.
David:   The manager wasn't there, so I've written (3) him to complain (4)
the service. It was terrible. I wouldn't go there if I were you. Harriet:  I wouldn't dream (5) going there. I hate those burger places.
......
VERBS WITH PREPOSITIONS AND ADVERBS   • I'AC.H 305
127 Verb + object + preposition
1 Introduction
We can use some verbs in the -structure: verb + object + preposition.
VtitlB OBJECT I'KKl'UStTlON
People admired      Cleopatra       for her beauty.
The trees     protect       the garden      from the wind.
In the passive, the preposition comes after the verb.
Cleopatra was admired for her beauty.    The garden is protected from the wind.
2 Verb + object + preposition
Here are some more examples.
Tom accused Nick of cheating at cards.    Can I add something to your list? You should never aim/point a gun at someone.
The player was arrested/punished for hitting an opponent    Let's ask someone for directions. The passengers blamed/criticized the airline for the delay. I'll have to borrow the money from my paints.
If you compare these figures with/to last year, you can see the improvement.
1 congratulated Andrew on his excellent exam results.
Mclanie cut/divided/split the pudding into four portions.
1'he cameras discourage/prevent motorists from speeding.
You should insure your camera against theft. It might get stolen.
Harriet has invited us to a party.    1 prefer hot weather to cold. I hate the cold.
The hotel provided/supplied us with a packed lunch.    Most people regard Picasso as a great artist.
The two men robbed the woman of her savings. They stole £2,000from her.
The restaurant was full. We shared a table with a young Swedish couple.
Mike doesn't spend much money on clothes.
Zedco suspected one of their managers of selling commercial secrets.
Don't forget to thank Tom for his help.    Victor translated the letter into English.
3 About, of and to
We can use about with tell and ask.
Did / tell you about my operation?    Ask your Travel agent about cheap flights. With inform we can use about or of.
You should inform everyone about/of the decision.
Look at these examples with warn.
A sign warned motorists about/of the danger, (warn about/of a danger)
A sign warned motorists about the hole m the wad. (want about something that might be dangerous) With remind, there is a difference in meaning between about and of.
Emma reminded inc. about my appointment. (- Emma told me not to forget.) Emma reminds me of my sister. {= Emma is like my sister.)
We can write, describe or explain something to a person.
I've written several letters to the company.     The woman described her attacker to the police.
t> 3 Give something to someone   t> 126 Wait for, belong to, etc.
I'AtlK 306   • VERBS WITH PREPOSITIONS AND ADVERBS
Practice
A Verb + object + preposition (2)
This is a sports commentary at the Olympic Games. Put in the correct prepositions, e.g. for, from.
So Australia's Steve Brearley wins the gold medal ahead of Germany's Klaus Schliemann and Ivan Podorosky of Bulgaria. They're just congratulating Brearley (►) pf> his victory. His speed over the
first kilometre split the runners (1).................two groups, and in the end it was a race between the
three leaders. Brearley prevented Schliemann (2}.................overtaking him in a sprint finish, I've
always regarded Brearley (3) .......a great athlete, and look how well he's done today. I would
even compare him (4)..................the great Emil Kristo himself. There's no doubt now that Brearley
will be invited (5)................Oslo for the next World Championships. So the Australian runner adds
another medal (6)..................his collection. And Australia are doing really well in the medals table. In
fact, they share second place (7)............the United States.
B Verb + object + preposition (2)
People are saying some surprising things.
Complete the replies using a verb + object + preposition.
I've bought a lot of books. I've spent £300.
What? Have you really ftftftfc. 1. P.*.....................
I don't like wine. I prefer water.
I don't believe that. Do you really...................................
You heard about David's accident. Well, he's blaming Tom.
But why? Why is he................................ ..........
I gave Claire a present, but she didn't thank me.
Did you say she didn't.................................................
The police say it's murder. They're accusing the head teacher.
What evidence do they have? How can they ...........................
We had no towels. The hotel didn't provide them.
Really? Why didn't they............................................... ........
It's my sister's wedding today, but she didn't invite me.
What! Do you mean she didn't.............................................,..
The team won a great victory, but no one congratulated them.
Oh? And why didn't anyone . .............................
A man pointed a gun. Melanie was terrified. You mean someone ..................................
►	Andrew:
	Emma:
1	Jessica:
	Daniel:
2	Melanie:
	Rita:
3	Henry:
	Sarah:
4	Tom:
	Rita:
5	Vicky:
	Rachel:
6	Natasha:
	Emma:
7	Nick:
	Trevor:
8	David:
	Harriet:
«.4.».....■
C About, of and to (3)
Put in about, of or to.
►  The interviewer asked Mrs Miles *bowt her parachute jump.
1 I've told the police.................people throwing stones at our windows.
2 That man over there reminds me..................someone I know.
3 The man explained..................the court that he had some personal problems.
4 Vicky is writing a letter..................her friends in Toronto.
5 There was a poster warning young people................. the dangers of drugs.
6 Melanie had to remind Nick the money he owed her,
7 We would like to inform our customers................. a number of improvements in the service
we offer.
VERBS WITH PREPOSITIONS AND ADVERBS   • PAGE 307
128 Phrasal verbs (1)
1 Introduction
Helio, Melanie. Good to see you. Come in and sit down. Take your coat off.
A phrasal verb is a verb + adverb, e.g. come in, sit down, take off. There are very many phrasal verbs in English.
Here are some adverbs which are used in phrasal verbs: about, along, around, away, back, behind, by, down, forward, in, off, on, out, over, round, through, up
Some of these words can also be prepositions. For prepositional verbs see Unit 126.
Understanding phrasal verbs
Some phrasal verbs are easy to understand.
Tom asked Melanie to come in. The man in front turned round and stared at me. The meanings are dear if you know the words come, in, turn and round.
But many phrasal verbs are idiomatic. The verb + adverb has a special meaning. Fortunately the plan came off. (= succeeded) Why did you turn down such a good offer? (= refuse) / can't make out if it's a man or a woman over there. (- sec clearly)
Sometimes a phrasal verb has the same meaning as a one-word verb.
find Out — discover go back = return go on = continue
leave out - omit make up = invent (a story) put off - postpone
send out = distribute throw away = discard turn up = arrive
The phrasal verb is usually more informal than the one-word verb.
Word order with phrasal verbs
When a phrasal verb has an object, the object can go either before or after the adverb.
	VERjB	OBJECT	ADVEKB			VERS	ADVERB
Melanie	took	her coat	Off.	or	Melanie	look	off
*	wrote	the number	down.	or	I	wrote	down
Who	let	the cat	out?	oh	Who	let	out
■
OBJECT
her coat, the number, the cat?
A long object goes after the adverb.
The gang have carried out a number of bank raids in the last few months. Why don't you try on that dress in the window?
A pronoun (e.g. it, them) always goes before the adverb. Melanie felt hot in her coat, so she took it off. not She wok off it.
There have been a number of raids. The police know who carried them out. not The police know who carried out them.
PAGE 30«   • VERBS WITH PREPOSITIONS AND ADVERBS
Practice
A Understanding phrasal verbs (1-2)
Work out the meaning of these phrasal verbs and put them in the right sentences:
come back, come in, cut out, fall over, get on, give away, go away, let in, lie down, pay back,
stay in, take back. (Use a dictionary if you need to.)
► Hello. Nice to see you. fcStel     anrj sjt down.
► I didn't have a key, but luckily someone was there to       me ifv.
1 Can't we go out somewhere? I don't want to.............. all evening.
2 Could you lend me ten pounds? I'll ...........you..................on Friday.
3 The pavement is very icy. Be careful you don't.......................
4 I was feeling so tired I had to...................................on the bed for a while.
5 There was an article in the newspaper that I wanted to and keep.
6 Mark's gone out, and I don't know when he's going to.................
7 The driver unlocked the coach so that the passengers were able to....................................
8 I'll have to.................. these books................ to the library.
9 Your brother was being a nuisance, so I told him to......................................
10 In order to get publicity, the company decided to.............................some of the new
sweets free to children.
B One-word verb and phrasal verb (2)
Put in a phrasal verb that means the same as the verb in brackets. Use the correct form of the phrasal verb.
Rachel: I've (►) .fp^A.P^ (discovered) what the problem is with the exam. Vicky:    Oh, good. Tell me.
Rachel: When they printed the papers, they (1).....................................(omitted) a page. No one
noticed until the papers had all been (2) (distributed). Now they'll
have to (3) ..............................(discard) all the papers and (4).....................................
(postpone) the exam.
Vicky:    Are you sure you haven't (5).....................................(invented) this whole story?
Rachel: It's true, I tell you. And isn't it good news?
Vicky:    I don't know about that. It means we'll have to (6) (continue) revising.
C Word order with phrasal verbs (3)
Complete the sentences by putting in the phrasal verbs. Some of the spaces you have to leave empty. Sometimes more than one answer is correct.
► The sweater was full of holes, so I threw it away (threw away).
► I've pwi >»e (put up) that picture we bought last week.
1 There's always litter here. No one ever ..........................it..................(pick up).
2 It's quite cold now. I think I'll ............................my coat ............ (put on).
3 I haven't heard from Rita lately. I might...............................her..................(ring up).
4 Daniel has to go into college to ........................ his project ...........(hand in).
5 I can't remember the address. I wish I'd...............................it..................(write down).
6 Nick is trying to ....................... all the money he's just lost........(win back).
7 I'm not going to have time to............................ these dishes.............(wash up).
8 If you don't know the number, you can...............................It..................(look up) in the phone
book.
9 There was an accident which ..............................all the traffic coming into town..................
(held up).
10   The words 'expect' and 'except' are so similar that i keep ...............them.............
(mix up).
VERBS WITH PREPOSITIONS AND ADVERBS   • I'Af.K 309
129 Phrasal verbs (2)
1 Everyday situations
Here are some phrasal verbs in everyday situations. Come on, we're going now. Trevor dug up an old coin in the garden. Yau have to fill in your name and address. How did you get on in the test? I usually get up late on Sundays. Vm going out for the evening.
Melanie poured tea for the guests and handed the cakes round. Hurry up. We haven't got much time. David hit his head on a lamppost and knocked himself out. Mark picked up the cassette and put it in the player. You have to plug the machine in first. I'm going to throw these old clothes away. We were too tired to wash up after the meal. Sarah woke up suddenly in the night.
2 Phrasal verbs and one-word verbs
Here are some phrasal verbs with the same meaning as a one-word verb (see also Unit 128.2). They're going to bring in a new law against drinking and driving. ( = introduce) How did the argument come about? (= happen) Emma isn't speaking to Matthew. They've fallen out. (= quarrelled) We've fixed up a meeting for next Tuesday. (= arranged) Trevor gave up playing football years ago. (= stopped) / had a pain in my arm, but it's gone away. (- disappeared) We heard the bomb go off five miles away. (- explode) The traffic was held up by road works. (- delayed)
The United Nations was set up to settle conflicts peacefully (= established) Vm trying to work out how much money I've spent. (- calculate)
3 Business situations
Here are some examples of phrasal verbs in business situations.
If we're spending too much money, we'll have to cut back. (= spend less) Our lawyers will draw up a new contract. (= write)
We mustn't fall behind in the race to develop new products. (= be slower than others) The two sides were close to an agreement, but it fell through. (= didn't happen) The company fought off a takeover by ICM Computers. {— managed to stop) / tried to ring Santiago, but / couldn't get through. (- make contact)
The company has laid off two hundred workers because of a lack of new orders. ( - dismissed) The computer will print out the details.
The consultants put forward a proposal to reorganize the company. {- suggested) Til get the information for you. Can I ring you back in half an hour? (= phone again) Sarah paid a visit to the client to try to sort out the difficulties. {- put right) The company boss has stepped down after ten years in charge. (— left the job) We are taking on the. challenge of expanding overseas. (= accepting) Large companies sometimes take over smaller ones. (- take control of)
PAGE 310   • VERBS WITH PREPOSITIONS AND ADVERBS
Practice
A Phrasal verbs in everyday situations (l)
Look at the pictures and say what is happening.
Use these phrasal verbs: dig up, pick up, plug in, throw away, wash up
Use these objects: the armchair, litter, the plates, the road, the television
1
2
3
4
B Phrasal verbs and one-word verbs (2)
1    Nick says he's stopped smoking.
2   How did the accident happen?
3   I think Matthew and Emma have quarrelled.
4   The problem isn't going to just disappear.
5   The government is introducing a new tax on computers.
6   Zedco want to establish a new sales office in Germany.
C Business situations (3)
Complete the news article about Zedco. Put in these words: fallen behind, fell through, fight off, laying off, put forward, sort out, step down, taking over, taken on
Zedco Chief Executive Barry Douglas has (►)       ™rwAr d a new pian cfeslgnecl to
(1)............................................the company's problems. It is only twelve months since Zedco
tried to strengthen its position by (2)..............................................Alpha Plastics. But the deal
(3).............................................., and Alpha managed to (4)..............................................
Zedco's attempts to take control. Since then Zedco has performed poorly and has
(5)..............................................in the race for market share. Managing Director James
Ironside has had to (6).............................................., and Barry Douglas has
(7)..............................................the task of rescuing the company. There are fears that the new
plan will mean (8)..............................................staff in order to reduce expenditure.
VERBS WITH PREPOSITIONS AND ADVERBS   ■ PAGE 311
130 Phrasal verbs (3)
1 Introduction
Look at the two adverbs in the two phrasal verbs push up and switch on. Here up has the sense of 'increasing1, and on has the sense of'connected'. The same meanings can be used with other verbs: for example, sales can go up, or a company can put up prices. But remember that an adverb can have more than one meaning; up can also mean completely': Aren't you going to eat up your cornflakes? There are some examples of adverb meanings in 2.
2 Adverb meanings
down - becoming less
turn down the music
bring down the cost of living down - completely to the ground
knock a house down
cut down a tree down - stopping completely
the car broke down
a factory closing down down - on paper
copy down the words
write down the message
note down the details off - away, departing
set off on a journey
jump in the car and drive off
see Emma off at the station
the plane look off
the pain is wearing off off - disconnected
switch off the heater
cut off our electricity
the caller rang off on - connected
Switch on the kettle
turn on the TV
leave the tights on all tught on - wearing
put a coat on
try the sweater on
on = continuing carry on working drive on a bit further hang on/hold on a minute
out - away, disappearing wash out the dirt cross out a mistake blow out the candle
out - to different people hand out free tickets share out the winnings
out - aloud
read out the article call out anxiously
out = from start to finish ivrife out the whole list work out the answer
over - from start to finish check your work over think the problem over
up = increasing prices are going up put up taxes speak up so we can hear
up - completely
eat up these chocolates fill up with petrol count up the money tear up the paper
Some phrasal verbs have more than one meaning:
Can you turn down tlie radio? [~- make less loud)
I turned down the offer, (= refused)
How do we get around this problem? (- deal with)
The news will soon get around. ( - be widely communicated)
PACK 312   • verbs with prepositions and adverbs
Practice
Adverb meanings (2)
Look back at B and then write the meaning of the underlined words in these sentences.
► I must get these ideas down in writing. o<\ pAp^r ...........
1 Daniel finished all the cake up...................................
2 I'm writing in pencil so I can rub gut my mistakes, .....................................
3 Vicky didn't answer. She just went on reading..................................
4 I'll just read over what I've written. .....................................
5 A woman in the audience shouted something out....................
6 The water was turned off for about an hour today......................................
7 Nick's aggressive manner frightens people off. ..................................
8 The company wants to keep its costs down. ....................................
9 The embassy was burnt down by terrorists.
10 Someone will have to type all these figures out.
11 Social workers were giving out soup to the hungry......................................
12 Luckily Zedco's sales figures are moving up again. ......_......__________________
13 The man was tall and dark. He had a blue jacket p_n. ......................
14 Business is so bad that many firms have shut down. .....................................
B Adverb meanings (2)
Put in the correct adverb.
►   Melanie: Everything is so expensive. Prices seem to be going WP> all the time.
David: Yes, and the government is supposed to be bringing inflation dow*.
1 Laura: You shouldn't leave the television...................all night.
Trevor: Sorry, I forgot. I usually turn it .........,......
2 Vicky: I've written the wrong word here. Rachel: Well, rub it..........
Vicky: I can't. It's in biro. I'll have to write the whole thing...................again.
3 Sarah: They're going to pull...................this beautiful old building.
Mark: I know. Some protesters were handing................leaflets about it.
4 Emma: Hold...................a minute. I thought I heard someone call................
Matthew: I think you must have imagined it.
C Adverb meanings (2)
What are they saying? Put in the phrasal verbs
2
►   I'm afraid the car has brokfeiv dow*.
1 Why don't you...............................
this coat?
2 Look, the plane is .......
3 I can't hear. Please
4 We're just .........
on holiday.
VERBS WITH PREPOSITIONS AND ADVERBS   • I'.H.l 313
131 Verb + adverb + preposition
1 Simple meanings
Look at these examples.
		ADVERB	PREPOSITION	
So you've	come	in	from	the cold.
The old man	fell	down	on	the pavement.
I couldn't	get	through	to	directory enquiries.
David decided to	get	up	onto	the roof.
It was nice to	8°	out	into	the fresh air.
We	look	out	over	the sea.
Everyone	looked	up	at	the aeroplane.
Vicky	ran	away	from	the fire.
I
2 Idiomatic meanings
A verb + adverb + preposition often has a special, idiomatic meaning which isn't clear from the individual words. Look at these examples.
Tom often calls in on/drops in on us without warning, (= pays short visits) You go on ahead. I'll soon catch up with you. (- reach the same place as) The police are going to clamp down on drug dealers. (= take strong action against) I'm afraid we've come up against another difficulty. {= be stopped by) Did Claire's trip come up to/live up to her expectations? (= Was it as good as she expected?) The country is crying out for a new leader, (= in great need of) We need to cut back on our spending. (- reduce) I'm trying to lose weight. I have to cut down on puddings. (= reduce) They should do away with these useless traditions. (= abolish) You've got to face up to your responsibilities. You can t just ignore them. (— not avoid) If plan A doesn't work, we've got plan B to fall back on. {- use if necessary) I'm tired, Mark. I don't really feel up to going out. (= have enough energy for) We can't go on holiday together if your dates don't fit in with mine. (- go together with) The thief managed to get away with about £2,000 in cash. (- steal and take away) The goods are damaged. We'll have to get on to our suppliers. (- contact) You haven't packed your suitcase yet. You'd better get on with it. (= start, continue) Mark doesn't really get on with Alan. They're always arguing. (- have a good relationship with) I have tots of little jobs to do, but I can never get round to actually doing them. (= find the right time for) / can't make a promise and then go back on it, can I? (- break, fail to keep) Matthew has decided to go in for the ten-mile 'Fun Run' this year. {- enter, compete in) Most of the audience had left in the interval, but the actors decided to go on with the show. (= continue) If you hold on to the rope, you'll be perfectly safe. (- keep your hands around) Daniel was walking so fast I couldn't keep up with him. (- go as fast as) I'm looking forward to the trip. {- thinking ahead with pleasure about) If you're going barefoot, look out for/watch out for broken glass. (= be careful about) I got some money from the insurance company, but nothing could make up for losing my wedding ring. (= compensate for) I'm not going to put up with this nonsense. (- tolerate) We've run out of milk, I'm afraid. (- We have none left.) Are you going to send away for your free gift? (- write to ask for)
PAtiE 314   • VERBS WITH PREPOSITIONS AND ADVERBS
Practice
A Simple meanings (l)
Put in these words: away from, down on, in from, out into, through to, up at, up onto
► To reach the light bulb, Trevor had to get . iM^wto,. the table.
1 Nick hurt himself when he was skating. He fell............_____.....................the ice,
2 It was a very long tunnel, but we finally came ....... .......... the sunshine.
3 Wondering if it was going to rain, Vicky looked......................................the clouds.
4 People were running_______............................the gunman as fast as they could.
5 I'm trying to phone my secretary, but I can't get....................................... the office.
6 When I've come ........................................the cold, I just want to sit by the fire.
B Idiomatic meanings (2)
Put in a verb + adverb + preposition which means the same as the expression in brackets,
► I'm afraid this product doesn't Nve.     tp. (be as good as) the claims made in the advertisement.
1 I'll just call at the garage. I don't want to..................................................{have none left) petrol.
2 If you want a catalogue, I'll............................................... (write to ask for) one.
3 We'd better..................................................(be careful about) sheep in the road.
4 I ...................................(think ahead with pleasure about) seeing you again soon,
Emma.
5 The teacher was dictating so fast we couldn't .................................................(go as fast as)
her.
6 Why should we have to..................................................(tolerate) this awful noise?
7 It's half past twelve. I'd better_____________....................................(start) making lunch.
8 Do you think the committee will.............................................(change) their earlier decision?
9 There was a problem with the cheque, so I decided to..................................................(contact)
my bank immediately.
10 I always like to............_______________.......................(enter) quiz competitions.
11 I'm trying to..................................................(reduce) the amount of coffee I drink,
12 I might lose my job. And I haven't got any savings to..................................................(use if
necessary).
13 I've been meaning to reply to Rachel's email, but I haven't managed to.,.........................................
(find the right time for) it yet.
14 An apology alone cannot..................................................{compensate for) all the
inconvenience.
C Idiomatic meanings (2)
What might you say in these situations? Use the words in brackets.
► You're tired. You can't go jogging, {don't feel up)
I dc**,<Ht fed Wp to jewj^trvd.
1 You like Melanie. The two of you are very friendly. {I get)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- t-------t----------------- - ■--------------------------------
2 You might go and see David. It would be a short visit, (might drop)
3 You don't mind what you do. You'll do the same as everyone else. (I'll fit)
4 You are too slow. Matthew is too far ahead of you. (can't catch up)
11....--,,.......Mi.....■ • ■ -.....' • I ■ -.........................■.......................,..............r
5 The sunny weather is nice. Last week was terrible, (is making up)
VERBS WITH PREPOSITIONS AND ADVERBS   • VM1V. 315
Test V: Verbs with prepositions and adverbs
Put the words in the right order to form a statement.
I won't forget the titles of the books, down / I've / them / written I ya writteri, tli£M dow<\........................................
1   I'll give you the money, for / I / must / my ticket / pay
mM-i-iilnl»t<- •••itltiiHHMtlllMMtll
2 I have to look smart, going to / I'm / on / put / that expensive grey coat I bought
3 Anna rang, invited / lunch / she's / to / us
4 Peter's got the photos, at / he's / looking / them
5 I wasn't allowed to go. from / leaving / me / prevented / the police
6 This programme is boring, going to / I'm / it / off / turn
B
Decide which word is correct.
► I'm not speaking to Oliver. I've fallen .9**%. with him. a} away   b) back   c) out   d) through
1 Everyone complained.........................the awful food.
a) about   b) for  c) on   d) over
2 You don't need this word. You should cross it........... .
a) down   b) out   c) over   d) up
3 It's late. How much longer are you going to go.........................working?
a) along   b) on   c) through   d) with
4 My shoes are dirty. I'd better take them.........................before I come in.
a) away   b) off  c) on   d) up
5 The bus journey costs more now. They've put the fares a) down   b) out   c) over   d) up
6 We all laughed.........................the cartoon.
a) at   b) for   c) on   d) to
7 We'd all decided to go on holiday together, but the plan fell ........., I'm afraid.
a) away   b) back   c) out  d) through
8 I suppose you're being nice to make the awful way you behaved yesterday. a) away of   b) down on   c) in with   d) up for
c
Write the correct sentence.
► Could you be a little quieter, please? I%> trying to-eeneentrate at my work. I m "tfy'."S<3 t° e&ts.ce.*.trA.-tC o*. My wort.
1 You haven't answered all the questions. You've left one away.
2 Where is Bigbury? l-ve-never heard-about it.
3 The children were frightened of the dog. They ran out-of4t-
I *. * I •  - •
I'AOI- 316   • VERBS WITH PREPOSITIONS AND ADVERBS
4 Michelle has got the job. You mustcongratulate her for her success.
5 My sister is in computers. She's going to-set out-her owrt-eompany.
6 I like Peter. He reminds me about an-old school friend-of mine.
7 Adrian has a suggestion. He wants to put it ahead-at the meeting.
Read the story and write the missing words. Use one word only in each space.
This true story is about a policeman in New York City who had a girlfriend he cared (►) for- very
much. I don't know if you regard New York City (1).............,.......................a dangerous place, but
the hero of our story certainly did, and he warned his girlfriend (2) ............. the
danger of walking the streets alone and the need to (3)........................... out for muggers.
But as he also believed (4).............. ......................being prepared for the worst, he bought a can of
gas that would protect his girlfriend (5)...................._____........  muggers. It certainly seemed
worth spending a few dollars (6)...................... ______The idea is that you point the thing
(7) .............................    your attacker and spray him with the gas. which knocks him
(8) -...................................... On the day he bought the gas, the policeman and his girlfriend
had arranged to go (9)....._______________.............for the evening. So he was looking
(10)................................to giving her the can later on. When he got home from work,
he had a bath and then sprayed some deodorant on himself. He knew nothing more until he
(11).......................... ........up in hospital the next day. He had picked (12).......... .........................
the wrong can and sprayed himself with the gas.
Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first. Use the word in brackets.
►   I'm trying to find my diary, (looking) I m loolcird Tor My dicu~y.
*■'•*..........*j............+ —...........................................................
1    You're too young to stop working, (give)
2   This bag is Janet's, (belongs)
3   Everyone continued working as usual, (carried)
4   They talked about the plan, (discussed)
5   I haven't got any money left, (run)
6   I told the police what the problem was. (explained)
7   I wouldn't tolerate such terrible conditions, (put)
8   They'll have to postpone the game, (off)
VERBS WITH PREPOSITIONS AND ADVERBS   • l'AOi; 3I7
132 Direct speech and reported speech
1  Direct speech
Look at these examples of direct speech. Trevor: I'm tired.
Wasn't it Greta Garbo who said, 7 want to be atone?
'But I don't love you, Henry,' replied Claire.
We can show that words are direct speech by putting them in quotation marks (''). See page 373. Sometimes the words are put after the speaker's name, in the script of a play or film, for example. In a picture we can put the words in a speech bubble.
2 Reported speech
In reported speech we give the meaning of what was said rather than the exact words.
Trevor says he's tired.
Wasn't it Greta Garbo who said that she wanted to be alone? Claire replied that she didn't love Henry.
The actress Melissa Livingstone and supermarket owner Ron Mason have announced that they are getting married next month. Melissa is sure they will be happy together, she told reporters.
In reported speech we often change the actual words, e.g. 'I'm tired' * he's tired. Sometimes the verb tense changes, e.g. / want * she wanted (see Unit 134).
In reporting we use verbs such as announce, answer, explain, mention, promise, reply, say, suggest, tell, warn. The most common of these are say and tell (see 3). We can also report thoughts. We think the meal was expensive.    Nick knew Rita wanted to be with someone else.
When we report statements, we often use that, but we can sometimes leave it out. You promised (that) you wouldn't be late.    Sarah was saying (that) there's a problem.
3 Tell or say?
tell
We use tell if we want to mention the hearer (the person spoken to).
Sarah's boss told her she could leave early.
NOT Sarah's boss told she could leave carly-
Daniel tells me he's ready. We use tell without an indirect object (e.g. her, me) only in the expressions tell a story, tell the truth and tell a lie.
earer, we use say.
Sarah's boss said she could leave early. not Sarah's boss said her she coidd leave early. Daniel says he's ready. We sometimes use to after say, especially when words are not reported.
The boss wanted to say something to Sarah. What did Matthew say to you?
1WJĽ 318    • REPORTED SPEECH
Practice
A Reported speech (2)
Why are these people at the doctor's? What do they say is wrong with them?
►   I get pains in 1   I can't sleep. 2   I've hurt my
my leg. back.
►   She says f ta qe±f.gAiiyf..i*..tar ......
1 She says................................................... 3
2 He says..........,.................................... 4
I feel sick all the time,
I fell over and
hurt myself.
B Reported speech (2)
Who said what? Match the words to the people and report what they said. If you can't match them, look at the answers at the bottom of the page.
► Mrs Thatcher a)   'All the world's a stage.'
1 Stokeley Carmichael b) 'Black is beautiful.'
2 Galileo c) 'Big Brother is watching you.'
3 Shakespeare d) "There is no such thing as society.'
4 George Orwell e) 'The earth moves round the sun.'
► Mr? Th&tctar £&id ttact. ttare. if. ad. f uch thi*^.. a*..foc.ie.ty..............................
1 ...........................................................................................,.......................................
2 .........................._______.......................................................................................
3.............................................................,„.„................................................................
4 ...........................................................,...................................................................
C Tell or say? (3)
Put in tell or say.
► All the experts       the earth is getting warmer.
► Did you .tall.. Mark and Sarah how to find our house?
1 The Sales Manager is going to..................everyone about the meeting.
2 Vicky, why don't you just .......... what the matter is?
3 They.................they're going to build a new Disney World here.
4 What did Natasha................about her holiday plans?
5 Could you..................me the way to the train station, please?
6 The company should................its employees what's going on.
7 You shouldn't..................lies, you know, Matthew.
8 Did you.................anything to Melanie about the barbecue?
REPORTED SPEECH   • l'ACi! 319
133 Reported speech: person, place and time
1 Introduction
I'm having a sparry here tomorrow evening)-. ( Would you and Melanie J like to come? ^
It's Friday afternoon. David is at Tom's flat. Tom has decided to have a party for all his friends.
A few minutes later Nick has arrived at the flat. Now David is reporting what Tom said. So instead of Tom's words I'm having, David says he's having.
The next day David is talking to Harriet. Now David is in a different place from where Tom first told him about the party. So instead of here, he says at his flat. And a day has passed since he first heard about it. It is now the day of the party. So instead of tomorrow evening, David says this evening.
2 Changes in reported speech
Changes from direct speech to reported speech depend on changes in the situation.
We may have to make changes when we are reporting something another person has said,
or when we report it in a different place or at a different time. Here are some typical changes.
Person:	I		he/she
	my	-+	his/her
Place:	here		there, at the flat
Time:	now	—►	then, at the time
	today	-»	that day, on Monday, etc.
	yesterday	-»	the day before, the previous day
	tomorrow	->	the next/following day, on Saturday, etc.
	this week	—*	that week
	last week	—♦	the week before, the previous week
	an hour ago		an hour before/earlier
PACE 320   • REPORTED SPEECH
Practice
A Changes in reported speech (1-2)
Read what each person says and then complete the sentences.
►	Vicky:	Daniel told me on Friday that he'd had a job interview the previous day.
		Daniel had a job interview on ..T^r^c^y....................,.,.
1	Trevor:	Laura tells me I need a haircut.
		......................................needs a haircut.
2	Claire:	My brother told me in 2002 that he expected to become Manager the following year.
		Claire's brother expected that he would become Manager in...................................
3	Alice:	I wanted to see Mark in April, but he said he was very busy that month.
		Mark was very busy in......................................
4	Harriet:	I saw Nick last week. He said he'd given up smoking the week before.
Nick gave up smoking......................................ago.
B Changes of person (1-2)
Put in the missing words.
LAURA RITA
C Changes of place and time (1-2)
Put in here, that day, the day before, the next day, the week before.
►	Rachel (a week ago):	I'm taking my driving test tomorrow.
	You (today):	When I saw Rachel, she said she was taking her driving test +ta *e.x-t dAy.
1	Emma (two days ago):	I've only had this new computer since yesterday.
	You (today):	
2	Matthew (a week ago):	I'm meeting a friend at the station later today.
	You (today):	Matthew said he was meeting a friend at the station later.......................
3	Mark (in the street):	I'll see you in the office.
	You (in the office):	
4	Sarah (a month ago):	The conference was last week.
	You (today):	
REPORTED SPEECH    • I'ACL 321
134 Reported speech: the tense change
1 When do we change the tense?
After a past-tense verb (e.g. said), there is often a tense change. 'It really is cold today' ~* Vicky said it was cold.
If the statement is still up to date when wc report it, then we have a choice. We can cither leave the tense the same, or we can change it.
You said you like/liked chocolate.      Claire told me her father owns/owned a racehorse.
Sarah said she's going/she was going to Rome in April. We can say that Sarah is going to Rome because it is still true that she will go there.
If the statement is no longer up to date, then we change the tense.
Claire once told me that her father owned a racehorse. (He may no longer own one.)
Sarah said she was gomg to Rome in April. (Now it is May.) Now Sarah's trip is over, so it is no longer true that she js going to Rome.
We usually change the tense if we think the statement is untrue or may be untrue. You said you liked chocolate, but you aren't eating any. The Prime Minister claimed that the government had made the right decision,
2 Is —► was? like -* liked, etc.
Look at these examples of the tense change.
DIRECT SPEECH
Andrew is working.' ''The windows aren't locked.' 'Tve fixed the shelves.' 'Its been raining.' 'We've got plenty of time.' lWelike the flat.'
REPORTED SPEtiCH
Jessica said Andrew was working. Mark told me the windows weren't locked. Trevor said he'd fixed the shelves. We noticed it had been raining, Rachel insisted they had plenty of time. The couple said they liked the flat.
If the verb phrase is more than one word (e.g. is working), then the first word changes,
e.g. is working ~* was working, have fixed —► had fixed, don't know ~* didn't know.
If the verb is already in the past tense, then it can stay the same or change to the Past Perfect.
'We came by car.' 'Sorry. I wasn't listening:
They said they came/they had come by car. I admitted I wasn't listening/hadn't been listening.
B
If the verb is Past Perfect, it stays the same.
'My money had run out,'
Daniel said his money had run out.
3 Modal verbs: can —► could, etc.
Can, may and will change to could, might and would.
'You can sit over there.' —*     The steward said we could sit here.
'I may go to Bali again,' -*     Claire said she might go to Bali again.
'I'll help if you like: *     Tom said he would help.
Could, might, ought to, should and would slay the same. But must can change to have to,
'Sarah would love a holiday:     ~*     Mark thought Sarah would love a holiday. 1 must finish this report.' —>     Sarah said she must finish/had to finish the report.
PACIE 322   • REPORTED SPEECH
Practice
A When do we change the tense? (1)
Put in is or was. Sometimes both are possible.
► I heard today that the house M for sale. I wonder who will buy it.
► I saw David yesterday. He said he       on his way to visit his sister.
1 This wallet is made of plastic not leather. Why did you tell me it................... leather?
2 We had to hurry yesterday morning. Just as we arrived at the station, we heard an announcement that the train............... about to leave.
3 I saw Emma just now. She said her tooth................still aching.
4 I'm surprised Matthew lost. I thought he . much better at tennis than Daniel.
5 When he spoke to reporters yesterday, Mr Douglas said that Zedco............now in a much
better financial position.
B The tense change (2)
Complete the replies. The second speaker is surprised at what he or she hears.
►	Matthew:	Emma and I are getting married.
	Rachel:	Really? But you said last week .you werWt ^attusfl., warritd......................
►	Rita:	I like pop music more than classical music.
	Laura:	
1	Vicky:	I haven't finished my project.
	Emma:	
2	Rachel:	I'm on a diet.
	Natasha:	
3	Andrew:	I enjoy parties.
	Daniel:	
4	Matthew:	I'm applying for the job.
	Rachel:	
C The tense change (2-3)
A comedy show called 'Don't Look Now!' has just closed after five years in London's West End. Here's what the critics said when it opened five years ago.
► 'It's a marvellous show.' The Daily Mail 4
► 'You'll love it.' The Guardian 5
1 The production is brilliant.' The Sunday Times 6
2 I cant remember a funnier show.' Edward Devine 7
3 'It made me laugh.' Robert Walsh 8
'You must see it.' The Evening Standard
'It will be a great success.' The Telegraph
'You might die laughing.' The Express
'It's the funniest show I've ever seen.' Susan Proctor
'You shouldn't miss it.' 77me Out
Now report what the critics said.
► Tke DAily Ma.i1 > Aid., it WAS a, MArve.l1oW5 Show
► Tlia Cji*Ardiaa ,fAid people would love it.
1.............................................................................
2 ...............................„„..................................,........
3......................................................................s________
4 .............................,...............................................
5.......................________..-..................................._.„,.
6 .......................-.,.„...„..........................................
7 ,„............................................................................
REPORTED SPEECH    • I'At; I- 323
135 Reported questions
1 Wh-questions
We can report questions with verbs like ask, wonder or want to know. Look first at these wh-qucstions.
DIRECT QUESTION
'When did you start acting, Melissa?'
What's the time?'
Which way is the post office?' 'How can we find out?' 'Where can we eat?'
REPORTED QUESTION
Guy asked Melissa when she started acting. ! just asked what the time is. Someone wants to know which way the post office is. I was wondering how we can find out. They're asking where they can eat.
Wh-questions have a word like when, what, which or how both in direct speech and in reported speech.
Yes/no questions
DIRECT QUESTION
'Has the taxi arrived yet?' ~
'No, not yet.' 'Can we take photos?' ~
'Yes, of course.' 'is there a cafe nearby?' ~ 'No.'
Reported yes/no questions have if or whether.
REPORTED QUESTION
Someone was wondering if/whether the taxi has arrived yet.
The visitors want to know if/whether they can take photos.
Daniel asked if/whether there was a cafe nearby.
3 Word order
In a reported question the subject comes before the verb, as in a statement. Guy asked Melissa when she started acting.
Someone was wondering if the taxi has arrived yet not Someone was wondering if has the taxi arrived yet:
4 Asking for information
To ask politely for information, we sometimes use a reported question after a phrase like Could you tell me ...? or Do you know ...?
Could you tell me what time the concert starts?
Do you know if there's a public phone in the building?
Have you any idea how much a taxi would cost? Note the word order a taxi would cost (see 3).
5 The tense change: is —► was, etc.
In reported speech there arc often changes to the tense, to pronouns and so on.
This depends on changes to the situation since the words were spoken.
For details see Units 133 and 134. Flere are some examples of the tense change.
'What's the problem?' 'How much money have you got, Vicky?' 'Does Nick need a lift?' 'Can you type?'
We asked what the problem was. I was wondering how much money Vicky had. Tom asked if Nick needed a lift. They asked me if I could type.
PACE 324    • REPORTED SPEECH
Practice
A Reported questions (1-3)
These people are at the tourist information centre. What do they want to know?
► .£he wArvt* to twiw wibvb the ii\tere£tiruj Si^htf Are.
► He wA>t5 to tftpw if the cervtre Ka> ^ot a towry plAry.
1 ................................................................._________.................................................................
2 ........................................................................-.................................................................
3 „.............................................................,............................................................................
4 .t„».^...t.„.t.....................................TT,..........................................,........ ...
B Asking for information (4)
You need information. Ask for it using Could you tell me ...? or Do you know ...?
► Where are the toilets? (tell) Could ypw..tell we where the toilet? .Are?
1 Can I park here? (know)......................................................................
2 How long does the film last? (tell).......................................................................
3 How often do the buses run? (know) ......................................................................
4 Are we allowed to smoke? (know) ............................____________................................
5 What time is the flight? (tell) .....................................................................
6 How much does a ticket cost? (tell).......................................................................
C The tense change (5)
Barry Douglas, Zedco Chief Executive, is talking to a reporter about his business career. He can still remember his first job interview after leaving school.
	Interviewer:	Barry:
	'Where do you live?'	The interviewer asked me where I lived.......................
►	'Have you worked before?'	She asked me if '       worked before.
1	'Why do you want the job?'	She wanted to know..............................................
2	'How did you hear about it?'	
3	'Are you fit?'	
4	'Can you work on Saturdays?'	
5	'How will you travel to work?'	She wanted to know........................................................
6	'Have you got a bicycle?'	
7	'How much do you hope to earn?'	
8	'When can you start?'	
REPORTED SPEECH   • ['MM. 325
136 Reported requests, offers, etc.
1  Reported orders and requests
We can use the structure tell/ask someone to do something.
REPORTED SPEECH
A policeman told me to move the car. Melanie is always telling David to be careful. We asked our neighbours to turn the music down.
DIRECT SPEECH
'Please move this car.' 'You really must be careful.' 'Would you mind turning the music down?'
The negative is tell/ask someone not to do something.
'You mustn't leave the door unlocked.' -» 'Please don't wear those boots in the house' -*
We can also use the structure ask to do something.
Mr Atkins told Mark not to leave the door unlocked. I asked you not to wear those boots in the house.
'Can I see your ticket, please?'
The inspector asked to see my ticket,
We use ask for when someone asks to have something.
'Can I have some brochures, please?' ~*   I asked (the travel agent) for some brochures.
It is also possible to report an order or request like this. A policeman told me (that) I had to move the car. We asked our neighbours if they would mind turning the music down.
2 Reported offers, suggestions, etc.
We can use agree, offer, promise, refuse and threaten with a to-infinitive.
DIRECT SPEECH REPORTED SPEECH
'We'll pay for the damage.' 'I'll definitely finish it by the end of next week.'
We offered to pay for the damage. You promised to finish the work by the end of this week.
UJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJ^UJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJIMMM^M^H^M^^H We can also use an object + to-infinitive after advise, invite, remind and warn.
7 think you should take a taxi.' -»   Mark advised us to take a taxi.
'Don't forget to ring me.' —»   I reminded David to ring me.
We can use an ing-form after admit, apologize for, insist on and suggest.
■
7 really must have a rest.'	-*   Emma insisted on having a rest.
'Shall we go to a nightclub?'	—*   Claire suggested going to a nightclub.
3 Admit that, insist that, etc.
We can use a clause with that after admit, advise, agree, insist, promise, remind, suggest and warn. Trevor admitted (that) he had forgotten the shopping. Claire insisted (that) we all went round to her flat for coffee. You promised (that) you would finish the work by the end of this week. I warned you (that) Nick's dog is very fierce.
t> 62 Verb + to-infinitivc/-ing form   > 65 Verb + object + to-infinitive
PAGE 326   • REPORTED SPEECH
Practice
A Tell/ask someone to do something (1)
Trevor isn't feeling very happy. Everyone has been telling him what to do. Report the orders and requests.
►•   His mother: Can you dig my garden, please, Trevor?
Hj£.Mother . A£tted ji'.M to di4 har ^Arder<. 1   The doctor: You must take more exercise.
2   His boss: Would you mind not playing computer games in the office?
3   A traffic warden: You can't park your car in the High Street.
4   Laura: Could you put some shelves up, please, Trevor?
B Reported offers, suggestions, etc. (2)
Complete the sentences. Report what was said.
^^VVould you like to"^. vstay for lunch. Claire?/
All right. I won't talk about football
You ought to take a break, Andrew,
I'm sorry I forgot the shopping.
V
6
're going to the letter, don't forget, Vicky^,
Laura! Don't touch the electric wires!,.
►
►
1
2
3
4
5
6
Sarah invited CUire. to, *tAy for Iwfvcft..... Tom agreed *ot. .to. .tAlk About fpptbAll.
Matthew advised.........................................
Mike apologized............................................
Tom suggested............................................
Rachel reminded..........................................
Mr Atkins admitted ........................................
Trevor warned...............................................
C Admit that, insist that, etc. (3)
Combine each pair of sentences using that.
►  The roads were dangerous. The police warned us.
The. poj ice wAr*ed      t tat. the r.oAdV were dA^erouf, 1    Everything will be ready on time. The builders have promised.
2   We have to check the figures carefully. The boss insists.
3 Tom's story wasn't completely true. He's admitted it.
4 Emma's train was about to leave. Matthew reminded her.
REPORTED SPEECH   • PA<lli 327
Test W: Reported speech
Some of these sentences are correct, and some have a word which should not be there. If the sentence is correct, put a tick (S). If it is incorrect, cross the unnecessary word out of the sentence and write it in the space.
► You promised you wouldn't be late. £..„...................
► Susan thought '-That-1 can't understand what's happening.' .................
1 Do you know me what time the coach leaves? ...... ..........
2 Robert wanted to know if did the price included breakfast. ........................
3 Anna insisted on showing us her photos, _____________
4 Someone asked us whether that we had eaten lunch...........................
5 Nancy told me she had started the job the week before. .........................
6 Nigel said me he wanted to come with us..............
7 My friend said she did liked her new flat.
8 Martin asked us for not to wake the baby. ____________________
B
Decide which word is correct.
>   What did that man say "tp.ypu 7
a) at you   b) for you  c) to you  d) you
1 I rang my friend in Australia yesterday, and she said it ______ ______ raining there.
a) is   b) should be   c) to be  d) was
2 The last time f saw Jonathan, he looked very relaxed. He explained that he'd been on holiday the..............................week.
a) earlier   b) following   c) next   d} previous
3 I wonder ..........................the tickets are on sale yet.
a) what   b) when  c) where  d) whether
4 I told you............... .... switch off the computer, didn't I?
a) don't   b) not   c) not to   d) to not
5 Someone _______......me there's been an accident on the motorway.
a) asked   b) said   c) spoke   d) told
6 When I rang Tessa some time last week, she said she was busy...............................day.
a) that   b)the   c) then   d) this
7 When he was at Oliver's flat yesterday, Martin asked if he................______ use the phone.
a) can   b) could  c) may  d) must
8 Judy...................._____......going for a walk, but no one else wanted to.
a) admitted   b) offered   c) promised   d) suggested
c
Read the news report and write the missing words. Use one word only in each space. Sometimes there is more than one possible answer.
Police have warned people fp-) jfeK, watch out for two men who have tricked their way into □n old woman's home and stolen money. The men called on Mrs Iris Raine and said
(1)....................................were from the water company and wanted to check
(2) ..............., ........... her water was OK. They asked if (3)........................ ________would
mind letting them into her house. The woman didn't ask (4) ________. ,., ______________________see their identity
cards. She said she (5)..................................... know about any problem with the water.
The men explained that they (6) just discovered the problem but
PAGE 32S*   • REPORTED SPEECH
that it was very simple and (7).....................................take long to check. The woman asked
(8) ...............................the service was free, and they said yes. They (9)................ .........
to know where the water tank was. While one man ran water in the kitchen, the other went upstairs and took several hundred pounds from a drawer in a bedroom. The men then left saying that they would return the (10) .................................day to have another look.
Complete each sentence by reporting what was said to you yesterday. Use said and change the tense in the reported speech.
►   Polly: I'm really tired.
When I saw Polly yesterday,..f&fe. *.*'.<*. r£A,)y. P.QBfc........................................
1 Tessa: I feel quite excited.
When I saw Tessa yesterday,.............................................................-......................
2 Nigel: I can't remember the code word.
When I saw Nigel yesterday,.......................................................................................
3 Robert: I won't be at the next meeting.
When I saw Robert yesterday,...................,............................. ............ ..........
4 The twins: We've got a problem.
When I saw the twins yesterday,....................................................................................
5 Michelle: I've been swimming.
When I saw Michelle yesterday, ______.......................................................................
6 Your friends: We would like to be in the show. When I saw my friends yesterday,.....
7 Adrian: I don't need any help,
When I saw Adrian yesterday, ................................................................................
8 Susan: My sister is coming to see me.
When I saw Susan yesterday, ....................................................................................
Report the sentences. They were all spoken last week. Use the verbs in brackets.
► Anna to Janet: Don't forget to sign the form, (remind)
Ahha, ranrtiftdcd JA*\.et . ;to -the for**. __________....... .....................
► Robert: What time will the office close this evening? (ask)
Robert A*k.ad wWi-. ti.Me. tta of-fice would close tkst avardryj.
1 A policeman to Christopher: Stop shouting, (tell)
2 Tessa: It was me. I ate all the cake yesterday, (admit)
3   Adrian: I'm sorry I was rude, (apologize)
4   Simon to Susan: Would you like to join me for lunch? (invite)
5   Martin to Nancy: Did someone ring you an hour ago? (ask)
6   Peter: I really must leave, (insist)
REPORTED SPEECH   ■ PAGE 329
137 Relative clauses with who, which and that
1 Introduction
Emma:     / saw Natalie the other day.
Melan ie:   Natalie? The girl who plays the piano ?
Emma:     No, that's Natasha. Natalie is the student who dropped out of college, the one who never did any studying. She's working in Davidsons now, the shop that sells very expensive clothes.
The relative clauses in this conversation identify which person or thing we are talking about. The clause who plays the piano tells us which girl Melanie means. The clause that sells very expensive clothes tells us which shop Emma means.
Sometimes we can use an adjective or a phrase to identify someone or something. Adjective: the tall girl    the new student    the red car
Phrase: the. man in the suit    the shop on the corner    the woman with red hair
Rut when we need a longer explanation, we can use a relative clause. Relative clause:  the woman who gets up early    the car that broke down
2 Who, which and that
The relative pronouns who, which and that go after the noun and at the beginning of the relative clause. Who refers to people.
Nick is the man who owns that enormous dog.    I don't like people who tell jokes all the time. The little girl who sat next to me on the coach ate sweets the whole way. Sarah is pretty annoyed with the person who stole her mobile phone. We can also use that, but it is less usual. Jake is the man that plays the guitar. The woman that lived here before us is a romantic novelist.
That and which refer to things. That is more usual than which, especially in conversation. The car that won the race looked very futuristic, didn't it? They've recaptured all the animals that escaped from the zoo. The children saw the actual spacecraft that landed on the moon.
Which can be a little formal.
There are several restaurants which do Sunday lunches. Is Zedco the company which was taken over last year?
We do not use another pronoun like he or il with the relative pronoun. not the man who he owns that enormaits-dog-not the actual spacecraft that it landed on the m<xm~
In all these sentences who, which and that are the subject of the relative clause. For who, which and that as object, see Units 138 and 139.
PAGE 330   • RELATIVE CLAUSES
Practice
A Identifying (1)
Look at the information and identify which one is meant.
Use the shortest way of identifying where possible, e.g. the tall boy, not the boy who is tall, ►  the boy (he is tall) -* -U1I hr,y
► the man (he has a beard) -*        .      "(1$ & >eArd
* the woman (she plays golf) tke. . womai\ wtip plAyf got?.......
1 the young man (he is at the door) -* ..............................,......_______
2 the man (he plays his stereo at night) -* _____________________..........
3 the woman (she is very thin)
4 the girl (she has green eyes)
5 the young woman (she is in the office)
6 the man (he drives a taxi)
7 the young man (he is smart)
8 the student (she failed all her exams)
i«|i|i>Iiii»iiIi( tihi*
.-----..„„-..
.........----r r. , n----......—----, ---......., - - 1
. * , ■4*-*~»4|f»t«±tjjlILMllt( i I ■•♦**<i it--.!   i i   #11 - t 11 f ?* ;r-H-i-T-r-i < ■
IMA.......i ,i(-j--< I......- * r i     |,|4fi|itlftil||it»ititi iiiiiiii__i.iiiti*i»
i ««.*»,«■ fl^Ml---........Ill----'.......r.,,,....., --- ,      - - - - ,
B Who, which and that (2)
Complete the conversation. Put in who, which or triaL There is always more than one possible answer. Emma:     Shall we have something to eat?
Matthew: Yes, but not here. I don't like cafes (►).that don't have chairs. I'm not one of those
people (►} w^ can eat standing up, Emma:     There's another restaurant over there,
Matthew: It looks expensive - one of those places (1)..................charge very high prices. The only
customers (2) can afford to eat there are business executives (3)..................
get their expenses paid. Anyway, I can't see a menu. I'm not going into a restaurant (4) ........ doesn't display a menu.
Emma:     We just passed a cafe (5)..................does snacks.
Matthew: Oh, I didn't like the look of that.
Emma:     You're one of those people (6) are never satisfied, aren't you?
C Relative clauses (1-2)
Combine the information to make news items. Make the sentence in brackets
into a relative clause with who or which. Start each sentence with the, e.g. The man ...
P  A man has gone to prison. (He shot two policemen.)
The.   MAft  who  $Jtot  two pol IC£M&*,   tlAS .^OAC   tp $T\SO*...............................
1 A bomb caused a lot of damage. (It went off this morning.)
2 A scientist has won the Nobel Prize. (He discovered a new planet.)
3 A footballer has been banned from playing again. (He took drugs.)
4 A little girl has been found safe and well. (She had been missing since Tuesday.)
5 A company has laid off thousands of workers. (It owns Greenway Supermarkets.)
6 An old lady now wants to swim the English Channel. (She did a parachute jump.)
■ ■  ■ ■
-----r - -----------
RELATIVE CLAUSES    • PAGE 331
138 The relative pronoun as object
Subject and object
Harriet is showing David her holiday photos.
Harriet:    That's an old castle that we visited on holiday. And those are some people we met, a couple who were staying at the campsite.
David:     Mm. They look very friendly.
A relative pronoun such as who or that can be the subject of a relative clause.
Harriet talked to a couple
I
who
were staying at the camp-site.
They were staying at the camp-site.)
The postcard
that
It
came this morning was from Harriet. came this morning.)
A relative pronoun can also be the object of a relative clause.
Mike and Harriet are visiting a woman
(They met
who her
they met on holiday.
on holiday.)
The old castle\that
(We visited
it.
we visited was really interesting.
Wc do not use another pronoun like her or it with the relative pronoun. NOT a woman who they met her    NOT the old castle that we visited it
Leaving out the relative pronoun
We can leave out the relative pronoun when it is the object of the relative clause. Wc do this especially in spoken English. Compare these examples.
WITH OBJECT PRONOUN
The man who Vicky saw at the concert is Sarah's boss.
That's an old castle that we visited.
WITHOUT OBJECT PRONOUN
The man Vicky saw at the concert is Sarah's boss.
That's an old castle we visited.
Here are some more examples of relative clauses without an object pronoun. We don't know the name of the person the police are questioning. The cakes Melanie baked were delicious. That jacket you're wearing is falling to pieces, Mike.
Remember that we cannot leave out a pronoun when it is the subject of a relative clause. The man who spoke to Vicky is Sarah's bass.
Who and whom
In formal English, whom is sometimes used when the object of the relative clause is a person.
The person who/whom the police were questioning has now been released. But in conversation whom is not very common.
.!■ 332   • RELATIVE CLAUSES
Practice
A Subject and object (1)
Comment on the conversations. Add a sentence with who or that as the subject of the underlined part.
► She's Tom's new girlfriend. ~ Who is? ~ That girl. She just said hello. That's right. The ..3»rl.. who just *Aid hello is_To^y _^fcw ^irlfria^d,
1 The dog has been rescued. ~ What dog? - It fell down a hole.
Haven't you heard? The..................................................................................................
2 The story was untrue. - What story? ~ You know. It upset everyone.
Yes, the.....................________..............................................................................................
3 He's a film producer. - Who is? - That man. He interviewed Natasha,
That's what I heard. The..............................................................................................................
Now comment on these conversations. Add a sentence with who or that as the object of the underlined part.
4 The accident wasn't very serious. - What accident? ~ Oh, Daniel saw it.
Yes, the ......................................................................................................................
5 He's a billionaire. - Who is? ~ That man. Claire knows him.
It's true. The ........................... .....-....................................................................................
6 The vase was extremely valuable. - What vase? ~ You know. David broke it.
That's right. The...............................................................................................................
7 It's really nice. ~ What is? ~ The jacket. Melanie wore it at the party.
Yes, it is. The........................................................................................... ...................
B Leaving out the relative pronoun (2)
Complete the script for these TV advertisements. Use a relative clause without a pronoun,
► Fresho soap. Beautiful people use it. (& the..SoAp beAuti-ful people use....................
1 An Everyman car. You can afford it..........................................................................................
2 'Hijack'. People want to see this film....................................................................
3 Greenway Supermarket. You can trust it............................
4 'Cool' magazine. Young people read it.........................................................................
5 Jupiter chocolates. You'll love them.....................................................
C Leaving out the relative pronoun (2)
Look carefully at these sentences. Are they correct without a relative pronoun? Where you see *, you may need to put in who, which or that. Write the sentences and put in a pronoun only if you have to.
► The man * paid for the meal was a friend of Tom's.
Th£ MAr> W.hp pAid -for the. mcaI wft£ & -frieisd of Tom 5.............
► The meeting * Mark had to attend went on for three hours.
The wee t irv^ M&rk. h<\d to Attend went ory Tor three hours. 1   Somewhere I've got a photo of the mountain * we climbed.
2   The man * repaired my car is a real expert.
3   The detective lost sight of the man ★ he was following.
4   I thought I recognized the assistant ★ served us.
5   I'm afraid the numbers ★ I chose didn't win a prize.
RELATIVE CLAUSES   • PAGE 333
139 Prepositions in relative clauses
1 Introduction
A relative pronoun (e.g. that) can be the object of
a preposition (e.g. for). This is the (ms that
I've been waiting for.
I've been waiting fortthe bus.
The restaurant
that
we normally go to is closed today.
We normally go to
the restaurant.
In informal spoken English we normally put the preposition at the end of the relative clause. Compare the word order.
STATEMENT
I've been waiting for the bus. We go to the restaurant.
relative clause
the bus that I've been waiting for
the restaurant that we go to
We do not use another pronoun like it or her after the preposition. not the restaurant that we go to it    not someone who I work with her
Leaving out the pronoun
We often leave out the relative pronoun when it is the object of a preposition.
WITH OBJECT PRONOUN
The bus that I'm waiting for is late. Is this the article which you were interested in? Thai's the man who I was talking about.
without OBJECT pronoun
The bus I'm waiting for is late. Is this the article you were interested in? That's the man I was talking about
Here are some more examples of relative clauses without an object pronoun. / can't remember the name of the hotel we stayed at. This is the colour we've finally decided on. The shop I got my stereo from has lots of bargains.
3 A preposition at the beginning
These examples are typical of formal English.
Was that the restaurant to which you normally go?
Electronics is a subject about which I know very little.
The Sales Manager is the person from whom I obtained the figures. Here the preposition comes at the beginning of the relative clause, before which or whom.
We cannot put a preposition before that or who.
a subject (that) I know little about not a subject about tbi&-l-kttt>w little
the person (who) I got the figures from not the person from who I got the figures
> 138.3 Whom
PAGE 334   • relative CLAUSES
Practice
A A preposition at the end (1-2)
What are they saying? Put in sentences with a preposition at the end.
► (Mark has been looking for this letter.) Thr*     tiie latter I Ve beer lookiiuj for.
1 (Rachel was talking about that film.)..........................................................................
2 (Laura has decided on this wallpaper.) ...................................................................,
3 (Matthew played tennis with that man.)..................................................................
4 (David fell down those steps.).................................________________........__________________
B A preposition at the end (1-2)
Match the phrases and write the definitions. Put the preposition at the end of the relative clause.
►	a kitchen	a cupboard	you hit nails with it
1	a hammer	the person	you keep valuable things in it
2	your destination	a piece of furniture	you cook in it
3	a safe	the place	you can either sit or sleep on it
4	your opponent	a room	you're going to it
5	a sofa bed	a tool	you're playing against them
►	A fcitcke* is a	rooM vow Cook i*.	
1			
2			
3			
4			
5			
C A preposition at the beginning (3)
It's election time. All the politicians are arguing.
Rewrite the first sentence using a preposition at the beginning of a relative clause. ►   I cannot agree with that statement. I hope I've made that clear.
"TliAt ji a <tAteiweftt wi tk wtuck I cA*Aot fl^ree. 1   Our party believes in that idea. i say this from the bottom of my heart.................
2   I am strongly opposed to that policy. And I am not afraid to say so
3   No one cares about these people. They are the forgotten people.
4   Your party should be ashamed of those mistakes. And everyone knows that.
5   The government is now dealing with that problem. How many times do I have to tell you?
relative clauses   • PAGE 335
140 Relative structures with whose, what and it
1 Whose
Vicky: Daniel:
Vicky: Daniel:
What Td really like is a job in television.
The other day J met a man whose sister
works in television.
Who? What's her name?
Oh, I don't know. She's the woman whose
car Tom crashed into.
Here whose sister means his sister (the sister of the man Daniel met), and whose car means her car (the car belonging to the woman). Mere are some more examples.
Someone whose bicycle had been stolen was reporting it to the police
Wayne Johnson is the man whose goal won the game for United.
We use whose mainly with people, e.g. someone, the man. But sometimes it goes with other nouns. Which is the European country whose economy is growing the fastest? Round the corner was a building whose windows were all broken. Melanie was looking after a dog whose leg had been broken m an accident.
2 What
We use the relative pronoun what without a noun in front of it. The shop didn't have what I wanted. {= the thing that T wanted) What we saw gave its quite a shock. (= the thing that we saw)
We can also use what to give emphasis to a word or phrase, to make it more important. Compare these examples.
NEUTRAL
Rachel's stereo kept me awake. Vicky is looking for a job in television 1 want to make a fresh start. They booked a holiday together.
T-MPHAnC
What kept me awake was Racket's stereo. What Vicky is looking for is a job in television. What 1 want to do is make a fresh start. Wliat they did was book a holiday together.
3 It
We also use it + be + a relative clause to give emphasis.
NEUTRAL
Tom had an accident. The computer gives me a headache. Tm eating chocolate cake. Mike's uncle died on Thursday.
LMPHATIC
It was Tom who had an accident (not David). It's the computer that gives me a headache. It's chocolate cake (that) Tm eating. It was on Thursday that Mike's uncle died.
We must put in a pronoun when it is the subject of the relative clause (e.g. who had an accident). If it is the object (e.g. that I'm eating), then we can leave it out (see Unit 138.2).
PAG E 336   • RELATIVE CLAUS ES
Practice
A Who or whose? (1)
You are reading a crime story. One of these people has murdered the industrialist Colin Howard. Look at the detective's notes and write a sentence about each person. Use a relative clause with who or whose.
► George Paxton, company director - he had an argument with Colin
C|eor^c ii the coM^AAy director who tad.. aa . Ar^UMe«yt _with. Coli^......................
► Vera Stokes, politician - her sister once worked for Colin
Ver* i* the {iDliticiAis who^e sifter .P'sce worfcad -for Co)iis,.................
1    Felix Reeves, journalist - his tape recorder was stolen
2   Graham Wilshaw, architect - he knew Colin at school
3   Rex Carter, farmer - Colin bought his land
4   Norman Bridge, lawyer - he looked after Colin's interests
5   Sonia Goldman, house guest - her fingerprints were on the door handle
B What (2)
Zedco Chief Executive Barry Douglas is telling a group of managers how to run a business successfully. He emphasizes the underlined words using what. ►  You must pay attention to the details.
Wtat you mm*t £Ay Attervtioiv tp. Are the det a|\f. .4.................
1 You have to think about your profit.
2 You must know the needs of your customers.
3   You should work towards a realistic target.
4   You need to plan ahead.
C It (3)
Quiz champion Claude Jennings is answering some questions.
Look at each question and answer and write a sentence with it + be + a relative clause. ► Who invented radio? - Marconi.
It was Marconi who .'Averted rAdio............................................................._
1 When did Columbus sail to America? - In 1492.
It was in 1492 that........................................................ .......................................
2 What does Tiger Woods play? ~ Golf.
It'S ....................................M1...........................................,.............................................
3 Where did the Olympic Games first take place? - In Greece.
4   Which is nearest the sun, Venus or Mercury? - Mercury.
relative CLAUSES   • PA<\K 337
141 The use of relative clauses
Introduction
There are two kinds of relative clause. Compare this conversation and newspaper report.
Laura:     Art Golding has died. Trevor: Who?
Laura;     You know. The film star who played the
ship's captain in 'Iceberg1. Trevor: / don't think I've seen that. Laura:      Yes, you have. It's the film we saw on
TV the other night.
ART GOLDING DIES
The actor Art Golding, who starred in films such as 'Tornado' and 'Iceberg' has died after a long illness. He was seventy-eight. Art Golding's most famous role was as the scientist in the film 'Supernova', which broke all box-office records.
The clauses in this conversation identify which film star and which film Laura means, They are called identifying clauses.
The clauses in this report add information about Art Golding and about Supernova'. They are called adding clauses, or sometimes non-identifying clauses.
2 Identifying clauses and adding clauses
identifying
The man who lives next door to Melanie is
rather strange. The river which flows through Hereford is the
Wye.
The picture which was damaged is worth thousands of pounds. These clauses identify which thing the speaker is talking about. The clause who lives next door to Melanie tells us which man. The clause which flows through Hereford tells us which river. Without the relative clause the sentence would be incomplete. The man is rather strange makes sense only if we know which man.
An identifying clause does not have commas around it.
Most relative clauses are identifying. We use them both in speech and in writing.
ADPtNG
Jake, who lives next door to Melanie, is rather strange.
The Wye (which flows through Hereford) b a beautiful river.
This famous picture - which was damaged during the war - is worth thousands of pounds. These clauses add extra information about something which is already identified. The clause who lives next door to Melanie adds information about Jake. But we can say the sentence on its own without the relative clause. Jake is rather strange makes sense because the name Jake identifies who we are talking about.
An adding clause has commas around it. Instead of commas, we can use brackets ( ) or dashes —. If the adding clause is at the end of the sentence, we need only one comma or dash. That's Jake, who lives next door.
Adding clauses can be rather formal. We use them mainly in writing. They are common in news reports. In speech we often use two short sentences. Jake lives next door to Melanie. He's rather strange.
r> 137.1 Identifying clauses   f> 142.1 Pronouns in identifying and adding clauses
page 338   • RELATIVE CLAUSES
Practice
A Adding clauses (l)
Match the parts and write sentences with an adding clause. Use who or which.
► The Grand Canyon     He was in prison for 27 years.      He was one of the Beatles.
1 Nelson Mandela He was killed in 1980. He became President of South Africa.
2 John Lennon It is 140 million miles away. It is one of the wonders of the world.
3 The Titanic It is over 200 miles long. It is known as the red planet.
4 Queen Victoria It sank in 1912. It stood for 28 years.
5 Mars It was built in 1961. It was supposed to be unsinkable.
6 The Berlin Wall She came to the throne in 1837. She ruled over the British Empire.
► The Q"A»>.d CAfyyqr^j which !f, over ZOO_ **%)%f,.Jdi\<j,.if.p*&..of "the. woAder:? o-f the world.
1.....................................................................................................................................................
2
3
4
5
6
B Identifying or adding? (2)
Read the news article and then say what each relative clause does. Does it tell us which one, or does it add information?
The play {►) that the students put on last week was Oscar Wilde's The Importance of Being Earnest', (►) which was written in 1895. The college theatre, (1) which holds over 400 people, was unfortunately only half full for the Friday evening performance. However, the people (2) who bothered to attend must have been glad they did. Lucy Kellett, (3) who played Lady Bracknell, was magnificent. Unfortunately the young man (4) who played John Worthing forgot his lines twice, but that did not spoil the evening, (5) which was a great success.
► It tal\f \Ai which £|Ay.....................................................................
► If Add* ^forMA/ti^ EAr*<?-£t\
1..........................................................................................................
2...................................-„.,.,..-.........................................
3 .........,T.................................................................................................
4............................................................................................................
5............................................................................................________......
*____j. . i. *____i_ i. .
C Commas in relative clauses (2)
Put in the relative clauses. You may also need to put in one or two commas.
► (that Claire drives) This car is a lot cheaper than the one "th<vt Ckire driyef .
► (who has twins) Olivia, whp,, often needs a babysitter.
1 (who took Rita to the party) The person ,,..................................................................was Tom.
2 (who has a bad temper) Henry....................................................... shouted at the waiter.
3 (which Tom supports) The team................................................................................... is United.
4 (who is afraid of heights) We all climbed up except Vicky.............................,_______......____________
5 (which is on the tenth floor) My new flat......................................................... has a terrific view.
6 (she bought the sofa from) Sarah can't remember the name of the shop..............................„.......
RELATIVE CLAUSES   • PAGE 339
142 Relative pronouns and relative adverbs
Pronouns in identifying and adding clauses There are two kinds of relative clause: identifying and adding (see Unit 141). Look at the pronouns in these examples.	
IDENTIFYING I'm sure I know the person who served us. The pop singer whom Guy invited onto his chat show never turned up. The woman whose flat was burgled spent the night at a friend's house. Towns which/that attract tourists are usually crowded in the summer. In an identifying clause we can use who, whom, whose, which or that.	ADDING Natalie, who served us, is a friend of Emma's. Arlene Black, whom Guy invited onto his chat show, never turned up. Natasha, whose flat was burgled, spent the night at a friend's house. Oxford, which attracts many tourists, is often crowded in the summer. In an adding clause we can use who, whom, whose or which. We do Nor use that.
Leaving out the pronoun	
Sometimes we can leave the pronoun out of an identifying clause (see Unit 138.2). The woman (who) you met yesterday works in advertising. Have you seen the book (that) I was reading? Laura couldn't find the box (that) she kept her photos in.	We cannot leave the pronoun out of an adding clause. Sarah, whom you met yesterday, works in advertising. That book 'Brighton Rock] which I was reading, is really good. Laura had a wooden box, in which she kept her photos or which she kept her photos in.
3 The relative adverbs where, when and why
Look at these examples.
This is the place where the accident happened.
Do you remember the day when we moved the piano upstairs?
The reason why Nick came was that he wanted to see Rita. We can leave out when or why, or we can use that.
Do you remember the day (that) we moved the piano upstairs?
The reason (that) Nick came was that he warned to see Rita.
There are also adding clauses with where and when.
We went to the Riverside Restaurant, where I once had lunch with Henry. Mark likes to travel at night, when the roads are quiet.
4 A special use of which
In an adding clause, we can use which relating to a whole sentence, not just to a noun.
It ramed all night, which was good for the garden. Here which means'the fact that it rained all night'.
Here are some more examples.
David helped me clear up, which was very kind of him. Sarah had to work late again, which annoyed Mark.
Tom pushed Nick into the swimming-pool, which seemed to amuse everyone.
PACK 340   • RELATIVE CLAUSES
Practice
A Who, whom, whose, which, where and why (1, 3)
Complete this advertisement. Put in who, whom, whose, which, where or why.
The town of Keswick, {►■) >S#Jslfc, lies at the heart of the Lake District, is the perfect place for a
holiday, and the Derwent Hotel, (1)............... overlooks the town, is the perfect place to stay.
Robin and Wendy Jackson, (2)...................bought this small hotel three years ago, have already won
an excellent reputation. Robin, (3)...................cooking is one of the reasons (4) . , the
Derwent is so popular, was once Young Chef of the Year. The comfort of the guests, (5).................
the owners treat almost as members of the family, always comes first. Peter Ustinov, (6)...................
once stayed at the hotel, described it as 'marvellous'. And the Lake District, (7)..............has so
much wonderful scenery and (8)...................the poet Wordsworth lived, will not disappoint you,
B Identifying clauses and adding clauses (1-3)
Put in the relative clauses. Sometimes there is more than one possible answer. ►   Someone knows all about it - the secretary.
The person who fc^w^ a)I About .it js the secretary,
1 ZedcO has 10,000 employees. It's an international company.
Zedco, ............................................,.................................., is an international company.
2 Vicky's name was missed off the list, so she wasn't very pleased.
Vicky,......................................................................................... , wasn't very pleased.
3 Laura painted a picture, and it's being shown in an exhibition.
The picture.............................. ................................is being shown in an exhibition.
4 We're all looking forward to a concert. It's next Saturday.
The concert.................,...................................._____________________.......is next Saturday.
5 One week Mike and Harriet went camping. It was the wettest of the year.
The week......................... .................................................. was the wettest of the year.
6 Aunt Joan is a bit deaf, so she didn't hear the phone-Aunt Joan,............................................................................................. , didn't hear the phone.
7 You'll meet Henry tomorrow. He's also a member of the board.
Henry,........................................................................................., is also a member of the board.
8 I'll see you near the post office. We met there the other day.
I'll see you near the post office,.............................................................................
C A special use of which (4)
Match the sentence pairs and join them
► My phone is out of order.
1 Rachel's mother paid for the meal.
2 My brother is disabled.
3 You left the keys in the car.
4 Vicky didn't get the job.
5 The police blocked off the road.
►
1
2
3
with which.
It means he can't get about very easily. It's made her very depressed. That was rather careless of you. That caused a traffic jam. It's ajreal nuisance. That was very kind of her.
My ptioAC \$ out o-f order, which t£ a re.a>\ *ui£Ai\C€..
RELATIVE CLAUSES   • PACE 341
143 Relative clauses: participle and to-infinitive
1 Relative clauses with a participle
Read this news report about an accident.
Several people were injured this morning when a lorry carrying concrete pipes overturned in the centre of town and hit two cars. Ambulances called to the scene took a long time to get through the rush hour traffic. The accident happened in Alfred Road, where road repairs are under way. People who saw the accident say that the lorry hit the cars after it swerved to avoid a pile of stones left in the road. The traffic chaos caused by the accident has meant long delays for people travelling to work.
Carrying concrete pipes, called to the scene, etc. are relative clauses: they relate to a noun. Carrying concrete pipes tells us something about a lorry.
We can form these clauses with an active participle, e.g. carrying, or a passive participle, e.g. called. The participles can refer to the present or the past.
ACTIVE
There are delays this morning for people travelling to work. (= people who are travelling to work) A lorry carrying concrete pipes has overturned. (- a lorry which was carrying pipes) the path leading to the church {- the path which leads/led to the church)
The active participle means the same as a pronoun + a continuous verb, e.g, which is/was carrying, or a pronoun t a simple verb, e.g, which leads/led,
PASSIVE
/ have a message for people delayed by the traffic chaos.
(= people who are being delayed)
We noticed a pile of stones left in the road. (= stones which had been left there) food sold in supermarkets (= food which is/was sold in supermarkets)
The passive participle means the same as a pronoun + a passive verb, e.g. which is/was sold.
But we da not use the active participle for a single action in the past.
The police warn to interview people who saw the accident.
not people seeing the accident
2 Relative clauses with a to-infinitive
Look at this structure with the to-infinitive.
New Zealand was the first country to give women the vote. (- the first country which gave women the vote) Melanie was the only person to write a letter of thanks. (- the only person who wrote a letter of thanks)
Here are some more examples.
The guest on our show is the youngest golfer to win the Open.
Emma Thompson is the most famous actress to appear on stage here. We can use a to-infinitive with these words: first, second, etc; next and last; only; and superlatives, e.g. youngest, most famous.
We can leave out the noun {except after only) if the meaning is clear. The captain was the last to leave the sinking ship.
PAGE 342   • RELATIVE GLAUSES
Practice
A Relative clauses with a participle (l)
Complete the definitions. Put in an active or passive participle of these verbs: add, arrive, block, own, play, take, tell, watch, wear
► A competitor is someone tAki^ part in a competition.
► Your property is everything ow^d by you.
1 Baseball is a game _________________......mainly in the US.
2 A wrist-watch is a watch...................................on your wrist.
3 A latecomer is a person...... late.
4 An instruction is a statement......................................you what to do.
5 A spectator is someone..............................a game or an event.
6 An extension is a new part......................................on to a building.
7 An obstacle is something ______..........................your way.
B Relative clauses with a participle (1)
Write each news item as one sentence. Change the part in brackets into a clause with an active participle (e.g. costing) or a passive participle (e.g. found).
► A new motorway is planned. (It will cost £500 million.)
A new motorway ..^pf^.r^.ir.fPP HtU'PA plAA/ved.___________.....
► Some weapons belong to the IRA. {They were found at a flat in Bristol.)
Some weapons .-FplAivd At a .fUt ,«•>, rSristol belp*^ tp the J ft A..............
1 Families have been evicted. (They were living in an empty office building.) Families........................................................................................................
2 A chemical company has gone bankrupt. (It employed 4,000 people.)
A chemical company.......................................................................................
3 A bridge has been declared unsafe. (It was built only two years ago.)
A bridge ..........................................,.......................................................
4 People have marched to London. (They are protesting against pollution.)
5   Tennis fans have been queuing all night at Wimbledon. (They hope to buy tickets.)
6   A new drug may give us eternal youth. (It was developed at a British university.)
C Relative clauses with a to-infinitive (2)
Comment on each situation. Use the to-infinitive structure.
►  David offered his help. No one else did.
David was the pAlyper?o*\ to offer hi? help....................................................
1 Olivia's daughter swam a length of the pool. No other girl as young as her did that. Olivia's daughter was.....................................................................................
2 The secretaries got a pay rise. No one else did.
The secretaries were...................._________.......................
3 The pilot left the aircraft. Everyone else had left before him.
4 Mrs Harper became Managing Director, No other woman had done that before.
5 Daniel applied for the job. No other candidate as suitable as him applied.
RELATIVE CLAUSES   • PACK 343
Test X: Relative clauses
Decide which word or phrase is correct. ►   WkAt | really need is a long holiday, a) that  b) what  c) which  d) who
1 At last I've found the information that I was looking _____............................
a) for  b) for it  c) for that  d) it
2 Everyone ...................... the building was searched by the police.
a) enter   b) entered   c) entering   d) enters
3 The plane......................... .... has just taken off is an hour late.
a) it   b) what   c) which   d) who
4 I had just one reply. Abco was the.....................................company to reply to my letter.
a) last   b) most   c) only  d) second
5 My friend Nigel,.....................................works in the City, earns much more than I do.
a) that  b) which   c) who  d) whose
6 Martin is someone with ................. I usually agree.
a) him   b) that   c) who   d) whom
7 I'd like to see the photo..............,..............
a) took   b) you took it   c) that you took   d) that you took it
8 Atlanta is the city................................the Olympic Games were held in 1996.
a) that   b) when   c) where   d) which
9 It rained all the time,.....................................was a great pity.
a) that  b) what  c) which   d) who
10   We passed shops ...... ......_____.....______ windows were decorated for Christmas.
a) the  b) their  c) which   d) whose
B
Each of these sentences has a mistake in it. Write the correct sentence.
>  I've found the magazine-whe-was--fmsejftO/:
Iye. fowrd tine. MA4AZti\.£ "tkAt WAS MiSSir^...................................
2   The letter that I opened it wasn't for me.
3   The reason because I didn't know was that no one had told me.
4  -That-we should do is ring the police.
5   I didn't know the-name of the nwrhefped mer
!tis-ufltvefaity-
8   The person we talked to were very friendly?
-makes the irr
mil-----i*i i-
10   I can't find my diary, what is a real nuisance.
■i"i"i;r::T::TJTtT?'T!T!!f:nifiTnn ■■ - -- -- -- j||fSfV7t9|Ttt>t?f?MCt>43ttt:
PAGE 344   • RELATIVE CLAUSES
11   Outside the dee^was a pair of beets covering in-roud-.
12   Lake£upefi©r, that (ies on the US-Canadian border, is4he Iargest4ake in North America.
Complete the story about a thief's punishment. Write the missing words. Use one word only in each space.
This is a true story (►) which \s supposed to have happened somewhere in the US. A man
(1) .........was accused of housebreaking appeared in court. He had put his arm through
the window of a house and stolen some money (2).................was lying on a table inside.
The argument (3)............. ... the man's lawyer put forward wasn't very impressive. He said that
(4) ..............was the man's arm (5)................. had committed the crime and not the man
himself, 'You cannot punish a man for (6) ..............his arm has done,' said the lawyer. Now the
judge in (7)...................court the man was appearing wanted to show how stupid the lawyer's
argument was. Instead of finding the man guilty, he found the man's arm guilty and sent it to prison.
'He can go with his arm or not, as he chooses,' the judge added, (8) ...............made everyone
faugh. But (9).............______the judge didn't know was that the man had an artificial arm. He took the
arm off, gave it to the judge - (10)..............could hardly believe his eyes - and walked out of the
court.
twenty-five years old.
Combine the two sentences into one. ►  That man was Anna's brother. He just walked past.
The maa who ji**t walked ><\s'.t was A*aaV brother.
1 The plane was twenty-five years old. It crashed. The plane ......................................_________.................................__________
2 One day Tessa was ill in bed. Martin rang.
The day........................................................................................................ ill in bed.
3 Our offices are in Queen Street. They are new.
Our.......________................................,..............................................in Queen Street,
4 Some documents have been found. They were stolen from a car.
The documents........................................................................................ found,
5 That map is out of date. You were looking at it.
The map................................... ..........................................,..............
6 The King's Theatre is in the centre of town. It dates from 1896. The King's.....................................................................................
7 A woman was terribly upset. Her dog was run over. The woman .......................... ,,..........................................................
8 Janet solved the puzzle. She did it before everyone else. Janet was........................................................................................
9 A man was standing outside the building. He was selling newspapers. A man.................................................................................................
10 The talk was very interesting. Judy gave it. The talk...................................................................„.„........,..............
11 The house Is empty now. I used to live there. The house........................... ...........................................
out of date-in the centre of town.
...........terribly upset.
........... the puzzle.
outside the building. , ,   very interesting, is empty now.
RELATIVE CLAUSES   • PAGF. 345
144 Conditionals (1)
1 Introduction
Vicky and Rachel are talking about possible future actions. They may catch the bus, or they may miss it.
2 First Conditional: If we hurry, we'll catch the bus
if-Cl-AUSK majn clause
If     + Present Simple + will
// we      hurry, we       'It catch the bus.
If we      miss it, there    *tt be another one.
If it        doesn't rain, we       *ll be having a picnic.
If I        don't practise my golf, I won't get any better.
The verb in the if-clause (e.g. hurry) is in the Present Simple, not the future.
not // we'll hurry, we'll catch the bus. But we can use will in the if-clause when we make a request.
If you'll just wait a moment, I'll find someone to help you. (= Please wait a moment...)
We can use the Present Continuous (e.g. are doing) or the Present Perfect (e.g. have done) in the if-clause. // we're expecting visitors, the flat will need a good clean. If you've finished with the computer, I'll put it away.
The main clause often has will. But we can use other modal verbs (e.g. can). If you haven't got a television, you can't watch it, can you? If Henry jogs regularly, he might lose weight. If Matthew is going to a job interview, he should wear a tie.
The if-clause usually comes first, but it can come after the main clause. // / hear any news, I'll phone youJI'll phone you if I hear any news.
3 More uses of the First Conditional
We can use First Conditionals in offers and suggestions.
If you need a ticket, I can get you one.    If you feel like seeing the sights, we can take a bus tour. We can also use them in warnings and threats.
// you go on like this, you'll make yourself ill.    If you don't apologize, I'll never speak to you again.
4 If you heat water, it boils
We sometimes use the Present Simple in both clauses.
//you heat water, it boils.    If Daniel has any money, he spends it.
If you press this switch, the computer comes on. This means that one thing always follows automatically from another. Pressing the switch always results in the computer coming on.
HACK 346   • CONDITIONALS AND WISH
Practice
A First Conditional (1-3)
Read the conversation and then choose the correct forms.
Rachel: Have you heard about the pop festival?
Vicky: Yes, (►) itWit'll be good if Express are playing. They're a great band.
Rachel: Will you be able to go, Nick?
Nick: If (1) I ask/I'll ask my boss, he'll give me some time off work, I expect.
Vicky: How are we going to get there?
Rachel: Well, if (2) there are/there'll be enough people, we can hire a minibus.
Vicky: I won't be going if (3) it's/it'll be too expensive.
Rachel: It (4) isn't costing/won't cost much if we all (5) share/will share the cost.
Nick: If (6) I see/I'll see the others later on tonight, (7) I ask/I'll ask them if they want to go.
B First Conditional (1-3)
Comment on the situations. Use if + the present tense + will/can. It might rain. If it does, everyone can eat inside.
If. it r&jrif, everypiyft caa eAt inside..        ,............................
The children mustn't go near Nick's dog. It'll bite them.
If tfte chi Idreiy go .i\eAr Nick.V dog, it.*( I bite theM............................
1   Rachel might fail her driving test. But she can take it again.
2   United might lose. If they do, Tom will be upset.
3   The office may be closed. In that case Mark won't be able to get in.
4   Nick may arrive a bit early. If he does, he can help Tom to get things ready.
5   The party might go on all night. If it does, no one will want to do any work tomorrow.
6   Emma may miss the train. But she can get the next one.
7   Is Matthew going to enter the race? He'll probably win it.
Present Simple in both clauses (4)
Match the sentences and join them with if.
You lose your credit card. I can't sleep.
1 You get promoted. You get a warning letter.
2 I drink coffee late at night. You have to ring the bank.
3 You don't pay the bill. Your salary goes up.
4 I try to run fast. The alarm goes off.
5 Someone enters the building. I get out of breath.
►   If..you \oS6, .your credit CArd, you hAye to ri *g the bA#s|c.
1.................................................................................................
2..........,„„,„,...............................................................................
a..........^...............................................................................
4 .........,.,..........................................................;...........................
5 ...................................................................__________.....................
CONDITIONALS AND WISH   • page 347
145 Conditionals (2)
1 Introduction
Rachel:    Would you like some cuke, Jessica? Jessica:    No thanks. If 1 ate cake, I'd eel fat. Rachel:    But it's delicious.
Jessica:     It looks delicious. If I had your figure, I'd eat the whole lot. I ate cake and 7 had your figure are imaginary or unreal situations. Jessica isn't going to eat the cake, and she hasn't got a figure like Rachel's.
2 Second Conditional: If I ate cake, I'd get fat
IF-CLAUSE
If +	Past Simple	
Iff	ate cake,	I
If I	had your figure,	I
If we	didn't have a car,	we
If Rachel	got up earlier,	she
MAIN CLAUSE
would 'd get fat.
'd eat the whole lot. Jd find it difficult to get about, wouldn't always be late.
Note the Past Simple (e.g. ate). We do not use would in the if-clause. not //I'd eat cake. But we can use would in the if-clause when we make a request.
If you'd like to come this way, the doctor will see you now. ( = Please come this way ...)
As well as the Past Simple we can use the Past Continuous (e.g. was doing) in the if-clause.
If Rachel was playing her stereo, it wouldn't he so quiet in here. In a Second Conditional if-clause we sometimes use were instead of was, especially in the clause if I were you.
//Rachel were playing her stereo, it wouldn't be so quiet in here.
If I were you, I'd ask a lawyer for some advice.
The main clause often has would. We can also use could or might. If we had a calculator, we could work this out a lot quicker, if Rachel worked harder, she might do even better at her studies.
The if-clause usually comes first, but it can come after the main clause. If I knew, I'd tell you./I'd tell you if I knew.
3 First and Second Conditionals
Compare these examples.
First: If you have a lie-down, you'll feel better. (See Unit 144.2)
Second: If I had a million pounds, I'd probably buy a yacht. The present tense (have) refers to a possible future action, something which may or may not happen. The past tense (had) refers to something unreal. If 1 had a million pounds means that I haven't really got a million pounds, but 1 am imagining that 1 have. Compare these examples.
first: If we take the car, we'll have to pay for parking.
Second: If we took the car, we'd have to pay for parking. Here both sentences refer to a possible future action. But in the Second Conditional, the action is less probable. // we took the car may mean that we have decided not to take it.
We can use Second Conditionals in offers and suggestions.
If you needed a ticket, I could get you one.
If you felt like seeing the sights, we could take a bus tour. The Second Conditional is less direct than the First Conditional (Unit 144.3). The speaker is less sure that you want to see the sights.
PAGli 348    • CONDITIONALS AND WISH
Practice
A Second Conditional (1-2)
Comment on these situations. Use a Second Conditional with would or could.
► Andrew is such a boring person because he works all the time.
You know, .j.f...Andrew . d.idr^ t. .work.. All..the, ti^e,.he,.would*.'t. .be suck a boriryj pernor.
► You can't take a photo because you haven't got your camera.
How annoying. ,!"f...(..h.Ad wy cAwera, I could tAke a..t>hqto......................................______
1 You can't look the word up because you haven't got a dictionary.
I'm sorry..........................................................................................................................
2 You don't write to your friends because you're so busy.
I've got so much to do............................................................................ ................
3 You can't play tennis because your back is aching.
It's a nuisance...........................................................___________ . ..................................
4 Claire won't marry Henry because she doesn't love him.
Of course,....................................................................................... ._......................................
5 Nick can't find the way because he hasn't got a map.
Nick's lost, but......................................................................__________________.......
6 David has so many accidents because he's so clumsy,
You know,........................................................................___________......_________................
B First and Second Conditionals (1-3)
Complete the conversation. Put in the correct form of the verb. You may need to use will or would. Matthew:  I haven't forgotten your birthday, you know. If you like, (►) I'll..book (| / book) a table for
Thursday at our favourite restaurant. Emma:     My birthday is on Wednesday, Matthew. You're playing basketball then, aren't you? If you
cared for me, (1)............................................_____(you / not / play) basketball on my birthday.
Matthew: What's the difference? If (2)..............................................(we / go) out on Thursday,
it'll be just the same. If (3).............................................(I / not / play), I'd be letting
the team down.
Emma:     Yes, I suppose (4)........................... .........(ft / be) a disaster if you missed one
game. Well, if (5).............................__________ . .    (you / think) more of your friends than
you do of me, you can forget the whole thing.
Matthew: I just don't understand you sometimes, Emma.
Emma:     If (6)...........................................(you / think) about it, you'd understand. And I think
(7) ..............................................(it / be) better if we forgot all about my birthday.
Matthew:  Don't be silly, Emma. If you get into one of your bad moods,
(8)..................................................(it / not / do) any good.
Emma:     If you were interested in my feelings, (9)................................................(I / not / get)
into a bad mood.
C First and Second Conditionals (3)
What does the if-clause mean? Write a sentence with isn't or might,
► If this room was tidy, I could find things. The rooM isi\'t tidy...........
► If we're late tonight, we can get a taxi. We m.i^ht be |Ate .tprsi^Kt..
1 If the phone was working, I could call you............................................
2 If it rains, can you bring the washing in? ..........................................
3 If Mike was here, he'd know what to do. .....................________................
4 If this spoon was silver, it would be worth a lot..................____________.....
5 If Sarah calls, can you say I'll ring back? .......................................
conditionals and wish    • PACT: 349
146 Conditionals (3)
1 Introduction
David: How was your camping holiday? Mike:      Well, it would have been all right
if it hadn't rained all the time. Harriet:     we'd gone two weeks earlier,
we'd have had better weather.
If h hadn't rained and if we'd gone two weeks earlier are imaginary situations in the past. It did rain> and they didn't go two weeks earlier,
2 Third Conditional: If we had gone earlier, we would have had better weather
IP-CLAUSii If
// we
If Matthew If you If David
+ Past Puim:u
'd gone earlier, we
had phoned her, Emma
hadn't made that mistake, you
had been more careful, he
main clause
would have
'd have had better weather, wouldn't have been so annoyed, 'd have passed your test, wouldn't have fallen.
Note the verb in the Past Perfect (e.g. had been). We do not use would in the if-clause. not if-David-would-have-beett-nmre carefkh-he-weiild-ha^faUen-.
The main clause often has would have. We can also use could have or might have. If I'd had my mobile yesterday, I could have contacted you. We just caught the train. If we'd stopped to buy a paper, we might have missed it.
The short form Td can be either had or would.
If you'd rung me, I'd have come to see you. (= If you had rung me, I would have come to see you.)
3 The use of the Third Conditional
We use the Third Conditional to talk about things in the past happening differently from the way they really happened. This sometimes means criticizing people or pointing out their mistakes.
If you'd been a bit more careful, you wouldn't have cut yourself
If Matthew had set his alarm clock, he wouldn't have overslept. We can also use this structure to express regret about the past.
If I hadn't fallen ill and missed the interview, I might have got the job.
4 Second and Third Conditionals
Compare these examples.
Second: If you planned things properly, you wouldn't get into a mess. (You don't plan.)
Third: If you had planned things properly, you wouldn't have got into a mess. (You didn't plan.) We can mix the Second and Third conditionals.
If you had planned things at the start, we wouldn't be in this mess now.
If you hadn't left alt these dirty dishes, the place would look a bit tidier.
If Matthew was more sensible, he would have worn a suit to the interview.
If I didn't have all this work to do, I would have gone out for the day.
HAGE 350   • CONDITIONALS AND WISH
Practice
A Third Conditional (]-3)
Complete the conversation. Put in the correct form of the verb. Use the Past Perfect or would have. Nick:     United didn't play very well today.
Tom:     We were awful. But if Hacker (►) hfA. (take) that easy chance,
(^.) we. would have wo^ (we / win).
Nick:     We didn't deserve to win. It (1)..........................................(be) pretty unfair if Rangers
(2)   - -.................. .......... (lose).
Tom:     Hacker was dreadful. My grandmother (3)............................ ...............(score) if
(4)........................................(she / be) in that position.
Nick:     And if Burley (5).............................................(not / be) asleep,
he (6)..............................................(not / give) a goal away.
Tom:     If Johnson (7)............................................(not / be) injured when we needed him
most, (8)..................................................(it / be) different.
Nick:     Yes, (9)....................................(we / beat) them if (10).......... ............
(he / be) fit.
B Third Conditional (1-3)
Comment on each situation using a Third Conditional with if. Use would have, could have or might have.
► In a bookshop yesterday Daniel saw a book he really wanted. The only problem was that he didn't have any money.    .kftMfil would have, .bought the. book, i-f he. had. .had. any, Mpi\ey.............
► Rita often goes to concerts at the town hall, although not to every one. There was one on Saturday, but she didn't know about it.     R-ita Mujht have ^o*e to the covert if she h*d k^ow*.
About i.t:
1 On Sunday the guests had to have their lunch inside. Unfortunately it wasn't warm enough to have it outside. _______________.......____________...............................................................................
2 There was a bomb scare last Tuesday. Sarah wanted to fly to Rome, but she wasn't able to. The airport was closed....................................................................................................
3 Laura has only met Nick once, and it's possible she wouldn't recognize him. He passed her yesterday, but he had a crash-helmet on..........................................................................
4 Sarah has been quite busy, and she hasn't watered her plants for some time. As a result, they've died.
5   Nick likes ice hockey, but he didn't have a ticket to the game last week, so unfortunately he wasn't able to get in...........................................................................,.......„,................
C Second and Third Conditionals (4)
Complete the conversations. Put in the correct form of the verb. Use the Past Simple, the Past Perfect, would, or would have. ►   Mike:       You look tired.
Harriet:    Well, if ypu had^t wokers   (you / not / wake) me up in the middle of the night, !..wouldr/t .be... (I / not be) so tired.
1 Rita:        Is Trevor a practical person?
Laura:      Trevor? No, he isn't. If ......................________________......(he / be) practical,
........................................ (he / put) those shelves up a bit quicker. It took him ages.
2 Tom:       Why are you sitting in the dark?
David:      Let's just say that if .........................(I / pay) my electricity bill last
month,................................... ...... ... (I / not be) in the dark now.
3 Matthew: Why are you so angry with me? All I did yesterday was play basketball. Emma:     If..........................................(you / love) me,...........
(you / not / leave) me here all alone on my birthday.
tlihl.l.i................ «
CONDITIONALS AND WISH   ♦ page 351
147 Review of conditionals
1 First, Second and Third Conditionals
before the game
after THE game.
There are three main types of conditional. Study the examples. First: if ... the Present Simple ... will/can/might, etc.
// we win today, we'll go to the top of the league. (We may win, or we may not.) Second: if... Past Simple ... would/could/might
If Johnson was in the team, Vd feel more confident. (Johnson isn't in the team.) Third: if... Past Perfect... would have/could have/might have
//Johnson had played, we'd have won. (Johnson didn't play.)
Here are some more examples with different verb forms. First        If I'm going shopping, Til need some money.
If the disco has finished, we might be able to get some sleep.
You should stay in bed if you feel unwell. Second    /// didn't like this pudding, I wouldn't eat it.
If the video recorder was working, we could watch a film.
The alarm might go off if we tried to get in through a window. Third      // we'd dropped the piano, it would have been a disaster.
If Vicky had come to the theme park with us last week, she might have enjoyed it.
We could have given you a lift if we'd known you were coming this way.
2 Other conditional sentences
As wed as ihe three main types, there are other types of conditional sentence. For example, we can use two present-tense verbs (see Unit 144.4). If you ring this number, no one answers.
We can also use a present-tense verb and an imperative. If you need any help, just ask.   If you drink, don't drive.
We can use be going to.
If it's going to rain, I'd better take an umbrella.
If they try to cut down the trees, there's going to be a big protest.
We can mix the Second and Third Conditionals (see Unit 146.4).
If Matthew had booked a table, we wouldn't be standing here in a queue. If you needed help, you should have asked me.
PAGE 352   • CONDITIONALS AND WISH
Practice
First, Second and Third Conditionals (1)
Match the sentences and join them with if. Say what type they are.
► I went to bed earlier. I'll try to follow them.
1 The twins had worn different clothes. You might not be warm enough.
2 You tell me what the instructions say. I wouldn't have bought it.
3 People used public transport. I wouldn't sleep.
4 You don't wear a sweater. There'd be less pollution.
5 I hadn't seen the product advertised. We could have told them apart.
► If I v*e*t to bad eAriiftr, I wpwkWt ?\e.e.p. .<c.cp»\d
1
2
3
4
5
B First, Second and Third Conditionals (1)
Adam is a music student. He rents a room from Mr Day. Put in the correct forms.
Mr Day:  Can't you stop playing that trumpet? You're making an awful noise.
Adam:    Well, if (►)   I do^l Pr Attire (| / not practise}, I won't pass my exam.
Mr Day:  But why at night? It's half past twelve. If (1) .................................................{you / play)
it in the daytime, {2).................................................(I / not / hear) you because I'd be
at work. If (3)..................................................{you / tell) me about this trumpet when
you first came here, (4)................................................(I / not / let) you have the room.
I'm afraid it's becoming a nuisance. If (5)................................................(you / not / play)
so loud, (6)..................._________________.............(it / not / be) so bad.
Adam:    I'm sorry, but you can't play a trumpet quietly.
Mr Day:   If (7)................................................. (I / realize) a year ago what you were going
to do, then (8) ...................................... (I / throw) you out long ago. If
(9).................................................(you / go) on making this noise at night,
(10)..................................... (I / have) to complain to your college.
C Conditionals (1-2)
What might you say in these situations? Use a conditional sentence. ►  You think Emma should book a seat on the train. The alternative is having to stand. If Himma.. dpe.£ry't .book.. a £&.At. p* tke trAiiy, ita'll hAyfl- to ftA*d.
1 You didn't know how unpopular Jason was when you invited him to your party.
2 Warn your friend not to put too many tins into the plastic bag or it'll break.
3 You haven't got a pen, so you can't write down the address.
4 You should have started your project earlier. You're so far behind now.
5 Your friend might need some help. If so, tell her to give you a ring.
6 The automatic result of the door opening is the fan coming on.
# *.......
CONDITIONALS AND WISH   • 1'AGF. 353
148 If, when, unless and in case
1 Present Simple for the future
Look at these examples.
You'll be tired tomorrow if you stay up late.   Tell me when the water boils.
I wont do anything unless you agree.    Write the name down in case you forget it. We use the Present Simple for the future after linking words such as if, when, unless and in case (see also Units 27 and 144.2).
2 If or when?
If you hear any news, can you ring me immediately? (You might hear some news.) I'll probably go for a walk later on if it stays fine. (It might stay fine.)
We use if for something that we think might happen.
We use if (not when) for something impossible or imaginary. If I were you, I'd refuse.
We can use either if or when in contexts where they mean 'every time'. //you run, you use up energy When you run, you use up energy.
When you hear some news, can you ring m
immediately? (You will hear some news.) /'// make myself an omelette when I get home
tonight. (I will get home tonight.) We use when for something that we know will happen.
3 If and unless
If... not means the same as unless.
1 can't see if I don't wear glasses. The doctor will be here if she isn't called to an emergency. If you can't pay your bills, you'll have to leave.
I wouldn't say that if I didn't believe it.
= 1 can't see unless I wear glasses. = The doctor will be here unless she's called an emergency.
— Unless you can pay your bills, you'll have
leave.
— I wouldn't say that unless I believed it.
4 In case
Look at these examples.
Take a sandwich with you in case you get hungry.
I'd belter reserve a seat today in case the train is full tomorrow.
Laura took two photos in case one of them didn't come out. We use in case to talk about doing something to avoid a possible problem later on. (For American English, see page 381.)
Compare if and in case.
/'// bring in the washing if it rains. (= I'll bring it in at the time it starts raining.)
I'll bring in the washing in case it rains. (- I'll bring it in now because it might rain later
PAG P. 354   • CONDITIONALS AND WISH
Practice
A If or when? (2)
Look at the information in brackets and complete the sentences using if or when and a verb in the Present Simple.
► (I may see Tom tonight.) .. if..Lifte,, Tpm.,.. I'll tell him the news.
(Melanie is coming soon.)  WW M.£l<we..coi*e:i, can you let her in, please?
1 (The alarm will ring soon.)...................... ........................we all have to leave the building.
2 (I might feel better tomorrow.) .............................. I'll probably go back to work.
3 (This film finishes at ten.)..................................................................... I'll stop the video.
4 (The plan may not work.) _____________..................................we'll have to think of something else.
B If and unless (3)
Complete the sentences using unless and the information in brackets. You won't get there in time urlcíí yow tarry (if you don't hurry)
1 We can't have a picnic........................................................ ......... (if it isn't a nice day)
2 Don't leave the TV on.................................. ................................(if you aren't watching it)
3 We can't do the job....................................................................... (if we don't get help)
4 I wouldn't have bought the picture ............... _______.........................,.......(if I didn't like it)
C If and unless (3)
Which word makes more sense? Put in if or unless.
► Rachel will be pleased if. . she passes her driving test.
► The bus won't stop you ring the bell,
1 I can't read your writing...................you print clearly,
2 Emma will be upset she doesn't get the job.
3 You can't go into the reception..................you've got a ticket.
4 Don't bother to ring me ............... it's important.
D In case (4)
What could you say in these situations? Use in case.
► You think Vicky had better take a coat. It might get cold.
You to Vicky: Vb^'d better tAke a coAt \»\ CAie it fjetí..cold......siiM
1 You think you and Mark had better book a table. The restaurant might be busy.
You to Mark:________________.....,....................................................................,........ .......
2 You think Claire ought to insure her jewellery. It might get stolen.
You to Claire:....................................................................,.....
3 You'll leave David your phone number. He might want to contact you. You to David:
If, when, unless and in case (2-4)
Jake lives next door to Melanie, Complete their conversation. Put in if, when (x2), unless or in case. Jake:      A man is delivering a washing-machine this morning, but I have to go to work. I won't be
here (►)        he calls. Could you let him in for me, please, (1)...... you're
terribly busy? Melanie:  Oh, that's no problem.
Jake:      Oh, thanks. (2).........................you could do that, I'd be really grateful. I'll leave a
message on his answerphone. And (3) ......................he doesn't get the message, I'll put
a note on the door, just to make sure. He'll see it (4) he comes.
CONDITIONALS AND WISH   • page 355
149 Wish and if only
We can use I wish or if only to express a wish. Jessica wishes she was slimmer. If only is stronger and more emphatic than wish.
We can use a clause with if ordy on its own, or we can add another clause.
If only I wasn't so fat.    If only I wasn't so fat, I would be able to get into these trousers.
2 Wish .,. would
Look at these examples.
/ wish you would put those shelves up soon.
Tom wishes his neighbours wouldn't make so much noise.
If only you'd try to keep the place tidy. Wish/If only ... would expresses a wish for something to happen, or to stop happening.
3 Wish ... the past
Look at these examples.
/ wish Hived in a big city. It's so boring in the country.
We all wish we had more money, don't we?    If only I was taller, I might be better at basketball. Wish and if only with a past-tense verb express a wish for things to be different.
We can use were instead of was (see also Unit 145.2). If only I were taller, I might be better at basketball.
We cannot use would in these sentences, but we can use could.
/ wish I could sing (but I can't).    I feel so helpless. If only I could speak the language.
Compare wish with would and with the past.
/ wish something exciting would happen. (I wish for an action in the future.) / wish my life was more interesting. (My life isn't interesting.)
4 Wish ... the Past Perfect
We use wish and if only with the Past Perfect to express a wish about the past, I wish you had told me about the dance. 1 would have gone. I wish Fdgot up earlier. I'm behind with everything today. I wish you hadn't lost that photo. It was a really good one. If only David had been a bit more careful, he'd have been all right.
We do not use would have for the past, but we can use could have. I wish I could have been at the wedding, but I was in New York.
PAGE 356   • CONDITIONALS AND WISH
Practice
A Wish ... would (2)
What might you say in these situations? Begin / wish ...
► to someone who never answers your emails
I Jwif h. ypW d. AA^tofir .**y ftM4L,Mj?:.................
► to someone who makes rude remarks about you
I wifh yqw wouldn't MAke rwde raw Arks Abowt Me.
1	to someone who won't hurry up	
2	to someone who never does the washing-up	
3	to someone who isn't telling you the whole story	
4	to someone who blows cigarette smoke in your face	
5	to someone who won't tell you what he's thinking	
B Wish ... the past (3)
Vicky is fed up. What is she saying? Use / wish or if only.
► (She can't think straight.) .!.      ..!. a**|d. tkWt, rtrftigkt............................................................
1 (She is so tired.)...........................................................................................................................
2 (She gets headaches.)...........................................................................„...................................
3 (Her work isn't going well.).......................................................____________________________.....................
4 (She can't concentrate.).......................................................................................................
5 (Life is so complicated.) ........................................._________________________________...........................
C Wish ... the Past Perfect (4)
Complete the sentences. Use these words: accepted, caught, found, played, saved, stayed
► I spent all my money. I wish now that .! hAd ?Aved it,.............................................................
1 I missed the train. I really wish.......__......___________.......................................................................
2 Rita left the party early. Nick wishes...................................................................................
3 Emma refused the offer. But her parents wish .......,..................................................................
4 I looked everywhere for the key. I wish.........................................................................................
5 The injured player could only watch. He wishes ........................................................................
D Wish and if only (2-4)
Complete the conversation.
Claire:   Oh, Henry. You're giving me another present. It's very sweet of you,
but I wish (►) yow vuowkWt ^ive Me so many presents. Henry;   Claire, I've been thinking. I shouldn't have asked you to marry me. I wish now that
(1).......................................................................................................................................
Claire:   Now you're talking nonsense. I wish (2)..................................___________.................. , Henry.
Henry:   I'm not a young man, am I? Of course I wish (3) ..........................................................
Claire:   Why don't you listen? If only (4)............................................................to me just this once.
Henry:   Why coufdn't we have met twenty years ago? I wish (5)....................................you then.
Claire:   Henry, twenty years ago I was just starting school.
CONDITIONALS AND WISH   • page 357
Test Y: Conditionals and wish
A
Complete the news report about a protest against a new road. Put in the correct form of the verbs. Sometimes you need will or would.
Yesterday protesters managed to hold up work on the Oldbury bypass. Protest leader Alison Compton defended the action by members of the Green World group. 'If we don't protest, soon {►) there-11!! be {there / be) no countryside left,' she told reporters. The bypass is now welt behind schedule, and if the protesters had not held up the work so often,
(1),. ....... .......... , (it / open) two months ago. Llf these fields (2)......................................
(disappear), we'll never see them again,' said Ms Compton. 'Why can't we use public transport?
If more people (3) ___________________............(travel) on buses and trains, we wouldn't need new
roads. If the motor car had never existed, the world (4) ................,. T. ,„„... (be) a more
pleasant place today.'
But many people in Oldbury want their new bypass. 'If (5).............. (they / not build)
it soon, the traffic jams in the town will get worse,' said Asif Mohammed, whose house is beside the busy a34. 'We just can't leave things as they are. If things remained the same, people's health
(6)......................................(suffer) even more from all the pollution here.
It's terrible. If we don't get the traffic out of the town, (7)......................................(I / go) mad.
If (8)......................................(I / know) earlier how bad this problem would get,
(9)..........................___________(I / move) out years ago. But now it has become impossible to sell this
house because of the traffic. The government waited too long. If (1D) ......_________________..........
(they / do) something sooner, there would be less traffic today,' And the protest is making the new
road even more expensive. 'If this goes on, (11).................................(there / not / be) enough
money left to finish the road,' says the Transport Minister.
Look at the answers below and write the correct answer in each space. A: There's always something going wrong with this car. B: If you had any sense, you'd h&ve *p)d it long ago. a) be selling   b) have sold   c) sell   d) sold
1 A: It's a pity the lake wasn't frozen yesterday.
B: Yes, it is. If it      ........______________________frozen, we could have gone skating.
a) had been   b) was  c) would be  d) would have been
2 A: Haven't you got enough money for a holiday?
B: Oh yes. I've got some saved up..................................... I suddenly need it.
a) if  b) in case  c) that  d) unless
3 A:  What are you going to do next year?
B: I wish I......_____.........................the answer to that question.
a) knew   b) know  c) could know   d) would know
4 A: These figures are too complicated to work out in your head. B: Yes, if......................................we had a calculator.
a) better   b) only   c) really   d) that
5 A: What are you doing later this afternoon?
B: Oh,......................................the game finishes, I'll go home, I expect.
a) if   b) in case   c) unless   d) when
6 A: Do you think I should take the job?
B: You shouldn't do anything........,.....______................ you think it's the right thing to do.
a) if  b) in case  c) unless  d) when
|ja(.;h 358 • conditionals and wish
Write a second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first. Begin with If... ►   I haven't got a key, so I can't get in.
If I tad a..key.xJ could ^et.j/s.......................
1   You talk about football and I'm going to be very bored.
2   The baby didn't cry, so we had a good sleep.
3   You may want a chat, so just give me a ring.
4   Nigel hasn't got satellite TV, so he can't watch the game.
5   You go away and I'll miss you.
6   I'm not rich or I'd have given up working long ago.
7   We should have bought that picture five years ago because it would be quite valuable now.
8   Throw a stone into water and it sinks.
Write the sentences correctly.
There aren't any eggs. Ifwe have some eggs, I couid-make an omelette^ IT we kfd foiMC. I cowW MAke a^ oMelctte.,
1   The weather doesn't look very good. If it'll rain, I'll stay-hete;
2   The programme is starting soon. Gan you-tell meTTit starts?
3   Could you just listen? I didn't-freed to repeat thmgo all the tiro&Tf-A/eu listened.
4   It's a simple law of science. If aiF-will get warmer, it rises.
5   There's only one key. W better-get another one made if Hose it:
6   We were really late, kwish-we -lefrhome earlier.
7   t hope the parcel comes today. tf-itweB-'t arriv&4odayr we'll have to complain.
8   That radio is on loud. I wish someone-turns it dowov
9   We must do something. Until we act quiekly, it'lhbe^eo later
10   Of course Martin was angry. But he hadn't been angrynTyou hadn^td.
CONDITIO N ALS AND WISH   • PAfJü 359
150 But, although, in spite of, whereas, etc.
1 But, although and however
We can join two sentences with but.
The café was crowded, but we found a tabic.   Nick has a car, but he doesn't often drive it. But expresses a contrast or conflict between two ideas. We can also use although.
Although the café was crowded, we found a table.  Although Nick has a car, he doesn't often drive it. The clause with although can come at the end.
We found a table, although the café was crowded. However is a little formal.
The new system was supposed to be more efficient. However, in practice it caused chaos./ln practice,
however, it caused chaos.
2 Though and even though
Though is informal. It means the same as although.
Though/Although I liked the sweater, I decided not to buy it. Wc can also use though at the end of a sentence.
/ liked the sweater. I decided not to buy it, though. Even though is stronger, more emphatic than although.
Matthew looked quite fresh, even though he'd been playing squash.
Even though you dislike Jessica, you should try to be nice to her.
3 In spite of and despite
We use in spite of before a noun or before the ing-form of a verb.
Kitty wanted to report on the war in spite of the danger.
Mark went on working in spite of feeling unwell. We use despite in exactly the same way as in spite of and with the same meaning.
She wanted to go despite the danger.    He went on working despite feeling unwell.
We can use in spite of the fact (that) in the same way as although. I'm no better in spite of the fact that I've taken the pills.
5 Whereas, while and on the other hand
We use these words to express a comparison between two ideas. United are top of the league, whereas City are bottom. Yesterday it was freezing cold, while today it's quite warm.
The flat is conveniently located. On the other hand, there's a lot of noise from the traffic./ There is, on the other hand, a lot of noise from the traffic. Sometimes either but or whereas is possible.
The red pills make me feel sick, but/whereas the blue ones dont.
4 In spite of and although
VAGÍL 360   •LINKING WORDS
A
But (2)
Complete each sentence with but and one of these clauses:
it didn't break, it's really quite modern, no one laughed, she turned it down
► I dropped the dish, bi*t..it didk't. break,....................................................................
1 The house looks old,................................................................................................
2 Emma was offered a job,................................................ , ________...........................................
3 The joke was funny,.............................................................................................................
B In spite of and although (4)
Put in although or in spite of.
► My sister got the job, Although she didn't expect to.
1 ......................................I told the absolute truth, no one would believe me.
2 Daniel forgot his passport...............................having it on his list.
3 .................................... it was sunny, it was quite a cold day.
4 The goods were never delivered .................................. the promise we had received.
5 Henry asked Claire to marry him......................................the fact that he's a lot older than her.
C But, although, however, even though, in spite of, and despite (1-4)
Complete the report by putting in the correct linking words. There is always more than one possible answer.
(►) Atthow^h, . the ground was very wet, it was decided to go ahead with United's game against City. United were 1-0 winners (1).................... .............not playing very well.
(2)......................................the poor conditions, City played some attractive football,
(3) . .............................they just couldn't score. (4)...................................they lost,
their fans gave them a big cheer.
D Although, even though, in spite of and despite (1-4)
Join each pair of sentences. Be careful where you put the words in brackets. Nick used to smoke. He seems to be in good health, (although) Although. Nick wfad .to 5Moke, ha see^f to be ir, ^ood health.. I couldn't sleep. I was tired, (despite)
I cqwld*'t jrleep despite beciy) tired..................................
1   Trevor didn't notice the sign. It was right in front of him. (even though)
2   Matthew doesn't know any French. It was one of his school subjects, (although)
3
Henry's friend is a millionaire. He hates spending money, (despite)
4
We couldn't get tickets. We queued for an hour, (in spite of)
E
Whereas, on the other hand, in spite of and although (4-5)
Put one of the linking words into each of these sentences.
►   Although...........(t was rush-hour time, the roads weren't at all busy.
1 I always spend money when I have it. My brother,.........................., is very careful.
2 I managed to do some studying.........................all the noise.
3 People are friendly in the North,....................... in London no one speaks to you.
LINKING WORDS   • page361
151 To, in order to, so that and for
We use to, in order to, so that and for to express purpose, to say why we do things. The purpose of stopping is to buy a newspaper.
2 To
We can use the to-infinitive to express purpose.
Melanie was hurrying to catch her bus.    Most people work to earn money. 1 rang to find out the train times.    We went lo the library to get some books.
3 In order to and so as to
In order to and so as to are more formal than to.
The government took these measures in order to reduce crime.
The staff are working at weekends so as to complete the project in time. We can use the negative in order not to or so as not to.
Melanie was hurrying in order not to miss her bus.
The staff are working at weekends so as not to delay the project any further. We cannot use not to on its own.
She was hurrying to catch her bus. not She was hurrying not to tnisa her bus.
4 So that
Look at this example.
I'll post the card today so that it gets there on Daniel's birthday. After so that we use a subject and verb, e.g. it gets.
We often use will or can for a present purpose and would or could for a past purpose. Til give you a map so that you can find/you'll find the way all right. 1 gave Nick a map so that he could find/would be able to find the way all right.
5 To or for?
We can use for with a noun to say why wc do something.
The whole family have gone out for a bike ride.     Why don't you come over for coffee? To talk about the purpose of a thing, we use either a to-infinitive or for + an ing-form.
This heater is to keep/for keeping the plants warm in winter.
This machine is used to cut/for cutting plastic. But we do not use for -t- an ing-form to talk about a specific action.
I put the heater on to keep the plants warm, mrr-i-put the heater on for keeping the plants warm.
PAGE 362    • LINKING WORDS
Practice
A To (2)
Complete each sentence using to and these words:
cash a cheque, finance her studies, go to sleep, hear the football results, look smart
►  Laura went to the bank .    .    h. a...................................................................................
1 Mrs Miles sometimes takes a pill ...........................................................................................
2 Tom turned on the radio.......................................................................................................
3 Just this once Mike is going to wear a suit..............._____________________________________________________________________
4 Jessica is borrowing some money...........................................................................................
B In order to and so as to (3)
Alan works for Zedco. He wants to succeed in business, so he is listening to a talk on the subject. Here is what the speaker is showing the audience.
	ACTION		PURPOSE
	study the market	—*	be more successful
1	get to work earlier	»	impress the boss
2	work harder		achieve more
3	take risks	•>	be a winner
4	think positively	—»	not miss any opportunities
Say what Alan is going to do. Use either in order to or so as to. Both are correct.
►   H£s <^mi\^ to Study the .Market     pf~c\er to he wr>rp successful...........
1 ........................................................................................................................
3 rm^n„n.....................................................................................................
4 ....................................................................................................................
C To, for and so that (2, 4, 5)
Comment on what each person says. Use the word in brackets.
► llona: I'm learning English, I want to get a better job. (to)
lta*A i> lea.r-M^ Lr^hsh to ae± a better job._________________________.....
Claude: I study encyclopedias. Then I can answer quiz questions, (so that) CI[ Aude £tudiaS eKCyc'opediAS So that .fie _ ca»v Answer cjui7. fjwestiQ*£,
► Vicky: I'm saving up. Pm planning a holiday, (for)
Vicky iS SAvi      Up for A  hql id Ay.
1   Nick: I keep a dog. It guards the house, (to)
2 David: I'm going to be very careful. Then t won't have an accident, (so that)
3 Jessica: I'm going on a diet. I want to lose weight, (to)
4   Trevor: I often switch off the heating. It saves money, (to)
5 Sarah: I had to go to Birmingham. I had a business meeting, (for)
6 Emma: I wore boots because I didn't want my feet to get wet. (so that)
LINKING WORDS   • PACK 363
152 Review of linking words
1 Time words
Look at these examples with when, while, as soon as, etc. My leg hurts when I walk. (= at the time I walk)
Mark heard the news on the radio as/while he was driving home. (- during the time he was driving)
We're going to tidy up after everyone's gone, (- later than everyone goes)
As soon as Laura had left the house, it started to rain. (= immediately after she had left)
/ must get to the post office before it closes. (= earlier than il closes)
You have to wait until the light changes to green. (- up to the time it changes)
David hasn't been able to work since lie broke his leg. (= from the time he broke his leg)
Remember that we use the Present Simple for future time after when, etc.
We say before it closes, until it changes, etc. (see Unit 27).
2 If, unless and in case
We use these words to express a condition (see Unit 148).
Rachel might buy a car if she passes her test. (She may or may not pass her test.)
You won't learn to use a keyboard properly unless you practise. (- if you don't practise)
Wed better start early in case there ate traffic hold-ups. ( = because there may he hold-ups)
3 But, although and in spite of
We use ihesc words to express the idea of a conlrasL (see Unit 150), The jacket was nice, but it was too small for me.
Although the forecast said it would rain, it turned out to be a beautiful day.
We still haven't got a sponsor in spite of writing/in spite of the fact that we've written to dozens of
companies.
4 Reason
Here are some ways of expressing reason.
I took a taxi because 1 had some luggage.    Since we've got some time, let's look around the museum.
As there was no evidence against him, the man was released. We hurried on, for it was getting late. For is rather literary.
We can also use these prepositions.
The match has been cancelled because of the weather. The shop was closed due to illness.
Owing to its remote situation, the village has no electricity supply. In view of the test results, we expect the drug to be approved.
5 Because and so
We use because to express the reason for something and so to express the result of something. 7 turned the heating on because it was cold.    Henry started jogging because his doctor told hi in to. It was cold, so I turned the heattng on.    The stereo didn't work, so Vicky took it back to the shop.
6 To, in order to and so that
We use these words to express purpose (sec Unit 151). Sarah went to Birmingham to meet a client. We're having to borrow money in order to pay our bills. I took the bread out of the freezer so that it would defrost.
I'.\(,r 364   • linking words
Practice
Time words (l)
Ariene Black's new CD is now available in the shops. Write the titles of her songs.
Use these words instead of the ones in brackets; as soon as, before, since, when, while, until
Think of me (during the time) I'm away
1 I'll love you (up to the day) I die
2 I hear music (at the time) I see you
3 Come back (earlier than) I forget you
4 I've been sad (from the time) you left me
5 I fell in love (immediately after) we met
TTiirk. of Mfl while I m AWAy
IUHHIMIUI
. ... . . . ( . » ■ i • •
B Linking words (2-5)
Put in these words: although, because, but, due to, if, in case, in order to, in spite of, so, so that, unless
1
2
3
6
7
Olivia booked a babysitter *° w*% she could go out for the evening.
....................................it was late, Nick didn't seem in a hurry to leave.
They put video cameras in shops...................................stop people stealing things.
We decided not to go out for a meal................................we were simply too tired.
4 .............. .,....... .....you're ready, we can start now.
5 Our room was very small, ...................................we didn't really mind,
No one was watching the television, ........... ........................I switched it off.
You can't drive a car .................................you've got a licence.
8 ...................................having absolutely no talent, Guy became a popular TV personality.
9 I think my answers are right, but can I just check them with yours................................
I've made a mistake?
10   The road was closed................. an accident.
Linking words (1-5)
Complete the conversation. Choose the correct linking word.
Daniel:   What are you going to do (►) after/bejoro you finish college, Rachel?
Rachel: Vicky and I will be off to the States (1) as_sppn as/in spite of this term is over. We're going to travel around, and we may go to Canada (2) so that/to see some friends of Vicky's. We've been thinking about nothing else (3) since/until we bought our plane tickets.
Daniel:   It sounds great. How are you getting around in the States?
Rachel: By Greyhound bus. I know it takes longer than flying, (4) but/in spite of it'll be more
interesting. We fly to LA and then we're taking the bus to New York. We're going to buy a special ticket (5) in order/so that we can go anywhere we like on the way.
Daniel:   Yes, it's better by bus (6) because/unless you can stop off at interesting places.
Rachel: Of course the bus will probably be tiring,
Daniel:   Maybe you should take plenty of money (7) if/in case you decide to fly instead.
Rachel: I'll have to be careful with my money (8) since/so that I've only just got enough. I'm hoping
to stay out there (9) unless/until I have to come back and start my job in September. I'm
really looking forward to the trip, (10) although/because I'll be sad to leave here. And what
about you? What are you doing this summer? Daniel:   I'd go away somewhere (11) if/in case I could afford to. But I'm working. I've got no money,
(12) because/so I'll have to earn some. Rachel: Have you really got no money (13) although/in spite of the fact that you've had a part-time
job this term?
Daniel:   You know me, Rachel. If I've got money, I spend it.
LINKING WORDS   ■ HA(iL 363
Links across sentences
1 Introduction
Rita:     You go to United"s games, don't you, Tom?
You watch them on TV, too. Tom:    Well, I'm a fan. It's wonderful when United win.
On the other hand, it's terrible when thev lose. Rita:     Why not have a change? After all, there are
other things in life. Tom:    Such as?
Rita:     There's music, for example. Why don't you go
to a concert some time? Tom:    But 1 don't like classical music.
Look at the words and phrases too, on the other hand, after all and for example. They all make a link with an earlier sentence. When Rita says There's musk, for example, she is giving an example of other things in life, which she has already mentioned.
2 Words and phrases meaning 'and', 'but* and 'so1
'And":   Sarah often works late. She works on Saturdays sometimes, too/as well. Sarah often works late. She also works on Saturdays sometimes. Arlene Black has a yacht and a helicopter. In addition, she has five cars. I'm not inviting my cousin - I don't like him. Besides, he didn't invite me to his party. The buildings are in a very poor condition. Furthermore, there is no money to repair them.
'But':    / haven't been very welt recently. Still, it could be worse.
Nick is in love with Rita. Rita, however, is in love with Tom.
Everyone thought that Emma should accept the offer. Nevertheless/All the same, she turned it down. I don't want to be late for the meeting. On the other hand, I don't want to get there too early.
'So':     The holiday had been a complete disaster. We therefore decided to fly home early if we could. Someone switched the freezer off. Consequently/As a result, all the food was spoilt.
Some of these words and phrases are rather formal and typical of written English. They are consequently, furthermore, however, in addition, nevertheless and therefore,
3 Other linking words and phrases
Rephrasing; Jessica isn't the most popular person around here. In other words, no one likes her.
Correcting yourself: We play basketball. I mean/Or rather volleyball.
Contradicting: Sarah isn't lazy. On the contrary, she works extremely hard.
Picking up a topic: / like Natasha. I went on holiday with her. - Talking of holidays, what are your
plans for this year?
Changing the subject:       It's a lovely day, isn't it? - Yes, beautiful. By the way, have you seen Melanie? Supporting a statement:     We don't need to drive to the club, do we? After all, it's only about 200 metres from
here.
Dismissing something:      I'm not sure a thank-you tetter is really necessary. Anyway, I can't be bothered to
write one.
Civing an example: Yes, I do think Henry is rude. He shouts at waiters, for example/for instance.
page 366   • LINKING WORDS
Practice
A Words and phrases meaning 'and', 'but' and 'so' (2)
What do the underlined words mean? Write and, but or so.
► Daniel's suitcase got left behind. He got it back in the end, however. = but ........................
1 I'm too tired to go for a walk. Besides, it looks like rain. - ......................................
2 The road was under water. The police therefore closed it to traffic. =...............................
3 We took lots Of photos. We videoed the speeches as we|l. = ......................................
4 It was a terrible journey. Still, we got there safely in the end, = ...................................
5 A strike by air traffic controllers has begun. Many flights have
consequently been cancelled, -.................................
6 The company has spent millions on computers. Nevertheless, it does
not seem to have become more efficient. = .........................
B Links across sentences (2-3)
Complete this letter to a local newspaper. Choose the correct word or phrase.
There's been a lot of talk about a 'spaceship' seen over the town at about eleven o'clock on Friday
night. (►) As a result/NovcrthclcQSr hundreds of enthusiastic sky-watchers have arrived in town,
hoping that it will return. But was it really a spaceship? About twenty people say they saw it.
(1) Consequently/Furthermore, there is a photograph which is supposed to show the object in the sky.
We know, (2) however/as_a result, that trick photos are easy to produce. (3) By the way/In other
words, it is almost certainly a fake. But it would be wrong to treat the whole thing as a joke.
(4) All the same/On the contrary, all such reports should be carefully investigated. (5) After all/Anyway.
the arrival of a spacecraft from another world would indeed be a serious matter. But usually
there is a more simple explanation. Many supposed spaceships turn out to be weather balloons,
(6) for example/or rather. A similar mistake probably lies behind the belief that someone from another
world really did pay us a visit last Friday.
C Links across sentences (3)
What would you say? Give your answer using a linking word or phrase.
► Support Emma's opinion: she might not get another offer. Emma:   You're right. Maybe I should accept the offer.
A-ftar All „ yoL* Ml^ht rot ^et ARqther ore................................................. _____
1   Rephrase what Rita is saying: she doesn't want to see Nick. Rita:      I don't know if I'll have time to see Nick.
2   Change the subject and ask what the time is.
Tom:      I hope Wayne Johnson will be fit to play for United on Saturday,
3   Dismiss the idea of buying a sweater: they haven't got one in your size. Daniel:    I'm not sure if that sweater really suits you.
4   Mention Sarah as an example.
Claire:    Lots of our friends have DVD recorders, don't they?
5   Contradict what Nick says.
Nick:      Sorry. I persuaded you to see that film and you hated it, didn't you?
LINKING WORDS   • PACK 367
Appendix 1: Word formation
A Introduction
Look at these examples.
Lots of people believe that Cod exists.
Lots of people believe in the existence of God. Exist is a verb and existence is a noun. The word existence has two parts: exist- and -ence. We call -ence a 'suffix'. We add it to the end ot' the verb exist to form a noun.
We can also use suffixes to form verbs, adjectives and adverbs. The system is being modernized. {- made modern)
I grew up in an industrial town. (= a town where there is a lot of industry) the man was behaving strangely. (- in a strange way)
There are many different suffixes, such as -ence, -ize, -al, -ly, -tion and -menl. Some of them can be used to form many different words. For example, there are a lot of nouns ending in -tion: action, education, explanation, information, instruction, etc. There are no exact rules about which suffix you can add to which word. Adding a suffix can also involve other changes to the form of a word. industry -» industrial   repeat -» repetition   science ~* scientist.
Now look at these examples.
They're going to play the match on Wednesday.
They're going to replay the match on Wednesday We can add re- to the beginning of the verb play. We call re- a 'prefix'. A prefix adds something to the meaning of a word. The verb replay means 'play again'. Wc can also add prefixes to nouns and adjectives. See G and H.
B Noun suffixes
men!
-ion/tion/sion -alion/ition -ence/-ance -ty/-ity nes$ -ing
the prospects for employment       reach an agreement
take part in a discussion       increase steel production       ask for permission
an invitation to a party      people's opposition to the idea
a preference for houses rather than flats       a distance of ten miles
no certainty that we shall succeed       keep the door locked for security
people's willingness to help       recovering from an illness
enter a building       reach an understanding
C Nouns for people
-cr/~or the driver of the car   a newspaper editor
-ist a place full of tourists   a scientist doing an experiment
-ant/-ent        an assistant to help with my work   students at the university -an/-ian Republicans and Democrats   the electrician rewiring the house
-ee an employee of the company (- someone employed)
notes for examinees (- people taking an exam)
We also use -er for things, especially machines. a huir-dryer   a food mixer   a cassette player
D Verb suffixes
Many verbs are formed by adding -ize or -tse to an adjective. Some are formed by adding -en. -ize European safely rules are being standardized.   They privatized the company.
-en They're widening the road here.   Meeting you has really brightened my day.
PAGE 368   APPENDIX 1: WORD FORMATION
E Adjective suffixes
Most of these adjectives are formed from nouns.
-al	ii professional musician   Britain's coastal waters
-ic	a metallic sound   a scientific inquiry
-ive	an informative guidebook   an offer exclusive to our readers
■ful	a successful career  feeling hopeful about the future
-less	feeling hopeless about the future (= without hope)   powerless to do anything about it
-ous	guilty of dangerous driving   luxurious holiday apartments
-y	a rocky path   the salty taste of sea water
-ly > 109,1	a friendly smile   u very lively person
-able/ible	an acceptable error (- an error that can be accepted)   a comprehensible explanation
	a valuable painting (— worth a lot of money)   a comfortable chair
F Adverbs
-ly L> 108       He looked around nervously.   I moved here quite recently.
G Some common prefixes
anti- (■= against) anti-roads protestors   anti-government troops
inter- (- between) an international match   interstate highways in the US
mini- (- small) u minicomputer   the minibar in your hotel room
mis- {= wrongly) mishear what someone says   miscalculate the amount
multi- {- many) multicoloured lights   a multimillionaire
over- (-too much) too fond of overeating  overcrowded roads
post- {= after) the post-war world   a postgraduate student
pre- (= before) pre-match entertainment   in prehistoric times
re- (- again) a reunion of old friends   reread a favourite book
semi- (= half) semi-skilled work   sitting in a semicircle
super- (= big) a huge new superstore   a supertanker carrying oil
under- (= too little) thin and underweight   underpaid work
H Negative prefixes
We can also use a prefix to form an opposite. For example, the opposite of clear is unclear (= not clear) Un- is the most common negative prefix.
dis- a dishonest way to behave   cant help being disorganized  dislike the idea
disappear from the scene,   a disadvantage of the plan
il- (+ I) an illegal drug   an illiberal attitude
im- (+ m or p)        an impossible task   un impolite question
in- an indirect route   the invisible man   a great injustice
ir- (+ r) an irregular shape   an irrelevant remark
non- non-alcoholic drinks   a non-stop flight
un- an uncomfortable chair   an unusual event   an undated letter
uncertain what to do   unpack your suitcase   unzip the bag
APPENDIX 1: WORD FORMATION    PALI* iW
Appendix 2: The spelling of endings
A Plural nouns
We add -s to a noun to form the plural.
a car —» two cars     a name * some names
1 After -s, -sh, -ch and -x we add -es /iz/.
glass -* glasses     dish -** dishes match —» matches     box -* boxes
2 A few nouns ending in -o have -es,
heroes     potatoes tomatoes Biti most have s.
[fistos kilos photos pianos radios     stereos     studios zoos
3 When a noun ends in a consonant + -y, the -y changes to -ies.
penny —* pennies     story —» stories We do not change -y after a vowel. day * days     journey -* journeys
B The Present Simple -s ending
In the third person singular, a Present Simple verb ends in -s. (See Unit 5.2.)
/ know -* he knows     I work * she works
1 After -s, -sh, -ch and -x we add -es /iz/.
pass -* passes wash ► washes catch * catches      mix —> mixes
2 Some verbs ending in -o have -es.
go —► goes /gooz/     do -* does AUz/
3 When a verb ends in a consonant + -y, the -y changes to -ies.
hurry -* hurries      copy —* copies We do not change -y after a vowel. stay -* stays      enjoy -* enjoys
C The ed ending
Most verbs have -ed in the past tense,
(See Unit 8.2.) Most past participles also end
in -ed. (Sec Unit 11.2.)
look -* looked     call -* called
1 If the verb ends in -e, we add -d.
hope -* hoped     save -* saved
2 When a verb ends in a consonant + -y. the -y changes to -ied.
hurry * hurried     copy -> copied
3   Sometimes we double a final consonant. This happens when a one-syllable verb ends with one vowel and one consonant, e.g. beg, plan.
beg —» begged     plan --► planned For more details about doubling, see G.
D The -ing form
1 We normally leave out -e when we add -ing to a verb,
take —* taking     chive -* driving Bui wc keep a double e before -ing, see -* seeing      agree —► agreeing
2 When a verb ends in -ie, it changes to -ying.
die -* dying     lie —► lying But -y does not change. hurry-* hurrying
3 Sometimes wc double a final consonant. This happens when a one-syllable verb ends with one vowel and one consonant, e.g. win, put.
win -► winning     put putting For more details about doubling, see G.
E Adverbs
We form many adverbs from an adjective + -ly. slow —* slowly     calm * calmly
1 We do not leave out -e before -ly.
safe -* safely     strange * strangely But there are a few exceptions. due -* duly     true * truly whole * wholly
2 When an adjective ends in a consonant + -y, the -y changes to -ily.
angry -* angrily     happy -* happily An exception is shy -* shyly.
3 When an adjective ends in a consonant + -le, the e changes to -y.
probable -* probably     sensible -* sensibly
4 When an adjective ends in -ic, we add -ally.
automatic -* automatically /bno'rruetikli/ romantic —* romantically /rao'ma^nlikli/ But there is one exception-public -* publicly
PAC,r 370   appendix 2: the spelling of endings
F The comparison of adjectives
We form the comparative and superlative of short adjectives with -er and -est. (See Unit 110.)
old -+ older, oldest
quick    quicker, quickest
I    If the adjective ends in -e, we add -r and -St. lute -* inter, latest     fine  * finer, finest
1   When an adjective ends in a consonant + y, the -y changes to -ier or -iest. heavy —► heavier, heaviest lucky —*■ luckier, luckiest
3    Sometimes we double a final consonant. This happens when a one-syllabic adjective ends with one vowel and one consonant, e.g. big, flat.
big -* bigger, biggest     fiat -► flatter, flattest tor more details about doubling, see G.
G The doubling of consonants
1 When we add -ed, -ing, -er or -est to a word, we sometimes double a final consonant. This happens when a one-syllable word ends with one vowel and one consonant, e.g. slop, get, thin, sad.
stop -* stopped     get -> getting thin —» thinner     sad -* saddest
2 We do not double -y, -w or -x,
piny —* played      new —* newest
fax —* faxing We do nut double when there are two consonants.
ask -* asking     short -¥ shortest
rich -* richer And we do not double when there are two vowels.
seem ~* seemed     shout -* shouting fair-* fairest
3    The rule about doubling is also true for words of more than one syllable {e.g. permit = per + mil), hut only if the last syllable is stressed.
per'mit -* permitted
pre'fei' —► preferring We do nol usually double a consonant when the syllable is unstressed.
'open —* opened      'enter —* entering An exception is that in British English -I is usually doubled, even if the syllable is unstressed.
travel -*■ travelled (US: traveled)
APPENDIX 2: THE SPELLING OF ENDINGS   pace 3/1
Appendix 3: Punctuation
A Full stop (.), question mark (?) and exclamation mark (!)
A sentence ends with one of these punctuation marks.
Full slop: It's colli today,      The office was dosed.      Please be careful.
Question mark: Who's that? Did you see the show?     Could you wait, please?
Exclamation mark:      Oh, no! I don't believe it!
In the US a full stop is called a 'period1.
B Semi-colon (;)
We can use a semi-colon between two separate statements which are linked in meaning.
Melanie is a very kind person; she visits David in hospital every day. We could also use a hill stop here.
C Colon (:)
We can use a colon before an explanation or before a list. Vicky felt nervous: she. hated the dark.
There wasn't much in the fridge: a couple of sausages, some butter, half a bottle of milk.
D Dash(-)
A dash is ralher informal. It is sometimes used instead of a colon or a semi-colon. i'm having a great time - there's lots to do here. Vicky felt nervous - she hated the dark.
E Comma (,)
We often use a comma when we link two statements with and, but or or.
Daniel was tired, and his feet were hurting.      It's a really good camera, but I cant afford it. Note the two subjects in each sentence: Daniel... his feet and //... I. When there is only one subject, we do not use a comma.
Daniel sat down and took his shoes off.
We can also use a comma when a sentence has a linking word like when or although.
When the office is busy, Sarah has to work late. For commas with relative clauses, see Unit 141.
Sometimes a comma can separate off an adverb or a phrase.
Sarah, unfortunately, has to work late.      On busy clays, Sarah has to work late. Here the commas separate off on busy days and unfortunately.
The rules about commas are not very exact. In general, commas are more likely around longer phrases. With a short phrase there is often no comma. On busy days Sarah has to work late.      Sometimes she has to work late.
It is less usual to separate off something at the end of the sentence.
Sarah has to work late when the office is busy.      She stayed late to get the work done. We do not usually put a comma before to expressing purpose.
We also use commas in a list of more than two. The last two are linked by and, often without a comma. I went out with Rachel, Vicky, Emma and Matthew.
PAXIE 372   APPENDIX 3: PUNCTUATION
F Quotation marks (")
We put direct speech in quotation marks.
Laura said, 'You haven't put those shelves up yet.'      'I haven't had time,' replied Trevor. We normally use a comma to separate the direct speech from the rest of the sentence, The comma comes before the quotation mark. Quotation marks are also called 'quotes1 or "inverted commas'.
Double quotation marks are sometimes used. Laura said, "You haven't put those shelves up yet."
We can put quotation marks around titles.
Do you watch that American comedy series called 'Roseanne'? We often use quotation marks when wc mention a word or phrase.
What does 'punctuation' mean?     Rap music is also called 'hip hop7.
G Hyphen (-)
We sometimes use hyphens in these structures. Compound noun: eating ice-cream
Compound expression before a noun: an oven-ready meal Noun formed from a phrasal verb: ready for take-off Noun + -ing form: interested in rock-climbing
Before the last word of a compound number: a hundred and twenty-six people After some prefixes: anti-aircraft guns
Tbe rules about hyphens are not very exact. For example, you may see a compound noun written as phonecard, phone-card or phone card. Hyphens are not very frequent in British English, and they are used even less in American English. If you are unsure, it is usually safer to write two separate words.
H Apostrophe (')
Look at these examples.
Today we're going for a drive in the country.      Everyone is looking al Nick's car. We use an apostrophe (*) in short forms, when there is a missing letter, e.g. we're (- wc are). See Unit 32. We also use an apostrophe with s to form the possessive of a noun, e.g. Nick's car. See Unit 93.
I   Capital letters
There are two capital letters (big letters) in this sentence.
The boss said I could leave early. We use a capital letter at the beginning of a sentence and for the word I.
We also use a capital letter to begin the names of people, places, companies, etc.
Mark and Sarah     New Orleans      the. High Street     Somerset House      General Motors This includes the names of books, films, magazines, etc. All the important words start with a capital letter.
The Spy Wlio Loved Me     Four Weddings and a Funeral Newsweek
We also use a capital letter for days of the week., months of the year, holidays and festivals, historical times, nationalities and most abbreviations.
Monday     August     Easter      the New Year      the Industrial Revolution
some Italian wine     the UN{~ the United Nations!
APPENDIX 3; PUNCTUATION    PAGl! 373
Appendix 4: Pronunciation
A Key to phonetic symbols
vowels consonants
i:	lea	\	cup	P	put	f	first	h	house
i	happy	T.	bird	b	best	V	van	m	must
i	sit	3	away	t	tell	0	three	n	next
e	ten	CI	pay	d	day	ö	this	rj	song
ae	sad	so	so	k	cat	s	sell	1	love
(Ľ	car	ai	cry	y	good	z	zoo	r	rest
D	dog	ao	now	1J	cheese	J	ship	j	you
o;	ball	3i	boy	d3	just	3	pleasure	w	will
0	book	lit	dear						
	actual	ea	chair						
u:	fool	03	sure						
B Stress
In books about English, the symbol ' is used before a stressed syllable, the part of the word which is spoken with greater force.
midnig/ir/'midnait/     about /a'baol/     exercise/'eksasaiz/     belonging /bi'lorjirj/ Here the syllables mid, bout, ex and long are stressed. It is important to get the stress on the right part of the word. Stressing a word incorrectly can make it difficult to understand.
Now look at these two sentences.
We tvn«r to protest /protest/ against experiments on live animals.
We want to make a protest /'ptsoie&U against experiments on live animals. Protest as a verb is stressed on the second syllable. As a noun it is stressed on the first syllable. There are a number of words like this> e,g. conflict, contrast, export, import, increase, insult, produce, progress, protest, record, suspect, transfer, transport. Sometimes a change of stress means a change of vowel sound.
Verbs: produce /pra'dju:*/, progress /pre'gres/, record /rt'kxd/
Nouns: produce/"prodjuis/, progress /'praogres/, record / rekard/
We also use stress to show which are the important words in a sentence*
'Clairesgot a 'lovely 'flat. She 'bought it last 'year. It's right in the 'centre of 'town, Here the important words are Claire, lovely, flat and so on. We do not usually stress'grammatical words' like a, she, the and of.
C Intonation
The voice usually falls or rises on the most important word in the sentence. This word is usually at or near the end of the sentence.
Claire's got a lovely flat. Here the voice falls when saying flat, which is the key word.
The symbol ** is used for a falling intonation and    for a rising intonation.
Everything is more or less *** ready, (a statement)
Everything is more or less    ready? (a question) The voice usually goes down in a statement and up in a yes/no question. In general, a fall means that what we say is complete. A rise means that what we say is incomplete, or it needs an answer. See also Unit 42 for intonation in question tags.
page 374   APPENDIX 4: PRONUNCIATION
The voice often rises in the first part of a sentence and falls at the end. If you don't * mind, I ought to be **» going.
There is always a fall or rise on the important part of the message. Which word is the key word depends on the meaning. Compare these examples.
My friend is a bit upset. She's just failed her Ss exam.
I passed my exam last summer, but my friend has just ^* failed hers.
Lots of people have failed their exams. My   friend has just failed.
D Voicing
Sounds can he voiced or voiceless. Voiced sounds are like those you make when you sing. All the vowels are voiced and some of the consonants.Voiceless sounds are like those you make when you whisper. Some of the consonants are voiceless. Compare these sounds.
VOICED VOICELESS
Ibl bill /p/ pill
lál down lil town
Iql gold Ik/ cold
IzJ prize Is/ price
The voiceless sounds are lp/, It/, Ik/, lit,     Is/, /f/> /ťf/ and /hi.
E The -s ending
We sometimes add the ending -s or -es to a word. For example we can do this to form the plural or the possessive of a noun.
some chairs     the bushes     Mark's car     the woman's name We can also add -$ or -es to a verb.
It looks nice and sunny.      Tom watches the football on Saturday afternoons.
The pronunciation of -s/-es depends on the sound which is before it. The ending is pronounced /s/ after a voiceless sound, /z/ after a voiced sound, and /iz/ after a sibilant sound.
Voiceless + /s/      shops /ps/ gets As/ takes /ks/
Voiced + /z/ jobs /bz/ hides /dz/ bags Ajz/
Laura's fai.l days /etz/ knows /aoz/
Sibilant + /iz/      buses /siz/ loses /ziz/ crashes I\mJ
For voiced and voiceless sounds see D. The sibilant sounds are /s/, fzf, /J/, /$/, /If/ and /dj/.
F The -ed ending
We add -ed or -d to a regular verb to form the past tense or past participle. We all walked home.     They've closed the gates.
The pronunciation of -ed depends on the sound coming before it. The ending is pronounced HI after a voiceless sound, Id/ after a voiced sound, and /id/ after /t/ or 16/.
Voiceless +/t/ hoped /pt/ worked/kt} increased /st/
Voiced + lál   robbed/bál begged/qá/ raised izá/
played /eid/ allowed la.ua/ cared /ead/
/t/ or lál + fial wanted /tid/ landed /did/
For voiced and voiceless sounds see D.
APPENDIX 4: PRONUNCIATION   PAGE 375
G Weak forms
We are using a weak form when we pronounce is as /s/ rather than /iz/, or we pronounce from as /from/ rather than /fi Dm/. Normally a word like is or from is not stressed, and so we can use a weak form, (For written short forms see Unit 32.)
	strong form	weak FORM		STRONG FORM	weak FORM
a	/ei/	/a/	is	/iz/	Izi or /s/
am	/aem/	/am/ or /m/	me	/mi:/	/mi/
an	/ten/	/on/	must	/nrust/	/most/ or /mas/
and	/send/	/and/, /an/ or /n/	of	/DV/	/av/ or /v/
are	An(r)/	/3(r)/	shall	wt	/fal/ or /Jl/
as	/aez/	/3Z/	she	*/	
at	/set/	hti	should	/JtJd/	im
be	/bi:/	/bi/	some	/sAm/	/sam/ or /sm/
been	/bi:n/	/bin/	than	/6#n/	/6an/
can	/kasn/	/kan/	that	/OcEt/	/oat/
could	/kud/	/kad/	the	/fli:/	/öi/ or /6a/
do	/du:/	/du/ or /da/	them	/6em/	/5am/ or /am/
for	/fa:(r)/	/fa(r)/	there	/oea(r)/	/öa(r)/
from	/from/	/from/	to	/tu:/	/tu/ or /ta/
had	/haed/	/had/, /ad/ or /d/	was	/wdz/	/waz/
has	/hsz/	/haz/, /az/ or /z/	we	/wi:/	/wi/
have	/hsev/	/hav/, /av/ or /v/	were	/w3:(r)/	/wa(r)/
he	/hi:/	/hi/ or /i/	will	/wil/	/I/
her	/h3:(r)/	/ha(r)/ or /a(r)/	would	/wod/	/wad/, /ad/ or /d/
him	/him/	/im/	you	/ju:/	/ju/
his	/hiz/	/iz/	your	/p:(r)/	/p(r)/
Notes on weak forms
1 (r) means that an ■ r sound is pronounced before a vowel. In the phrase for a minute, the words for a are pronounced /fare/.
2 A, an and the arc normally spoken in their weak form.
3 Some does not have a weak form when it means 'some but not all'. See Unit 96A.
4 That normally has a weak form when it is a linking word, e.g. / knew thatffet/ it was hue. It does not have a weak form when it means something at a distance from the speaker, e.g. Look at that Idjst/ car.
(See Unit 91.)
5 There normally has a weak form in a sentence like There's /6az/ a bookshop in town. (See Unit 99.) It docs not have a weak form when it means 'in that place' e.g. The bookshop is over there /Sea/.
6 A verb docs not have a weak form in a short answer with yes.
Are you tired? ~ Yes, I am Aem/.
PACT, 37ft   APPENDIX 4: PRONUNCIATION
Appendix 5: American English
The differences between British and American English are mainly matters of pronunciation and vocabulary There arc also a few spelling differences such as British centre and colour and American center and color. There are some grammatical differences. Although they are not very great, those points that are most relevant to learners of English are explained here.
A Seem, look, etc.
Compare these examples.
BRITISH
In British English there can be a noun (e.g. pilot) after appear, feel, look, seem and sound. She seemed (to be) a good pilot.
It looks (to be) a lovely evening,
I felt a fool.
american
Americans do not say She seemed a good pilot. They use to be or like after these verbs.
She seemed to be a good pilot.
or She seemed like a good pilot.
It looks to be a lovely evening.
or It looks like a lovely evening.
! felt like a fool.
B Present Perfect and Past Simple (U
The British use the Present Perfect for recent actions, and especially with just, already and yet. Bob has washed the dishes, look.
We've already eaten our lunch.
I've just seen Blaine.
Have you corrected your work yet?
The British normally use the Present Perfect with ever and never, not the Past Simple.
Have you ever played cricket?
The child has never seen snow before.
C Shall (Unit 23.4)
The British use will for the future, but they can also use shall in the first person.
I will/I shall be here tomorrow.
We wtll/We shall contact you.
The British use shall to make an offer. Shall 1 make the coffee?
The British can use Shall we ...? for a suggestion.
Shall we go for a walk?
11-15)
Americans can use either the Present Perfect or the Past Simple in these sentences.
Bob has washed the dishes, look.
OR Bob washed the dishes, look.
We've already eaten our lunch.
or We already ate our lunch,
I've just seen Blaine.
OR I just saw Elaine.
Have you corrected your work yet?
OR Did you correct your work yet? Americans normally use the Past Simple with ever and never, but the Present Perfect is possible.
Did you ever play baseball?
or Have you ever played baseball?
The child never saw snow before.
OR The child has never seen snow before.
Americans do not normally use shall for the future.
/ will be here tomorrow.
We will contact you.
Americans normally use should. Should t make the coffee?
Americans do not normally use shall in suggestions.
How about a walk?
Would you like to take a walk?
APPENDIX 5: AMERICAN ENGLISH   PA(,f 377
D Got and gotten
Both have and have got are used in Britain and in the US. He has a lot of money/lies got a lot of money. (= He is rich.)
The British do not use gotten.
He's made a lot of money from his business activities.
Your driving has got better.
In the US, have gotten expresses an action.
He's gotten/made a lot of money from his business activities. Americans also use gotten meaning 'become'.
Your driving has gotten better.
E Negatives and questions with have
In Britain there arc two different structures. / haven't (got) enough time. ok / don't have enough time.
Has Carol got a computer?
or Does Carol have a computer?
In the past tense, did is usual in both countries. We didn't have tickets.
(Unit 31)
Americans normally use the auxiliary do. / don't have enough time.
Does Carol have a computer?
F Emphatic do (Unit 33.3)
The British can use do with an imperative for emphasis.
Have a piece of cake.
or Do have a piece of cake.
Do with an imperative is less common in the US. Have a piece of cake.
G Do for an action
The British can use do to refer to an action already mentioned.
/ don't practise as often as I should (do).
You'd better take your pill. ~ / already have
(done).
Americans do not use do in this way.
J don't practice as often as I should.
You'd better take your pill. ~ 1 already have.
H Question tags (Unit 42)
Both the British and the Americans can use question tags when talking about facts.
Blackpool is in Lancashire, isn't it? Las Vegas is in Nevada, isn't it?
But in general Americans use tags much less often than the British. They do not use tags to persuade or to argue. A sentence like You aren't listening to me, are you? is British but not American. But Americans often use right? and OK? as tags.
I'll bring the luggage in, shall I? I'll bring the baggage in, OK?
PAGK 37«   appendix 5: american english
I  Can't and must not (Unit 46.3)
The British use can't to say that something is impossible.
/ rang, but there's no reply. They can't be at home.
Americans can also use must not to say that something is impossible.
/ called, but there's no reply. They can't be home./They must not be home.
J  Needn't and don't need to (Unit 48)
The British can use either form. You needn't see the inspector. oit You don't need to see the inspector.
Americans do not normally use needn't. You don't need to see the inspector.
K Group nouns (Unit 81.2)
In Britain a group noun can usually take either a singular or a plural verb.
The crowd was/were getting restless.
Sweden plays/play Germany tomorrow.
In the US a group noun takes a singular verb. The crowd was getting restless. Sweden plays Germany tomorrow.
L The (Unit 86.3 and 87.1)
The British use the with a musical instrument. / can play the piano.
The British say in hospital. My sister is still in hospital.
Americans can leave out the. / can play piano/play the piano.
Americans say in the hospital. My sister is still in the hospital.
M Numbers
The British use and between hundred and the rest of the number
six hundred and twenty
Americans can leave out and, six hundred twenty OR six hundred and twenty
N Dates
There are a number of different ways of writing and saying dates, but these are the most common.
br1ttsh
23 June
'the twenty-third of June' 'June the twenty-third'
am er [can
June 23
'June twenty-third'
The British write 23.6.98, and Americans write 6.23.98.
O You and one (Unit 98.3)
The British use you for people in general, including the speaker. In more formal English they can use one.
You/One can't be too careful.
Americans use you for people in general. One is unusual.
You can't be too careful.
appendix 5: american english    FACE 379
P Somewhere and someplace (Unit 103)
In informal American English, everyplace, someplace, anyplace and no place can be used as well as everywhere, somewhere, etc.
Lets find somewhere to eat. Let's find somewhere/someplace to eat.
Q Adjectives and adverbs (Unit 108)
In informal speech we can sometimes use an adjective form instead of an adverb. Americans do this more than the British.
We had some really nice weather. We had some really nice/some real nice
weather.
It certainly doesn't make things any easier. It certainly/sure doesn't make things any easier.
R Prepositions (Units 118-126)
There are some differences in prepositions. BRITISH
round/around the village towards/toward the west looking out of the window outside the town
AMERICAN
around the village toward the west
looking out the window/out of the window outside the town/outside of the town
In American English there is a special use of through as a preposition of time.
He'll be on the road from Tuesday to/till Friday. They will stay in Brighton until the end of April.
Note the prepositions after different. BRITISH
This cup is different from/to the others.
Compare these expressions.
british
in Bond Street
at the weekend, at weekends
stay at home
a player in the team
ten minutes past four
twenty to seven
write to me
talk to someone
meet someone
He'll be on the road (from) Tuesday through Friday.
They will stay in Miami through April.
AMERICAN
This cup is different from/than the others.
AMERICAN
on Fifth Avenue
on the weekend, on weekends
stay home
a player on the team ten minutes past/after four twenty to/of seven write me/write to me talk to/with someone meet with someone
PACE 380   APPENDIX 5: AMERICAN ENGLISH
S In case (Unit 148.4)
In case can have different meanings. BRITISH
Take an umbrella in case it rains. (= because it may rain)
AMERICAN
In case you're sick, you should call the office. (= if you're sick)
T Go and ...
Americans can leave out and from this structure. Til go and buy the tickets.
Til go buy/I'll go and buy the tickets.
U The subjunctive
We can use expressions like I suggest that... and It's important that ... to talk about what we want to happen. Look at these examples.
BRITISH
Tim's parents have suggested that he gets a
job/that he should get a job. It's important that everything goes/everything
should go according to plan.
The British normally use the Present Simple or should. (They use the subjunctive only in formal English.)
AMERICAN
TiWs parents have suggested that he get a job. It's important that everything go according to plan.
Americans normally use a form called the 'subjunctive', e.g. get, go.
V Irregular verbs
In the past tense some verbs can have either an irregular -t ending or the regular -ed ending. These verbs are burn, learn, smell, spell, spill and spoil.
The British prefer the -t ending, although -ed is also possible.
They burnt/burned the old sofa.
You've spelt/spelled this word wrong.
Americans normally use the -ed ending.
They burned the old sofa. You've spelled this word wrong.
But we say e.g. a slice of burnt toast in both British and American English. In Britain the verbs dream, lean and leap can be regular, or they can have a -t ending. / dreamt/dreamed about you. I dreamed about you.
These three forms ending in -t have the vowel sound /e/. For example, dreamt is pronounced /dremt/, and dreamed is pronounced /dri:md/.
The verb dive is regular in Britain but can be irregular in the US.
Craig dived into the water.
Craig dived/dove into the water.
Dived is pronounced /daivd/, and dove is pronounced /doov/.
APPENDIX 5: AMERICAN ENGLISH   PAGE 381
Appendix 6: Irregular verbs
verb	past tf.nsh	fast/passive	verb	past tense	past/passive
		PAItTIClPl.t:			participle
arise	arose	arisen	find	found	found
be	was, were	been	flee	lied	Fled
bear	bore	borne	fly	flew	flown
beat	beal	beaten	forbid	forbad (c)	forbidden
become	became	become		/fc'bEcd/	
begin	began	begun	forget	forgot	forgotten
bend	bent	bom	forgive	forgave	forgiven
bet	bet	bet	freeze	froze	frozen
		betted	get	got	got
bind	bound	bound			gotten (us)
bite	bit	bitten	give	gave	given
		bit		went	gone
bleed	bled	bled	grind	ground	ground
blow	blew	blown	grow	grew	grown
break	broke	broken	hang	hung	hung
breed	bred	bred	have	had	had
bring	brought	brought	hear /his/	heard /hxd/	heard /h3:d/
broadcast	broadcast	broadcast	hide	hid	hidden
build	built	built	hit	hit	hit
burn	burnt	burnt	hold	held	held
	burned	burned	hurt	hurt	hurt
burst	burst	burst	keep	kept	kept
buy	bought	boughl	kneel	knelt	knelt
catch	Caught	caughl	know	knew	known
choose	chose	chosen	lay	laid	laid
come	came	co me	lead	led	led
cost	cost	cost	lean /li:n/	leant /lent/	leant /lent/
creep	crept	crept		leaned	leaned
cut	cut	cut	leap /Hip/	leapt /lept/	leapt /lept/
deal /did/	dealt /delt/	dealt /dell/		leaped	leaped
dig	dug	dug	learn	learnt	learnt
dive	dived	dived		learned	learned
	dove (us)		leave	left	left
do	did	done	lend	lent	lent
draw	drew	drawn	let	lei	let
dream	dreamt	dreamt	lie	lay	bin
/dri:m/	/dremt/	/dremt/	light	lit	lit
	dreamed	dreamed		lighted	lighted
drink	drank	drunk	lose	lost	lost
drive	drove	driven	make	made	made
eat /i:t/	ate /el/	eaten /'i:tn/	mean /mi:n/	meant /ment/	meant /ment/
fall	fell	fallen	meet	met	met
feed	fed	fed	mow	mowed	mown
feel	felt	felt			mowed
fight	fought	fought			
PAG1! 382   APPENDIX 6: IRREGULAR VERBS
VERB	past TENSE	PAST/PASSIVE PARTICIPLE
pay	paid	paid
put	put	put
read /ri:d/	read /red/	read /red/
ride	rode	ridden
ring	rang	rung
rise	rose	risen
run	ran	run
say /scj/	said /scd/	said /sed/
see	saw	seen
seek	sought	sought
sell	sold	sold
send	sent	sent
set	set	set
sew	sewed	sewn
		sewed
shake	shook	shaken
shine	shone	shone
shoot	shot	shot
show	showed	shown
shrink	shrank	shrunk
	shrunk	
shut	shut	shut
sing	sang	sung
sink	sank	sunk
sit	sat	sat
sleep	slept	slept
slide	slid	slid
smell	smelt	smelt
	smellcd	smelled
speak	spoke	spoken
speed	sped	sped
	speeded	speeded
spell	spelt	spelt
	spelled	spelled
spend	spent	spent
spill	spill	spilt
	spilled	spilled
spin	spun	spun
spit	Spat	spat
split	split	split
spoil	spoilt	spoilt
	spoiled	spoiled
spread	spread	spread
spring	sprang	sprung
VERB PAST TENSE PAST/PASSIVE
PARTICIPLE
stand	stood	stood
.steal	stole	stolen
stick	stuck	stuck
sting	stung	stung
stink	stank	stunk
	stunk	
stride	strode	stridden
strike	struck	struck
swear	swore	sworn
sweep	swept	swept
swim	swam	swum
swing	swung	swung
take	took	taken
teach	taught	taught
tear	tore	torn
tell	told	told
think	thought	thought
throw	threw	thrown
tread	trod	trodden
understand	understood	understood
wake	woke	woken
	waked	waked
wear	wore	worn
weave	wove	woven
	weaved	weaved
weep	Wept	wept
win	won	won
wind	wound	wound
write	wrote	written
The verbs in this list are also irregular when they have a prefix, e.g. overtake - overtook - overtaken, foretell - foretold - forctold.
A few verbs have irregular Present Simple forms:
VERB PRESENT SIMPLE
be 1 am; you/we/they are; he/she/it is
do he/she/it does /dAz/
go he/she/it goes /gauz/
have he/she/it has
say he/she/it says /sez/
For burnt/burned, dreamt/dreamed, etc. in British and American English see page 382. For gotten see page 378.
APPENDIX 6: IRREGULAR VERBS    PACE 383
Key to the exercises
Unit 1
A    1 determiner 8 preposition
2 verb 9 linking word
3 pronoun 10 adverb
4 adverb II determiner
5 pronoun 12 adjective
Q verb 13 linking word
7 adjective 14 noun
B   verb; is, loves noun: Claire, cafe
ADJECTIVE: wonderful, old, romantic adverb: madly, unfortunately, rather preposition: of, for, at detekmineU: a, their, some pronoun: He, her, they linking WORD: and, but, so
C   I verb
2 noun
3 adjective
4 verb
5 noun
Unit 2
A
6 verb
7 verb
8 noun
9 adjective 10 verb
1 subject
2 verb
3 complement
B 1 e) 2 a) 3 c) 4 d) C
4 adverbial
5 object
6 complement
1 Tom likes football.
2 David had an accident.
3 We moved the piano,
4 Harriet is a tall woman.
5 Everyone sat on the floor.
6 Mike's friends gave him some help.
D   1 also, with several young people
2 firs1Tin 1994
3 naturally, without help
4 fortunately, from the National Lottery
Unit 3
A    1 David gave Melanic a sweater.
2 La u ra ga ve Tre vo r a sea rf.
3 Emma gave Matthew a tennis racket.
4 Henry gave Claire a necklace.
B    1 sold her bike to her sister.
2 told the joke to all his friends.
3 gave her neighbour some help.
4 wrote her teacher a letter.
C   I for   2 to   3 to   4 for   5 for  6 to
D   1 them to the bottle bank.
2 me a job.
3 them to the police.
4 you my umbrella.
Unit 4
A    I They're/They are playing basketball.
2 She's/She is taking a photo.
3 He's/He is painting a picture.
4 They're/They are carrying a parcel.
We aren't spending It isn't taking are you waiting I'm/I am correcting
B    1  are trying 5
2 are you finding 6
3 is helping 7
4 We're/We are 8 getting
C   1 it's/it is raining.
2 I'm/I am working.
3 you're/you are sitting on my coat.
4 I'm/I am writing an important letter.
5 l'm/l am get ting/ feeling better.
Units
A	i	a feeling	5	a thought
	2	a repeated action	6	a feeling
	3	a fact	7	a repeated action
	4	a fact	8	a thought
B	1	doesn't speak	6	don't look
	2	walk	7	doesn't work
	3	needs	8	don't like
	4	love	9	wins
	5	doesn't eat	10	don't own
C	1	I go	8	does it cost
	2	comes	9	I don't know
	3	we travel	10	that doesn't matter
	4	don't you come	11	I don't want
	5	doesn't make	12	Does that annoy
	6	do you take	13	it doesn't annoy
	7	I love	14	find
Unito				
A	1	He's/He is talking	8	You know
	2	I think	9	I give
	3	they're/they are	10	she gives
		discussing	11	She lives
	4	Are you looking	1 2	It saves
	5	Do you know	13	1 agree
	6	works	14	I'm/I am wasting
	7	She doesn't work		
B    1 ItVIt is snowing, It's/It is coming
2 I start, I'm/I am starting
3 I'm/I am going, 1 drive
4 rises, we're/we are travelling
5 I'm/1 am writing, I promise
6 I want, T'm/I am saving
PACE 384 • KEY TO THE EXERCISES
1 she always takes
2 She's/She is always missing
3 do you always go
4 They Ye/They are always arguing.
Unit 7
1 state
2 action
3 state
B
D
I think 1 have it didn't fit 1 see
are being 's/is
Ye being/are being
4 action
5 state
5 you're having
6 youYe thinking
7 I come
8 It weighed
4 re/are
5 *s being/is being
And I've still got a chance to win.
It's too expensive to buy.
It uses so much petrol.
I think it's going to be perfect for me.
I've never wanted to change it.
Unit 8
A
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
5
6
She swam in the sea. She had a picnic. She played volleyball. She went out dancing.
7 arrived
8 fought
9 brought
10 entered
11 found
were started saw called tried was
C    1 We didn't try
2 did you see
3 I didn't know
4 did you go
5 I didn't like
6 did Sarah enjoy
7 I didn't want
Unit 9
A
were watching television were dancing in the street was driving his taxi was writing an essay
1 were you doing 4
2 I was taking 5
3 She was coming 6
I was going
You weren't looking
you were going
1 1 was making phone calls all evening.
2 1 was waiting in the rain for half an hour.
3 1 was making sandwiches all afternoon.
4 1 was sitting in a traffic jam for two hours.
5 My neighbour was playing loud music at! night.
Unit 10
A
1 He sat down on a chair while I was painting it.
2 As he was running for a bus, he collided with a lamppost.
3 His hair caught fire when he was cooking chips.
4 When he was holding a beautiful vase, he suddenly dropped it.
5 He was sitting in the garden when a wasp stung him on the nose.
We lost it came was coming went fell
6 were playing
7 1 was working
8 I lost
9 1 got 10 did
C    1 The train was waiting when we arrived at the station.
2 I was reading a library book when I found a £10 note in it.
3 Sarah had an electric shock when she touched the wire.
4 When the doors opened, the crowd rushed in.
5 When the campers woke, they saw that the sun was shining.
Unit 11
She's/She has repaired it. Ive/I have opened the window. They've/They have arrived, He's/He has moved it. We've/We have watched all ihese. He's/He has broken his leg. They've/They have built a house. They've/They have seen a film. She's/She has caught a fish.
I haven't done hasn't made You haven't put I'vc/1 have hurl you've/you have had have you put
8 I've/1 have looked V have you done
10 I've/I have painted
11 I've/1 have cleaned
12 We've/We h ave mad c
13 has that brush gone
It's/It has disappeared 14 you've/you have left
Unit 12
A    1 just tidied it.
2 He's/He has just made some/it.
3 l've/I have just eaten it.
4 she's/she has just checked them.
5 Pve/1 have just rung her.
D   1 I haven't started it yet.
2 I've/I have just seen Andrew
3 he's/he has already done
4 1 haven't finished my plan yet.
5 You've/You have already begun
KEY TO THE EXERCISES • PAGE 385
c
6 We've/We have already spent
7 I haven't done any real work yet
8 I've/I have just realized
9 I've/I have just decided
1 He hasn't had any fun for a long time.
2 He's/He has had a cold for a week.
3 He hasn't seen his friends for ages,
4 He hasn't done any sport since last year.
5 He's/He has been busy with his studies for months.
1 rung her since
2 seen them for
3 watched one for
4 had one since
5 played (it) since
Unit 13
A    1 been   2 been   3 gone
B    1  Have you ever been to San Francisco? No, I've never been to San Francisco I've been to Los Angeles.
2 Have you ever played basketball? No, I've never played basketball I've played volleyball.
3 Have you ever seen/read (the play) 'Hamlet1? No, I've never read/seen 'Hamlet'
I've read/seen 'Macbeth'.
C   I the second time I've lost my bank card.
2 This is the third time the washing-machine has broken down.
3 This is the first time I've been in/to England.
4 This is the second time I've stayed in this hotel.
5 This is (about) the fifth time I've missed the bus,
D    1  I haven't seen her today.
2 we haven't been there this weekend.
3 we haven't had one this term.
4 has rung this evening.
Unit 14
A 1
2
3
4
5
6
B I
have arrived repaired I've/1 have lost has started ran
earned
7 We planted
8 have gone
9 has turned
10 I phoned
11 I've/1 have made
12 broke
The train drivers have gone on strike. They
stopped work(ing) at twelve o\:lock.
The Queen has arrived in Toronto. She flew
there in an RAF aircraft.
Two men have escaped from Parkhurst
Prison. They got away during the night.
The actor Floward Bates has died in a car
accident. His car crashed into a wall.
Linda Jones has won the women's marathon.
She ran it in 2 hours 27 minutes.
1 haven't taken a photo since
2 weeks since I last saw
3 was the last time we played
4 haven't eaten anything for
Unit 15
A    1  has stood was stayed
I b) 2 b) 3 a)
2
3
4 've/havc lived
5 've/have known
6 were
B
D
this, last today, yesterday
What's/What has happened He's/He has had He fell broke
did it happen told
3 last, this
4 this, yesterday
7 You knew
8 you didn't tell
9 1 didn't see
10 I haven't seen
11 He's/He has had
12 He did
Unit 16
B
have you been doing She's/She has been helping have you been studying I've/I have been trying it's/it has been getting
1 they've/they have heen arguing
2 he's/he has been cooking
3 he's/he has been driving
4 He's/He has been waiting
1 Matthew has been swimming for an hour.
2 My friends have been travelling (around the world) for three months,
3 Mark has been working for ten hours.
4 Melanie and Rita have been talking for forty minulcs.
5 How long have you been reading the/that/your book?
Unit 17
A 1
2
3
B
's/has left, He's/He has been cleaning, he's/he has finished
Fve/I have been working, You've/You have done l've/1 have heard, have you been doing, We've/We have done
How many miles have you walked? How long have they/the workmen been digging up the road? How many photos have you taken? How long has it been raining?
I've/I have been clearing l'vc/I have found You've/Yon have been sitting
PAGF. 386 • KEY TO THE EXERCISES
4 IVe/I have been watching
5 You've/You have been
6 I've/1 have had
7 They've/They have been
8 I've/1 have never had
Unit 18
A    I b) 2 a) 3 a) 4 b)
C
8
1 The train had just gone,
2 The rain had slopped.
3
4
5
6
7
1
2
3
4
5
l'd/I had forgotten my ticket.
They'd/They had stolen it a week before.
I hadn't seen her for ages.
l'd/I had just cleaned it.
I'd/1 had already eaten my sandwiches.
had left
Ve/have finished Ve/have eaten 'ft/had ordered Ve/have made
6 had told
7 'd had/had had
8 Vhas started
9 've/have turned 10 'd/had made
Unit 19
A    I a) 2 a) 3 b) 4 a) !
li
When Nick had .saved enough money, he bought a motor bike.
Mark put all the dishes away when he'd/he had dried them.
When l'd/I had looked both ways, I pulled out into the road.
The golfers went into the clubhouse when they'd/they had played the last hole.
drove I met We had l'd/I had said I ran I got
17 were sitting
18 they saw
19 started
1 had decided
2 We were waiting
3 I realized
4 I'd/1 had forgotten
5 It was
6 I hurried
7 rang
8 They were working
9 heard
11
12
13
14
15
16
10 They found
Unit 20
I'd/I had been working 1 hadn't been looking she'd/she had been dealing Td/I had been waiting l'd/I had been reading
B
1 She'd/She had been crying.
2 He'd/He had been driving too fast.
3 They d/They had been playing with matches.
4 I Ie'd/Hc had been standing under a tree.
had been watching 'd/had been playing, hadn't won 'd/had been walking, 'd/had walked d/had stopped, was smoking has been aching
was lying, 'd/had bought, 'd/had been reading
Unit 21
A
c i)
1 She uses it
2 She's/She has lost it
3 We're/Wc are getting them
4 She's/She is enjoying it
5 I hate it
6 I'vc/I have checked them
7 They play it
8 You haven't watered them
1 I haven't seen you for months.
2 l'm/1 am waiting for a (phone) call.
3 I like your (new) jacket.
4 It's/It has been snowing since yesterday
1 a) 2 b) 3 a) 4 b) 5 a) 6 b)
1 I've/t have been working
2 she went
3 You've/You have been writing
4 They moved
5 he stopped, I was waiting
9 I don't often drive
you know David told haven't been I started have you sold I've been learning had
I've had
10 I don't like
11 i ride
12 bought
13 was working
14 I'd been doing
15 I'd earned
I'm/l am speaking
knows
had heard
he'd/he had been taking ok he's/he has been taking
he's/he has answered he arrived were waiting
8 has been reading
Unit 22
A
B
1 I'll be leaving here at the end of the month.
2 Luckily they'll find a flat for me.
3 The training programme finishes next summer.
4 They'll decide about that next year.
1 future      4 future
2 future      5 present
3 future
C   1 a) 2 a) 3 b) 4 b) 5a)
key to the exercises • pack 387
Unit 23
A
1 future      4 decision
2 decision   5 future
3 future
B 1
2
3
4
C 1
3
4
5
6
I'll answer it/the phone. I'll have (the) chicken (, please). I'll carry the/your bag (for you). I'll post it/the letter (for you),
Tom will watch the match. I larriet's party will be fun. Trevor won't put up the shelves. Laura will be annoyed. Andrew will study all weekend. Rachel won't do any work.
D
will
Shall
will
4
5
6
will will Shall
Unit 24
A    I He's/He is going to light the firework.
2 She's/She is going to hit the ball.
3 They're/They are going to catch a bus.
4 She's/She is going to answer the phone.
Li    1 Tm/1 am going to lend
2 He's/He is going to take
3 It's/It is going to be
4 is he going to keep
5 are we going to get
6 He's/He is going to have
7 We're/We are going to gel
8 it isn't going to get
C    1 l'm/1 am going to get wet.
2 Pm/J am going to be sick.
3 I'm/I am going to lose.
4 It's/It is going to crash!
5 It isn't going to stop.
Unit 25
A    1 's/is going to read
2 '11 have
3 11 video
4 are you going to buy
B    I Its/It is going to attack us/me.
2 aliens will land on the earth in the next ten years.
3 she's/she is going to get married.
4 I'll invite her for a meal.
C
1 We're/We are going to build
2 will be (or is going to be)
3 will like (or are going to like)
4 will be (or are going to be)
5 We aren't going to cut (or We won't cut)
6 We're/We are going to have
7 will be or is going to be
8 We're/We are going to stop ok We will stop
Unit 26
future future present
fut ure present
She's/She is working on Saturday. She's/She is flying to Cairo on 15 May. He's/He is seeing his boss at four o'clock this afternoon.
They're/They are playing tennis tomorrow afternoon.
D
T'm/T am going He's/He is staying gets
are you doing
's/is abour to win are to go is to visit
5 I'm/1 am going
6 finishes
7 we're/we are going
4 Ye/a re about to move
5 arc to take
Unit 27
A 1
When Mark sees the boss, he's/he is going to discuss his problem. When Rachel uses the computer (later), she's/she is going to send an email. When Tom visits David in hospital, he's/he is going to tell him about United's win. When Matthew's/Matthew is in town tomorrow, he might buy some new trainers.
you need you get I hire
it'll/it will be I'M will get there's/there is I arrive
9 I 11/1 will be
10 I hear
11 I'm/lam
12 Lll/I will lie
13 Igo
14 You'll/You will be
15 you don't get
B 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8 I'll/I will ring
C    1 You shouldn't decide until you've/you have thought about it (first).
2 I'll think of you next week when Tm/I am lying on the beach.
3 We ought to/We can leave as soon as I've/I have paid the bill.
4 We can discuss it (later) while we're/we are sittmg on the plane together.
5 You can use the computer when I've/I have finished with it.
Unit 28
A    1 I'U/I will be earning
2 I'H/I will be doing
3 will you be doing
4 I'll/I will be giving
PAGE 3KB • KEY TO THE EXERCISES
B
who'll/who will be doing you'U/you will be playing
I'll/I will be seeing her
I'll/I will be going there next summer
I'll/I will be playing (it/badminton) next
weekend.
1*11/1 will be having lunch/it in the canteen tomorrow, or I'U/I will be having lunch/it there tomorrow.
Will you be going to the library today? Will you be writing to Vicky soon? Will you be using your calculator this afternoon?
Will you be seeing Daniel tomorrow? Will you be driving to the festival? Will you be phoning your sister soon?
B
Unit 29
A   I I'U/I will have had
2 1*11/1 will have been the subject of a TV documentary
3 I'll/I will have become world-famous
4 1*11/1 will have made millions of pounds from my pictures
B    I twenty
2 She will/She'll have travelled two hundred miles.
3 He will/He'll have done a/one hundred and fifty (press-ups).
C    I were going to go
2 was going to pick
3 were going to see
D   I I was going to paint the door, but I didn't feel very well.
2 I was going to repair the lamp, but I forgot.
3 I was going to wallpaper the bedroom, but I didn't have time.
Unit 30
A    1  It will/It'll be
2 who will/who'll answer or who will/who'll be answering
3 will be answering
4 he'll/he will still be giving
5 he'll/he will have replied
6 he won't/will not be eating or he won't/will not eat
7 will be
8 hell/he will have earned
9 we'll/we will be returning or we'll/wc will return
10 he'll/he will have got
'm/am going to get up early tomorrow, arrives at ten thirty.
I'm/I am seeing my bank manager tomorrow, I'm/I am about to go out. There's/There is going to be trouble.
C   1  l'm/I am spending OR I'm/1 am going to spend
2 I'm/I am going to look or I'U/I will be looking
3 That'll/That will be ok That's/That is going to be
4 I'll/l will be or I'm/I am going to be
5 Are you staying/Are you going to stay Ott Will you be staying/Will you stay
6 I'm/I am staying ok l'm/I am going to stay or I'll/I will be staying
7 I'm/1 am going to see OH I'm/1 am seeing or Til/1 will be seeing or I'll/I will see
8 I'm/I am going ok I'll/l will be going
9 we might see ou we'll/we will probably see Oft we're/wc are probably going ro see
10 do you leave or are you leaving or will you be leaving
11 is
12 HI/I will see Unit 31
1 She's/She has got a map. OK She has a map.
2 He hasn't got an umbrella. or He doesn't have an umbrella.
3 They've/They have got a rabbit, ur They have a rabbit.
4 They haven't got a car. or They don't have a car.
A
B
C
D
1
2
3
Has... got hasn't got didn't have
1 played
2 drinks
4 didn't have
5 haven't got
3 spent
4 received
we're/we are having you've/you have got or you have it hasn't got ok it doesn't have Did you have I had
1
2
3
4
5
6 Have you got ou Do you have
7 have
8 I didn't have
Unit 32
A
1 It's a difficult problem.
2 I've seen the results.
3 1 don't have any information.
4 We haven't reached a decision.
5 I'm very excited about it.
6 You needn't decide now.
key TO THE EXERCISES • PAGE 389
7 II isn't yd certain, on It's not yet certain.
8 We'll be pleased to sec you.
9 Don't worry.
10 I'd like to buy a new computer.
] ] We're willing to help.
12 Wc won l know the result for some time,
B    J Where's, It's
2 don't, isn't ok fs not
3 What's, He's
C    J J would like a coffee, please.
2 There has been an accident,
3 That is correct.
4 1 had seen the film before,
5 Who has got the key?
6 We would have stopped if we had seen yon.
Unit 33
A    1 I am smiling.
2 I do like my new portrait.
3 It is foggy today,
4 Yes, I did remember the water.
B
C
4 I did go
5 they do quarrel
1 it did cost
2 you do look
3 it does stop
1 I did finish the crossword today.
2 my room docs need tidying up.
3 I do find the work difficult.
4 I did want lo give the course up.
5 Do have a chocolate.
6 this place does depress me.
Unit 34
A    1 offering
2 making a suggestion
3 asking for information
4 requesting
5 inviting
6 asking for information
7 asking permission
B    1 Are you u rich man?
2 Are quizy.es your only hobby?
3 Did you work hard at school?
4 Have you got/Do you have any other interests?
5 Is it an interesting life?
6 Does your wife ask you quiz questions?
7 Do you answer questions in your dreams?
C   1 Are you going to America?
2 Does Laura play tennis?
3 Did you enjoy your holiday?
4 Shall we (both) go for a walk?
5 Will you be at the club tonight?
6 Is the train on time?
7 Do Mike and Harriet go camping?
8 Could I/Can 1/May I borrow your squash racket?
9 Have you got/Do you have a motor bike?
Unit 35 A
1 Yes, I can
2 Yesv it is
3 No, he hasn't
4 Yes, 1 did
1 No, we won't
2 Yes, I did
3 Yes, she has ■i No, 1 ditln'l
5 No, they aren't
6 Yes, I do
7 No, he isn't
8 No, I haven't
5 Yes, she does
6 No, we aren't
7 No, we can't
8 No, I'm/1 am not
C   1 b) 2 b) 3 b) 4 a) 5 b) 6 a) 7 b) 8 b)
Unit 36
A
What's/What is the date (today)? When does the course finish? Who have you invited (to your party}? How can 1/wc get tickets (to the concert)? Where are we going to have lunch? on Where shall we have lunch?
Where How niany When Who What
6 How far
7 How often
8 What kind
9 How long
L where do you record
2 How many programmes have you done?
3 How much money do you earn?
4 When did you start acting?
5 What are your plans for the future?
Unit 37
1 a) Rita   b) Rita
2 a) Mark   b) a bus
3 a) a/the lorry  b) a/the car
Who is/Who's having a party?
What were you reading?
What have you learnt?
what should we do?
Who ts/Who's looking for me?
Who are you looking for?
What is she planning?
Who has/Who's moved in next door?
What is/What's worrying you?
1 photos can I keep?
2 flowers look lovely?
3 (money) went missing?
4 house did you pass (earlier)?
5 children has the doctor got?/does the doctor have?
PACT 390 • KEY TO THE EXERCISES
6 {money) do doctors earn?
7 uncle has died?
8 wife is coming (later)?
Unit 38
1 What
2 What
3 What
4 What
What What What What What
1 What
2 for
3 What i like
5 what
are you looking at? are you talking about? are you waiting for? are you pointing at?
are you ashamed of?
is she famous for?
is he going to complain about?
is she going to be late for?
do you feel nervous about?
6 for
7 What
8 like
9 how
Unit 39
A
P.
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
Which flight did you lake? Which hotel did you stay at? What music do you like? What magazine did you buy? What company do you work tor? What language are you learning?
Which Which What
What Which
1 Who
2 Which
3 What
4 What
5 Which
6 Who
Unit 40
B
1 wasn't
2 had
3 don't know
4 didn't land
1 can't
2 doesn't
3 didn't
4 weren't
5 has
6 didn't know
7 isn't
5 wasn't
6 isn't
7 dotft
8 haven't
1 doesn't get headaches.
2 can't relax.
3 didn't miss a lecture.
4 isn't a nervous person.
5 doesn't lose things.
6 wasn't a happy child.
7 hasn't decided on a career.
D    l no
2 no
3 not
4 no
5 No
6 not
Unit 41
A
1 Can't you drive, Melanie?
2 Won't you he at the disco, Rachel?
3 Haven't you got/Don't you have a television, Nick?
B    1  Don't you feel well? ok Aren't you feeling well?
2 Haven't they arrived yet?
3 Didn't she say hello?
4 Can't you swim?
C    1 No   2 Yes   3 Yes   4 No
D   1 Why didn't the staff know what to do?
2 Why couldn't they stop the ride?
3 Why aren't they trained in first aid?
4 Why wasn't the ambulance called immediately?
5 Why didn't the doctor have a mobile phone?
Unit 42
B
c
D
a comment a comment
a question a question
5 don't they?
6 can11 wc?
7 was it?
isn't it? are there? aren't you? didn't you?
don't you? 5 does it?
haven't I? 6 is there?
aren't you? 7 can you?
do you?
Let's listen to some music, shall we? Don't do anything silly, will you? You haven't got a train timetable, have you? Pass me the salt, can you?/could you? OR You couldn't pass me the salt, could you?
Unit 43
1 neither am I
2 Neither can I
3 so am I
4 so do I
5 Neither have I
6 so would 1
B
1 neither does Emma. 4 neither is Melanie.
2 so has Emma. 5 so does Emma.
3 neither can Mark.     6 so does Claire.
1 I don't expect so
2 1 suppose so
3 1 hope not
4 I don't think so
5 I'm afraid not
Unit 44
A
1 She can't play the violin.
2 He can climb trees.
3 She can juggle.
4 They can't lift the weights.
KEY TO THE EXERCISES • PftGE I
B    I I can walk ok I'm able to walk
2 I can go OR I'll be able to go
3 to be able to get
4 been able to do
C    1 c) 2 a)
D    1 was able to 4 were able to
2 could 5 couldn't/wasn't able to
3 could/was able to
Unit 45
A    (Can, could and may are all possible.)
1 Can I borrow your calculator?
2 May 1 join you?
3 Could I look at your notes?
B    1 You can have a picnic.
2 You can't drop litter.
3 You can turn left.
4 You can't play ball games/football.
5 You can't smoke.
C    I I wasn't allowed to have
2 we're/we are allowed to have
3 we're/we are allowed to do
4 we'll/we will be allowed to hold
D   1 Am I allowed to 4 Am I allowed to
2 May I 5 May I
3 Am I allowed to
Unit 46
A   (May and might are both possible.)
1 she might be 4 She may be having
2 She may be 5 You might find
3 She might be sitting     6 She might know
B    1 He may/might win.
2 1 may/might have one.
3 We may/might get one.
4 She may/might be late.
5 They may/might be visiting me.
C    1 mightn't   4 couldn't
2 mightn't   5 mightn't
3 couldn't
D    1 can't        4 can't
2 must       5 might
3 might      6 must
Unit 47
B    1 You must get to work on time.
2 has to keep his dog under control.
3 You must listen carefully.
4 visitors have to report to the security officer.
C   1 must 5 have to
2 has to 6 must
3 have to 7 must
4 must
Unit 48
A   1 must, mustn't, needn't
2 mustn't, must
3 mustn't, needn't
4 mustn't, must, needn't
B    I didn't have to wait ages to cross the road.
2 don't have to work long hours.
3 doesn't have to work in a factory.
4 didn't have to lock their doors.
5 don't have to wash their clothes by hand.
C    1  we didn't need to borrow any money
2 I needn't have bothered.
3 We needn't have left/We didn't need to leave so early.
4 I didn't need to pay to go in.
5 you needn't have tipped/you didn't need to tip the waiter.
Unit 49
A    I shouldn't 4 shouldn't
2 ought 5 should
3 should 6 oughtn't
P.    I Wed better wait (for Rachel).
2 You'd better lock it/lock your bike.
3 I'd better tidy my room.
4 You'd better not drive/We'd better not go too fast.
5 We'd better do some revision.
C    1 I'm/1 am supposed to take two before meals.
2 They're/They are supposed to report to the police.
3 You're/You are supposed to stand in a queue.
4 They aren't supposed to watch it.
D   I We had/We'd better hurry or We should hurry./We ought to hurry.
2 We had/We'd better not be or We oughtn't to be/We .shouldn't be
3 should arrive/ought to arrive
4 You shouldn't take/You oughtn't to take
5 We aren't supposed to get
A    1 1 had to pay, did you have to pay
2 You have to slam, You'll have to fix
3 do you have to take, I'll have to take
4 We had to move, We didn't have to look, We've/We have had to do
5 has to start, does he have to get
PAGE 392 • KEY TO THE EXERCISES
Unit 50
A
B
1 Can I have a fork, please?
2 Could I have a towel, please?
3 Would you mind answering the phone?
1
2
3
4
must have like want
5 Can/Could
6 Would
7 wonder
8 Can/Could
1 Can I have a receipt, please?/Can you give me a receipt, please?
2 Could you tell mc the time, please?
3 Can you help me, please?
4 Could I have a bag, please?/Could you give me a bag, please?
5 Would you mind clearing a space (on the table), please?
6 Could 1 speak to the manager, please?
Unit 51
A
B
Shall we stop for a minute? Would you like a game? I'll post that letter for you.
1 Shall
2 Shall
3 could
4 Would
5 Will
6 Would
1 Would you like a cup of tea? or Will/Won't you have a cup of tea?
2 What shall/can/should 1 say in my letter?
3 Let's have/We could have a cup of coffee, ok Shall we have a cup of coffee?
4 1' 11/1 can walk home with you, or Shall/Can I walk home with you?
5 Would you like to visit me one weekend? oh Will/Wont you visit me one weekend?
Unit 52
A    I will
2 won't
3 would
4 will
B    1 will help
2 wouldn't let
3 will give
4 won't go
5 would
6 wouldn't
7 would
5 would like
6 wouldn't open
7 won't stand
Shall we go to the swimming-pool?
I won't take any risks.
I'd/1 would like a shower (, please).
You shouldn't decide in a hurry.
(I think) the world will end in the year 3000.
Unit 53
A   1 b) 2 a) 3 b) I
li
C
n
They shouldn't have left/oughtn't to have left litter everywhere.
She should say/ought to say hello to people. He shouldn't have been/oughtn't to have been late for the interview.
She should have looked./She ought to have looked.
he shouldn't have left might have taken You must have been he can't have rung
someone must have posted it. she may/might not have heard the alarm, lie shouldn't have driven/oughtn't to have driven at 100 miles an hour/so fas' He can't/couldn't have failed the exam.
Unit 54 A
B
C
1 Dinner is being served.
2 Some houses are being built.
3 The seals are being fed.
4 A flag is being raised.
1 is owned 4 hadn't been looked
2 was being used      5 has been done
3 was bought 6 is used
1 will be done/are going lo be done
2 will ... be called
3 can't be bought
4 should be sold
1 got hurt
2 get lost
3 get broken
4 got divorced
Unit 55
1
2
3
4
5
swept burst
were rescued
received
reached
1 my brother
2 The water
3 terrorists
6 were blocked
7 were brnugh I
8 is being done
9 said
4 the alarm
5 The guide
6 The dog
C
1 was won by Claude Jennings.
2 did a parachute jump last week.
3 been attacked by a bull.
4 being built.
5 likes Jessica.
6 been thrown away.
7 been kidnapped by Martians,
8 was seen by five people.
KEY TO THE EXERCISES • IWiE 393
Unit 56
A    1 was taken
2 was done
3 was interviewed by a very nice young police officer
4 fingerprints were found (by detectives)
5 burglar was identified (by the police computer).
6 has been arrested
7 (he) is being questioned
8 jewellery hasn't been found
B    1 didn't produce many cars for sale.
2 production was started by a German called Karl Benz,
3 is now seen as the father of the motor car.
C   1 People should use them/bicycles for short journeys.
2 someone has discovered a new source of energy?
3 they're/they are going to knock it down/knock down this building.
4 you shouldn't keep them/eggs in a freezer.
5 people put it/litter in the bin?
Unit 57
A   1 New employees are given special training.
2 Extra payments are given to staff who perform well.
3 Most employees are offered company shares.
4 All Zedco staff are allowed six weeks' holiday.
5 A full salary is paid to women who leave to have children.
B    1 expected that the soap opera 'Round the Corner' will end next year.
2 It is supposed that the footballer Wayne Johnson is earning £10 million a year.
3 It is believed that the Prime Minister and his wife have separated.
C    I  is expected to end next year.
2 The footballer Wayne lohnson is supposed to be earning £10 million a year.
3 The Prime Minister and his wife are believed to have separated.
Unit 58
A    1 had his car repaired.
2 is having her photo taken.
3 had his windows cleaned.
4 is having her eyes tested.
H    I David (has) had his arm bandaged.
2 Daniel is going to have his tooth filled.
3 Laura is having her photos developed.
1 did you get your arm bandaged, David?
2 did you get your tooth filled, Daniel?
3 did you gel your photos developed, Laura?
1 Tom had his car stolen from outside his house.
2 Rita had her rent increased by ten per cent.
3 David has had his electricity cut off.
Unit 59
A
1 He is afraid of being sent away.
2 He doesn't want to be misunderstood.
3 He hopes to be offered a job.
4 He doesn't mind being paid low wages at first.
5 He is willing to be re-trained,
6 He would like to be given a chance.
B
1 being used
2 working
3 to be treated
1 to write
2 to be tidied
3 hoovering/to be hoovered
4 to do
5 ironing/to be ironed
4 to give
5 to be invited
6 being taken
6 to finish
7 missing
8 to be handed
9 to be
10 being told
Unit 60
B
1 Trevor promised to put up the shelves/to put the shelves up (soon).
2 Claire decided to buy both the dresses.
3 Melanie offered to cook the meal.
4 Tom threatened 1o shool Nicks dog/the dog.
1 They seem to believe
2 it seems to have improved
3 She doesn't seem to like
4 He seems to be working
5 He doesn't seem to have made or He seems not to have made
1 to hang
2 to come
3 to be having
4 to invite
5 to take
6 to have left
Unit 61
1 I've/1 have given up trying, or I gave up trying.
2 I can't imagine being
3 I enjoy watching it on TV.
4 suggested having a party.
1 can't stand lying
2 couldn't/can't resist having
3 couldn't face doing
4 can't help feeling
i'agf. 394 • key to the exercises
c	1	trying	5	getting
	2	walking	6	changing
	3	ringing	7	missing
	4	waiting	8	discussing
Unit 62				
A	1	to get	h	to go
	2	to leave	7	to hire
	3	staying	8	driving
	4	sitting	9	to spend
	5	touring	1Ü	taking
B	1	taking	6	to repair
	2	losing	7	waiting
	3	to insist	8	to have
	4	arguing	9	to accept
	5	to be	10	saying
C    1 I don't mind asking to see the manager.
2 Matthew admitted promising to go to Scotland.
3 the band happened to finish playing.
Unit 63
A    1 I'd like to buy this tin,
2 1 like driving this car.
3 I'd like to sec the manager.
4 I like chasing rabbits.
B    1 he loves watching/to watch
2 1 wouldn't like to work
3 I'd like to see
4 I'd prefer tu come/go
5 I hate queuing
6 He doesn't like cooking
7 I'd love to fly
8 I like to have
C    1 to drive/driving 3 to go/going
2 to make		4 to search
Unit 64		
A    1 mentioning	5	to lock
2 agreeing	6	looking
3 to call	7	to look
4 to lock		
B    1 running	6	to tell
2 to make	7	to disappoint
3 spending	8	phoning
4 watching	9	to explain
5 to work	10	going
C    1 Harriet didn't even try to move the piano.
2 Mike will never forget seeing a spaceship.
3 The walls need painting.
4 Natasha didn't mean to be unkind to Jessica.
5 Andrew went on studying through the night.
6 Mark stopped to make a phone call.
Unit 65
A    1 Guy invited Kitty to come on his chat show.
2 Sarah reminded Mark to get the theatre tickets.
3 The dentist told Daniel to give up eating sweets.
4 The police ordered the gunman to come out with his hands up_
B    1 don't want her to do a parachute jump
2 doesn't want him to fall in love with her
3 would like/'d like her to go (on holiday) with them
C    1 The police must stop the suspects leaving the country.
2 The President didn't expect Congress to oppose him.
3 The terrorists forced the hostages to lie down.
4 The government doesn't mind the pound falling in value,
D   1 to travel   3 to use 2 buying     4 to take
Unit 66
A    I He can't think what to say.
2 They're not sure/1 hey aren't sure where to go.
3 She doesn't know how to stop.
B    1 what to expect 4 what to do
2 where to go 5 who to contact
3 how to find
C   1 whether to do
2 how much (money) to spend
3 whether to join
4 which route to take
5 which (lottery numbers) to choose
Unit 67
A    1 simple to use the computer.
2 difficult to understand the handbook.
3 It's easy to run any kind of software.
4 It's absolutely fascinating to explore the world of Compex.
5 Are you ready to try the ultimate computer experience?
B    1 is very simple to use.
2 isn't difficult to understand.
3 Any kind of software is easy to run.
4 The world of Compex is absolutely fascinating to explore.
C    1 it's/it is likely to be pretty crowded.
2 she's/she is certain to be there.
3 you're/you are unlikely to find it. OR you'll be unlikely to find it.
D    1 of  2 for   3 of  4 of  5 for
KEY TO THE EXERCISES • PAGE 395
Unit 68
A    1  (just) can't wait for it to arrive.
2 It would be a mistake for him to marry her.
3 It's important for advertisements to tell the truth.
B    1 There's a fun pool for children to swim in.
2 There are quiet areas for you to relax in.
3 There are regular shows for you to enjoy.
4 There's n giant roller-coaster for you to ride on (if you dare).
C    J  It's/It is too high for her to reach.
2 lt's/lt is too difficult for us to understand.
3 It wasn't loud enough for them/everyone to hear.
4 It wasn't hot enough for him to drink.
D    1  difficult for the town to attract new industry.
2 very generous of the council to give the land to Sanko.
3 is eager for production to begin soon.
Unit 69
A   1 have something to eat.
2 nice to have a rest.
3 wants Rita to speak to him.
4 Daniel doesn't know how to repair the video.
5 Claire and her sister have decided to go to Bali,
6 Melanie has gone to the hospital to visit David.
7 (Unfortunately) Vicky has to do some studying.
8 It's important for Sarah to ring the office.
1	see/read	4	lie/si t/stay
2	drive/go	5	snow
3	cry/weep	6	see/visit
1	to visit	8	look
2	to see	9	get
3	to have	10	to leave
4	buy	1 1	to change
5	to read	12	forget
6	read	13	to get
7	feel		
Unit 70
A    1  of buying      3 on buying 2 for breaking   4 like arguing
B    1 blamed Trevor for forgetting the tickets.
2 succeeded in saving the driver's life-
3 The customers complained about not receiving the goods.
4 Emma has accused Matthew of breaking his promise,
5 Melanie is insisting on cooking a meal for David.
6 A new traffic scheme has stopped cars from going into the town centre.
7 Everyone congratulated Claude on winning the quiz competition.
8 Some football fans were arrested for attacking a policeman.
C   1 about seeing 3 from doing
2 about/at getting 6 like writing
3 on travelling 7 with doing
4 for not writing 8 of/about going
Unit 71
A   I of falling 3 to move
2 of dropping them
B   1 Nick was afraid to jump.
2 Daniel was afraid to argue with the policeman.
3 Matthew is afraid of getting sunburnt.
C    I  to buy 4 to read
2 of getting      5 to book
3 of being
D   1 about being so rude
2 about losing my temper
3 to interrupt you
Unit 72
A    1  We used to like        4 did you use to help
2 used to be 5 1 used to look
3 we didn't use to have
B    I   's/is used to flying planes.
2 used to play badminton.
3 's/is used to climbing mountains.
C   1 to living 5 to drinking
2 to stop 6 to being
3 to work 7 to have
4 to be
Unit 73
A   I by staying up all night.
2 on waking (in the morning).
3 without using a calculator.
4 for carrying the food.
5 in spile of having it on his list-
6 as well as doing the typing.
B    I  before signing       4 after using
2 after eating 5 before changing
3 Before leaving      6 before opening
C    1  He thought carefully before deciding to buy it.
2 He bought the shop despite having little money of his own.
3 He became successful by giving the customers what they wanted.
4 He put the profit back into the business instead of spending it on himself.
PAGE 396 • KEY TO THE EXERCISES
5 He was happy when running his own business.
6 He fell ill as a result of working too hard.
7 He has made a lot of money since buying his first shop ten years ago.
Unit 74
A    I I saw him take it.
2 I watched him leave (the restaurant).
3 I heard him drive away.
B    1 I can hear it ringing.
2 I can see her waving.
3 I can hear them barking.
4 I can smell it burning.
C    1 She felt the building shake.
2 He heard people shouting.
3 She could hear an alarm ringing.
4 They saw the police arrive.
5 He saw a woman crying.
Unit 75
A    1 broke his leg skiing.
2 cut his finger opening a tin.
3 injured her toe running.
4 hurt his back lifting weights.
Taking a gun out of the drawer, he put it in his briefcase. OR Having taken a gun ...
2 Having left the office, he (then) had to wait a while for the lift.
3 Reaching the ground floor, he hurried outside to a taxi, or Having reached the ground floor
4 Pulling out a gun, the taxi driver shot Mitchell. OR Having pulled out a gun ...
1 Having studied the map, Trevor knew which way to go.
2 Feeling cold, Harriet turned on the heating.
3 Not knowing French, Daniel found it hard to communicate.
4 I laving finished the book, Andrew took it back to the library.
b I
Unit 76 A
B
1 uncountable
2 countable
3 countable
4 uncountable
1 some biscuits
2 a light bulb
3 some wine
4 some mineral water
5 a banana
5 uncountable fi uncountable
7 countable
8 countable
6 some soap
7 a lemon
8 some butter
9 some eggs
C
1 a computer
2 essays
3 hours
4 many
5 money
6 food
7 much
8 a job
9 some
10 a few
11 pictures
Unit 77
A
1 a jar of jam
2 a box of matches
3 two loaves of bread
4 a bar of chocolate
5 five kilos of potatoes
6 a box/packet of breakfast cereal
7 two bottles of mineral water
8 a tube of toothpaste
B    I some
2 some
3 some
4 a
5 some
6 some
7 a
8 some
C    1  beautiful scenery
2 good weather
3 a meal
Unit 78
A
1
2
3
4
5
sport some potatoes painting a noise cheese
4 fun
5 an awful journey
6 a conversation
7 some chicken
8 war
9 life
10 some egg
B   1 some business
2 an iron
3 a glass, a light
4 a business, some time
5 some experience, an experience
C    1 time 4 a paper
2 an experience 5 an orange
3 a painting
Unit 79
A
6 fruits
B
1	is	5	has
2	are	<S	costs
3	look	7	have
4	are	8	weren't
1	was	5	were
2	were	6	were
3	was	7	was
4	were	8	was/were
1	is	5	have
2	isn't	6	is
3	are	7	is
4	work	8	has
D
1 Fifteen miles is a long walk.
2 Eight students are travelling on the bus.
3 Three people were waiting for the museum to open.
4 Twenty kilos is the baggage allowance.
KEY TO THE EXERCISES ■ PAGE 397
Unit 80
A    1 thanks
2 damages
3 pain
4 belongings
5 saving
6 goods
7 damage
8 savings
9 pains
1 mathematics/maths
2 history
3 athletics
4 economics
5 geography
1 are
2 is
3 were
4 seem
5 is
6 was
7 were
D
1 was
2 outskirts
3 headquarters
4 savings
5 damage
6 aren't
7 crossroads
8 is
9 gives
Unit 81
A
D
1 don't
2 go
3 is
4 fit
1 some
2 pairs
1 are
2 have
3 know
1 team is
2 choir are
3 crew are
4 orchestra is
5
6
7
8
3 I
look suit some a
pair
some
4 are
5 want
6 has
5 police are
6 cattle are
7 population is
Unit 82
A    1 a tennis-racket/a tennis racket
2 a television camera
3 an alarm clock
4 a motor cycle
5 a luggage trolley
B    I Have you got any cotton shirts?
2 What shall 1 do with this lemonade botde?
3 Have you got a shopping bag?
4 Is there a shoe shop near here?
5 I'd like a corner table, please.
6 I'll need some climbing boots.
7 Are you a computer operator?
C   1 a stone wall
2 a tourist information centre
3 a bath-towel/a bath towel
4 working clothes
5 a city centre office block
6 a sales graph
7 a credit card
8 a horse-race/a horse race
9 the Marketing Director 10 a weekend bicycle tour
Unit 83
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
a
the a
the The the the
8 a
9 The
10 the
11 the
12 the
13 the
14 a
15 the
16 the
17 an
18 the
19 the
20 the
1 Matthew won the race easily.
2 Suddenly a child ran into the road.
3 She was watching a film on television.
4 The bus was half an hour late.
5 The camera videoed the thief.
1 a, the, the
2 a, the, a
3 the, the
4 a, the, The
5 a, the
6 a, the
7 a, the
Unit 84
A   1 an, tbt
2 The, a
3 The, an
B   1 a, a
2 a, a, the, a
3 the, a
C   1 aDJ
2 aVIP
3 an IRA member
4 a PC
Unit 85
A    1 some luggage
2 some flowers
3 a cat
4 an,the
5 a, the
6 the, a
4 a, the, an, the
5 the, a, the, the, a, The, a
6 the, a, a, the, the
5 an LA suburb
6 a UFO
7 anAGM
8 an MP
4 some birds
5 some fruit
B
C
1 n   2 One   3 One   4 a
I
A violin is a musical instrument.
2 A queue is a line of people.
3 An atlas is a book of maps.
4 A spade is a tool for digging.
D   1 some mils 4 lovely bread
2 mineral water       5 (university) students
3 some clothes
PAGE 398 • KEY TO THE EXERCISES
Unit 86
A    1 Ho likes chips.      3 He likes art.
2 She likes dogs.      4 She likes chemistry.
B    1 dogs, the dogs
2 cars, pollution, cars, aeroplanes, the pollution
3 the birds, birds, wildlife
4 history, the history, museums, old buildings
C    1 the atom 4 television
2 football 5 the telescope
3 the guitar
Unit 87
A
church, the church (lie cinema, the pub
hospital (in American English; the hospital), the hospital
R
C
4 school, college
1 college
2 the cinema
3 the station
4 sea
5 home
1 at home
2 in bed
3 to the hospital
4 to church
5 to work
6 bed
7 work
8 the church
9 prison
6 to the library
7 in prison
8 at college
9 in the factory
Unit 88
1 Thanksgiving, November
2 the weekend, Saturday
3 Christmas, a white Christmas
4 the summer, 1997
5 the afternoon, the year
6 night, the dark, the day
B
1 breakfast
2 lunch
3 the lunch
1 breakfast
2 midnight
3 Christmas
4 Wednesday
5 the morning
4 the dinner
5 a marvellous meal
6 nighl
7 the day
8 Wednesday
9 the Wednesday 10 February
Unit 89
A    1 ii very grand hotel
2 quite a tiring journey
3 a really big flat
4 quite a nice meal
B    I so  2 such   3 such   4 so   5 such   6 so
C    1 The piano was so heavy (that) Mike and Harriet couldn't move it.
2 Tom was so annoyed about United losing (that) he wouldn't speak to anyone.
3 The band was such a big attraction (that) all the tickets sold out.
4 Vicky had such a lot of work to do (that) she was sure she'd never finish it.
5 The party made such a (lot of) noise/so much noise (that) it kept all the neighbours awake.
D   I what   2 What a   3 What
Unit 90
Lake Michigan 5
Italy 6
The Andes 7
The United 8
Kingdom 9
A 1
2
3
4
B 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 10
C 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 Broadway
D   t the Little Theatre
2 Kingston House
3 Wood Lane
Tasmania the West Indies The River Nile Brussels the North
the Thames Hyde Park Heathrow Airport Trafalgar Square Westminster Bridge the Houses of Parliament Buckingham Palace West London The Ml motorway The Ritz
New York
the Statue of Liberty Central Park
the Metropolitan Museum of Art Broadway Macy's
Washington Square New York University the Paramount
4 the High Street
5 the Royal Hotel
1 is in Ceorge Street.
2 The Odeon Cinema is in the Avenue.
3 The Clarendon Art Gallery is in Newton Lane,
4 King Edward College is in College Road.
5 St John's Church is in South Street.
6 Webster's department store is in the High Street.
7 The Bristol Hotel is in Westville Way,
1 A day at Blenheim Palace
2 A train journey in North Wales
3 A tour of the White House
4 A beach on the Riviera
5 A shopping trip to Harrods £■ A small town in France
7 A trip across the Severn Bridge
KEY TO THE EXERCISES • PACE 399
8 A walk around Lake Windermere
9 A visit to Tower Bridge
10 A journey across the Rockies
I i A look around the National Gallery
12 A boat trip along the Oxford Canal
Unit 91
A	Near	Further away
Singular		that
Plural	these	those
B    1 these flowers    3 those trees		
2 this parcel	4 that dog	
C    I That	6 that	
2 these	7 This	
3 this	8 this, That	
4 this	9 These	
5 those		
Unit 92		
A    1 our	5 yours	
2 his	6 mine	
3 his	7 hers	
4 their	8 her	
B    1 its   1 it's	3 it's  4 its	
C   1 the	4 their	
2 her	5 your, your	
3 the ok her
D    ) Harriet introduced me to a friend of hers.
2 They've got their own pool.
3 It's a favourite hobby of mine.
4 I ve got some CDs of his.
5 I'd like my own room
Unit 93
A    I the boy's bike
2 the girls' tent
3 the children's skateboards
4 the girl's cat
5 the boys' trophies
B    1 the twins'      5 her children's
2 Luke^ 6 the Lanskys'
3 Jason's 7 Olivia's
4 L>ebbie's
C   1 Mr Hillman's Gun
2 The Smell of Blood
3 The Terrorist's Car
4 The Middle of the Night
5 The Death of Someone Important
6 The Gangsters' Money
D   I yesterday's paper
2 (a) five minutes' rest
3 this month's special offer
4 in a week's time
Unit 94
A
1 She's/She has got some cats.
2 He hasn't got any petrol.
3 He's/He has got some poison.
1
2
3
any any some
4 some
5 some
6 any
C
1 some, anything
2 someone, any/some
3 anyone (or someone), any
4 something, some
D   1 anyone 4 anything
2 any bus        5 any day
3 any colour
Unit 95
A    1 She hasn't had many lessons yet.
2 I'll have to make a lot (of it).
3 I haven't got much energy.
4 Maybe you should add a little water/a few drops of water.
5 We've invited lots of friends/a lot of friends.
B	1	a lot of	5	much/a lot of
	2	many/a	lot of 6	many/a lot of
	3	many	7	much
	4	a lot of		
C	1	few	4 a few	
	2	little	5 little	
	3	a little	6 a few	
D	1	much	4 many	
	2	little	5 few	
	3	much	6 little	
Unit 96
A
1 Some of them
2 most of them
3 Half of them
4 All of them
5 some of them
6 None of them
B
1 She got some of them right.
2 He got most of them right.
3 He got all of them right.
4 She got none of them right.
1 most people
2 No student/No students
3 Most of the money
4 All cars
5 All fruit/Most fruit
6 All (of) the lights
Unit 97 A
1 each
2 each/every
3 every
4 each/every
5 every
PAGE 400 • KEY TO THE EXERCISES
B    1 all day/the whole day
2 all night/the whole night
3 every morning
4 all morning/the whole morning
5 all day/the whole day
6 every time
C   1 One of them has a separate restaurant.
2 Both of them serve bar snacks.
3 One of them has a family room.
4 Neither of them allows/allow pub games.
5 Neither of them has/have live music.
6 One of them has a non-smoking area.
D    1 Neither		4 every
2 either		5 whole
3 each (or every)		
Unit 98		
A    I the dress	5	Rita and Melanie
2 Laura	6	Rita
3 the jeans	7	Mike and Harriet
4 Rita	8	Tom
B    1 he	8	she
2 them	9	They
3 us/me	10	you
4 her	li	him
5 she	12	he
6 she	13	you/we
7 them	14	him
C   1 We	4	Me, it
2 you,us	%	she, her
3 it, it, her, She	b	I, you, them, they
I)    I You   2 They
Unit 99
3 You   4 they
A    1 There's/There is a balloon in the sky.
2 There are some boxes on the car.
3 There's/There is an elephant in the garden.
B    1 There's/There is, There'll be
2 are there, There's/There has been ok There was
3 there was, There ... have been
C    1 It was very cheap,
2 It was Vicky.
3 It's/It is a nuisance.
4 It's/It is very warm.
5 It's/it is important to keep it somewhere safe.
D   1 There      4 there, it
2 It 5 It, there, It, there
3 There, It
Unit 100
A    1 Vis looking at herself (in the mirror).
2 're/are introducing themselves.
B
C
D
3 He's/He is teaching himself Arabic.
4 ShcVShc is drying herself (on/with a towel).
1 yourself  2 ourselves   3 itself
1 you
2 him
3 himself
1 feel
2 help yourselves
3 remember
4 her
5 yourself
4 worry
5 relax
Unit 101
1 He cleans them himself.
2 I bake it myself.
3 They grow them themselves.
4 We decorated it ourselves.
5 He types them himself.
6 1 develop them myself.
B
1 herself
2 itself
3 himself
4 themselves
5 yourselves
1 They're/They are always thinking about each other.
2 They've/They have got lots of photos of each other.
3 They enjoy each other's company.
4 They're/They are crazy about each other.
D
1 each other
2 each other
3 themselves
4 ourselves
5 themselves
6 each other
Unit 102
A
B
1 a smart one OR a casual one, a casual one
2 a big one Hit a small one, A big one
3 A white one OR a brown one, A brown one
4 an ordinary one Ok an electric one, an ordinary one
1 I haven't got one.
2 I must get some new ones.
3 Have you seen this one?
4 I've hired one.
5 Can't you find any nice ones?
6 The one in the car is better.
C    1 one
2 it
3 one
Unit 103
A
4 them
5 some
1 everyone/everybody, no one/nobody
2 someone/somebody, something
3 somewhere, Someone/somebody
4 everywhere, nothing
KEY TO THE EXERCISES • PAGE 401
B    1 someone
2 anyone
3 somewhere
C    1 his
2 it
4 anywhere
5 anything
6 something
3 likes, they
4 has, their
I once met someone famous.
Someone's car is blocking me in,
I've gor something else/something different to
tell you.
We know everyone's opinions/opinion. Everyone else except you is going. Nothing exciting ever happens here.
Unit 104
1 modern chairs
2 a black cat
3 solar power
4 classical music
5 an old car
6 a tall building
B
C
pleasant, ideal, quiet, short, popular, lovely, friendly, helpful, good, marvellous, excellent, local
1 The world is asleep
2 My chief desire
3 My heart is content
4 The main thing to remember
5 The night is alive
6 Inner secrets
7 The only girl for me
Unit 105
A    1 a small white car
2 an attractive old building
3 an expensive wooden garden scar
4 a famous Italian opera singer
B    I a lovely old glass vase
2 an attractive wall mirror
3 a modern office desk
4 red metal kitchen chairs
5 a splendid old model boat
6 valuable Australian postage stamps
7 a small wooden coffee table
C   1 This is a powerful Japanese business computer.
2 This is an excellent small electric fire.
3 This is a big new chocolate bar.
4 This is a terrific American television comedy.
5 These are stylish aluminium garage doors.
6 These are wonderful modern sports shoes.
7 This is a very good German mobile phone,
Unit 106
A
1 the hungry
2 the homeless
3 the sick
4 the unemployed
5 the old
R    1  We live near a special school for the deaf.
2 The old soldiers were holding a service for the dead.
3 The government should do more for the poor.
4 I'm doing a course on caring for the mentally handicapped.
C    1 The sick 5 the old people
2 the young people 6 The homeless
3 the unemployed 7 the deaf
4 the poor
Unit 107
A   1 exhausted
2 interested
B   1 surprised
2 disappointing
3 puzzled
C    1 relaxing
2 annoyed
3 amused
4 interested
Unit 108
A    1 brightly
2 patiently
3 immediately
4 punctually
5 secretly
B    1 angrily
2 happily
3 automatically
4 publicly
3 fascinating
4 exciting
4 confusing
5 bored
6 interesting
5 fascinating
6 thrilling
7 exhausting
6 safely
7 fluently
8 carefully
9 quietly
5 enthusiastically
6 reasonably
7 securely
1 United won the game easily.
2 Tve/I have checked the figures carefully.
3 Your dog barked at me very fiercely.
4 It's/It is raining quite heavily (here).
D
1 dark
2 terribly
3 badly
4 suddenly
5 quietly
Unit 109
1 adjective
2 adjective
3 adverb
1 hardly
2 nearly
3 long
4 late
1 bad
2 good
3 badly
6 unhappy
7 sadly
8 curious
9 foolishly
4 adjective
5 adverb
6 adverb
fast hard wrong straight
well ill
PACE 402 • KEY TO THE EXERCISES
D
1 badly
2 good
3 fast
4 long
5 hardly
6 nearly
7 hard
8 lately
9 likely
B
Unit 110
A    1 are more interesting
2 is higher
3 is more beautiful
1 richest
2 most modern
3 greatest
4 most exciting
1 happier
2 faster
3 more helpful
4 lovelier
D
mure smartly longer
1
2
3 more often
1
2
3
worst better worse
5 most popular
6 most successful
7 most attractive
8 happiest
5 bigger
6 more restful
7 more modern
4 more carefully
5 earlier
6 louder/more loudly
4 best
5 furthest
f g
1 least   2 less   3 more   4 Most
1 happier
2 smallest
3 best
4 shorter
5 most important
6 older
7 more exciting
8 most
9 wetter
10 lower
11 worse
Unit 111
A    1 The church is older than the library.
2 Matthew is stronger than Daniel.
3 Harriet is taller than Mike.
4 Claire is more popular than Andrew.
5 Mark's car is bigger than Sarah's.
B    1 Friday is the busiest day
2 The Metropole is the nicest hotel in (the) town.
3 This watch is one of the cheapest (watches) you can buy
4 This Beatles album is the best (one) they ever made.
5 Alan is the most successful salesman in the company.
C    1 Plastic isn't as strong as metal,
2 The stool isn't as comfortable as the armchair.
3 Swimming isn't as exciting as surfing.
4 The post isn't as quick as e-mail.
D    I me   2 I am   3 me   4 he has
Unit 112 A
1 less painful
2 less busy
3 less convenient
4 less attractive
5 less seriously
6 less optimistic
B
D
1 Yesterday was a lot colder than today.
2 My coat is a bit longer than is fashionable.
3 I left work slightly earlier than usual this afternoon.
4 The shop is much more expensive than the supermarket.
5 Is the new machine any more reliable than the old one?
1 more and more difficult
2 more and more complicated
3 more and more
4 longer and longer
5 worse and worse
1 the quieter the roads (are).
2 the wider the choice (is).
3 the more confused I get.
4 the more fluently you can speak.
5 the more crowded the beaches get.
Unit	1 13		
A I	outside	4 Obviously	
2	Perhaps	5 silently	
3	always	6 hard	
B 1	mid	5 mid	9 mid
2	end	6 mid	10 mid
3	front	7 end	
4	mid	8 front	
E
1 clearly crossed
2 will probably rain
3 didn't fully understand
4 are usually
5 occasionally visited it/visited il occasionally
6 were soon working
7 has obviously forgotten
1 It usually rains when David is on holiday.
2 Rita's friend visits her most weekends.
3 Mark gets a pay rise every year.
4 Rachel never checks her work,
1 I've always known your secret.
2 We certainly can't afford a new car. or Certainly we can't afford a new car.
3 The tourists didn't walk far.
4 Tom cut the paper carcfully./Tom carefully cut the paper.
5 Natasha can also play the violin. or Natasha can play the violin also.
6 I read the newspaper most days./Most days I read the newspaper.
KEY TO THE EXERCISES • PAGE 403
F    1 peacefully at his home
2 through the streets yesterday
3 to Greece last year
4 there in June
G    1 We had a lovely time in the country
2 We arrived home safely at about eight.
3 You must come and visit us before too long. or Before too long you must come and visit us.
4 It's always nice to see you and Tony.
5 Maybe you'll be able to come in the New Year/You'll be able to come in the New Year maybe. or You'll maybe be able to come in the New Year.
6 We'll see you sometime.
Unit 114
A    I still, yet
2 still, already
3 yet, still
1 I already owe Emma £20.
2 We've already spent all our money/We've spent all our money already.
3 But it still looks dirty. or But it looks dirty still.
4 We haven't seen them yet. or Wc haven't yet seen them.
5 I still can't understand the rules.
1 They/Children don't play there any more
2 they/boats still come along the river
3 il/the view isn't beautiful any more
4 its/it is still our home or it's/it is our home still
B
C
D
1 no longer
2 yet
3 any more
4 already
Unit 115
1 She's very busy. 3
2 She's a bit thirsty. 4
He's very strong. He's extremely happy.
B
c
1 very        4 very
2 quite       5 a bit
3 a bit        6 quite
1 That radio is a bit loud.
2 1 quite like my new job.
3 Why don't you slow down a little?
4 The rain completely spoilt our day./The rain spoilt our day completely
5 We did the job fairly quickly.
6 I feel a lot better now.
7 We enjoyed the concert very much. or We very much enjoyed the concert.
8 My arms ached terribly.
D   1 absolutely      5 very
2 really 6 totally
3 very much     7 very
4 extremely
Unit 116
A    I quite       4 quite
2 late 5 bright
3 easy
B    I rather better
2 rather noisy
3 rather/quite busy
4 quite popular
C    1 It's/It is rather/quite complicated.
2 My car is quite big.
3 it went on rather longer than I expected.
4 I made it quite quickly.
1 completely ridiculous
2 fairly difficult
3 completely different
4 fairly surprised
5 fairly useful
6 completely certain
D
Unit 117
a
1 The plane is too low.
2 The gate isn't wide enough.
3 The water isn't warm enough.
B
5 too many mistakes.
6 too much traffic.
7 too complicated.
8 enough food
It's too wet for a picnic/too wet to have a picnic.
I/We havenJt got enough chairs for all my/our guests.
1 had too much equipment to carry.
(I think) Natasha is good enough to be a
professional musician.
1 sweet enough.
2 too expensive.
3 enough rain.
4 clearly enough.
I
3
4
Unit 118 a 1
up
2 in/inside
3 above/over
4 along or down
5 by/beside/next to
6 around/round
7 in front of
8 away from/out of
B
1 behind, through, below
2 past, down, opposite
1 opposite 4 between
2 between 5 next to
3 opposite
PAGE 404 • KEY TO THE EXERCISES
D
1 under
2 up
3 on
1 to
2 outside
3 in/into
4 past/by
5 off
4 around
5 into
6 out of
6 on
7 through
8 near
9 among
Unit 119
A    1 Hes/Hc is on the roof.
2 They're/They are at the disco.
3 He's/He is in the bath.
4 She's/She is at the lights
B    1 at the petrol statiun    4 in the restaurant
2 at the zoo 5 at the station
3 in the theatre
C   1 in  2 on  3 in   4 at   5 at 6 at   7 on   8 on   9 in   10 at
Unit 120
A   1 In 1961.
2 On 22 November 1963.
3 At 12.30.
B	1 8	6	on
	2 on	7	in
	3 8	8	in
	4 in	9	on
	5 at	10	at
C	1 in time	3	in time
	2 on time	4	on time
D	1 at, on   2 at,	in	3 on, in
Unit 121
A   1 since   2 for   3 since   4 for
B
1 He's/He has been in bed for three days.
2 They've/They have been in the garden since breakfast.
3 He's/He has been at his desk since nine o'clock.
4 She's/She has been on the road for five hours.
C
1 since four o'clock
2 ten years ago
3 since Monday/ since then
4 for six weeks
5 for three years
6 eight months ago
7 for three weeks
D   I before   2 ago   3 before
Unit 122
A    1 while   2 while   3 during   4 while B    I by   2 until   3 until   4 by   5 by C    1 as   2 like   3 as   4 like
D   I as   2 as if  3 as   4 as if
E    I By the time 1 arrived at your flat, youd/you had left.
2 Rita went to the party with Tom, as you predicted.
3 I saw your sister while I was shopping in London.
4 You can keep the book until you've/you have finished it or you finish it.
Unit 123
A
1
2
3
4
5
6
in
from
in
by
in
on
7
8
9
10
11
12
on in by on In
on, on
B    1 I pay in cash?
2 the information up to date?
3 you drop the ball on purpose?
4 there anything (to watch) on television tonight?
5 you be here at the end of July?
6 nuclear power a good idea in your opinion?
7 your car for sale?
8 you approve of the plan on the whole? C   1 by   2 on   3 in   4 by   5 by
Unit 124
1
2
1
2
3
4
of        3 in
in 4 at(or in)
5 tax on
6 difficulty with
7 matter with
damage to way of answer to cause of
C
D
1 with        5 with
2 of 6 for
3 of 7 of
4 for 8 between
1 answers to all the (quiz) questions
2 knowledge of French
3 desire for progress
4 difference between the (two) colours
5 preference for our/Zedco products
Unit 125
A
1 afraid of the dark.
2 bored with the video.
3 interested in computers.
4 surprised at/by the news.
5 proud of the/their victory.
6 annoyed with her/the children,
7 They're not/They aren't satisfied with their pay increase.
KEY TO THE EXERCISES • PAGE 405
B
C
1 for   2 at   3 at   4 for   5 at   6 to
1 responsible for
2 ready for
3 aware of
4 similar to
Unit 126
A    1 at   2 after  3 into
full of
interested in late for
8 famous for
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
5
pay for ask for care about caring for
relies on deals with feel like reached listening to
5 suffering from
6 decided on
7 concentrate on
8 agree with
6 apologized for
7 believed in
8 laughing at
9 discuss 10 left
D    1 to   2 to   3 to   4 about   5 of
Unit 127
A   1 into
2 from
3 as
4 with/to
5> to
6 to
7 with
B    I prefer water to wine?
2 blaming Tom for the/his accident?
3 thank you for the/her present?
4 accuse him/the head teacher of murder?
5 provide you with towels? OR provide towels for you?
h invite you to her wedding?
7 congratulate them on the/their (great) victory?
8 pointed a gun at Melanie?
C   1 about      5 about/of
2 of 6 about
3 to 7 about/of
4 to
Unit 128
A    I stay in
2 pay ... back
3 fall over
4 lie down
5 cut out
B    1 left out
2 sent out
3 throw away
C    1 picks ... up
2 put on/put... on
3 ring ... up
4 hand in/hand
5 written ... down
6 come back
7 get on
8 take ... back
9 go away 10 give away
4 put off
5 made up
6 go on /carry on
6 win back
7 wash up/wash
8 look... up in    9 held up
10 mixing... up
up
Unit 129
A
B
She's picking litter up./She's picking up litter. They're digging the road up./They're digging up the road.
He's washing the plates up./He's washing up the plates.
She's plugging the television in./She's plugging in the television.
Nick says he's/he has given up smoking.
How did the accident come about?
I think Matthew and Emma have fallen out.
The problem isn't going to just go away.
The government is bringing in a new tax on
computers.
Zedco want to set up a new sales office in Germany,
5 fallen behind step down taken on laying off
sort out taking over fell through
4 fight off Unit 130
6
7 A
1 completely
2 away/disappearing
3 continuing
4 from start to finish
5 aloud
6 disconnected
7 away/departing
8 becoming less
9 completely to the ground
10 from start to finish
11 to different people
12 increasing
13 wearing
14 stopping completely
C
1 on,off
2 out, out
1 try on
2 taking off
Unit 131
1 down on
2 out into
3 up at
3 down, out
4 on, out
3 speak up
4 setting off
4 away from
5 through to d in from
1 run out of
2 send away for
3 look/watch out for
4 look forward to
5 keep up with
6 put up with
7 get on with
8 go back on
9 get on to
10 go in for
11 cut down on
12 fall back on
13 get round to
14 make up for
page 406 • key TO the exercises
C   1 I get on (well) with Melanie. or Melanie and I get on (well).
2 J might drop in on David.
3 I'll fit in with everyone else.
4 1 can't catch up (with) Matthew.
5 The sunny weather is making up for last week.
Unit 132
A    1 she can't sleep.
2 he's/he has hurt his hack.
3 She says she feels sick all the time.
4 He says he fell over and hurt himself.
B    1  Stokeley Carmichael said (that) black is beautiful.
2 Galileo said (that) the earth moves round the sun.
3 Shakespeare said (that) all the world's a stage.
4	George Orwell said (that) Big Brother	
	watching you.	
C 1	tell	5 tell
2	say	6 tell
3	say	7 tell
4	say	8 say
Unit	133	
A 1	Trevor	3 April
2	1998	4 (about) two weeks
B 1	you	3 he, you
2	he, your	
C I	the day before/the previous day	
2	that day	
3	here	
4	the week before/the previous week	
Unit	134	
A 1	was	4 was
2	was	5 was UK. is
3	is or was	
B    I you had finished it/your project.
2 you weren't on a diet.
3 you didn't enjoy them/parties.
4 you weren't applying for it/the job.
C   1 The Sunday Times said the production was brilliant.
2 Edward Devine said he couldn't Temember a funnier show.
3 Robert Walsh said it (had) made him laugh.
4 The Evening Standard said you/people had to see it. or The Evening Standard said you/people must see it.
5 The Telegraph said it would be a great success.
6 The Express said you/people might die laughing.
7 Susan Proctor said it was the funniest show she'd/she had ever seen.
8 Time Out said you/people shouldn't miss it.
Unit 135
A    1 She wants to know how she can find out about the area,
2 He wants to know if/whether there are any guided tours.
3 They want to know where they can stay.
4 They want to know what shows there are.
B    I Do you know if 1 can park here?
2 Could you tell me how long the film lasts?
3 Do you know how often the buses run?
4 Do you know if we are/we Ye allowed to smoke?
5 Could you tell me what time the flight is?
6 Could you tell me how much a ticket costs?
C   1 why I wanted the job.
2 how I (had) heard about it.
3 if/whether I was fit.
4 if/whether i could work on Saturdays.
5 how I would/I'd travel to work.
6 if/whether I had (got) a bicycle.
7 how much 1 hoped to earn,
8 when I could start.
Unit 136
A    1 The doctor told him to take more exercise.
2 His boss asked/told him not to play computer games in the office.
3 A traffic warden told him not to park his car in the High Street.
4 Laura asked him to put some shelves up.
B    1 Andrew to take a break.
2 for forgetting the shopping.
3 singing a few songs.
4 Vicky to post a/the letter.
5 making a mistake.
6 Laura not to touch the electric wires.
C    1 The builders have promised that everything will be ready on time.
2 The boss insists that we (have to) check the figures carefully.
3 Tom has admitted that his story wasn't completely true.
4 Matthew reminded Emma that her train was about to leave.
Unit 137
A    1 the young man at the door
2 the man who plays his stereo at nighl
3 the very thin woman
4 the girl with green eyes (or the green-eyed girl)
5 the young woman in the office
key to the exercises • page 407
6 the man who drives a taxi
7 the smart young man
8 the student who failed all her exams
B    1 that/which     4 that/which
2 who/that       5 that/whkh
3 who/that       6 who/that
C   1 The bomb which went off this morning caused a lot of damage.
2 The scicnlist who discovered a new planet has won the Nobel Prize.
3 The footballer who took drugs has been banned from playing again.
4 The little girl who had been missing since Thursday has been found safe and well.
5 The company which owns Greenway Supermarkets has laid off thousands of workers.
6 The old lady who did a parachute jump now wants to swim the English Channel.
Unit 138
A    1  dog that fell down a hole has been rescued.
2 story that upset everyone was untrue.
3 man who interviewed Natasha is a film producer,
4 accident that Daniel saw wasn't very serious.
5 man who/thai Claire knows is a millionaire.
6 vase that David broke was extremely valuable.
7 jacket Melanie wore at the parly is really nice.
B    1 It's/It is the car you can afford.
2 It's/It is the film people want to see.
3 It's/It is the supermarket you can Irust.
4 It's/It is the magazine young people read.
5 They1 re/They are the chocolates you'll love.
C    I Somewhere I've got a photo of the mountain we climbed.
2 The man who/that repaired my car is a real expert.
3 The detective lost sight of the man he was following.
4 I thought I recognized the assistant who/that served us.
5 I'm afraid the numbers I chose didn't win a prize.
Unit 139
A    I That's/That is the film (that/which) t was talking about.
2 This is the wallpaper (that/which) I've/I have decided on.
3 That's/That is the man (who/1 hat) l played tennis with.
4 Those are the steps (that/which) I fell down.
B    I  A hammer is a tool (that/which) you hit nails with.
2 Your destination is the place (that/which) you're/you are going to.
3 A safe is a cupboard (that/which) you keep valuable things in.
4 Your opponent is the person (who/that) you're/you arc playing against.
5 A sofa bed is a piece of furniture you can either sit or sleep on.
C   l That is an idea in which our party believes.
2 Thai is a policy to which 1 am strongly opposed,
3 These are people about whom no one cares.
4 Those are mistakes of which your party should be ashamed.
5 That is a problem with which the government is now dealing.
Unit 140
A    1  Felix Reeves is the journalist whose tape recorder was stolen.
2 Graham Wilshaw is the architect who knew Colin at school.
3 Rex Carter is the farmer whose land Colin bought.
4 Norman Bridge is the lawyer who looked after Colin's interests.
5 Sonia Goldman is the house guest whose fingerprints were on the door handle.
B    I What you have to think about is your profit.
2 What you must know are the needs of your customers.
3 What you should work towards is a realistic target.
4 What you need to do is (to) plan ahead.
C    1  Columbus sailed to America.
2 golf that Tiger Woods plays.
3 It was in Greece that the Olympic Games first took place.
4 It's/It is Mercury that is nearest the sun.
Unit 141
A    1  Nelson Mandela, who was in prison for 27 years, became President of South Africa.
2 John Lennon, who was killed in 1980, was one of the Beatles.
3 The Titanic, which sank in 1912, was supposed to be unsinkable.
4 Queen Victoria, who came to the throne in 1837, ruled over the British Empire.
5 Mars, which is 140 million miles away, is known as the red planet.
6 The Berlin Wall, which was built in 1961, stood for 28 years.
PAGE 408 • KEY TO THE EXERCISES
B    1 It adds information about the college theatre.
2 It tells us which people.
3 It adds information about Lucy Kellett,
4 It tells us which young man.
5 It adds information about the evening.
C    1 who took Rita to the party
2 , who has a bad temper,
3 which Tom supports
4 , who is afraid of heights.
5 , which is on the tenth floor,
6 she bought the sofa from
Unit 142
A   1 which
2 who
3 whose
4 why
5 whom/who
6 who
7 which
8 where
B    I which has ten thousand employees
2 whose name was missed off the list
3 (that/which) Laura painted
4 (that/which) we're/we are all looking forward to or to which we're/we are all looking forward
5 (that/when) Mike and Harriet went camping
6 who is a bit deaf
7 whom/who you'll meet tomorrow
8 where we met the other day
C    1 Rachel's mother paid for the meal, which was very kind of her.
2 My brother is disabled, which means he can't gel about very easily.
3 You left the keys in the car, which was rather careless of you.
4 Vicky didn't get the job, which has made her very depressed.
5 The police blocked off the road, which caused a traffic jam.
Unit 143
A    1  played      5 watching
2 worn       6 added
3 arriving    7 blocking
4 telling
B    1 living in an empty office building have been evicted.
2 employing four thousand people has gone bankrupt.
3 built only two years ago has been declared unsafe.
4 People protesting against pollution have marched to London.
5 Tennis fans hoping to buy tickets have been queuing all night at Wimbledon.
6 A new drug developed at a British university may give us eternai youth.
C   1 the youngest girl to swim a length of the pool.
2 the only people to get a pay rise.
3 The pilot was the last person to leave the aircraft.
4 Mrs Harper was the first woman to become Managing Director.
5 Daniel was the most suitable candidate to apply for the job.
Unit 144
A    1 I ask 5 share
2 there are        6 1 see
3 it's 7 f 11 ask
4 won't cost
B    1  if Rachel fails her driving test, she can take it again.
2 If United lose, Tom will be upset.
3 If the office is closed, Mark won't be able to get in.
4 If Nick arrives a bit early, he can help Tom to get things ready.
5 If the party goes on all night, no one will want to do any work tomorrow.
6 If Emma misses the train, she can get the next one.
7 If Matthew enters the race, he'll probably win it.
C    1 If you get promoted, your salary goes up.
2 If 1 drink coffee late at night, 1 can't sleep.
3 If you don't pay the bill, you get a warning letter.
4 If I try to run fast, I get out of breath.
5 If someone enters the building, the alarm goes off.
Unit 145
A    1 If I had a dictionary, I could look the word up.
2 If I wasn't so busy, l'd/I would write to my friends.
3 If my back wasn't aching, I could play tennis.
4 if Claire loved Henry, she'd/she would marry him.
5 if he had a map, he could find the way
6 if he/David wasn't so clumsy, he wouldn't have so many accidents.
B    I you wouldn't play 6 you thought
2 we go 7 it'd be/it would be
3 I didn't play 8 it won't do
4 it'd be/it would be 9 1 wouldn't get
5 you think
C    1 The phone isn't working.
2 It might rain.
3 Mike isn't here.
KEY TO THE EXERCISES - PAGE 409
4 The/This spoon isn't silver.
5 Sarah might call.
Unit 146
A    1 would have been
2 had lost
3 would have scored
4 she'd been/she had been
5 hadn't been
6 wouldn't have given
7 hadn't been
8 it would have been
9 we'd have beaten/we would have beaten 10 he'd been/he had been
B    1 The guests could/would have had their lunch outside if it had been warm enough/if it hadn't been so cold.
2 Sarah could/would have flown to Rome if the airport hadn't been closed/had been open.
3 Laura might have recognized Nick If he hadn't had 8 crash-helmet on,
4 Sarah's plants wouldn't have died/might not have died if she'd/she had watered them.
5 Nick could/would have got in (to the ice hockey game) if he'd/he had had a ticket.
C    1  he was/were, he'd/he would have put
2 I'd/1 had paid, I wouldn't be
3 you loved, you wouldn't have left
Unit 147
A    1 If the twins had worn different clothes, we could have told them apart, type 3
2 Jf you tell me what the instructions say, 1*11 try to follow them, type 1
3 If people used public transport, there"d be less pollution, type 2
4 If you don't wear a sweater, you might not be warm enough, type 1
5 If I hadn't seen the product advertised, I wouldn't have bought it. type 3
B    1 you played
2 I wouldn't/couldn't hear
3 you'd/you had told
4 1 wouldn't have let
5 you didn't play
6 it wouldn't be/it might not be
7 I'd/1 had realized
8 I would have thrown
9 you go
10 I'll have
C    1 It I'd/1 had known how unpopular Jason was, 1 wouldn't have invited him (to my party).
2 If you put too many tins into the plastic bag, it'll break.
3 If I had a pen, I cnuki write down the address.
4 If I'd/1 had started my project earlier, I wouldn't be SO far behind (now).
5 If you need some/any help, give me a ring.
6 If the door opens, the fan comes on.
Unit 148
A    1 When the alarm rings,
2 If I feel better tomorrow,
3 When this film finishes,
4 [f the plan doesn't work,
B    1 unless it's/it is a nice day.
2 unless you're/you are watching it.
3 unless we get help.
4 unless I liked it.
C    I unless   2 if  3 unless   4 unless
D   1 We'd/We had better book a table in case the restaurant is busy.
2 You ought to insure your jewellery in case it gets stolen.
3 I'll leave you my phone number in case you want to contact mc,
E    1 unless  2 If  3 in case   4 when
Unit 149
A    I I wish you'd/you would hurry up.
2 I wish you'd/you would do the washing-up.
3 I wish you'd/you would tell me the whole story.
4 I wish you wouldn't blow cigarette smoke in my face.
5 I wish you'd/you would tell me what you're thinking.
B    I I wish/If only I wasn't so tired.
2 I wish/If only I didn't get (these) headaches.
3 I wish/If only my work was going well/better.
4 I wish/If only I could concentrate,
5 I wish/If only life wasn't so complicated.
C   1 I'd/1 had caught it.
2 she'd/she had stayed (there).
3 she'd/she had accepted it.
4 I'd/I had found it. OR I could have found it.
5 he could have played
D   I I hadn't asked you (to marry me)
2 you wouldn't talk nonsense
3 I was a young man
4 you would/you'd listen
3 I'd/I had met you or I could have met you
Unit 150
A    1 but it's really quite modern.
2 but she turned it down.
3 but no one laughed.
PAKE 410 • KEY TO THE EXERCISES
B 1
2
3
C 1
2
3
4
D 1
Although 4 in spite of in spite of 5 in spite of Although
in spite of/despite
In spite of/Despite
but/alt hough/though
Even though/Although/Though
Trevor didn't notice the sign even though it
was right in front of him.
Matthew doesn't know any French although it
was one of his school subjects.
Despite being a millionaire, Henry's friend
hates spending money.
We couldn't get tickets in spite of queuing for an hour.
on the other hand in spite of (or despite) whereas
Unit 151
A    1 to go to sleep.
2 to hear the football results.
3 to look smart.
4 to finance her studies.
B    1 He's/He is going to get to work earlier in order to/so as to impress the boss.
2 He's/He is going to work harder in order to/so as to achieve more.
3 He's/He is going to lake risks in order to/so as to be a winner.
4 He's/He is going to think positively in order not to/so as not to miss any opportunities.
C   1 Nick keeps a dog to guard the house.
2 David is going to be very careful so that he doesn't/won't have an accident.
3 Jessica is going on a diet to lose weight.
4 Trevor often switches off the heating to save money.
5 Sarah had to go to Birmingham for a business meeting.
6 Emma wore boots so that her feet wouldn't get wet.
C    1 as soon as	7	in case
2 to	8	until
3 since	9	although
4 but	10	if
5 so that	11	so
6 because	12	in spite of
Unit 153		
A    1 and	4	but
2 so	5	so
3 and	6	but
Furthermore
however
In other words
4 On the contrary
5 After all
6 for example
In other words, you don't want to see him. By the way, what's the time/what time is it? Anyway, they haven't got one in my size. Sarah ('s got one/has one), for example. On the contrary, I loved/liked it.
Unit 152
A
B
1 I'll love you until I die
2 I hear music when 1 see you
3 Come back before I forget you
4 I've been sad since you left me
5 I fell in love as soon as we met
1 Although
2 in order to
3 because
4 If
5 but
6 so
7 unless
8 In spite of
9 in case
KEY TO THE EXERCISES • PACE 41 I
Key to the tests
The numbers after the answer tell you which unit and unit section of the book has information and practice on that grammar point. For example, the numbers 4.2 refer to Unit 4, section I.
Test A
B
D
1 aren't 4.2
2 does 53
3 Uo 5.3
4 don't 5.3
is 4.2 do 5.3 silting 4.2 don't 5.3 doesn't 5,3,7.1 go 5.1-2
5 are 4.2
6 doesn't 5.3
7 isn't 4.2
7 being 7.2
8 get 5.3
9 gets 5.2
10 means 5.3,7.1
11 always 6.4
12 costing 4.2,7.3
The girls are playing tennis at the moment. 4.2
Roth my brothers like sport. 5.2
Anna is wearing her new coat today. 4.2
What colour do you like best? 5.3
My suitcase weighs ten kilos. 7.2
At the moment I'm staying aL a hotel. 6.3
Robert catches the same bus every morning.
5.2
What does this word here mean? 5.3,6.2
1 I'm thinking 7.2, cost 7.3, It's/It is getting 4.3
2 look 7.2, they don'I fit 7.2, 1 don'l know 7,2
3 are you doing 6,1, I'm/I am weighing 7.2,1 need 7.1
4 I think 7,2> is going 6.1, I agree 5*1
5 I like 7.3, Are you enjoying 7,3, I'm/1 am loving 7.3
6 I'm/1 am always falling 6.4, do you go 6.1, it doesn't make 6.1
7 I'm living 6.3, I'm looking 4.3,1 promise 5A
8 do you want 6.2,1 don't understand 6.2, you're/you are being 7.2
Test B
left 8.2 were 8.2 died 8.4 had 8,2 didn't like 8.3
6 went 8.4
7 happened 8.2
8 wasn't 8.3
9 knew 8.4
C
n
1 was wearing my old coat. 9.2,9.3
We were (both) on holiday, 8.2
1 didn't make a mistake. 8.3
The boys were playing (a game of) cards. 9.2,
9.3
1 didn't know about the change of plan. 8.3,
8.4
My friend won the competition. 8.2 Did the Romans build this wall? 8.3
shining 9.1 was 9.2 wasn't 9.2 didn't 8.3 hated/detested 8.2,8.4
walked/went 8.2,8,4 were 9.2
9 had 8.2, 8.4 10 was 9.2 U took 8.2, 8.4
12 didn't 8.3
13 wan ted /hoped/had/ intended 8,2, 8,4
14 When 10.2
15 was 8.2
8 sat 8.2, 8.4
1 It w;is peaceful and the birds were singing. 9.2
2 1 was washing my hair when the phone rang. 10.2
3 You didn't come to the club last night. 8.3
4 It took ages to get home. 8.2
5 We tried to keep quiet because the baby was sleeping. 9.2
6 As I was watching him, the man suddenly ran way. 10,2
7 We passed a petrol-station two minutes ago. 8.2
8 Everything seemed OK. 10.1
9 Where did you buy that bag? 8.3
10 When 1 heard the alarm, I left the room immediately. 10.2
1 was lying 10.2, rang 10.2, stopped 10.1
2 was 10.1, left 10.2, was falling 10.3
3 came 10.1, seemed 10.1, enjoyed 10.1
4 saw 10.2, was standing 10.2, had 10.1
5 opened 10.2, fell 10.2
6 was walking 10.2, felt 10.2, didn't know 10.1
7 were going 10.1, heard 10.1, drove 10.1
8 happened 10.1, was driving 10.1, saw 10.1
Test C
A
2
3
4
5
6
washed 11.2 eaten 11.4 opened 11.2 written 11.3 made 11.3 had 11.3
7 scored 11,2
8 landed 11,1
9 broken I 1.4
10 been 11.3
11 sold 11.3
12 finished 11.2
i'AtiH 412 • KEY TO THE tests
b	1	's/has opened 11.2		7	I've had/I have had the computer for four
	2	Vhas drawn 11.3			years. 17.2
	3	Vhax broken 11.3		8	When we were having/eating lunch, there was
	4	have won 11.3			a knock at the door. 19.3
	5	've/have drunk/finished 11.3/11.2		9	Nigel felt sick because he'd/he had eaten too
	6	've/have washed/cleaned 11.2			many cakes. 20.3
	7	've/have learnt/learned 11.3/11.2			
	8	have arrived/come 11.2/11.3	C	1	Td/i had been on holiday. 19.4
	9	haven't finished 12.1		2	Tve/I have been playing badminton. 16.3
				3	I'd liad/I had had a shock. 17.1
C	1	already 12.1        6 long 12.2		4	How long have you been working? 16.4
	2	yet 12.1             7 gone 13.1		5	Lots ol people were walking along the street
	3	been 13.1           8 since 12.2			oulside. 19.2
	4	ever 13.2           9 time 13-3		6	She's/She lias been practising her English
	5	this 13.4           10 never 13.2			since last summer. 16.3
		have 14.1           6 has 14,1		7	lVe/1 have passed my exam. 17.1
D	1			8	She'd/She had been lying in the sun for too
	2	✓ 14,1              7 ✓ 14.1			long. 20.3
	3	have 14.3          8 ✓ 14.1		9	But the coach had already gone. 18.1
	4	✓ 14.3             9 has 14.2			
	5	✓ 14.1             10 have 14.2	D	1	Tve/I have finished 18.3
				2	have we been waiting 17.1, We've/We have
e	1	went 14.3			been 17.2
	2	've/have never seen 15.2		3	we'd/we had drunk, she hurried 19,4
	3	did 14.3		4	I was having, 1 heard 19.3
	4	has won 14.1		5	have you been doing 16.4, We've/We have
	5	worked 15.1			done 17.1
	6	did yon get 15.3		6	she'd/she had been trying 20,3, she'd had/she
	7	has been 15.2			had had 18.1
	8	has come 14.1		7	heard, threw 19.4
	9	did you get 14,3			
	10	haven't ridden 14.3	Test E		
	1 1	was 15,2			
	12	Have you ever baked 15.2	a	1	I'm/I am living 21.2, Tve/I have found 21,3
	13	was 15.1		2	I think, it belongs 21.2
	14	rang 14.2		3	I'm/I am using 21.2,1 want 21.2, I've/J have
	15	Have you seen 15.3			started 21.3
	16	Ve/have heen 15.1		4	You leave 21.2, fve had/I have had 21.4, I've/I
					have been rushing 21.4
Test D					heard 21.5
			b	1	
a	1	been 16.2          6 Have 18.3		2	thought 21.5
	2	I've 18.3            7 was 19.2		3	was 21.5
	3	were 19.3          8 went 19.2		4	calied/rang/phoned 21.6
	4	been 20.2           9 I've 16,2		5	stopped 21.6
	5	hadn't 18,3		6	was 21.5
				7	had 21.6
b	1	The doctor has been working since six		8	knocked 21,6
		o'clock. 16.3		9	got/come 21.6
	2	Rupert had forgotten his credit card. 18.1		10	been 21.7
	3	I didn't want to go until I'd/1 had taken a			
		photo, 19.4	C	1	It's/It has been raining for ten hours. 21,4
	4	Nancy has written the report. 17.1		2	1 think it's the right thing to do. 21.2
	5	Ive/3 have been waiting in the queue (for)		3	We've moved our/the sofa. 21.3
		forty minutes (so far). 16.3		4	I was having/eating (some/my) breakfast
	6	When we arrived, everyone was dancing. 19.3			when Susan rang. 21.5
5 They always play badminton on Tuesday. 21.2 KEY TO THE TESTS * PAGE 413
1 I was looking 21.5
2 I'm going 21.2
3 I've been trying 21.4
4 I'd spent 21.6
5 They opened 21.3
1 ✓21.2
2 been 21.7
3 was 21.5
4 arc 21.2
5 have 21.3
6 ✓ 21.7
7 been 21.4
8 ✓ 21.6
F    I failed 21.3
2 lives 21.2
3 left 21.3
4 had made 21.7
5 were walking 21.5
6 saw 21.5
7 has seen 21.4
8 hadn't arrived 21.6
9 had been waiting 21.7/were waiting 21.5
10 have been trying/have tried 21.4
11 have had 21.4
12 are taking 21.2
13 believe 21.2
14 want 21.2
Test F
A    1 going 24.1
2 will 23.2 or won't
3 see 27.1
4 not 23,3
5 to 26.3
6 Shall 23.4
7 is 24.2
8 getting 26.1
9 has 27.3
10 about or going/ready
B    1  What time does it get to London? 26.2
2 I'll tell her when 1 see her this evening. 27.1
3 He's about to fall asleep. 26.3
4 We're/We are meeting in town later. or Were/We are going to meet in town later. 26.1
5 I'll send you a postcard. 23.2
6 I can read a book while I'm waiting. 27.3
7 I'm/I am going to lie down. 24.1
8 All your friends will be there. 23.4
9 No one can go into the building until the police have searched it. 27.3
1 will 25.1
2 is 27.1
3 will 25.1
4 going 24.1
5 to 24.2
fi have 27.3
7 will 25.1
8 having/holding 26.1
9 starts/begins 26.2 10 will 25.1
D   1 leaves 26.2
2 I'm going to apply 25.1
3 I'll help 25.2
4 it's about to open 26.3
5 1 go 27.1
6 Are you doing 26.1
E    I  I'm/I am going to have a rest. 24.1
2 (The) term starts on 6 September. 26.2
3 There will be a world war in five years1 time. 23.2
4 Judy and I arc/We're playing tennis tomorrow. 26.1
5 Prices will probably fall. 25.3 ok Prices are probably going to fall.
6 The car is/We're going to crash! 24.3
TestG
B
1 going 24.3
2 be 28.3
3 will 23.1
4 don't 26.2
1 is 26.2
2 t/26.3
3 be 23.3
4 for 26.3
5 was 29.2
6 are 26.1
7 to 24.2
8 about 26.3
5 ✓28.3
6 i/29.2
7 will 27.2
8 to 29.1
Tl/will be having 28.2 was going to drive 29.2 'll/will be working 28.2 'U/will have done 29.1 were going to buy 29.2
C I
2
3
4
5
6 '11/wiU have had 29.1
I)   1 I'm/I am going 26.1 or l'm/1 am going to go 24.1
2 I'm/I am leaving 26.1 or I leave 26,2 or I'm going to leave 24.1
3 I'm/1 am visiting 26.1 or I'm/I am going to visit 24.1
4 That'll/That will be 25.1
5 starts 26.2/is starling 26.1
6 you get 27.2
7 Ill/I will send 23.2
We'll wait for you. 23.2
This train stops at Bath, 26.2
My friend was going to meet us. 29.2
Adrian is having a job interview on 17
October. 26.1
We'll/We will have finished our meal by eight o'clock. 29.1
I might go on the trip. 30.3 The fire is about to go out. 26.3
PAGE 414 • KEY TO THE TESTS
1 I'm going to move 24.1
2 I'll take 23.2
3 we're going 26.1
4 He's going to jump 24.3
5 I'll be using 28.3
TestH
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 10
Where have you been? 36.2 Do you sell postcards? 34.2 Who does this calculator belong to? 39.1 How long are you staying here? 36.3 What is your new office like? 38.2 Which of the flights are full? 39.2 What time does the carnival start? 36.3 What holiday has Nancy decided on? 38.1
How old 36.3 Whal colour 36.3 Whose 37.2 I low much 36.3 Which 39.1 What kind 36.3
7 Who 39.2
8 How 38.2
9 How far 36.3
10 How often 36.3
11 What 39.1
Are you a student here? 34.2 How many cakes have you eaten? 37.2 Did you enjoy your walk? 34.2 Where have your friends gone? 36.2 What kind of music do you like? 36.3 Docs Peter play tennis? 34,2 What are you talking about? 38.1 What has happened? 37.1
Where did you buy your coat? 36.2
Can Amy swim? 34.2
Which band do you like best? 37.2
Who am 1 speaking to? 38.1
How much do video recorders cost? 36.3
May/Can I come in (, please)? 34.1
How long does the journey take? 36.2
What did you lock the door for? 38.2
What happens next? 37.1
Shall we (all) go out together? 34.1
How many cars have the Smiths gut/do the
Smiths have? 36.3
Where does Janet work? 36.2
Why is Andrea learning English? 36.1
What was the film like? 38.2
When will the meeting take place? 36.2
Who switched off the computer? 37.1
Whose burglar alarm was ringing? 37.2
Who did Anna go to the dance with? 38.1
Test 1
A 1
2
3
4
5
6
B
D
Who s 37.1 don't 42.2 not 40,2 has 35.2 Haven't 4L2 so 43.2
7 they 42.2
8 Which 39.2
9 don't 40.2
10 neither 42.1
11 doesn't 41,2
12 Lets42.3
1 Where do you live? 36.2
2 What arc you thinking about? 38.1
3 Would you like to come to my room? 34.1
4 Didn't you watch the football match on television? 41.3
5 May 1 take a photo (, please)? 34.1
6 Have you seen Polly? 34.2
7 How many letters have you written? 37.2
8 Who is/Who's coming to your party? 37.1
9 How often does Martin cook? 36.3
10 What will the weather be (like) tomorrow? 38.2
No, it hasn't. 35.2
No, I hate ir./Yes, 1 love it. 41.4
Yes, 1 expect so. 43.2
It isn't very nice, is it? 42.2
Yes, please. 35.3
So am I./Í am too. 43.1
I hope not. 43.2
Neither did the second. 43,1
How old arc you? 36.3
Did you go to college? 34.2
What are your interests? 39.1
Which company do you work for? 38.1
What don't you like about your job? 41.5
doesn't 40.2 course 35,3 neither/nor 43.1 No 41.4 for 38.2 did 42.2 won't 35.2 not 43.2
9 will 42.3
10 far 36.3
11 so 43.2
12 don't 41.5
13 Which 39.1
14 so 43.1
15 hasn't 41.5
16 Which 40.2
Test J
A
1 mustn't 48.1
2 Would 51.3
3 might 46.2
4 would 52,1
5 needn't 48.1
6 Shall 51.2
7 had 49.3
8 wouldn't 52.3
KEY TO THE TESTS • PACE 415
p.
D
1 */ 51.3
2 ✓ 47.1
3 to 44.3
4 for 50.1
5 be 46.1
6 ✓52.1
7 been 53.2
8 1/49.4
9 ✓48.2 10 be 45.3
1 We ought to he careful. 49.2
2 I was able to finish all my work. 44.3
3 It must have been a terrible experience for you. 53.4
4 Players aren't allowed/are not allowed to have a drink. 45.3
5 You'd/You had better sit down. 49.3
6 The report has to be on my desk tomorrow morning, 47,1
7 Joanne mightn't have/might not have received my message. 53.3
8 Martin can't be Jogging in this weather. 46.3
9 Tessa would like a cup of coffee, 52.2
10 Nancy didn't need to clean the flat. 48.3
1 asking permission 45.1
2 giving an order 50.2
3 asking for advice 49.2
4 inviting 51.3
5 offering to help 51.2
6 making a suggestion 51.1
7 refusing permission 45.2
8 making a request 50.1
9 expressing a wish 47.2
1 have/need 48.2
2 may/might or could 46.1
3 has 47.1
4 can 44.1
5 allowed 45.3
6 supposed 49.4
7 shouldn't 49.2 or mustn't 48.1
8 able 44.2
TestK
1 The film may be banned. 54.3
2 Nancy was offered a pay increase. 57.1
3 The mistakes need correcting/need to be corrected. 59.2
4 The situation was reported to be under control. 57.3
5 The new drug is being tested. 54.2
6 The machine hasn't been used for ages. 55.2
13
1 is 54.2
2 by 55.2
3 be 54.3/get 54.4
4 were 54.2
5 it 57.2
6 been 54.2
7 have 58.2
8 to 57.3
9 being 59.1
C   1 The song was sung by Pavarotti. 55.2
2 Nigel had his passport stolen. 58.4
3 Doctors are paid a lot of money. 57.1
4 1 hope to be interviewed for the job. 59.1
5 The floor was being cleaned. 54.2
6 Judy is having her car repaired, 58.2
7 Tessa got lost. 54.4
8 It was agreed that the plan should go ahead.
57.2
9 When did you get your kitchen decoraled?
58.3
10 Exercise is said to be good for you. 57.3
1 b) 55.1     4 a) 55.1
2 b) 55.1      5 b) 55.1
3 a) 55.1
D
The story was written by Agatha Christie. 55.2
Baseball is played at this stadium. 54.2 This shirt needs ironing/needs to be ironed. 59.2
1 got my hair cut yesterday. 58.3 It is believed that there is going to be a war. 57.2
My parents got divorced last year. 54.4 I've got a report to write. 59.2
8 The winner was given a prize. 57.1
9 This man on TV is supposed to be the tallest person in the world. 57.3
Test L
1 to organize 62.2
2 wearing 62.2
3 to approve 62.2
4 to be 62.2
5 reminding 62.2
6 to be 62.2
7 working 62.2
8 to buy 62.2
9 waiting 62.2
B
1 We must avoid wasting so much time. 61.1
2 Sometimes a country refuses to take part in the Olympics. 62,2
3 I'd/I would like to see the Rocky Mountains some day. 63,2
4 I meant to give Judy a nice welcome yesterday. 64,5
5 I always like to see my doctor once a year. 63.1
6 The buses usually stop running before midnight. 64.4
7 1 can't face getting up at five tomorrow. 61.3
8 Last year we made an agreement to work together. 60.4
9 Yesterday you promised to carry on shooting the film. 62.2
10 My father seems to be getting better now. 60.2
1!AGE416 • KEY TO THE TESTS
C   1 wait 62.3
2 to 60.1
3 seeing/meeting 61.1
4 would 63.2
5 need 64.7 or have/ought
6 not 61.1
7 help 61.3 on stop 64.4
8 to 62.4
9 on 61.4
D   1 We've finished decorating the flat. 61.1
2 I regret saying what 1 did. 64.2
3 Tessa decided not to go to work. 60.1
4 Da you mind helping me? 61.2
5 I'm beginning to get worried. 63.3
6 I can't afford to buy a new car. 60.1
7 1 hope to avoid making things worse. 62.5
8 Peter seems to have gone away already. 60.2
E    I The children couldn't wait to see their presents. 62.3
2 I can't stand getting up in the dark. 61.3
3 1 happened to see your brother yesterday. 62.4
4 The shop tends to open ten minutes late. 60.3
5 Do you fancy going for a walk? 62.3
6 The police carried on watching the house. 61.4
7 I'll/I will never forget seeing Nelson Mandela. 64.1
Test M
b
for 67.2 in 75.1
✓ 70.3
✓ 66.3
✓ 65.4
to get 71.2 making 70.2 reaching 70.2 running 65.4 dreaming 73.1 to happen 65.3 ordering 73.2
6 to 69.2(3)
7 enough 68.3
8 for 74.3
9 them 67.3 10 ✓ 73.2
8 to follow 68.2
9 to be 67.4
10 to do 65.2
11 respect 69.2(3)
12 to do 65.2
13 buying 65.5
14 order 69.2(2)
We saw Rupert looking in a shop window. 74.1
I remember the clown falling over. 65.4 Tessa wasn't sure which way to go. 66.3 The porter just stood there expecting a tip. 75.1
How about going to the barbecue? 73.2 Susan is used to (always) living in the country. 72.2
fm afraid of hurting myself. 71.1
8 Christopher apologized for forgetting to pay.
70.2
9 The food was too cold for Michelle to eat.
68.3
10 Jt was silly of Polly to give away the secret. 67.5 oh Polly was silly to give away the secret.
D
E
after 73.3 to 65.2 used 72.1 to 71.2
having/eating 70.2 of 67.5 to 68.4
8 to 72.2
9 how 66.2 If) of 71.1
11 for 68.1
12 by 73.2
13 Having 75.2
14 put 74.4
breaking 70.3, knock 74.4 to see 69.1(8), to forget 68.4 doing 73.3, to write 69.1 (2) to bother 71.3, to ask 66.2 to play 72.1, watch 69.2(2)
TestN
1 a 77.2
2 ✓ 76.1
3 ✓ 77.2
4 a 76.1
✓ 77.2 some 77.1 an 78.3 an 78.3
b
much 76.3 clothes 80.1 pairs 81.1 fun 76.1 is/was 79,5
6 saving 80.1
7 doesn't 79.3
8 was 79.1
9 was 79.1
10 piece/slice 78.1
D
1 Every window was broken. 79.2
2 My earnings aren't enough to live on. 80.1
3 There was litter everywhere. 77.2
4 We went to the hotel to get some food. 76.1
5 Judy bought a pair of binoculars. 81.1
6 1 need a new cheque book. 82.2
7 I'll have a glass of orange juice, please. 78.3
8 The reporter needed two pieces/bits/items of information. 77.2
1 We can't sit here because the grass is wet. 79.1
2 Do you want (some) butter on your bread?
76.1
3 All my belongings were stolen. 80.1
4 Do you have any information about hotels?
77.2
5 The police are questioning two men. 81.3
6 Can we have two eoffees/rwo cups of coffee, please? 78.4
7 The news isn't very good, I'm afraid. 80.2
KEY TO THE TESTS • PACT. 417
8 I just want to go into this shoe shop. 82.2
9 It's only a short journey by train. 79.2
17 so 89.3
18 the 84.3
wears 79.2 a piece of advice
77.2
the football match 82.1
customs 80.1 are 81.2 many 76.3 is 79.5
8 these glasses 81.1
9 steelworks 80.3
10 any 77.2
11 meal 76.1
12 were 80.1
13 A noise 78,2
14 were 81.3
15 is 79.3
16 light 78.3
17 sports club 82.2
18 means 80.3
19 woods 78.4
20 has 79.2
Test O
A	1	a 83.2             9 the 84.2
	2	the 84.3         10 the 83.2
	3	the 88.2         11 a 89.2
	4	The 83.2        12 a 83.2
	5	the 90.5         13 one 85.2
	6	a 85.3            14 the 83.2
	7	The 83.2        15 The 83.2
	8	the 83.2
B	1	work 87.2
	2	quite a difficult 89.2
	3	Golf 86.2
	4	School 87.1
	5	a really nice 89.2
	6	some photos 85.4
	7	the violin 86.3
	8	breakfast 84.6
	9	an X-ray 84.4
	10	the radio 86.3
	11	the environment 84.2
	12	such terrible 89.3
C	1	X 86.2
	2	a 89.2
	3	X 88.2
	4	an 84.4
	5	a 83.2
	6	the 90.3
	7	X90.6
	8	a 83.2
	9	X88.4
	10	some 85.4/the 83.2 or X
	11	a 83.2
	12	a 84.3
	13	one 85.2
	14	a 83.2 ok one
	15	die 83.2
	16	What 89.4 or Such
D
✓ 87.2
✓ 88.6 The 86.2 the 89.4
✓ 85.4 the 88.5
10
11
7 ✓ 87.1
8 A 85.2
9 ^89.3
✓ 90.10
✓ 86.3
1 a beautiful city 84.3
2 The weather 84.2
3 Easter 88.3
4 Princes Street 90.7
5 the Royal Scottish Museum 90.9
6 the Highlands 90.4
7 mountains 86.2
8 a thing 89.3
9 the sea 87.2
10 Corfu 90.2
11 some sunshine 85.4 OR sunshine
12 beach holidays 88.2
Test P
A
B
1 b)97.2
2 b)93.1
3 a) 92.4
1 either 97.3
2 Someone 94.2
3 these 91.1
4 a few 95.3
1 a 95.3
2 mine 92.1
3 of 92.5
4 many 95.2
5 anyone 94.2
4 a) 95.3
5 b)97.3
6 c)94.l
5 Some 96.1
6 People's 93.1
7 that 91.2
8 Polly's 92.5
6 None 96.4
7 all 96.2
8 lot 95.1
9 whole 97.2
D
1 That was a very good idea of yours. 92.5
2 You've got a to( of books, haven't you? 95.1
3 1 don't know the time of the meeting. 93.2
4 Nigel has hurt his leg. 92.3
5 All (of) the rooms in the house were cold. 96.2
6 Wear anything - it doesn't matter what, 94,3
7 Each of the four doors was locked. 97.1
8 1 live my life, and my sister lives hers. 92.1
9 Both socks/Both the socks/Both of the socks have got holes in them. 97.3
10 Here's a copy of this week's magazine. 93.3
11 This sweater is losing its colour. 92.2
12 I want some paper, but there's none in here. 96.4
PAGE 418 • KEY TO THE TESTS
1 I've lived here most of my life. 96.2
2 Every hotel was full. 97.1
3 The house on the corner is bigger than ours. 92.1
4 I've forgotten the name of my doctor. 93,1
5 We have had/We've had little warning of the changes. 95.3
6 So many people have applied for the job, 95.2
7 1 met an old boyfriend of yours at a party. 92.5
8 Neither of the chairs is/are comfortable. 97.3
9 My holiday starts in ten days1 time. 93.3
1 There's/There is a train leaving in ten minutes. 99.3
2 I think someone is/somcones coming up the stairs. 103.3
3 Let's meet at eight o'clock, shall we? 100.5
4 We haven't got a camcorder, but we'd like one. 102.3
5 Let's do something different/something else today. 103.4
6 They are/They're going to build a new motorway through here. 98.3
7 I'm afraid I haven't done anything all day. 103.2
8 Everyone enjoyed themselves at the barbecue. 100.2, 100.4
9 If you're buying a loaf, get a nice fresh one. 102.2
10 I've looked everywhere for my credit card. 103.1
1 ] The two friends still see each other/see one another occasionally. 101.2
TestR
Test Q				A	1 2
A 1	himself 100.3	7	It 99.2		3
2	They 98.2	8	They 98.3		4
3	We 98.2	9	ourselves 98.4		5
4	them 98.2	10	her 98.2		6
5	us 98.2	11	me 98.2		7
6	themselves 100.4				8
B 1	yourself 100.3	6	ones 102.2		9 10
2	it 99,2	7	there 99.1		11
3	some 102.3	8	each other's 101.2		12
4	us 100.3	9	else 103.4		
5	Me 98.2			B	1
C 1	one 102.3	5	It 99.2		2 3
2	everyone/ever ybod y	6	something 103.1		4
	103.1	7	one 102.3		5
3	herself 100.3	8	You 98,3		6
4	one 102.2	9	ourselves 101.1		
				C	I
D 1	one 102.3	7	everyone/		2
2	himself 100.4		everybody 103,3		3
3	something 103.1	8	it 99.2		4
4	it 99.2	9	there 99.1		
5	her 98.2	10	each 101.2	D	1
6	There 99.1	11	them 98.2		2
		12	him 98.2		
freely 109.3 The young man 106.3 hungry 104.2 thoughtfully 108.3 right 109.2 fascinating f 07.2 similar 104.3 well 109.4 the disabled 106.2 confused 107.2 scientifically 108,2 frightened 104.3
This is a nice place. 104.2
I can't find the large biscuit tin. 105.2
Tessa behaved in a silly way. 109.1
Your coffee is getting cold. 104.2
They live in a lovely old stone house. 105.3
This hospital is for the mentally ill. 106.2
expensive 104.2 nice 104.2 surprised 107.2 carefully 108.1
10
1
2
3
4
5 amusing 107.2
6 elderly 109.1
7 friendly 109.1
8 free 109.3
The drink tasted strange. 108.3 Obviously, the sick need to be looked after. 106.1
3 The dog was asleep. 104.3
4 The young woman spoke politely. 108.1
5 The train arrived late, 109.3
6 The film ends dramatically. 108.2
7 Polly shouted angrily. 108.2
8 Billiards is an indoor game. 104.3
9 The clown was amusing. 107.2
ok People found the clown amusing. There was hardly any time left. 109.3
I tasted the soup carefully. 108.3 ✓ 105.3
Are the children asleep? 104.3
It's a school for the deaf/for deaf people.
106.3
It's a nice new leather jacket, 105.3
KEY TO THE TESTS • PA Oh 419
6 The rich are/Rich people arc very lucky. 106,1
7 ✓ 109.4
8 He used a thick green paper towel. 105.3
9 ✓ 106.1
10 The course I started was boring./! was bored with the course I started. 107.2
11 1 often talk to the two old people/men/women nest door. 106.3
12 The smoke rose high into the air. 109.3
13 ✓ 104.2
14 We fell disappointed when we lost. 107,2
15 Everyone seemed very nervous. 108,3
16 Tessa drives too fast. 109.2
17 ✓ 107.2
Test S
D
1 more intelligent 110.2
2 cleaner 110.2
3 thinner I 10.3
4 more carefully 110-4
5 worse 110.5
6 later 110.3
7 longer 110,4
8 more useful 110.2
9 sooner 110 4
10 busier 110.3
11 more annoyed 110.2
12 more nervous 110.2
J funniest 110.3
2 most horrible 110.2
3 most recent 110.2
4 largest 110.3
6 farthest/furthest 110.5
7 most helpful 110.2
8 most modern II0.2
9 earliest 110.4
5 most boring 110.2  10 saddest 110.3
1 ✓111.4
2 the 111.2
3 ✓ 111.3
4 a 112.2
5 so 112.4
1 nicer 111,2
2 as 111.4
3 least 112.1
4 than me 111,5
6 ✓ 111.2
7 most 110.1
8 ✓lll.S
9 Oflli.3
10 more 112.3
5 in 111.3
6 bit 112.2
7 as 111.4
8 the easier 112.4
1 is bigger than the living-room 1 U.2
2 fitter than 1 am 110.3, 1 1 1.2
3 is as big as 111.4
4 just get higher and higher 112.3
5 is more expensive than 110.1, 111.2
6 is the least difficult 112.1
7 more and more excited 112.3
8 most romantic story I've ever 111.3
TestT
A    I  I quite like old cowboy films. 115.3
2 Have you finished this magazine yet? 114.2
3 This coat is too big. 117.2
4 Have the children already had their tea?/Have the children had their tea already? 114.3
5 You certainly don't look ill. 113.7
6 We don't go out much. 115.4
7 I think everyone works fairly hard. 115.2
8 I still don't know the date of the meeting.
114.3
9 The others are just getting ready, 113.2 10 I have to go to work on Saturdays./On
Saturdays I have to go to work. 113.8
B    1   This game is rather silly. 115.2
2 I've already paid the bill./I've paid the bill already. 114.3
3 The alarm isn't loud enough. 117.2
4 Jonathan passed the test easily./lonathan easily passed the test. 113.3
5 The children play cards a lot. 115.3
6 They didn't sell enough tickets. 117.2
7 You ask too many questions. 117.2
8 I'm not a member of the club any more.
114.4
9 It's warm enough to sit outside. 117.3
C    1 yet 114.2
2 still 114.3
3 rather 116.3
4 enough 117.2
5 many 117.2
6 to 117.3
7 any 114.4
8 no 114.4
9 bit 115.1 10 soon 113.5
D   1 I didn't sleep very well last night./kast night 1 didn't sleep very well. 113.5
2 I think I need to rest a little. 115.3
3 I don't work for the company any longer, 1 14.4
4 The article is fairly interesting. 115.1
5 Tessa locked the door carefully/Tessa carefully locked the door.l 13.3
6 You aren't tall enough to play basketball. 117.2
7 We went to town yesterday/Yesterday we went to town. 113.8
8 Hike this music very much./1 very much like this music. 115.4
PAGE 420 • KEY TO THE TESTS
1 We go to the cinema a lot. 115.3
2 Adrian always wears jeans. 113.6
3 These shoes aren't big enough. 117.1
4 1 no longer live in Birmingham, 114.4
5 Polly spent too much money in the sales. 117.2
Test U
B
The doctor has been working for twelve hours. 121.2
We had a great time at the disco. 119.2 The woman was getting out of the car. 118.1 The players had numbers on their shirts.
119.1
5 The new manager takes over in two weeks' time. 120.3
6 Anna drove to the garage to get some petrol.
118.2
7 We were sitting at the back of the room. 119.3
1 on 119.3 6 on 119.1
2 ago 121.3 7 in 120.3
3 on 120.1 8 across 118.1
4 at 120,1/by 122.2 9 during 122.17m
5 at 119.3
1 the 120.2
2 ✓ 118.1
3 ✓ 122.3
4 the 118.1
on 119.3 for 123.1 by 122.2 at 123.2 since 121.2 with 124.2 above 118.1 of 124.3 while 122.1
L0 until/till 122.
5 on 120.1
6 ✓ 119.3
7 ✓ 122.2
10 between 124.3
11 like 122.3
12 with 125.2
13 ago 121.3
14 for 124,4
15 until 122.2
16 for 125.1
17 in 120.1
18 to 125.4
1 Scott lives in Washington. 119.1
2 I'm travelling to Italy on business. 120.1
3 I'm busy on Friday morning. 120.1
4 They've/They have been playing (for) an hour. 121.1
5 Jonathan is very good at tennis. 125.3
6 I'm rather busy at the moment. 120.1
7 We went/travelled to Budapest by air. 123.3
8 Nigel goes past the newsagent's every day.
118.1
9 The company is planning (to make) a reduction in the workforce, 124.3
10 We got to our guest house in time for a meal.
120.2
TestV
A
B
D
1 1 must pay for my ticket. 126.2
2 I'm going to put on that expensive grey coat I bought. 128.3
3 She's invited us to lunch. 127.2
4 He's looking at them. 126.1
5 The police prevented me from leaving. 127.2
6 I'm going to turn it off. 128.3
1 about 126.3
2 out J 30.2
3 on 128.2
4 off 128.1
5 up 130.2
6 at 126.2
7 through 129.3
8 up for 131.2
1 You've left one out. 128.2
2 I've never heard of it. 126.3
3 They ran away from it. 131.1
4 You must congratulate her on her success.
127.2
5 She's going to set up her own company. 129.2
6 He reminds me of an old school friend of mine. 127.3
7 He wants to put it forward at the meeting.
129.3
as 127.2 about/of 127.3 look/watch 131.2 in 126.2 from 127.1 on 127.2 at 127.2
out 129.1 OK over out 125.1 forward 131.2 woke 129.1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12 up 129.1
E    I  You're too young to give up working. 129.2
2 This bag belongs to lanet. 126.1
3 Everyone carried on working as usual. 130.2
4 They discussed the plan. 126.3
5 I've/I have run out of money. 131.2
6 I explained the problem to the police./I explained to the police what the problem was. 127.3
7 1 wouldn't put up with such terrible conditions. 131.2
8 They'll have to put off the game/put the game off. 128.2
key to the tests • PAGE 421
Test W
Test X
I!
D
1 me 135.4
2 did 135.3
3 ✓ 136.2
4 that 135.2
! was 134.2
2 previous 133.2
3 whether 135.2
4 not to 136.1
5 ✓ 133.2
6 me 132.3
7 did 134.2
8 for 136.1
5 told 132.3
6 that 133.2
7 could 134.3
8 suggested 136.2
1 they 133.2
2 that/if/whether 132.2
3 she 133.2
4 to 132.1
5 didn't 134,2
6 had 134.2
7 wouldn't/didn't 134.3
8 if/whether 135,2
9 wantcd/necdcd/had 135.1 10 next/following/same 134.2
1 she said she felt quite excited. 133.2, 134.2
2 he said he couldn't remember the code word. 133.2, 134.3
3 he said he wouldn't be at the next meeting. 133.2, 134.3
4 they said they had/they'd got a problem. 133.2,134.2
5 she said she'd been swimming/she had been swimming. 133.2, 134.2
6 they said they would like to be in the show. 133.2, 134.3
7 he said he didn't need any help. 133.2,134.2
8 she said her sister was coming to see her. 133.2, 134.2
! A policeman told Christopher to stop shouting. 136.1
2 Tessa admitted eating all the cake/having eaten all the cake the day before/the previous day. 133.2, 136.2
3 Adrian apologized for being rude/for having been rude. 136.2
4 Simon invited Susan to join him for lunch. 133.2, 136.2
5 Martin asked Nancy if/whether someone rang her/someone had rung her an hour before. 133.2,135.2
6 Peter insisted on leaving. 136.2
A    I for 139.1
2 entering 143.1
3 which 136.2
4 only 143.2
5 who 142.1
6 whom 139.3
7 that you took 138.1
8 where 142.3
9 which 142.4 10 whose 140.1
B    1 This isn't the train on which I normally
travel. 139.3/This isn't the train (that/which) I normally travel on. 139.2
2 The letter that 1 opened wasn't for me. 137.2
3 The reason (why/that) I didn't know was that no one had told me, 142.3
4 What we should do is ring the police. 140.2
5 I didn't know the name of the man who/that helped me. 138.2
6 Rupert knows the family whose house is for sale. 140.1
7 Einstein, who failed his university entrance exam, discovered relativity. 141.2
8 The person we talked to was very friendly./ The people we talked to were very friendly. 138.2
9 It's the President who makes the important decisions. 140.3
10 I can't find my diary, which is a real nuisance. 142,4
11 Outside the door was a pair of boots covered in mud. 143.1
12 Lake Superior, which lies on the US-Canadian border, is the largest lake in North America. 142.1
C    1 who 133.2 or that
2 that/which 133-2
3 that/which 135.1
4 it 136.3
5 that/which 133.2
6 what 136.2
7 whose 136.1
8 which 138.4
9 what 136.2 10 who 138.1
PAGE 422 * KEY TO THE TESTS
D   1 that/which crashed was Ml.21, which crashed) was 142.1
2 (when/that) Martin rang (,) Tessa was 142.3
3 new offices are 133.1/offices, which are new, are 142.1
4 stolen from a car have been 143.1/that/which were stolen from a car have been 137.2
5 (that/which) you were looking at is 139.1-2
6 Theatre, which dates from 1896, is 142.1
7 whose dog was run over was 140.1
8 the first (person) to solve 143.2/the first (person) who solved 137.2
9 selling newspapers was standing 143.1/who was selling newspapers was standing 137.2
10 (that/which) fudy gave was 138.1-2/, which Judy gave, was 142.1
11 where I used to live is 142.3/(that/which) 1 used to live in 139.1-2/in which I used to live 139.3
TestY
A    1 it would have opened 146.2
2 disappear 144,2
3 travelled 145.2
4 would be 147.2
5 they don't build 144.2
6 would suffer 145.2
7 I'll go 144.2/I'm going to go 147.2
8 I'd/I had known 146.2
9 I'd/I would have moved 146.2
10 they d/they had done 147.2
11 there won't be/there might not be 144.2
B    1 had been 146.2
2 in case 148.4
3 knew 149.3
4 only 149,1
5 when 148.2
6 unless 148.3
G   1 If you talk about football, I'm going to be very bored. 147,2
2 If the baby had cried, we wouldn't have had a good sleep, 146.2
3 If you want a chat, just give me a ring. 147.2
4 If Nigel had satellite TV, he could watch/would be able to watch the game. 145.2
5 If you go away, I'll miss you. 144.2
6 If I was/were rich, I'd/I would have given up working long ago. 146.4
7 If we'd/we had bought that picture five years ago, it would be quite valuable now. 146.4
8 If you throw a stone into water, it sinks, oh If you throw a stone into water, it'll/it will sink.
144.4
D   1 If it rains, I'll stay here. 144.2
2 Can you tell me when it starts? 148.2
3 I wouldn't need to repeat things all the time if you listened. 145.2
4 If air gets warmer, it rises. 144.4
5 I'd better get another one made in case I lose it. 148.4
6 I wish we'd/we had left home earlier. 149.4
7 If it doesn't arrive today, we'll have to complain. 144.2
8 1 wish someone would turn it down. 149.2
9 Unless we act quickly, it'll be too late. 148.3 10 But he wouldn't have been angry if you
hadn't damaged his stereo. 146.2
KEY TO THE TESTS * PAGF.423
Exit test
This test will help you to find out if there are parts of the book that you should look at again. Choose the correct answer - a), b), c) or d).
Words and sentences
1 We gave.................._______..............a meal.
a) at the visitors b) for the visitors c) the visitors d) to the visitors
Verbs
2 I'm busy at the moment.............._____________..............on the computer.
a) I work b) I'm work c) I'm working d) I working
3 My friend.........................................the answer to the question,
a) is know b) know c) knowing d) knows
4 I think I'll buy these shoes..........................................really well.
a) They fit b) They have fit c) They're fitting d) They were fitting
5 Where.........................................the car?
a) did you park b) did you parked c} parked you d) you parked
6 At nine o'clock yesterday morning we............,____________________...... for the bus.
a) wait b) waiting c) was waiting d) were waiting
7 When I fooked round the door, the baby....................,,,,.........________quietly.
a) is sleeping b) slept c) was sleeping d) were sleeping
8 Here's my report..........................................it at last.
a) I finish b) I finished c) I'm finished d) I've finished
9 I've......................................... made some coffee. It's in the kitchen.
a) ever b) just c) never d) yet
10 We........................................ to Ireland for our holidays last year.
a) goes b} going c) have gone d) went
11 Robert ________.............................ill for three weeks. He's still in hospital.
a) had been b) has been c) is d) was
12 My arms are aching now because...............,,.,.„„,............... since two o'clock.
a) I'm swimming b) I swam c) I swim d) I've been swimming
13 I'm very tired..........................................over four hundred miles today.
a) I drive b) I'm driving c} I've been driving d) I've driven
14 When Martin.................................________the car, he took it out far a drive.
a) had repaired b) has repaired c) repaired d) was repairing
15 Janet was out of breath because.........................................
a) she'd been running b) she did run c) she's been running d) she's run
16 Don't worry. I................................... be here to help you.
a) not b) shall c) will n't d) won't
[>\C,E 424   • exit test
17 Our friends________ meet us at the airport tonight.
a) are b) are going to c) go to d) will be to
18 ..................................,______a party next Saturday. We've sent out the invitations.
a) We had b} We have c) We'll have d) We're having
19 I'll tell Anna all the news when______.......______ .....______________her.
a) I'll see b) I'm going to see c) I see d) I shall see
20 At this time tomorrow..................................       over the Atlantic.
a) we flying b) we'll be flying c) we'll fly d) we to fly
21 Where's Robert?....................................... a shower?
a) Does he have b) Has he c) Has he got d) Is he having
22 I.........................................like that coat. It's really nice,
a) am b) do c) very d) yes
Questions, negatives and answers
23 What's the weather like in Canada? How often.........................................there?
a} does it snow b) does it snows c) snow it d) snows it
24 Which team........._________............. .........the game?
a) did it win b) did they win c) won d) won it
25 What did you leave the meeting early______.................... ? ~ i didn't feel very well.
a) away b) because c) for d) like
26 Unfortunately the driver.........................................the red light.
a) didn't saw b) didn't see c) no saw d) saw not
27 You haven't eaten your pudding..........................................it?
a) Are you no want b) Do you no want c) Don't want you d) Don't you want
28 I really enjoyed the disco. It was great.......................................?
a} is it b) isn't it c) was it d) wasn't it
29 Are we going the right way? ~ I think......................________......
a) indeed b) it c) so d) yes
Modal verbs
30 The chemist's was open, so luckily I.........................................buy some aspirin.
a) can b) can't c) did can d) was able to
31 Susan has to work very hard. I ......... .................._______do her job, I'm sure.
a) can't b) couldn't c) don't d) shouldn't
32 We had a party last night......................................... spend all morning clearing up the mess.
a) I must have b) I've been to c) I've had to d) I've must
33 There was no one else at the box office. I.........................................in a queue,
a) didn't need to wait b) mustn't wait c) needn't have waited d) needn't wait
34........................................ I carry that bag for you? - Oh, thank you.
a) Do b) Shall c) Will d) Would
35 I've lost the key. I ought__________,_____.......................it in a safe place.
a) that I put b) to he putting c) to have put d) to put
EXIT TEST   • PAGE 425
The passive
36 We can't go along here because the road is..........................................
a) been repaired b) being repaired c) repair d) repaired
37 The story I've just read.........................................Agatha Christie.
a) was written b) was written by c) was written from d) wrote
38 Some film stars .................................be difficult to work with.
a) are said b) are said to c) say d) say to
39 I'm going to go out and..........................................
a) have cut my hair b) have my hair cut c) let my hair cut d) my hair be cut
The infinitive and the -ing form
40 The driver was arrested for failing .........................................an accident.
a) of report b) report c) reporting d) to report
41 Someone suggested_________________________________________for a walk.
a) 90 b) going c) of going d) to go
42 I can remember.................................... voices in the middle of the night.
a) hear b) heard c) hearing d) to hear
43 The police want.........._______________________________ anything suspicious.
a) that we report b) us reporting c) us to report d) we report
44 We weren't sure________________________________________ or just walk in.
a) should knock b) to knock c) whether knock d) whether to knock
45 It was too cold.....______.............................outside.
a) the guests eating b) for the guests to eat c) that the guests should eat d) that the guests eat
46 Did you congratulate Tessa.........................................her exam?
a) of passing b) on passing c) passing d) to pass
47 I didn't like it in the city at first. But now......................................here.
a) I got used to living b) I'm used to living c) I used to live d) I used to living
48 They raised the money simply..........................for it. It was easy.
a) asking b) by asking c) of asking d) with asking
49 As we walked past, we saw Nigel_______________....______________________his car,
a) in washing b) to wash c) wash d) washing
Nouns and articles (a/an and the)
50 I need to buy............_______________.....__________
a) a bread b) a loaf bread c) a loaf of bread d) breads
51 My father is not only the town mayor, he runs................................too
a) a business b) a piece of business c) business d) some business
52 The.........................................produced at our factory in Scotland.
a) good are b) good is c) goods are d) goods is
53 I'm looking for________..........................______ to cut this string.
a) a pair scissors b} a scissor c) a scissors d) some scissors
PAtll- 426   • EXIT TEST
54 I was watching TV at home when suddenly .........______........ rang.
a) a doorbell b) an doorbell c) doorbell d) the doorbell
55 I've always liked..........................................
a) Chinese food b) food of China c) some food of China d) the Chinese food
56 In England most children go ........at the age of five.
a) school b) to school c) to some schools d) to the school
57 We haven't had a holiday for.................... ,.................time.
a) a so long b) so a long c) such a long d) such long
58 Our friends have a house in..................................________
a) a West London b) the West London c) West London d) West of London
This, my, some, a lot of, all, etc.
59 It's so boring here. Nothing ever happens in ,......place,
a) that b) these c) this d) those
60 Is that my key, or is it.........................................?
a) the yours b) the your's c) your d) yours
61 Adrian takes no interest in clothes. He'll wear....................... .....
a) a thing b) anything c) something d) thing
62 There's ............ use in complaining. They probably won't do anything about it.
a) a few b) a little c) few d) little
63 I don't want to buy any of these books. I've got.................................... .
a) all b) all them c) everything d) them all
Pronouns
64 Let's stop and have a coffee............................ a cafe over there, look.
a) Is b) It's c) There d) There's
65 Everyone in the group shook hands with.........................................
a) each other b) one other c) one the other d) themselves
66 The washing-machine has broken down again. I think we should get..................
a) a new b) a new one c) new d) new one
67 All the guests were dancing..........................................having a good time.
a) All were b) Every was c) Everyone was d) Someone were
Adjectives and adverbs
68 The house was.........................................building.
a) a nice old stone b) a nice stone old c) a stone old nice d) an old nice stone
69 The government is doing nothing to help..........................................
a) poor b) the poor c) the poors d) the poor ones
70 The young man seems very...........................
a) sensible b) sensiblely c) sensibley d) sensibly
71 I.........................................missed the bus. I was only just in time to catch it.
a) mostly b) near c) nearest d) nearly
EXIT TEST   • IWCl. -127
72 This detailed map is........................................the atlas.
a) more useful as b) more useful than c) usefuller as d) usefuller than
73 This place gets.........................................crowded with tourists every summer.
a) always more b) crowded and more c) from more to more d) more and more
74 Yes, I have got the report.................__________________......it.
a) I just am reading b) I'm just reading c) I'm reading just d) Just I'm reading
75 I've read this paragraph three times, and I ....................understand it.
a) can't still b) can't yet c) still can't d) yet can't
76 We're really sorry. We regret what happened..........
a) a bit b) much c) very d) very much
Prepositions
77 The village is .................. Sheffield. It's only six miles away.
a) along b) by c) near d) next
78 You can see the details _______________________ the computer screen.
a) at b) by c) in d) on
79 I've got a meeting.........................................Thursday afternoon.
a) at b) in c) on d) to
80 We've lived in this flat.........................................five years.
a) ago b) already c) for d) since
81 This car is................................. , if you're interested in buying it.
a) for sale b) in sale c) at sale d) to sell
82 Polly wants to cycle round the world. She's really keen the idea, a) about b) for c) on d) with
Verbs with prepositions and adverbs
83 I prefer dogs ........cats, I hate cats,
a) from b) over c) than d) to
84 My father used the money he won to set .....................................his own company.
a) forward b) on c) out d) up
85 Don't go too fast. I can't keep.........................................you.
a) on to b) on with c) up to d) up with
Reported speech
86 Someone................................._______the tickets are free.
a) said me b) said me that c} told me d) told to me
87 Last week Justin said 'I'll do it tomorrow.' He said he would do it a) the following day b) the previous day c) tomorrow d) yesterday
I'AGE 428   • EXIT TEST
88
89
I don't know why Nancy didn't go to the meeting. She said she ....
definitely going.
a) be b) is c) was d) would
The librarian asked us....................... .....so much noise.
a) don't make b) not make c) not making d) not to make
Relative clauses
90 What's the name of the man..... ...........gave us a lift?
a) he b) what c) which d) who
91 What was that notice__________________________.......... ?
a) at that you were looking b) you were looking at c) you were looking at it d) which you were looking
92 Susan is the woman.........................................husband is in hospital.
a} her b) hers the c) whose d) whose the
93 York,............ last year, is a nice old city.
a) I visited b) that I visited c) which I visited d) whom I visited
94 The accident was seen by some people........... ...... . at a bus stop
a) waited b) waiting c) were waiting d) who waiting
Conditionals and wish
95 If..................... ...................my passport, I'll be in trouble.
a) I lose b) I'll lose c) I lost d) I would lose
96 I haven't got a ticket. If.........................................one, I could get in.
a) I'd have b) I had c) I have d) I've got
97 If the bus to the airport hadn't been so late, we......................
a) caught b) had caught c) would catch d) would have caught
the plane.
98 If only people................................ keep sending me bills!
a) don't b) shouldn't c) weren't d) wouldn't
Linking words
99 I just had to take the dog out...................................
a) although b) despite c) even though d) in spite
100 Anna put the electric fire on ..................................
a) for getting b) in order get c) so she gets d) to get
warm.
of the awful weather.
EXIT TEST   • PAGE 429
Key to the exit test
The number after the answer tells you which unit of the book has information and practice on that grammar point.
1    c) 3	51	a) 78
2 c)4,6	52	c) 80
3 d)5,6	53	d) 81
4   a) 7	54	d)83,84
5    a) 8	55	a) 86
6 d)9	56	b) 87
7    c) 9, 10	57	c) 89
8    d) 11	58	c) 90
9    b) 12, 13	59	c) 91
10  d) 14	60	d)92
11   b) 15	61	b) 94
12  d) 16	62	d)95
13  d) 17	63	d)96
14  a) 18, 19	64	d)99
15  a) 20	65	a) 100, 101
16 b)23	66	b) 102
17 b)24,25	67	c) 103
18 d)26	68	a) 105
19  c) 27	69	b) 106
20 b)28	70	a) 108
21   d) 31	71	d) 109
22 b)33	72	b) lit), 111
23  a) 34, 36	73	d) 112
24  c) 37	74	b) 113
25  c) 38	75	c) 114
26 b)40	76	d) 115
27  d) 41	77	c) 118
28 d)42	78	d) 1 19
29  c) 43	79	c) 120
30 d)44	80	c) 121
31 b)46	81	a) 123
32  c) 47	82	C) 124, 125
33  a) 48	83	d) 126,127
34 b)51,52	84	d)128-130
35  c) 49,53	85	d) 13)
36 b)54	86	c) 132
37  bj 55,56	87	a) 133
38 b)57	88	c) 134
39 b)58	39	d) 136
40 d)60,62	90	d) 137
41 b)61,62	91	b) 139
42  c) 64	92	c) 140
43  c) 65	93	c) 141,142
44 d)66	94	b) 143
45 b)68	95	a) 144, 147
46 b)70	96	b)145, 147
47  bj 72	97	d) 146, 147
48 b)73	98	d) 149
49 d)74	99	d) 150
50  c) 76, 77	100 d) 151	
Index
The numbers in this index are unit and section numbers unless they have the letter lp' for 'page.1
a 83-5, Test O p214
to express general meaning 85,3
and one 85.2
a potato or potato? 78
quite a 89.2 a bit 115
+ comparative 112.2 a few 95 a little 95
+ comparative 112.2 a lot 95,1
+ comparative 112.2 a lot of 95
agreement 79.3 a number of 79.3 ability: can, could, be able to 44 able to 44
about after a verb 126.3, 127.3
about to 26.3
above 118.1
across 118.1
action verbs 7
active and passive 55-6
adding relative clauses 141-2
adjectives 104-9, Test R p258
+ one/ones 102
+ preposition 125
+ preposition + -ing form 70.4
t to-infinitive 67
adjective or adverb? 108-9, p3S0
comparative and superlative
110-12, p371 ending in -uig/-ed 107 after everyone etc. 103.4 the old, the rich 106 suffixes p369 word order 104.2,105 adverbials 2.2
adverbs 113-17, Test R p258, Test Tp282
+ adverb 115.2 adverb or adjective? 108—9, p380
comparative and superlative
110.4 of degree 115 of frequency 113.6 -ry ending 108-9, p369, p370 of manner 108,113.4
in phrasal verbs 128-31 of place J 13,5 relative adverbs 142-3 senten ce adverbs 113.7 of time 113.5 word order 113, 115.2 advice 77.2
advise with a to-infinitive or -ing
form 65.5 afraid
+ so 43.2
Ť to-infinitive or -ing form 71.1
after + -ing form 73.3 linkingword 27,2,152.1
agent with by 55,56,1
ago 121.3
agreement 79>TcstNpI94 all 96
with a plural verb 79,2 all the same 153.2 allow with a to-infinitive or -ing form 65.5 allowed to 45 already 114
in American English p377
with the present perfect 12.1 also 113,7,153,2 although 150, 152.3
+ -ing form 73.3 always with the Present
Continuous and Simple 6.4 American English pp377-81 among 118.1
amount +■ singular verb 79.5
an 84.4 see also a
and
faster and faster 112.3
go and buy p381 answering questions 34.1, 35, 41.4 anxious I to-infinitive or -ing
form 71.2 any 94
+ comparative 112.2
any longer 114.4
anymore 114.4 any of 79.4
anyone, anything, etc. 94.2,103 apostrophes (f) p373 in a possessive form 93
in a short form 32.1
appear + to infinitive 60.2 in American English p377
around 118.1
articles 83-90 see also a and the as
in comparisons 111.4
and like 122.3
linking word 27.2,152.1
with the past continuous 10.2 as a result 153.2 as if 122.3
as soon as 27.2,152,1
as though 122.3
as well 113.7,153.2
ashamed + to-infinitive or -ing
form 71.2 asking for advice 49.2,52.4 at
at the end 123.2 good at 125,3 place 118.2, 119 time 120 away from 118.1
bad, badly 109.4 bad at 125.3 be
+ to-infinitive 59.2
Past Simple 8.2
Present Perfect 11.3
simple and continuous 7.2 be able to 44 be about to 26.3 be allowed to 45 be going to 24
past tense 29.2
and will 25 be supposed to 49.4, 57.3 be to 26.3 be used to 72.2 because 152.5 bed and the bed 87.2 been to and gone to 13.1 before
+ -ing form 73,3
linking word 27, 152.1
with the Past Perfect 121.4 begin + to-infinitive or -ing form
63.3
INDEX • PAGL-433
behind 118.1 being done 59 believe so 43.2 below 118.1 besides 153.2 best 110.5 better 110.5
had better 49.3, 69.2 between J 18.1
link between 124.3 bit of 77.2 see also a bit both 97,3
bother + to-infinitive or -ing form 63.3
brackets ( ) around a relative clause 141.2
British and American English
pp377-81 but 150.1, 152.3 by
+ agent 55, 56.1 + -ing form 73.2 place HB.L time 122.2 transport 123.3
can
ability 44
asking for a suggestion 51.1
offers 51.2
permission 45
requests 50 cannot 44.1 can't
ability 44.1
in American English p379
certainty 46.3
in questions 41.3
refusing permission 45.2 can't have done 53.4 can't help + -ing form fil.3 can't wait + to-infinitive 62.3 capital letters p373 carry on + -ing form 61.4 cattle 81.3
certain + vo-infinitive 67.4 certainly 113.7 certainty: must, can't 4f>.3 changes in reported speech 133-4 church and the church 87,1 clothes, etc. 80.1 collective nouns see group nouns colons (:) p372 commas (,) p372
around a relative clause 141.2 comparative 110-12, Test S p268
spelling p371 comparison uf adverbs 110,4 complement 2.1 compound nouns 82 conditionals 144-8, Test Y p35# conjunctions see linking words consequently 153.2
consonant doubling p371
continue + to-infinitive or -ing
form 63.3 contracted forms see short forms could
ability 44.3
permission 45
possibility 46
requests 50
suggestions 51.1 could have done 53 couldn't
ability 44.3
impossibility 46.2 countable and uncountable nouns
76-8
'd (short form) 32.3 dashes(-) p372
around a relative clause 141.2 dates p379 decisions 25,2, 52.3 deep 109,2 definite article sec the demonstratives (this etc.) 91 despite 150.3
determiners 91-7, Test P p230 did emphatic 33
in the Past Simple 8.3, 34.2. 36.2, 43.1 didn't 8.3,40.2 didn't need to 48.2,48.3 different + preposition p380 direct and indirect objects 3 direct speech 132.1, p373 do
as I should (do) p378 emphatic 33, p378 with imperative 33.3, p37B in the Present Simple 5, 34.2, 36.2, 43.1
does
emphatic 33
in the Present Simple 5, 34.2, 36.2, 43. t doesn't 5,40.2
don't
with an imperative 50.2 in the Present Simple 5* 40.2 with a question tag 42.3
don't have to 48,2
don't need to 48.2
in American English p379 doubling of consonants p371
dove p38l
down in a phrasal verb 130.2 during 122.1
each 97.1 -i-one 102.2
with a singular verb 79.2 each other 101.2
early 109.2
-ed adjective 107
-ed ending #.2, 11, p381
pronunciation p375
spelling p370 cither 97.3
cither of + singular/plural verb 79.4
elder, eldest 110.5
else 103.4
emphatic form 33
emphatic pronouns 101
empty subjects 56.2
encourage with a to-infinitive or
-ing furm 653 end position 11 3-8 endings of words pp3fi8-9, pp370-l
spelling pp370-l enough 117
with for and a to-infinitive 68.3 -er, -est ending 110
spelling p371 even though 150.2 ever with the Present Perfect or Past
Simple 13.2,15.2, p377 every 97.1
+ one 102.2
with a singular verb 79.2 everyone, everything, etc. 103 exclamation mark; (!) p372 exclamations with what 89.4 expect so 43.2
fail + to-infinitive 60.3 fancy + -ing form 62.3 far + comparative 112.2 farther, farthest 110.5 fast 109
feel in American English p377 few 95
first conditional 144, 145.3,147 for
buy it for you 3.2
expressing purpose 68.2, 73.2,
151.5 good for you 125.3 a need for 124.4 with the Present Perfect 12.2,
14.3, 121.2 with the Present Perfect
Continuous 16.4 and since 121 with a to-infinitive 68 afler too or enough 117.3 forget ■+ to-infinitive or -ing form 64.1
free, freely 109.3
friendly 109.1
front position 113.1
full stops (.) p372
further, furthest 110.5
furthermore 153.2
future 22-30, Test F p68, Test G p76
Future Continuous 28
PAGE 434 • INDEX
Future Passive 54,3 Future Perfect 29.1 gerund see -ing form get
get dressed etc, 54,4 get something dene 58.3 passive auxiliary 54,4
get used to 722
give +■ pronoun 3,3
go(and) p381
go on + to-infinitive or -ing form 64.6
going to (future) sir be going to gone to and been to 13,1 good + preposition 125.3 good and well J 09A got 31 gotten p37X group nouns 81.2, p379 guess so 43.2
had 3]
had been doing 20 had better 49.3, 69.2 had done 18 had got 31.2 had to 47 half %.2
happen + to-infinitive 62.4 hard 109.2,109,3 hardly 109.3 has 31
has been doing 1 6 has done I I hate 63.1 have 31
action verb 31.3 have something done 58 meaning 'experience' 58 Present Perfect 11.3
have and have got 31 in American English p378
have been doing 16
have done 11
have got 31
have got to 47.3
have something done 58
have to 47, 48,2
having done 75
he 98
help + infinitive 69,3 her lJ2. 98 hers 92
herself 100, 101 high 109.2, 109.3 highly 109.3 him 98
himself 100,101 his 92
home and the home 87.2 hope not 43,2 hope so 43,2
hospital and the hospital 87.1
how 36, 38.2
how about + -ing form 73.2 how long 16.4
FPrcscnt Perfect 12.2 how many/much 37.2 however 150.1, 153.2 hyphens (-) p373
I (pronoun) 98
identifying relative clauses 141-2 idioms
phrasal verbs 128-31
preposition + noun 123
prepositional verbs ] 26
with reflexive pronouns 100.4 if 144-9, 152.2
with any 94.1
or when? 148.2
in reported questions 135.2 if ...not 148.3 if only 149 imperative 50.2, p378
with do 33.3
invitalions 51.3
offers 51.2
question tags 42.3
in
Ui the end, in the way 123.2
increase in 124,3
place 118.2, 119
after a superlative 111.3
time 120
transport 123.3 in addition 153.2 incase 148.4,152.2
in American English p381 in order to 151,3, 152.6 in spite of 150. 152.3 indefinite article see a; an indirect objects 3
passive structure 57.1 indirect speech 132-6 infinitive 60-9
with and without to 69
see it happen 74
see also to-infinitive information 77.2 -ing adjective 107
ing form 61-5, 70-5, 'lest L pi54, Test M p] 78
+ noun 82.4
after an adjective + preposition 70.4
to give a reason 75.3 after a linking word 73.3 passive 59 perfect 75
after a preposition 70-1, 73 in relative clauses 143.1 see it happening 74 spelling p370
or to-infinitive 62-5,71-2 after a verb 61-4 after a verb f object 65 after a verb + preposition 70-1
other structures 75 intend H to-infinitive or -ing form
63.3 intentions 25.2 interested
+ to-infinitive or -ing form 71,2
and interesting 107 into 118.2 intonation pp,374—5
in question tags 42.1 inverted commas (w) 421 invitations 51.3 irregular comparative and
superlative forms 110.5 irregular verbs pp382-3
in American English p381 is done sec passive it 98, 99.2
t be F adjective + to-infinitive 67.2
+ be + relative clause 140.3
it ii said that... 57,2
and one 102J
and there 99.3 item of 77,2 its 92 it's 92.2 itself 100, 101
) u st w it h t he Presc n t Perfect 12.1, p377
keep (on) + -ing form 61.4 key to phonetic symbols p374
last with the Past Simple 14.3 late 109.2, 109.3 lately 109.3
with the Present Perfect Continuous 16.4 least 110,6, 112.1 less 110.6, 112.1
less and less 112,3 let with an infinitive 69.2 let's 51.1
with a question tag 42.3 like
+ to-infinitive or -ing form 63.1
and as 122.3
would like lu 50.1 likely + to-infinitive 67.4 linking verb + adjective 108.3 linking words 150-3
+ -ing form 73.3 links across sentences 153
index ■ page 435
little 95 see also a little '11 (short form} 23 long 109.2
look in American English p377 lots of 95 see also a lot of love + to-infinitive or -ing form
63.1 low 109,2
-ly ending 108-9,p369, p370
make with an infinitive 69,2 manage + to-infinitive 60.3 many 95
mass nouns see uncountable nouns may
permission 45
possibility 46 may have done 53 me 98
than me 111,5 mean + to-infinitive or -ing form
64.5
means, etc. 80-3 mid position 113,2 might 46
might have done 53 mind 50.1
+ -ing form 61.2 mine 92
modal verbs 44-53, Test J pl28
in conditionals 144—7
passive 54.3
with the perfect 53
in reported speech 134.3 more 110
mow and more 112.3 most 96, 110 much 95, 115.4
+ comparative 112.2 musical instruments with the 86.3,
p379 must
certainty 46.3
necessity 47 must have done 53.4 mustn't 48.1, p379 my 92
myself 100, 101
names of places and the 90 near 109.2, 109.3 nearly 109.3
necessity: must, have to, needn't 47-8
need + to-infinitive or -ing form
64,7 need for 124.4 needn't 48, p379 needn't have done 48.3 needs doing 59.2,64.7 negative prefixes p369 negative questions 41
Why don't we ...f 5.1 negative statements 40, Test I pl06 neither 97.3
+ of 79.4
neither do I 43.1 never with the Present Perfect and
Past Simple 13.2, 15.2, p377 nevertheless j 53.2 news 77.2,80.2 next to 118 no
+ noun 40.3, 96.4
after a negative question 41.4
no bigger 112.2
and not 40.3
after a question tag 42.2
in short answers 35 no longer 114.4 no one, nothing etc. 103 none 79.4,96.4 non-identifying relative clauses
141 2 nor 43.1 not 40
/ hope not 43.2 nouns 76-82, Test N pl94
+ noun 82
+ preposition 124
+ to-infinitive 60.4
countable and uncountable
76-8
group nouns 81.2, p379
pair nouns 81.1
for people p368
plural p370
possessive form 93
singular or plural? 80
suffixes p368 -n't 32.2,40 number of 79.3 numbers (in American English)
p379
object 2 direct and indirect 3 of a relative clause 138
ohject pronouns 98
of
carton of milk 77
cup of tea and teacup 82.3
dream of 126.3
each of, both of 97
a friend of mine 92.5
the history of Ireland 86.2
increase of 124.3
mast of, some of 96
the name of the boy 93
warn me of 127.3
+ object -+ to-infinitive 68.4
after a superlative 111.3 off in phrasal verbs 130.2 offers 51.2,52.4
in conditionals 144.2, 145.3 reported 136.2 on
in phrasal verbs 130
place 118.2, 119
time 120
transport 123.3
on the way 123.2 on the other hand 150.5,153.2 on top of 118.1 one
and a/an 85.2
meaning people in general 56.2, 98.3, p379
one of + singular verb 79.3
and ones 102 one another 101.2 ones 102 onto 118.2 opposite 118
order of adjectives 104.2, 105
order of words see word order
ought to 49.2
ought to have done 53.5
our, ours 92
ourselves 100, 101
out
in American English p380
in phrasal verbs 130.2 out of 118.1 outside 118.1 over in phrasal verbs 130.2 own (my own) 92.4 pair nouns 81.1 pair of 81.1 participles
in relative clauses 143.1
with see, hear 74
used as adjectives 107
other structures 75
see also past/passive participle parts of speech 1 passive 54-9,Test K pi42
to-infinitive and -ing form 59
verb forms 54 past 118.1
past and perfect tenses 8-21, Test D p48
Past Continuous 9, Test B p24 and Past Perfect Continuous 20.4
and Past Simple 10,19.3, 21.5 Past Perfect 18
in conditionals 146
and Past Perfect Continuous 20.3, 21.7
and Past Simple 19.4,21.6
and Present Perfect 18.3
in reported speech 134.2
after wish 149.4 Past Perfect Continuous 20
and Past Perfect 21.7
PAGL 436 • INDEX
Past Simple 8, Test B p24 in American English 425 in conditionals 145 irregular pp382-3 and Past Continuous 10, 19.3, 21,5
and Past Perfect 19.4,21.6
and Present Perfect 14-15, 21.3, Test Cp36
after wish 149 past tense in reported speech 134 past/passive participle
irregular pp382-3
in the passive 54
in the perfect 11
see also participles people K1.3
empty subject 56.2 perfect after modal verbs 53 perfect and past tenses 8-21, Test
Dp48 perfect -ing form 75 permission: can, may, etc. 45 personal pronouns 98 phonetic symbols p374 phrasal verbs 128-31, Test V p316 phrases of time 120-1, p380
with a possessive form (last weeks news) 93.3
without a/an or the 88 piece of 77,2 place names and die 90 plural nouns
and the 86
plural-only 80.1
spelling p370 police 81.3,84.2 position of adverbs 113, 115.2 possessive forms
my etc 92
of noun 93
of someone etc. 103.3, 103,4 time (last week's news) 93.3
possibility: may, might, could 46
predictions 25.3, 52.1
prefer + to-infinitive or -ing form 63.1
prefixes p369
prepositional verbs 126-7, Test V p316
prepositions 118-27, Test U p302 + -ing form 70-1, 73 -I- noun without the 88, 123 + object pronoun 98.2 f reflexive pronoun 100.3 in American English p380 after an adjective 125 after a noun 124 of place 118-19 m relative clauses 139 of time 120-1 after a verb 126
after a verb + adverb 131 after a verb + object 127 in wh-questions 38 Present Continuous 4 for the future 26 for the future after a linking word 27.4
and Present Simple 6, 21.2,
Test A pi6 Present Perfect 11-13 in American English p377 for the future after a linking
word 27.3 and Past Perfect 18.3 and Past Simple 14-15, 21.3,
Test C p36 and Present Perfect
Continuous 17,21.4 Present Perfect Continuous 16 and Past Perfect Continuous
20.4
and Present Perfect Simple 17, 21,4
Present Simple 5, p370
in conditionals 144,148
for the future 26
for the future after a linking word 27
and Present Continuous 6, 21.2, Test A pl6 present tenses for the future 26 prison and the prison 87.1 probably 113.7 pronouns 98-103, Test Q p244
emphatic 101
after give 3.3
personal 98
with phrasal verbs 128.3
reflexive 100
relative 137-42
after than 111.5 pronunciation pp374-6. propose + to-infinitive or -ing
form 63.3 prove + to-infinitive 62.4 punctuation pp372-3 purpose 68.2, 73.2,151,152.6
quantifiers 94-7 question marks (?) p372 question phrases 36.3 question tags 42
in American English p378 question words 36-9
+ to-infinitive 66
with a short form 32.2 questions Test H p96, Test I pi06
negative 41
reported 135
subject/object 37
wh-questions 36,38,41.5
yes/no questions 34,41.3
quite 115
+ a 89.2
and rather 116 quotation marks (") p373 rather 89.2,115
+ comparative 112.2
and quite 116
would rather 69.2 really 115.3 reason 75.3, 152.4 recently 16.4
recommend with a to-infinitive or
-ing form 65.5 reflexive pronouns 100 refusals 52.3
regret -I- to-infinitive or -ing form 64.2
relative adverbs 142.3 relative clauses 137-43, Test X p344
identifying and adding 141-2 participle clauses 143,1 with a preposition 139 pronoun as object 138 after a superlative 111.3 to-infinitive clauses 143.2 without a pronoun 138.2, 139,2, 142.2 remember + to-iniinitivc or -ing
form 64.1 remind about/of 127.3 reported speech 132-6, Test W p328
orders and requests 136.1
questions 135
suggestions 136.2 requests 50
with a question tag 42.3
reported 136.1 Review units
conditionals 147
future 30
linking words 152
Past Simple, Continuous and Perfect 19
present and past tenses 21 right 109.2
vs
possessive form 93 short form 32.3 -s ending plural p370
in the Present Simple 5.2, p370
pronunciation p375 same as 111.4 say
he is said to ... 57.3 it is said that... 57.2 and tell 132.3 school and the school 87.1
INDEX • PAG K 437
sea and the sea 87.2 Second Conditional 145, 1-16.4, 147
see it happen/happening 74 seem
+ to-infinitive 60.2
in American English p377 semi-colons (;) p372 sentence adverbs 113.7 sentence structure 2 shall 52.4
in American English p377
future 23.4
instead of will 52.1
offers 51.2,52.4
suggestions 51.1,52.4 she 98
short answers 35
short forms 23, 32
should 49.2,51,1,524, p38l
instead of would 52,1 should have done 53.5 simple past see Past Simple simple present see Present Simple since
and for 121
+ -ing form 73.3
linking word 152.1
with the Present Perfect 12.2, 14.3, 121,2
with the Present Perfect Continuous 16,4 singular or plural noun? 80 singular or plural verb? 79 slightly + comparative 112.2 so
+ adjective 89.3
in comparisons 111.4
/ think so 43.2
linking word 152.5
so do I 43.1 so as to 151.3 so that 151.4, 152.6 some 85, 96
and any 94 someone 56.2,94,2,103 someplace p380 something 94.2, 103
with a plural verb 79.2 somewhere 94.2, 103, p380 sorry + to-infinitive or -ing form
71.3
sound in American English p377 Spelling of endings pp370-l start + to-infinitive or -ing form
63.3 state verbs 7 still
adverb 114 linking word 153.2 stop + to-infinitive or -ing lorm
64.4
straight 109.2 stress p374
with quite 116.2 structure of sentences 2 subject 2.1
in the passive 55-7 subject pronouns 98 subject/object questions 37 subject-verb agreement 79 subjunctive p381 such a 89.3 suffixes pp368-9, suggest (that) 65.5 suggestions 41.5,51.1,52.4,73.2
in conditionals 144.2,145.3
with question tags 42.3
reported 136.2 superlative 110-12, Test S p268
■f one/ones 102.2
+• to-infmilivc 143,2 suppose so 43.2 supposed to 49.4, 57.3 sure + to-infinitive 67.4 sure and unsure (about the future)
22.4
-t (past tense ending) p381 tag questions see question tags tell and say 132.3 tend + to infinitive 60.3 tense changes in reported speech 134
tenses of the verb 4—30, Test E p54
passive 54 Tests
A/an and the Test O p214 Adjectives and adverbs Test R p258
Adverbs and word order Test T p282
Comparative and superlative
Test S p268 Conditionals and wish Test Y
p358
Future Test 1: p68, Test G p76 Infinitive and -ing form Test M pl78
Modal verbs Test J pi28 Nouns and agreement Test N pl94
Passive Test K pi42 Past and perfect tenses Test U p48
Past Simple and Past
Con I in no us Test B p24 PreposiHons Test U p302 Present and past tenses Test E p54
Present Perfect and Past Simple
Test C p36 Present tenses TestApl6 Pronouns Test Q p244
Questions Test H p9fi Questions, negatives and
answers Test 1 p]06 Relative clauses Test X p344 Reported speech Test W p328 This, my, some, a lot of, all, etc Test P p230
Verb + to-infinitive or -ing form Test L pi54
Verbs with prepositions and adverbs Test V p316
Exit test p384 than I 11 that 91
+ one 102.2
relative pronoun 137-9 the 83-4,86-7, Test Op214
tone 102.2
+ superlative 111,3
cars or the i«rs? 86
the faster the better 112.4
with musical instruments 86.3, p379
the old, the rich 106
in place names 90
school or the school? 87. p379 their, theirs 92
with everyone, someone 103.3 them 98
themselves 100, 101
and each other 101.2 there
there 4 be 99.1
there is and it is 99.3
with a to-infiniltvie 59.2 therefore 153.2 these 91
tones 102.2 they 98
meaning people in general 56.2, 98.3 think so 43.2 Third Conditional 146, 147 this 91
-hone 102.2
this week etc. with the Present Perfect and Past Simple 13.4, 15.3 those 91
+ ones 102.2 though 150.2 through 118.1 time p380
HH   • ' nr.I
tune: first time etc. with the Present
Perfect 13.3 time phrases 120-1, p380
with a possessive form (last week's news) 93.3
without a/an or the 88 time words, e.g. when, as I13.5,
121.122, 152.1
PAGE 438 • INDEX
to 118.2
give it to you 3.2 good to me 125.3 write to 126.3, 127.3 see also to-infinitive to be done 59
today with the Present Perfect and
Past.Simple 13.4,15.3 to-infinitive 60-9, Test L pi 54, Test
M p!78
after an adjective 67 expressing purpose J 51.2, 152.6 after for/of + object 68 after a noun 60.4 or -ing form 62-5, 71-2 passive 59
after a passive verb 57.3 after a question word 66 in relative clauses 143,2 in reported offers etc. 136.2 after a verb 60, 62-4 after a verb + object 65
too (= also) 113.7,153.2
too many, loo much I! 7.2
too (too bjg) 117 with for and a Io-infinitive 68.3
towards 118.1
town and the town 87.2
try + to-infinitive or -ing form 64.3
turn out +- to-infinitive 62.4
uncountable nouns 76-8 unless 148.3,152.2 until and by 122.2
in American English p380 linking word 27.2, 152.1
up in phrasal verbs 130
us 98
used to do/doing 72
verb structures verb + adverb + preposition 131 verb + adverb {phrasal verb)
128-31, Test Vp316 verb + -ing form 61-4, Test L
p 154,'lest M pi78 verb + object + preposition 127 verb + object + to-infinitive or
-ing form 65 verb + preposition 126, Test V
p316
verb + preposition + -ing form 70-1
verb + to-infinitive 60, 62-4, Test Lp 154,Test M pi78 verbs
irregular verbs p381, pp382-3 linking verbs 108.3 passive 54 sentence structure 2 states and actions 7
subject-verb agreement 79
suffixes p368
tenses 4-30, Test E p54
without a reflexive pronoun 100.5 very 115 very much 115.4 voicing p375
want \ object + to-infinitive 65.3 was 8
was able to 44.3 was allowed to 45,3 was doing 9 was done see passive was going to 29.2 we 98
weak forms p376 well 109.4 were 8 were doing 9 what
as subject/object 37 in exclamations 89.4 question word 36, 37,39 relative pronoun 140.2
what... for/like 38.2
what a 89.4
what about + -ing form 73.2 when
+ -ing form 73,3
linking word 27,152.1
or if? 148.2
with past tenses 10.2
question word 36
relative adverb 142.3 where
question word 36
relative adverb 142.3 whereas 150.5 whether
+ to-infinitive 66.3
in a reported question 135.2 which
as subject/object 37.2
question word 39
relative pronoun 137,142.4 while 122.1
+ -ing form 73.3
linking word 27, 150.5, 152.1
with the past continuous 10.2 who
as subject/object 37
question word 37,39
relative pronoun 137-9 whole 97.2 whom 138,3 whose
question word 37.2
in relative clause 140.1 wh-questions 36
negative 41.5
with a preposition 38
why
question word 36
relative adverb 142.3 will 52
and be going to 25
in conditionals 144
future 22.3,23
inviLalions 51.3
offers 51.2 will be able to 44.2 will be allowed to 45-3 will be doing 28 will be done 54,3 will have done 29.1 wish 149
with (link with) 124.3 won't
future 23.3
invitations 51.3
offers 51.2
refusals 52.3 word classes 1 word formation pp368-9 word order
adjectives 104.2, 105
adverbs 113, 115.2
phrasal verbs 128.3
prepositions in relative clauses 139
questions 34, 36, 38
reported questions 135.3
sentence structure 2 work and the work 87.2 worse, worst 110.5 would 52
in conditionals 145-6
after wish 149 would like 52.2
+ object +- to-infinitive 65.3
+ to-infinitive 63.2
invitations 51.3
offers 51.2
requests 50.1 would rather 69.2 wouldn't for a refusal 52.3 wrong 109.2
after a negative question 41.4 after a question tag 42.2 short answers 35
yes/no questions 34 negative 41,3
yet 114 in American English p377 with the Present Perfect 12,1
you 98
people in general 56.2, 98.3, p379 your, yours 92 yourself, yourselves Kit), 101
INDEX • PACE 439
* with Tests
Oxford Practice Grammar
urammar strutiurei ^re expidineu in ueiaii.
Extended practice activities build your confidence, st your progress
Take the online diagnostic test at www.oup.com/elt/practicegrammar to fin
out what you need to practise.
Use the progress tests in the book to find out what you have learned -and what needs more practice.
Take the multiple-choice tests on the Practice-Boost CD-ROM.
Use the exit test to see if you are ready for Oxford Practice Grammar Advanced.
ford Practice Grammar Intermediate covers the grammar you need to prepare foi ? First Certificate exam.
4Sk NEW Practice-Boost CD-ROM   you'll find it inside this book! ^jr •   1000 activities to test and practise your grammar with extra listening, speaking, reading, and writing: ■■  Listen and respond to spoken English.
* Learn to speak more naturally - record and listen to your voice. Spot the mistakes in written English - and then correct them.
• Practise for exams with multiple-choice tests. •  PLUS access to a free online FCE practice test and an opportunity to
register with oxfordenglishtesting.com for more exam practice.
Better together
Oxford - the world's authority on the English language
OXPORD
UNIVERSITY PRESS
www.oup.com/elt
tern
I
9780194579803